search

Franklin Scandal Omaha

pictorial index

sitemap home

 

Tavistock, Wayne Madsen Reports

nfu

 

9/11 Truth, JFK assassination, Holocaust revision & ISIS interactive spreadsheet

 

Related pages:

 

Tavistock & 9/11 Truth

Tavistock tags, Committee of 300, John Coleman

Wayne Madsen Reports

tavistock

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Tavistock Educate Yourself

Imapact of Science on Society, Bertrand Russell

 

Cultural Marxism 9/11 Truth page

 

Trump - Alt Right menu

Tavistock Institute: Building Absolute Mind Control for the New World

 

 

.Robert Parry: How the World was Flooded with Psyops

 

Tavistock Institute    top    

  REFERENCE  
  • Bollyn ... on Chomsky and Tavistock ... Noam Chomsky, who has a large following, has stated that he does not think there has been a cover-up of what really happened on 9-11. The real question is WHY does Chomsky refuse to acknowledge the obvious evidence of a massive cover-up? Is it fear, tribal loyalty, or his long-standing connections to MIT and the Tavistock Institute of Britain? THE ISRAELI CEO OF TAVISTOCK - The Tavistock Institute, funded by the royal family, the Rockefellers, and the Rothschilds, pioneered the techniques of propaganda used to justify war. The CEO of Tavistock is an Israeli woman named Eliat Aram. ... ...The Chomskys went to London from Montreal on a ship in early June 1953. They arrived in England on June 6, 1953... ...and returned to the USA in late September 1953. It was probably during these three-and-a-half months that they spent 6 weeks on a kibbutz in Israel. This is probably the time when Chomsky was recruited to work for the Tavistock Institute, Britain's Zionist propaganda agency.
  • LaRouche ... the Radio Research Project had demonstrated the effectiveness of public opinion polling for profiling populations, to determine their subjective weaknesses, for purposes of manipulation. This was put to work during World War II, as Tavistock-linked brainwashers conducted extensi ve polling of the enemy and allied populations, 5. It wa� Frank Stanton who introduced polling as a component of the "Evening News" during his reign at CBS. EIR January 17, 1997 The polling process, as seen in the newspaper New Federalist. operating from the Army's Psychological Warfare Directorate and the Committee on National Morale, to determine the effectiveness of brainwashing propaganda.6 The findings became the basis of detailed country and regional population profiles that were used by the British oligarchy and its American lackeys to shape post-World War II policy.7
Summary
  • Bollyn The Tavistock Institute, funded by the royal family, the Rockefellers, and the Rothschilds, pioneered the techniques of propaganda used to justify war. The CEO of Tavistock (2015) is an Israeli woman named Eliat Aram.
  • Bollyn Chomsky refuses to acknowledge the obvious evidence of a massive cover-up (of 9/11) ... see ...his long-standing connections to MIT and the Tavistock Institute of Britain
  • Wikipedia Tavistock Conspiracy theories: ....The most extravagant anti-Illuminati conspiracy theory" of John Coleman "known as [the] 'Aquarian Conspiracy'. This totalitarian agenda culminates in the Illuminati 'taking control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it.'" By "'means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit'."...Coleman ... real purpose is to similarly engineer the world's culture." The Post looks at Coleman's claim that the popularity of The Beatles was an Illuminati plot to advance the "Aquarian Conspiracy".[14] The Citizens Electoral Council of Australia, a minor far-right party (and part of the LaRouche movement), has alleged that the Institute, acting by the orders of the Royal Family, was responsible for the Port Arthur massacre of 1996, in which 35 people were killed by Martin Bryant.
  • Cantril UNDERSTANDING MAN’S SOCIAL BEHAVIOR, Cantril. Cantril was primarily responsible for establishing the Association for Humanistic Psychology based in San Francisco that taught Tavistock methods. It is in institutions of this type that we find the lines between pure science and social engineering become totally obliterated. The term “social engineering” covers every aspect of methods used by Tavistock to bring about massive charges in group orientation toward social, economic, religious and political events and brainwashing of target groups who then believe that opinions expressed and viewpoints taken are their own
  • Wikipedia The Institute was initiated during 1946 by a group of major persons of the Tavistock Clinic including Elliott Jaques, Henry Dicks, Leonard Browne, Ronald Hargreaves, John Rawlings Rees, Mary Luff and Wilfred Bion, with Tommy Wilson as chairman, funded by a grant from the Rockefeller Foundation. Other well-known people that joined the group later were J. D. Sutherland, John Bowlby, Eric Trist, and Fred Emery. Kurt Lewin was an important influence on the work of the Tavistock, according to Eric Trist, who expresses his admiration for Lewin in his autobiography..... Many of these founding members of the Tavistock Institute went on to play major roles in psychology. John Rawlings Rees became first president of the World Federation for Mental Health. Jock Sutherland became director of the new post-war Tavistock Clinic, when it was incorporated into the newly established British National Health Service during 1946. Ronald Hargreaves became deputy director of the World Health Organization. Tommy Wilson became chairman of the Tavistock Institute. Eric Miller during 1969 became director of the Group Relation Program and in this function he later developed the design of the Nazareth-Conferences.
  • Wikipedia Tavistock Conspiracy theories: The Rough Guide to Conspiracy Theories notes that the Tavistock Institute has been named by some theorists in their worldviews, including having a part in "The most extravagant anti-Illuminati conspiracy theory" of John Coleman "known as [the] 'Aquarian Conspiracy'. This totalitarian agenda culminates in the Illuminati 'taking control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it.'" By "'means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit'."[13] The Huffington Post also mentioned this idea "from popular conspiracy theorist Dr John Coleman", saying that "The Tavistock Institute is a publicly known British charity founded in 1947, but conspiracy theorists believe the Institute's real purpose is to similarly engineer the world's culture." The Post looks at Coleman's claim that the popularity of The Beatles was an Illuminati plot to advance the "Aquarian Conspiracy".[14] The Citizens Electoral Council of Australia, a minor far-right party (and part of the LaRouche movement), has alleged that the Institute, acting by the orders of the Royal Family, was responsible for the Port Arthur massacre of 1996, in which 35 people were killed by Martin Bryant.[15]

 

WMR British GCHQ uses Tavistock mass mind control techniques in cyberspace

February 26-27, 2014 -- British GCHQ uses Tavistock mass mind control techniques in cyberspace

It was only a matter of time. The National Security Agency's British FIVE EYES partner, the Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ), has now made common cause with another creation of British intelligence, the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London. From the time of its creation in 1921 under the aegis of the British Army's Bureau of Psychological Warfare to the present time, the Tavistock Institute has been at the forefront of research into and application of targeted and mass mind control techniques. The institute has cooperated with research entities, including the Stanford Research Institute (SRI) and Esalen Institute in the United States, that carry out psychological operations on behalf of the Central Intelligence Agency and Department of Defense.

The latest tranche of PowerPoint slides revealed by NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden shows the similarities between the GCHQ's Joint Threat Research Intelligence Group (JTRIG)'s Human Science Operations Cell (HSOC). The very name "Human Science Operations" appears yanked right from the operational charter of the Tavistock Institute, which includes the ability to engage in "full spectrum domination" by U.S. and U.K. intelligence services, in other words, the two core members of the FIVE EYES alliance.

What is most alarming about the most recent disclosure of slides marked SECRET//SI//REL TO USA. FVEY [Special Intelligence, Releasable to USA and FIVE EYES] and UK TOP SECRET STRAP is that the FIVE EYES signals intelligence alliance of the United States, Britain, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand are adding psychological operations (psyops) and Tavistock-developed mind control operations to its traditional signals intelligence (SIGINT) role. The blending of SIGINT and human intelligence (HUMINT) as part of cyber-warfare and computer network exploitation (CNE), with little or no actual oversight from legislative oversight authorities, is the closest proof revealed to date that the NSA and its partners have embarked on a policy of instituting "1984" Big Brother controls using the Internet as a primary weapon.

The latest tranche of slides points to a number of deception programs being carried out on the web. These include alias development and masquerading (which includes the employment of "sock puppet" personae already in use by the U.S. military to disrupt and influence the Internet), mass messaging (or spamming) and "call bombing," propaganda, and "pushing stories."

These tactics have been refined since the CIA and its George Soros-financed non-governmental organization activist allies brought about the "Arab Spring" overthrow of governments in Egypt, Tunisia, Libya, and Yemen, as well as the bloody civil war in Syria. In Ukraine, the democratically-elected government of President Viktor Yanukovych fell more quickly than either Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak or Libyan leader Muammar Qaddafi simply because the Western corporate media fully cooperated in FIVE EYES efforts to activate armies of sock puppets with aliases who disseminated anti-Yanukovych propaganda and, with the assistance of the global corporate news media, "pushed stories." In the case of Ukraine, the "pushed stories" were products of CIA, NSA, GCHQ, British MI-6, and Communications Security Establishment Canada (CSEC) propaganda mills working in close collaboration with such intelligence agency fronts as Soros's Open Society Institute, Freedom House, Hudson Institute, Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), Heritage Foundation, and Demos of the UK.






Tavistock and GCHQ/NSA networks of social control meet up.

Western intelligence agencies "pushed stories" through the use of Twitter, Facebook, Flickr, and YouTube. These applications are part and parcel of GCHQ and NSA Computer Network Information Operations (CNIO). Outside the realm of technological warfare, JTRIG admits that it employs "credential harvesting" against "foreign news agencies." In fact, spies and provocateurs masquerading as journalists were not only discovered filing phony news reports from Ukraine but also from Venezuela during simultaneous anti-government rioting in that country. Fake journalists were also exposed in Egypt, Thailand, China, and Russia.

Other areas where JTRIG and Tavistock have commonality are the use of "herding" and "group dynamics" to create "group think" among targeted audiences. The quickness by the general population to accept everything written and broadcast about the situation in Ukraine serves as a case in point. Only alternative media provided unbiased facts about what was occurring in Ukraine without the color of intelligence agency propaganda. However, JTRIG has a rapid response mechanism for alternate news reports: it calls for the use of "conspiracy stories" to influence thoughts and behavior. Either alternative news reports are derided as conspiracy theories by the GCHQ and NSA influence operations organizations or the intelligence agencies, themselves, put forward conspiracy stories to muddy the waters.


Tavistock mass mind control techniques have been adopted by GCHQ and its NSA partner for cyber psy-warfare.

Examples of such websites that promote such conspiracy stories with the goal of disrupting news flow are Veterans Today, which described itself as being linked to an intelligence firm called Adamus Defense Group, reportedly based in Zug, Switzerland, and others that mix stories about UFOs with legitimate news stories, including Rense.com. In light of the most recent NSA disclosures, such websites should be seen through jaundiced eyes.



GCHQ and NSA employ UFO "conspiracy stories" against pre-selected targets.


Add websites to the above matrix.

FIVE EYES employment of Tavistock techniques also have the goal of splltting up families, nations, and religions. Civil wars in Libya, Syria, Iraq, the former Yugoslavia, and a potential civil war in Ukraine are all part of the Tavistock game plan as envisaged by MI-6, the CIA, and their SIGINT counterparts.  


cm

WMR The Story of Obama: All in the Company. Part V

August 30-31, 2010 -- SPECIAL REPORT. The Story of Obama: All in the Company. Part V -- final report in a five-part series

In this, the last of a five-part series on how Barack Obama, Jr. is a creation of the Central Intelligence Agency, WMR delves into the behavior modification, creative leadership, and phenomenological research programs that were at full throttle while Obama was an employee of CIA front Business International Corporation (BIC).

In 1984, while Obama was working as an editor at BIC in Manhattan, CIA deputy director for intelligence Robert Gates, who Obama retained as his Secretary of Defense from the Bush  administration, renamed the CIA's Political Psychology Division the Political Psychology Center (PPC) and transferred the group from the Office of Global Issues (OGI) to the Office of Scientific and Weapons Research (OSWR).

The CIA's political psychology program is directly linked to its overall psychological and behavioral science programs. In fact, the CIA continues to send CIA officers for training to the Stanford Institute for Political Psychology program at Stanford University. Stanford and Stanford Research Institute (SRI) figure prominently in the CIA behavioral science and modification programs that enabled Barack Obama to hurdle into political office.

A CIA memorandum from the chief of OSWR/PPC to the Associate Deputy Director for Intelligence, dated 1984, reqiests that a consultant member of the PPC's Senior Behavioral Science Panel be permitted to publish an unclassified paper prepared by the PPC at the University of Chicago. At the time of Gates's push for political psychology programs at the CIA, Obama was working on the very same psychological-propaganda "journalism" projects at BIC, a CIA front. The paper in question sought to depict Iranian Ayatollah Khomeini as intent on bringing down "'Western' supported regimes and to establish in their place one 'united Islamic Nation' guided by the Islamic Republic of Iran and Ayatollah Khomeini." The paper suggests Khomeini would accomplish his goals by stirring up the Shi'a populations of "Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, the United Arab Emirates, Syria, Lebanon, Oman, Qatar, Bahrain, and Iraq" and maintain "the Gulf and the Arab world in a state of crisis."

The CIA's push for political action on the international and domestic media is seen in a formerly SECRET/SENSITIVE agenda for a meeting on "Political Action," dated August 5, 1982 and attended by Secretary of State George Schultz, Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger, Deputy Defense Secretary Frank Carlucci, CIA Director William Casey, US Information Agency director Charles Wick, and National Security Adviser William Clark.

The CIA's Project MOCKINGBIRD, developed under the aegis of Cord Meyer, was a Cold War-era program designed to influence the foreign and domestic media and its successor programs governed the CIA's use of BIC journalists, of which Obama was one, to push propaganda and disinformation at home and abroad. With the approval of the new Political Action doctrine by the Reagan administration, there was a major push to use companies like BIC and other private sector operations to push U.S. propaganda abroad. The cover for the Reagan administration had to be in the private sector for, as the memo states, "Obviously as a government we cannot and should not simply emulate Soviet methods. Nor will our political parties be able in the foreseeable future to play the international role of European parties. But there is much that we can do."

The memo states that there should be a private sector campaign to challenge the Soviets abroad and states that "even the New York Times" supported such an effort. The private sector propaganda effort was called PROJECT TRUTH and its details are outlined in a formerly Confidential memorandum from Wick to Clark dated April 23, 1982.

A major propaganda effort against the Soviets, using U.S. and foreign private -- unions, parties, youth, church, business, etc. -- and public persons and elements, is described. Particular targets for the initiative included the May 13-16 Bilderberg meeting in Norway, the Fall UN General Assembly meeting, the April 28 Washington meeting of the Conference of Non-Governmental Organizations, and a contrivance known as "International Afghanistan Day."

The Reagan national security team was clearly intent, using cut-outs like BIC and others, to increase the U.S. "ability to generate political initiatives and conduct political campaigns, using overt and covert resources and combining government and private efforts here and abroad."

The CIA, Business International Corporation, Looking Glass, and nurturing future leadership

CIA files indicate the PPC was partially involved with a project called LOOKING GLASS, which involved a group of CIA and top business officials whose mission included "cultivating talent" from an early age.

WMR has obtained an agenda from the "Conference on Cultivating Talent" held in Greensboro, North Carolina from January 17-18, 1984, and co-sponsored by the Center for Creative Leadership (CCL). CCL was founded in 1970 by H. Smith Richardson, founder of the Vick Chemical Company. 

Among the participants were the CIA's director of training and education, former National Security Agency (NSA) director Admiral Noel Gayler, and William Verity, Jr., the former chairman of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and a director at BIC in Manhattan. Gayler also served as Commander of the U.S. Pacific Command in Hawaii from 1972 to 1976, succeeding Admiral John S. McCain, Jr., the father of Obama's 2008 challenger, Senator John S. McCain III of Arizona.

Verity, who was also chairman of Armco steel corporation, later succeeded Malcolm Baldrige, Jr. as Secretary of Commerce in the Reagan administration. Verity became Commerce Secretary after Baldrige died in a freak rodeo accident in California. During his directorship at BIC, Verity also served on the boards of Eli Lilly and Chase Manhattan Bank, as well as serving as chairman of the board of trustees of Ford's Theater in Washington, DC.

Most of the CCL participants at the two-day conference were behavioral scientists. In our previous report on Obama and the CIA, WMR revealed that CIA director Richard Helms considered the University of Hawaii, the alma mater of Obama's mother and father, as one of five top centers for the CIA's behavioral science research work. The others were MIT, Yale, University of Michigan, and UCLA.

Speaking at the CCL conference, in addition to Verity, were Billie L. Alban, President of Alban & Williams, Ltd., an international consultancy. Alban was a core faculty member at UCLA and previously served on the staff of the Tavistock Institute in London. Currently, she teaches at Columbia University. Part of Alban's biography held in CIA archival files, which states her clients included the CIA-linked Bankers Trust, is redacted. Today, CCL's board of governors includes faculty members from Columbia and Harvard universities.

Verity was joined at the conference by two executives of Armco. One cartoon from the conference found in the CIA archives depicts two men with one pointing to a group of people representing the bottom rungs of society and exclaiming, "There is the raw material for a new, dynamic world!" The presence of Verity of BIC at the conference attended by the CIA's chief of education and training raises the specter of BIC's role in supplying "raw material" from its ranks, individuals like Obama, for the CIA's "new, dynamic world."

The CIA and Tavistock

Also known as the "Freud Hilton," Tavistock has long been involved in brainwashing techniques and CIA work since its foundation. The institute also has links to the Harvard Psychology Clinic, the CIA, and Stanford Research Institute (SRI), a major contractor for CIA psychic warfare activities in the 1970s and 80s. Alban told the 1984 CCL seminar, "talent should be nurtured and developed for tomorrow not today. If one focuses on today's requirements, by the time talents are nurtured one will find they are the talents required of yesterday. The focus must be visionary and look to the needs of the future."

The Tavistock Institute has long been linked with the CIA's MK-ULTRA and Projects BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE mind control and brain-washing operations, conducted by the CIA's top scientist for such matters, Dr. Sidney Gottlieb. Much of the records about MK-ULTRA and other CIA programs was destroyed on the order of Helms in 1972. BLUEBIRD documents describe what the CIA was trying to accomplish with behavioral modification in the early 1950s: "Can we 'alter' a person’s personality? Can we devise a system for making unwilling subjects into willing agents and then transfer that control to untrained agency agents in the field by use of codes or identifying signs?" In other words, the movie "The Manchurian Candidate," was not purely a fictional account within the CIA's research and scientific community.

Considering Obama's penchant for homosexual encounters in Chicago and Washington, DC, the question of a continuation of Gottlieb's OPERATION MIDNIGHT CLIMAX continues to the present day. A sub-program of MK-ULTRA, MIDNIGHT EXPRESS employed prostitutes in the San Francisco Bay Area and New York City to lure targeted individuals into CIA safehouses where they would then be plied with drugs like LSD. They would then be tested for their susceptibility to sexual blackmail. The program was "officially" halted in 1966, but the continuing use of prostitutes by the CIA for blackmail purposes has been verified to WMR by workers in the sex industry.

Twelve pages in the CIA's director for training and education's January 25, 1984, report to the deputy director for administration remain classified to this day, but in a hand written note on the CIA transmittal sheet, he states "I think you will find Tab B to be very interesting." The deputy director for administration replies, also in a handwritten note, "I did -- though I don't [subscribe]? to call the community on Tab C."

Tab B is the training and education director's comments to the CCL. The talking points include:

"- Pleased to be invited to participate and to exchange ideas on the cultivating and nurturing of talent.

- Our recent visibility has been both an asset and a liability in this regard. More people know of the CIA and its activities than when I joined (tell the labor union story), and this attracts some good people. By the same token, it brings out the weird ones.

- We have an exceptional screening process involving security investigation, testing, (assessment - OSS-CCL) psychological screening, medical review, interviewing, polygraph, etc. (and a long processing time!) [Ed. note: it cannot be determined if this reference is to the Office of Strategic Services, the forerunner of the CIA or the CIA's Special Security Office. CCL, however, appears to indicate a past and on-going relationship between the CIA and the Center for Creative Leadership.]

- So, the pepole who come to us are, for the most part, exceptionally talented, thoroughly screened, and represent a real challenge for us to stretch, nurture and retain.

- Eventually reach the point where at least some people are identified early on as having high potential for senior agency-wide positions and are consciously developed toward that end.

CIA university recruitment the year Obama graduated from Columbia

A September 11, 1984 memo to Dan Carlin, the assistant director of the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board (PFIAB) from the CIA's executive assistant/executive director to director William Casey points out the academia sources for the past year's CIA undergraduate recruits. Two recruits came from Columbia University. Obama graduated from Columbia in 1983 after reportedly studying under Zbigniew Brzezinski, the former National Security Adviser to President Carter. The chairman of the PFIAB at the time of the stepped-up CIA college recruiting campaign was Anne Armstrong, the Ford administration's ambassador to London from 1976 to 1977 and a major backer of George H.W. and George W. Bush. A one-time board member of Halliburton, Armstrong was a mentor for Karl Rove when she served as co-chairman of the Republican National Committee from 1971 to 1973.

By way of comparison, one undergraduate was recruited from Harvard, one from Occidental College (where Obama attended before transferring to Columbia), one from Claremont Men's College, one from Pepperdine. Topping the list are five each from Georgetown and Dartmouth. Graduate recruits include one from Harvard Law, where Obama attended law school after his "community service" work in Chicago; three from the University of Michigan (one of Helms's favored behavioral science research campuses), and, trumpeting other graduate schools, American University in Washington, with five new recruits.

CIA archival records also indicate an on-going relationship between Obama's former college, Occidental, and the CIA in 1983. A MacNeil-Lehrer Newshour transcript shows a guest, Lawrence Caldwell of Occidental, as having been a scholar in residence at the CIA's Office of Soviet Analysis for two years.

Behavioral science, the CIA, and SRI

A formerly Secret NOFORN [not releasable to foreign nationals] proposal for the CIA, dated December 31, 1992, and prepared for the CIA by Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) describes in great detail the agency's behavioral science programs, which included anomalous cognition (AC) and anomalous perturbation (AP). AC is defined as "the awareness of information that is considered otherwise shielded from all known sensory channels" and AP is "the perturbation of physical matter under conditions of complete physical and sensorial isolation."

The document states that research into both field began in 1973 with the CIA engaged in such research and was followed by U.S. military service and Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) research with SRI through fiscal year 1990. The document also states "beginning in 1986, the U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command (USAMRDC) [Fort Detrick, Maryland] initiated the first coordinated long-term examination of AC and AP phenomenon."

SAIC proposed to conduct various research projects for the CIA are similar to some of the "enhanced interrogation" techniques used on detainees in Guantanamo Bay, Bagram airbase in Afghanistan, and other CIA "black sites" in the wake of the 9/11 attacks. The experiments, conducted by SRI since 1974, included exposing individuals to flashing light or no light to discover how their central nervous systems reacted to the visual stimuli. Experiment subjects were fitted with EEGs (electroencephalogram) monitors to measure their reaction to the flashing light stimuli. Part of the SAIC proposal remains redacted.

A sub-contractor to SAIC was the Lucidity Institute of Napa, California, founded in 1987 by Dr. Stephen LaBerge for the conduct of "research on lucid dreams and to help people learn to use them to enhance their lives. Lucid dreaming means dreaming while knowing that one is dreaming and allows people to consciously guide the direction of their dreams." Ironically, one of this summer's blockbuster movies, "Inception," dealt with the subject of invading people's dreams to steal secrets. Leonardo DeCaprio plays a secretive agent named Dorn Cobb who is an "extractor" agent operating in the para-psychological dream invasion program. What may be fiction in Hollywood was far from it in the CIA research with SAIC, SRI, and the Lucidity Institute.

One of the methods used by the SRI and SAIC program to determine "the differences between effective and ineffective liars" was called the Q-Sort technique. The technique was used to separate "highly talented" individuals in test "clusters."

The paragraph on the intelligence applications of anomalous cognition is 90 percent redacted from the SAIC proposal as are at least three reference works cited in the document. Academic institutions involved in the project included, in addition to SRI, Stanford University, Brookhaven National Laboratory, the Institute of Buddhist Studies in Berkeley, and UCLA (one of Helms's favorite CIA behavioral science research centers).

The CIA-SAIC-SRI project principals had either worked at or attended the Biofeedfack Institute of San Francisco; SAIC; Yale (another of Helms's favored research centers); Columbia University; Harvard; Bellevue Hospital in New York; the U.S. Army Medical Research Unit in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; the Stanford Hypnosis Research Laboratory; Carnegie-Mellon University; MIT (another one of Helms's favored behavioral science centers); the World Bank; the Air Force Institute of Technology at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio; University of Minnesota; the Brain Research Institute; the Behavioral Research Foundation of St. Kitts, West Indies; the Tavistock Institute in London; the A.K. Rice Institute of Rainier, Washington, an off-shoot of the Tavistock Institute; Sleep Disorders Clinic, Provo, Utah; Neurology Study Section of the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland; Tibetan government-in-exile, Dharamsala, India; U.S. Veterans Administration; University of Wisconsin-Madison; US Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, DC; and perhaps, most interestingly, the University of Hawaii (also designated by Helms as one of the CIA's favored behavioral science research centers and where two of the principals involved in the SAIC-CIA project had an affiliation).

The research director for the CIA-SAIC program was Dr. Edwin C. May, an internationally-recognized parapsychology expert who is the executive director for the Cognitive Sciences Laboratory of the Laboratories for Fundamental Research in Palo Alto, California. May was a lead researcher for the CIA's STARGATE remote viewing and ESP project until it was closed down in 1995. WMR has previously reported that the program moved from the CIA to the National Security Agency and involved research carried out with Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore and the Monroe Institute in Faber, Virginia, south of Charlottesville The Monroe Institute was also heavily involved in the STARGATE program. The current research is also linked to the Parapsychology Foundation of New York City.

Other members of the team included a retired Army Major General who now specializes in human bionics a radio astrophysicist; an expert who maintains that sexual orientation may be influenced by experiences in childhood; a counselor for survivors of the People's Temple cult of Reverend Jim Jones (itself linked to a CIA MK-ULTRA behavioral modification and mind control operation); a current specialist with the Farsight Institute of Atlanta, a remote viewing research center; a neuro-linguistic programming expert; a toxicology specialist; a principal of the Pentagon's PANDORA project on the use of electro-magnetic weapons to roboticize human beings; an expert in the imaging and computer mapping of the human brain; an inventor of the cochlear implant; an expert on the mass popular opposition of Okinawans to the U.S. military presence on the island; a future warfare expert for the Pentagon and member of the National Security Agency Scientific Advisory Board and Defense Intelligence Agency Scientific Advisory Committee; a former Army Undersecretary for acquisition; a Defense Intelligence Agency psi-tech officer who worked on electro-magnetic weaponry for battlefield psychological purposes -- PROJECT SLEEPING BEAUTY -- who worked with another Army Intelligence psi-tech officer who was partially the inspiration for the movie "Men Who Stare At Goats;" a specialist on the brainwashing techniques, including sleep deprivation, by the North Koreans on American prisoners of war and the Church of Scientology who was an expert witness on the brainwashing techniques of the Symbionese Liberation Army on heiress Patty Hearst; and, lastly, a University of Hawaii-linked specialist on the psychological effects of prison and prison brutality on prisoners who later defended, as an expert witness, one of the prison guards at Abu Ghraib in Baghdad.

The presence of a Jonestown de-programmer on the CIA-SAIC team in noteworthy. On August 31, 2007, WMR reported: "During the time of the Jonestown massacre, the People's Temple's ship, the 'Cudjoe,' was en route to Trinidad with members of the Temple on board. Temple members soon set up operations in Trinidad and Grenada, where [Prime Minister Eric] Gairy, a CIA client, who, in a 1977 speech before the UN General Assembly, called for the UN to establish an Agency for Psychic Research into Unidentified Flying Objects and the Bermuda Triangle, was in charge. According to the Oakland Tribune, the St. George's University Medical School in Grenada had on its staff one Dr. Peter Bourne, the son of the university's vice chancellor Sir Geoffrey Bourne. Peter Bourne is a graduate of the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research (WRAIR), where he studied the psychological effects of stress on those in combat. He also served one year in Vietnam as the head of the Army's psychiatric research team. Bourne later became an Assistant UN Secretary General and an adviser to then-Congressman Bill Richardson. It was under the guise of rescuing American medical students at the university, that the Reagan administration launched a 1983 invasion to overthrow Bernard Coard, who had ousted and executed Bishop in a coup. Both Bournes said the medical students were never in any danger. [Some believe that author Robert Ludlum got the idea for CIA mind-controlled assassins in his novel "The Bourne Identity" and its sequels from Geoffrey Bourne's work.]

The Jonestown connection to the U.S. war in Southeast Asia does not end there. The U.S. ambassador to Guyana at the time of the Jonestown massacre was John Burke, who served with his Deputy Chief of Mission Richard Dwyer, were allegedly working for the CIA in Bangkok during the Vietnam war. Dwyer was wounded in the Port Kaituma shootings where [Representative Leo] Ryan and the others were killed. On Sept. 27, 1980, Jack Anderson reported that Dwyer was a CIA agent and a friend of Jones. Anderson reported that on one of the tapes made during the mass suicide Jones was heard saying, 'Get Dwyer out of here before something happens to him.' Dwyer reportedly left Guyana for Grenada after the massacre. The US Consular Officer at the embassy in Georgetown, Guyana was Richard McCoy, who allegedly liaised with Jim Jones and was a U.S. Air Force intelligence official. Another alleged CIA employee, operating under State Department cover, was Dan Webber, who also visited the Jonestown the day after the massacre. Joe Holsinger, Ryan's assistant and friend, later said that he believed that Jonestown was a massive mind control experiment and that the CIA and military intelligence was involved in the program."

The nexus of Obama's almae matres: Occidental, Columbia, and Harvard, as well as that of his parents, the University of Hawaii, in the CIA's mind control, behavioral modification, and mass hypnosis projects is deeply troubling. The fact that Obama has failed to provide a full accounting of his past academic and professional employment history, coupled with the presence of a major CIA presence within his and his parents', grandparents', and step-father's backgrounds opens up the real possibility that Obama was, to use the CIA's own term, "nurtured," for a higher calling. Obama told the nation that his would be the most open and transparent in recent recent history. However, Obama's biography and those of his parents and guardians are full of more holes than a slice of Swiss cheese. It is well past time for the President to make good on that promise and fully release his past academic, passport, employment, and overseas travel records.

After eight brutal years of George W. Bush and Dick Cheney, the nation was ready for any change. Unfortunately, the CIA, through LOOKING GLASS, MK-ULTRA, ARTICHOKE, PANDORA, and other behavioral science programs were ready to answer the call. The CIA answered the call with Obama and most of us bought him and his "Hope and Change" propaganda fecundity "nurtured" by CIA programs going back some sixty years.

WMR Cass Sunstein's book: Conspiracy theories are dangerous thoughts

March 11-12, 2014 -- Cass Sunstein's new book: Conspiracy theories are dangerous thoughts

President Obama's former director of the White House Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs Cass Sunstein, who is married to the interventionist U.S. ambassador to the UN Samantha Power, has a new book out. The title says everything about the book's content and Sunstein's previous ideas that certain dangerous ideas held by Americans be either taxed or declared illegal: "Conspiracy Theories and Other Dangerous Ideas."

Although one should not judge a book by its cover, Sunstein's book has an almost obligatory drawing of the "all seeing eye" found on the U.S. dollar bill, a bete noire for those who believe that Freemasons secretly run the affairs of the United States. Sunstein not only believes that conspiracy theorists are dangerous members of society but that they tend to lump all conspiracies into one master grand conspiracy with the Illuminati and Freemasons behind them all. Sunstein's generalizations and the wide brush he uses to criticize those who demand accountability from their government is typical behavior for academic elitists like Sunstein.

In his book, Sunstein describes what he considers to be the most dangerous conspiracy thought crimes in America:

1. Those who believe that the U.S. government or Israel were ultimately behind the 9/11 attack.
2. Those who believe that the CIA was involved in the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.
3. Those who believe Dr. Martin Luther King was assassinated by U.S. government agents.
4. Those who believe that TWA 800 was brought down by a missile.
5. Those who believe that the Illuminati secretly runs the world's affairs.

Sunstein mentions other "conspiracy theories" but the aforementioned appear to be his Top Five. 

Sunstein's book appeared on bookshelves just days prior to the mysterious disappearance of Malaysian Airlines flight 370, which was en route from Kuala Lumpur to Beijing. Almost immediately, the Pentagon began to issue "intelligence" reports, lapped up by a sycophantic and unquestioning media, that indicated that U.S. spy satellites failed to detect a "flash" from an explosion on board the missing Boeing 777, and it was a U.S. military "observation" aircraft that supplied the news media with what was purported to be a door from the missing Boeing.

Air and naval forces from fifteen nations are searching for MH-370 from the original point over the Gulf of Thailand where contact with the plane was lost to the Straits of Malacca, the Andaman Sea, and the South China Sea.

Two male Iranian passengers on board MH-370 who were in possession of passports stolen from two male foreigners in Thailand -- Italian and Austrian nationals -- were said to be innocent asylum seekers trying to make their way into Europe. International law enforcement, including INTERPOL U.S. chief Ronald Noble, a U.S. intelligence plant inside the Lyon-based organization, ordered a compliant media to "stand down" on a hijacking in relation to the stolen passports.

Standardized security controls failed at Kuala Lumpur International Airport in the same manner that they failed at Amsterdam's Schiphol Airport when a Nigerian man, Umar Farouk Abdulmutallah, wearing explosive-laden underpants, was permitted to board Detroit-bound Northwest flight 253 without a valid passport and U.S. visa. Schiphol, with its Israeli-supplied airport screeners, is considered one of Europe's most secure airports. Kuala Lumpur International also increased security after it was discovered that Al Qaeda-linked Jemaah Islamiya terrorists from Southeast Asia planned to hijack a plane and fly it into Kuala Lumpur's dual skyscraper landmark, the Petronas Towers. 


The maximum radius that could've been flown by MH-370 at an altitude below radar coverage.


Search area involving 15 nations now extended beyond Gulf of Thailand and South China Sea to Straits of Malacca and the Andaman Sea in the Indian Ocean. 

A forced landing of Malaysian Airlines 370 cannot be ruled out regardless of what Noble, the Pentagon, and U.S. psychological warfare-influenced corporate media are putting forth. The Uighur terrorism angle remains a strong possibility with several clues prevalent. The head of Taiwan's National Security Bureau relayed an anonymous threat it received from Taiwan's China Airlines. A phone call, said to be from a French counter-terrorism source, warned that Uighur terrorists were planning a terrorist attack against Beijing's Capital International Airport. The information was conveyed to China on March 4. 

Vietnamese authorities have asked Cambodia and Laos to search for the aircraft in remote jungle regions along those nations' borders with Vietnam. Among the forces searching for MH-370 are the navies of Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia, China, India, Japan, Taiwan, Philippines, Brunei, the United States, New Zealand, Australia, and Singapore, as well as the ground forces of Cambodia and Laos.

WMR previously reported on the CIA's and George Soros's financial and other support for Uighurs linked to terrorist attacks. Uighurs are seen by the CIA and Soros as foot soldiers in the plans by the neo-conservatives who continue to rule Washington that envisage the toppling of the governments of China and Russia using radicalized ethnic minority groups.

Now enter Sunstein with his interestingly-timed book release on dissembling conspiracy theories. Sunstein's book also comes at a time when his wife, Samantha Power, is busy shooting down proven "conspiracy theories" identifying the Ukrainian coup plotters as being behind the sniper attacks on Maidan Square protesters and police. In addition, there is emerging strong evidence that State Department European Affairs official Victoria Nuland's favorite, Prime Minister Arseniy Yatsenyuk, is a longtime member of the Church of Scientology, a cult founded by CIA and Tavistock mind control practitioner L. Ron Hubbard. 

Even before the overthrow of democratically-elected Ukrainian President Viktor Yanukovych by pro-Western forces, which included mercenaries working for Academi (the former Blackwater/Xe), the Scientologists had penetrated Ukraine's Ministry of Youth and Family Affairs. Scientology's Applied Scholastics Logos program wasintroduced into Ukrainian middle, trade, secondary, liberal arts, foreign language, and social engineering schools as a favored teaching methodology. Yatsenyuk reportedly graduated from the Kiev School of Dianetics in 1998 and achieved an "auditing level" ranking in Scientology known as OT-6. Yatsenyuk also became associated with two Scientology entities. He became a consultant for the credit department of the Scientology-connected Aval Bank and also consulted for a Scientology front called the "Sea Organization." 

Yatsenyuk's sister, Alina Petrovna Steele, a resident of Santa Barbara, California and who uses an alias, Alina Jones, is also a Scientologist who ranks as an OT-4 auditor of the cult.

Yatsenyuk's Wikipedia entry included his ties to Scientology but the U.S. intelligence-infiltrated "on-line encyclopedia" deleted all references to his ties to the cult. Yatsenyuk is due to visit President Obama this week after the U.S. and European Union promised his government billions of dollars in assistance.

With so-called "conspiracy" facts now penetrating the coverage of MH-370 and the Ukrainian crisis, Sunstein's book appears thanks to a sweetheart book contract with Simon & Schuster, a division of leading neo-con Sumner Redstone's CBS Corporation. In essence, Sunstein's new book is a rehash of his past academic papers and articles on the danger of "conspiracy theories." However, it is the timing of the book's release amid his wife's machinations in the United Nations with neo-cons like UN Undersecretary for Political Affairs Jeffrey Feltman and his State Department-based co-conspirators, Victoria Nuland and U.S. ambassador to Kiev Geoffrey Pyatt, that is the real news with the appearance of "Conspiracy Theories and other Dangerous Ideas."
 
TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE 

30 Tabernacle Street, London EC2A 4DD.--

Formed in 1947, the Tavistock Institute is an independent not-for-profit organization which seeks to combine research in the social sciences with professional practice. Problems of institution-building and organizational design and change are being tackled in all sectors - government, industry and commerce, health and welfare, education, etc. - nationally and internationally, and clients range from multinationals to small community groups. A growth area has been the use of a developmental approach to evaluation of new and experimental programs, particularly in health, education and community development. This has also produced new training events alongside the regular program of group relations conferences. The Institute owns and edits the monthly journal Human Relations (published by Plenum Press) which is now in its 48th year, and has recently launched (in conjunction with Sage Publications) a new journal Evaluation.

Three elements combine to make the Institute unusual, if not unique: it has the independence of being entirely self-financing, with no subsidies from the government or other sources; the action research orientation places it between, but not in, the worlds of academia and consultancy; and its range of disciplines include anthropology, economics, organizational behavior, political science, psychoanalysis, psychology and sociology.

The ideology of American foundations was created by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London. In 1921, the Duke of Bedford, Marquess of Tavistock, the 11th Duke, gave a building to the Institute to study the effect of shellshock on British soldiers who survived World War I. Its purpose was to establish the "breaking point" of men under stress, under the direction of the British Army Bureau of Psychological Warfare, commanded by Sir John Rawlings-Reese.

Tavistock Institute is headquartered in London. Its prophet, Sigmond Freud, settled in Maresfield Gardens when he moved to England. He was given a mansion by Princess Bonaparte. Tavistock's pioneer work in behavioral science along Freudian lines of "controlling" humans established it as the world center of foundation ideology. Its network now extends from the University of Sussex to the U.S. through the Stanford Research Institute, Esalen, MIT, <http>Hudson Institute, <http>Heritage Foundation, Center of Strategic and International Studies at Georgetown, where State Dept. personal are trained, US Air Force Intelligence, and the Rand and Mitre corporations. The personnel of the corporations are required to undergo indoctrination at one or more of these Tavistock controlled institutions. A network of secret groups, the Mont Pelerin Society, Trilateral Commission, Ditchley Foundation, and the Club of Rome is conduit for instructions to the Tavistock network.

[Editor, Tim Aho's note: See Watch Unto Prayer report on The Heritage Foundation founded by Paul Weyrich with funding from Joseph Coors, who also founded and financed respectively the Moral Majority and Council for National Policy.]

Tavistock Institute developed the mass brain-washing techniques which were first used experimentally on American prisoners of war in Korea. Its experiments in crowd control methods have been widely used on the American public, a surreptitious but nevertheless outrageous assault on human freedom by modifying individual behavior through topical psychology. A German refugee, Kurt Lewin, became director of Tavistock in 1932. He came to the U.S. in 1933 as a "refugee", the first of many infiltrators, and set up the Harvard Psychology Clinic, which originated the propaganda campaign to turn the American public against Germany and involve us in World War II.

In 1938, Roosevelt executed a secret agreement with Churchill which in effect ceded U.S. sovereignty to England, because it agreed to let Special Operations Executive control U.S. policies. To implement this agreement, Roosevelt sent General Donovan to London for indoctrination before setting up OSS (now the CIA) under the aegis of SOE-SIS. The entire OSS program, as well as the CIA has always worked on guidelines set up by the Tavistock Institute.

[Editor, Tim Aho: See Watch Unto Prayer report on <http>The John Birch Society & Council for National Policy for information regarding CIA operations on the Christian Right.]

Tavistock Institute originated the mass civilian bombing raids carried out by Roosevelt and Churchill purely as a clinical experiment in mass terror, keeping records of the results as they watched the "guinea pigs" reacting under "controlled laboratory conditions". All Tavistock and American foundation techniques have a single goal to break down the psychological strength of the individual and render him helpless to oppose the dictators of the World Order. Any technique which helps to break down the family unit, and family inculcated principles of religion, honor, patriotism and sexual behavior, is used by the Tavistock scientists as weapons of crowd control.

The methods of Freudian psychotherapy induce permanent mental illness in those who undergo this treatment by destabilizing their character. The victim is then advised to "establish new rituals of personal interaction", that is, to indulge in brief sexual encounters which actually set the participants adrift with no stable personal relationships in their lives, destroying their ability to establish or maintain a family. Tavistock Institute has developed such power in the U.S. that no one achieves prominence in any field unless he has been trained in behavioral science at Tavistock or one of its subsidiaries.

Henry Kissinger, whose meteoric rise to power is otherwise inexplicable, was a German refugee and student of Sir John Rawlings-Reese at SHAEF. Dr. Peter Bourne, a Tavistock Institute psychologist, picked Jimmy Carter for President of the U.S. solely because Carter had undergone an intensive brainwashing program administered by Admiral Hyman Rickover at Annapolis. The "experiment" in compulsory racial integration in the U.S. was organized by Ronald Lippert, of the OSS and the American Jewish Congress, and director of child training at the Commission on Community Relations. The program was designed to break down the individual's sense of personal knowledge in his identity, his racial heritage. Through the Stanford Research Institute, Tavistock controls the National Education Association. The Institute of Social Research at the National Training Lab brain washes the leading executives of business and government.

Such is the power of Tavistock that our entire space program was scrapped for nine years so that the Soviets could catch up. The hiatus was demanded in an article written by Dr. Anatol Rapport, and was promptly granted by the government, to the complete mystification of everyone connected with NASA. Another prominent Tavistock operation is the Wharton School of Finance, at the University of Pennsylvania. A single common denominator identifies the common Tavistock strategy the use of drugs. The infamous MK Ultra program of the CIA, in which unsuspecting CIA officials were given LSD, and their reaction studied like "guinea pigs", resulted in several deaths.

The U.S. Government had to pay millions in damages to the families of the victims, but the culprits were never indicted. The program originated when Sandoz AG, a Swiss drug firm, owned by S.G. Warburg Co. of London, developed Lysergic Acid [LSD]. Roosevelt's advisor, James Paul Warburg, son of Paul Warburg who wrote the Federal Reserve Act, and nephew of Max Warburg who had financed Hitler, set up the <http>Institute for Policy Studies to promote the drug. The result was the LSD "counter-culture" of the 1960s, the "student revolution", which was financed by $25 million from the CIA.

One part of MK Ultra was the Human Ecology Fund; the CIA also paid Dr. Herbert Kelman of Harvard to carry out further experiments on mind control. In the 1950s, the CIA financed extensive LSD experiments in Canada. Dr. D. Ewen Cameron, president of the Canadian Psychological Association, and director of Royal Victorian Hospital, Montreal, received large payments from the CIA to give 53 patients large doses of LSD and record their reactions; the patients were drugged into weeks of sleep and then given electric shock treatments.

One victim, the wife of a member of the Canadian Parliament, is now suing the U.S. companies who provided the drug for the CIA. All the records of the CIA's drug testing program were ordered destroyed by the head of MK Ultra. Because all efforts of the Tavistock Institute are directed toward producing cyclical collapse, the effect of the CIA programs are tragically apparent. R. Emmett Tyrell Jr., writing in the Washington Post August 20, 1984, cites the "squalid consequences of the 60s radicals in SDS" as resulting in "the growing rate of illegitimacy, petty lawlessness, drug addiction, welfare, VD, and mental illness".

This is the legacy of the Warburgs and the CIA. Their principal agency, the Institute for Policy Studies, was funded by James Paul Warburg; its co-founder was Marcus Raskin, protege of McGeorge Bundy, president of the Ford Foundation. Bundy had Raskin appointed to the post of President Kennedy's personal representative on the National Security Council, and in 1963 funded Students for Democratic Society, through which the CIA operated the drug culture.

Today the Tavistock Institute operates a $6 Billion a year network of Foundations in the U.S., all of it funded by U.S. taxpayers' money. Ten major institutions are under its direct control, with 400 subsidiaries, and 3000 other study groups and think tanks which originate many types of programs to increase the control of the World Order over the American people. The Stanford Research Institute, adjoining the Hoover Institution, is a $150 million a year operation with 3300 employees. It carries on program surveillance for Bechtel, Kaiser, and 400 other companies, and extensive intelligence operations for the CIA. It is the largest institution on the West Coast promoting mind control and the behavioral sciences.

One of the key agencies as a conduit for secret instructions from Tavistock is the Ditchley Foundation, founded in 1957. The American branch of the Ditchley Foundation is run by Cyrus Vance, former Secretary of State, and director of the Rockefeller Foundation, and Winston Lord, president of the Council on Foreign Relations.

[Editor, Tim Aho's note: The wife of Winston Lord (CFR, Bilderberg, Skull & Bones), Bette Bao Lord (CFR, Bilderberg), is Chairman of the Board of Freedom House whose manipulation of the Christian Right via the Religious Persecution issue is documented in our report <http>Freedom House: A CFR Front.]

One of the principal but little known operations of the Rockefeller Foundation has been its techniques for controlling world agriculture. Its director, Kenneth Wernimont, set up Rockefeller controlled agricultural programs throughout Mexico and Latin America. The independent farmer is a great threat to the World Order, because he produces for himself, and because his produce can be converted into capital, which gives him independence. In Soviet Russia, the Bolsheviks believed they had attained total control over the people; they were dismayed to find their plans threatened by the stubborn independence of the small farmers, the Kulaks.

Stalin ordered the OGPU to seize all food and animals of the Kulaks, and to starve them out. The Chicago American, February 25, 1935 carried a front page headline, SIX MILLION PERISH IN SOVIET FAMINE; Peasants' Crops Seized, They and their Animals Starve. To draw attention from this atrocity, it was later alleged that the Germans, not the Soviets, had killed six million people, the number taken from the Chicago American headline by a Chicago publicist.

The Communist Party, the Party of the Peasants and Workers, exterminated the peasants and enslaved the workers. Many totalitarian regimes have found the small farmer to be their biggest stumbling block. The French Reign of Terror was directed, not against the aristocrats, many of whom were sympathetic to it, but against the small farmers who refused to turn over their grain to the revolutionary tribunals in exchange for the worthless assignats. In the United States, the foundations are presently engaged in the same type of war of extermination against the American farmer.

The traditional formula of land plus labor for the farmer has been altered due to the farmer's need for purchasing power, to buy industrial goods needed in his farming operations. Because of this need for capital, the farmer is especially vulnerable to the World Order's manipulation of interest rates, which is bankrupting him. Just as in the Soviet Union, in the early 1930s, when Stalin ordered the Kulaks to give up their small plots of land to live and work on the collective farms, the American small farmer faces the same type of extermination, being forced to give up his small plot of land to become a hired hand for the big agricultural trusts. The Brookings Institution and other foundations originated the monetary programs implemented by the Federal Reserve System to destroy the American farmer, a replay of the Soviet tragedy in Russia, with one proviso that the farmer will be allowed to survive if he becomes a slave worker of the giant trusts.

Once the citizen becomes aware of the true role of the foundations, he can understand the high interest rates, high taxes, the destruction of the family, the degradation of the churches into forums for revolution, the subversion of the universities into CIA cesspools of drug addiction, and the halls of government into sewers of international espionage and intrigue. The American citizen can now understand why every agent of the federal government is against him; the alphabet agencies, the FBI, IRS, CIA and BATF must make war on the citizen in order to carry out the programs of the foundations.

The foundations are in direct violation of their charters, which commit them to do "charitable" work, because they make no grants which are not part of a political goal. The charge has been made, and never denied, that the Heritage-AEI network has at least two KGB moles on its staff. The employment of professional intelligence operatives as "charitable" workers, as was done in the Red Cross Mission to Russia in 1917, exposes the sinister political economic and social goals which the World Order requires the foundations to achieve through their " bequests ".

Not only is this tax fraud, because the foundations are granted tax exemption solely to do charitable work, but it is criminal syndicalism, conspiracy to commit offenses against the United States of America, Constitutional Law 213, Corpus Juris Secundum 16. For the first time, the close interlocking of the foundation "syndicate" has been revealed by the names of its principle incorporators Daniel Coit Gilman, who incorporated the Peabody Fund and the John Slater Fund, and became an incorporator of the General Education Board (now the Rockefeller Foundation); Gilman, who also incorporated the Russell Trust in 1856, later became an incorporator of the Carnegie Institution with Andrew Dickson White (Russell Trust) and Frederic A. Delano. Delano also was an original incorporator of the Brookings Institution and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Daniel Coit Gilman incorporated the Russell Sage Foundation with Cleveland H. Dodge of the National City Bank. These foundations incorporators have been closely linked with the Federal Reserve System, the War Industries Board of World War I, the OSS of World War II and the CIA. They have also been closely linked with the American International Corporation, which was formed to instigate the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. Delano, an uncle of Franklin Delano Roosevelt, was on the original Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in 1914. His brother-in-law founded the influential Washington law firm of Covington and Burling. The Delanos and other ruling families of the World Order trace their lineage directly back to William of Orange and the regime which granted the charter of the Bank of England.

  • Tavistock Institutions In The United States
  • Flow Laboratories Gets contracts from the National Institutes of Health.
  • Merle Thomas Corporation Gets contracts from the U.S. Navy, analyzes data from satellites.
  • Walden Research Does work in the field of pollution control.

Planning Research Corporation, Arthur D. Little, G.E. "TEMPO", Operations Research Inc. Part of approximately 350 firms who conduct research and conduct surveys, make recommendations to government. They are part of what President Eisenhower called "a possible danger to public policy that could itself become captive of a scientific-technological elite."

Brookings Institution Dedicates its work to what it calls a "national agenda." Wrote President Hoover's program, President Roosevelt's "New Deal", the Kennedy Administration's "New Frontiers" program (deviation from it may have cost John F. Kennedy his life), and President Johnson's "Great Society." Brookings has been telling the United States Government how to conduct its affairs for the past 70 years and is still doing so.

Hudson Institute This institution has done more to shape the way Americans react to political and social events, think, vote and generally conduct themselves than perhaps any except the BIG FIVE. Hudson specializes in defense policy research and relations with the USSR. Most of its military work is classified as SECRET. (One idea during the Vietnam War was to build a moat around Saigon.) Hudson may be properly classified as one of the Committee of 300's BRAINWASHING establishments. One of its largest clients is the U.S. Department of Defense which includes matters of civil defense, national security, military policy and arms control.

[Editor, Tim Aho: This is the same <http>Hudson Institute which gave us GOALS 2000 and authored the Freedom From Religious Persecution Act, which became the International Religious Freedom Act of 1998. This law required the creation of a federal commission to monitor religion chaired by a presidentially-appointed Ambassador-at-Large on International Religious Freedom under the mandates of the United Nations' covenants and authority of the International Criminal Court.]

National Training Laboratories One of the key institutions established for this purpose in the United States was the National Training Laboratories (NTL). Founded in 1947 by members of the Tavistock network in the United States and located originally on an estate in Bethel, Maine, NTL had as its explicit purpose the brainwashing of leaders of the government, educational institutions, and corporate bureaucracies in the Tavistock method, and then using these "leaders" to either themselves run Tavistock group sessions in their organizations or to hire other similarly trained group leaders to do the job. The "nuts and bolts" of the NTL operation revolves around the particular form of Tavistock degenerate psychology known as "group dynamics," developed by German Tavistock operative Kurt Lewin, who emigrated to the United States in the 1930s and whose students founded NTL.

In a Lewinite brainwashing group, a number of individuals from varying backgrounds and personalities, are manipulated by a "group leader" to form a "consensus" of opinion, achieving a new "group identity." The key to the process is the creation of a controlled environment, in which stress is introduced (sometimes called dissonance) to crack an individual's belief structure. Using the peer pressure of other group members, the individual is "cracked," and a new personality emerges with new values. The degrading experience causes the person to deny that any change has taken place. In that way, an individual is brainwashed without the victim knowing what has taken place.

This method is the same, with some minor modification, used in all so-called "sensitivity groups" or "T-groups," or in the more extreme rock-drug-sex counterculture form, "touchy-feely groups," such as the kind popularized from the 1960s onward by the Esalen Institute, which was set up with the help of NTL.

From the mid-1950s onward, NTL put the majority of the nation's corporate leaderships through such brainwashing programs, while running similar programs for the State Department, the Navy, the Department of Education, and other sections of the federal bureaucracy. There is no firm estimate of the number of Americans who have been put through this process in last 40 years at either NTL, or as it is now known the NTL Institute for Applied Behavioral Sciences, which is based in Rosslyn, Virginia, or its West Coast base of operations, the Western Training Laboratories in Group Development, or in various satellite institutions. The most reliable estimate is in the several millions.

One of the groups that went through the NTL mill in the 1950s was the leadership of the National Education Association, the largest organization of teachers in the United States. Thus, the NEA's outlook has been "shaped" by Tavistock, through the NTL. In 1964, the NTL Institute became a direct part of the NEA, with the NTL setting up "group sessions" for all its affiliates. With funding from the Department of Education, the NTL Institute drafted the programs for the training of the nation's primary and secondary school teachers, and has a hand as well in developing the content of educational "reforms," including OBE.

Also known as the International Institute for Applied Behavioral Sciences. This institute is a brainwashing center in artificial stress training whereby participants suddenly find themselves immersed in defending themselves against vicious accusations. NTL takes in the National Education Association, the largest teacher group in the United States. While officially decrying "racism", it is interesting to note that NTL, working with NEA, produced a paper proposing education vouchers which would separate the hard-to-teach children from the brighter ones, and funding would be allocated according to the number of difficult children who would be separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The proposal was not taken up.

University of Pennsylvania, Wharton School of Finance & Commerce Founded by Eric Trist One of the "brain trusts" of Tavistock, Wharton has become one of the more important Tavistock in so far as "Behavioral Research" is concerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the U.S. Department of Labor which teaches how to produce "cooked" statistics at the Wharton Econometric Forecasting Associates Incorporated. This method was very much in demand as we came to the close of 1991 with millions more out of work than was reflected in USDL statistics. Wharton's ECONOMETRIC MODELING is used by every major Committee of 300 company in the United States, Western Europe, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and the World Bank. Institute for Social Research Among its clients are The Ford Foundation, U.S.Department of Defense, U.S.Postal Service and the U.S. Department of Justice. Among its studies are "The Human Meaning Of Social Change", "Youth in Transition" and "How Americans View Their Mental Health".

Institute For The Future This is not a typical Tavistock institution in that it is funded by the Ford Foundation, yet it draws its long-range forecasting from the mother of all think tanks. Institute for the Future projects what it believes to be changes that will be taking place in time frames of fifty years. So called "DELPHI PANELS" decide what is normal and what is not, and prepare position papers to "steer" government in the right direction to head off such groups as "people creating civil disorder." (This could be patriotic groups demanding abolition of graduated taxes, or demanding that their right to bear arms is not infringed.) This institute recommends action such as liberalizing abortion laws, drug usage and that cars entering an urban area pay tolls, teaching birth control in public schools, requiring registration of firearms, making use of drugs a non-criminal offense, legalizing homosexuality, paying students for scholastic achievements, making zoning controls a preserve of the state, offering bonuses for family planning and last, but most frightening, a Pol Pot Cambodia-style proposal that new communities be established in rural areas, (concentration camp compounds). As can be observed, many of their goals have already been more than fully realized.


INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS)

One of the "Big Three", IPS has shaped and reshaped United States policies, foreign and domestic, since it was founded by James P. Warburg and the Rothschild entities in the United States. Its networks in America include the League for Industrial Democracy. Lead players in the League for Industrial Democracy have included Jeane Kirkpatrick, former U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, Irwin Suall of the ADL, Eugene Rostow, Arms control negotiator, Lane Kirkland, Labor Leader, and Albert Shanker. IPS was incorporated in 1963 by Marcus Raskin and Richard Barnett, both highly trained Tavistock Institute graduates. The objectives of IPS came from an agenda laid down for it by the Tavistock Institute, one of the most notable being to create the "New Left" as a grass roots movement in the U.S. Its been said that Barnett and Raskin controlled such diverse elements as the Black Panthers, Daniel Ellsberg, National Security Council staff member Halprin, The Weathermen Underground, the Venceramos and the campaign staff of candidate George McGovern. No scheme was too big for IFS and its controllers to take on and manage.

Through its many powerful lobbing groups on Capitol Hill, IPS relentlessly used its "Big Stick" to beat Congress. IPS has a network of lobbyists, all supposedly operating independently but in actual fact acting cohesively, so that Congressmen are pummeled from all sides by seemingly different and varied lobbyists, In this way, IPS was, and is still, able to successfully sway individual Representatives and Senators to vote for "the trend, the way things are going." By using key pointmen on Capitol Hill, IPS was able to break into the very infrastructure of our legislative system and the way it works.

IPS became, and remains to this day, one of the most prestigious "think tanks" controlling foreign policy decisions, which we, the people, foolishly believe are those of our law makers. By sponsoring militant activism at home and with links to revolutionaries abroad, by engineering such victories as "The Pentagon Papers," besieging the corporate structure, bridging the credibility gap between underground movements and acceptable political activism, by penetrating religious organizations and using them to sow discord in America, such as radical racial policies under the guise of religion, using establishment media to spread IPS ideas, and then supporting them, IPS has lived up to the role which it was founded to play.

[Editor, Tim Aho: See Watch Unto Prayer report on <http>Freedom House: "Grants (for the IPS) came from the Samuel Rubin Foundation and the Stern Family Fund. Samuel Rubin was himself a member of the elite Comintern of the Communist Party, founded by none other than Lenin himself. Billionaire Armand Hammer assisted Rubin in making the fortunes which helped launch IPS. Philip Stern, an IPS trustee, was the president of Stern Fund. The executive director of the Stern Fund, David R. Hunter, was previously an official of The National Council and the World Council Of Churches. (Dr. James W. Wardner, Unholy Alliances, p.125)]


STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE

Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford Research Institute, in a 1952 speech made it clear what lines the institute was to follow. Stanford can be described as one of the "jewels" in Tavistock Crown in its rule over the United States. Founded in 1946 immediately after the close of WWII, it was presided over by Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on mind control research and "future sciences." Included under the Stanford umbrella was Charles F. Kettering Foundation which developed the "Changing Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian Conspiracy rests.

Some of Stanford's major clients and contracts were at first centered around the defense establishment but, as Stanford grew, so, did the diversity of its services:

  • Applications of Behavioral Sciences to Research Management Office of Science and Technology
  • SRI Business Intelligence Program
  • U.S. Department of Defense Directorate of Defense Research and Engineering
  • U.S. Department of Defense Office of Aerospace Research

Among corporations seeking Stanford's services were Wells Fargo Bank, Bechtel Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Bank of America, McDonnell Douglas Corporation, Blyth, Eastman Dillon and TRW Company. One of Stanford's more secret projects was extensive work on chemical and bacteriological warfare (CAB) weapons.

Stanford Research is plugged into at least 200 smaller "think tanks" doing research into every facet of life in America. This is ARPA networking and represents the emergence of probably the most far reaching effort to control the environment of every individual in the country. At present Stanford's computers are linked with 2500 "sister" research consoles which include the CIA, Bell Telephone Laboratories, U.S. Army Intelligence, The Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI), Rand, MIT, Harvard and UCLA. Stanford plays a key role in that it is the "library", cataloging all ARPA documentation.

"Other agencies".....one can use one's imagination here, are allowed to search through SRI's "library" for key words, phrases, look through sources and update their own master files with those of Stanford Research Center. The Pentagon uses SRI's master files extensively, and there is little doubt that other U.S. Government agencies do the same. Pentagon "command and control" problems are worked out by Stanford.

While ostensibly these apply only to weapons and soldiers, there is absolutely no guarantee that the same research could not , and will not be turned to civilian applications. Stanford is known to be willing to do anything for anyone.

[Editor, Tim Aho: See Watch Unto Prayer report <http>Lambert Dolphin & the Great Sphinx, which documents the connections of SRI's Lambert Dolphin with the Edgar Cayce Foundation and The Discernment Ministries.]


MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (MIT),
ALFRED P. SLOAN SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT

This major institute is not generally recognized as being a part of Tavistock U.S.A. Most people look upon it as being a purely American institution, but that is far from the truth. MIT- Alfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the following groups:

Contemporary Technology Industrial Relations NASA-ERC Computer Research Laboratories Office of Naval Research Group, Psychology Systems Dynamics

Some of MIT's clients are:

  • American Management Association
  • Committee for Economic Development
  • GTE
  • Institute for Defense Analysis (IDA)
  • NASA
  • National Academy of Sciences
  • National Council of Churches
  • Sylvania
  • TRW
  • U.S. Army
  • U.S. Department of State
  • U.S. Navy
  • U.S. Treasury
  • Volkswagen Company


RAND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

Without a doubt, RAND is THE think tank most beholden to Tavistock Institute and certainly the RIIA's most prestigious vehicle for control of United States policies at every level. Specific RAND policies that became operative include our ICBM program, prime analyses for U.S. foreign policy making, instigator of space programs, U.S. nuclear policies, corporate analyses, hundreds of projects for the military, the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in relation to the use of mind altering drugs like peyote, LSD (the covert MK-ULTRA operation which lasted for 20 years).

[Editor, Tim Aho's note: The founder of the Rand Corporation, Herman Kahn, also founded the Hudson Institute in 1961. In Educating for the New World Order, B.K. Eakman tells of a training manual for "change agents" developed for the U.S. government by Rand Corporation: ". . . a how-to manual with a 1971 U.S. Office of Education contract number on it entitled 'Training for Change Agents'; seven volumes of 'change agent studies' commissioned by the U.S. Office of Education to the Rand Corporation in 1973-74; scores of other papers submitted by behaviorist researchers who had obtained grants from the U.S. Office of Education for the purpose of exploring ways to 'freeze' and 'unfreeze' values, 'to implement change,' and to turn potentially hostile groups and committees into acquiescent, rubber-stamp bodies by means of such strategies as the 'Delphi Technique.'" (p. 118)]

Some of RAND's clients include:

  • American Telephone and Telegraph Company (AT&T)
  • Chase Manhattan Bank
  • International Business Machines (IBM)
  • National Science Foundation
  • Republican Party
  • TRW
  • U.S. Air Force
  • U.S. Department of Health
  • U.S. Department of Energy

There are literally THOUSANDS of highly important companies, government institutions and organizations that make use of RANDS's services. To list them all would be impossible. Among RAND's specialities is a study group that predicts the timing and the direction of a thermonuclear war, plus working out the many scenarios based upon its findings. RAND was once accused of being commissioned by the USSR to work out terms of surrender of the United States Government, an accusation that went all the way to the United States Senate, where it was taken up by Senator Symington and subsequently fell victim to scorn poured out by the establishment press. BRAINWASHING remains the primary function of RAND.

These institutions are among those that fund The UNIFORM LAW FOUNDATION, whose function is to ensure that the Uniform Commercial Code remains the instrument for conducting business in the United States.

All information posted on this web site is the opinion of the author and is provided for educational purposes only. It is not to be construed as medical advice. Only a licensed medical doctor can legally offer medical advice in the United States. Consult the healer of your choice for medical care and advice. 
__________________
Phil Jayhan 9/11 Blog | Phil Jayhan.Com Video Host | Frederick Bastiats Audio of "The Law" 

Tavistock Institute Daniel Estulin

  • During WWII, Tavistock was the hq of the British Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau, which through the US Specail Operations Executive also dictated US Armed Forces psychological warfare matters.
  • SRI, Rand Corp, MIT/Sloane, Advanced Center of Behavioural Sciences, ISR/UofMichigan, Wharton School of Business, Harvard Business School, LSE, Hudson Institute, Esalen, National Training Laboratories, NIMH, National Institute of Drug Abuse, Office of Naval Research,

WMR The Democrats' very own "Donald Segrett... ZeroHedge

October 21-23, 2016 -- The Democrats' very own "Donald Segretti"

When it was first reported that Robert Creamer, a Democratic Party strategist, admitted on a candid camera of paying people to commit violent acts at Donald Trump rallies, we thought the name of Creamer [pronounced as "Kramer') rang a bell. Creamer is the husband of Illinois U.S. Representative Jan Schakowsky, who WMR has investigated in the past for her ties to Turkish government interests. Creamer is a Democratic Party bottom feeder and ex-con who could rightly be called Hillary Clinton's "Donald Segretti." Segretti was President Richard Nixon's chief "dirty tricks" political operative who served a prison sentence resulting from the Watergate scandal. The presence of a Segretti clone on the Clinton team is yet another example of the political similarities between Mrs. Clinton and Mr. Nixon.

Creamer, founder of a Democratic party group called Democracy Partners, visited the Obama White House 340 times and, possibly, met with President Obama 45 times. Creamer has also written for theHuffington Post. Creamer served five months in prison and another 11 months under house arrest after a 2005 federal conviction for bank fraud and tax evasion involving a check kiting scheme.

Creamer, along with Scott Foval, a sub-contractor with Americans United for Change, admitted on a video captured by James O'Keefe, a dodgy Republican operative with a group called Project Veritas, that they paid mentally ill people to disrupt a Trump rally at the University of Illinois and planned to have people from out-of-state vote illegally in Wisconsin. In the video, Foval says, "We've been busing people in to deal with you fuckin' assholes for fifty years and we're not going to stop now." 

              
Donald Segretti [left] and Robert Creamer [right]. Two bottom feeding operatives from different political eras.                       

The Democratic National Committee terminated its relationship with both Creamer and Foval, however, when added to the DNC and Clinton campaign emails released by WikiLeaks and the State Department emails released pursuant to Freedom of Information Act requests, the disclosures about Clinton and her team rival that of Nixon and the Committee to Re-elect the President (CREEP) in 1972.

Speaking of "CREEP," there is a creep factor surrounding both Creamer and Schakowsky.

Schakowsky's son-in-law Michael McLaughlin, 38, died on August 9, 2009 while vacationing in Mexico with his wife Lauren Creamer, the daughter of Robert Creamer. Schakowsky and her husband were also present in Tulum, Mexico when the accident occurred. According to the Chicago Tribune, a local coroner said that McLaughlin died of asphyxiation while snorkeling. 


Segretti and Creamer: two peas in a pod. [Click on images to enlarge]


The news involving Schakowsky's son-in-law happened after Schakowsky was identified in a WMR exclusive as being subjected to a Turkish intelligence lesbian sexual blackmail operation involving the congresswoman and a female employee of a Turkish government-run organization in Washington, DC. The information was provided to WMR by federal law enforcement and congressional sources. A video, in which Schakowsky states, "Wayne Madsen is a conspiracy theorist," has been removed from YouTube.

Schakowsky is a close political ally of Chicago's own President Barack Obama and Chicago mayor Rahm Emanuel.

Creamer, whose operations involved planting paid mentally ill protesters inside Trump rallies and organized people to cast illegal votes, borrowed the political chicanery page from Segretti, who engaged in forgeries and criminal conspiracy on behalf of Nixon. Segretti's targets included Democrats George McGovern, Hubert Humphrey, Ed Muskie, and George Wallace.

Considering the similarities between Creamer and Segretti, one must ask whether the Democrats have also gone where Segretti and his conspirators went to cover up their crimes. Segretti and a CIA operative named Dennis Cassini supplied George Wallace's attempted assassin Arthur Herman Bremer with cash before he shot Wallace at a Laurel, Maryland shopping center on the eve of the 1972 Maryland Democratic primary Wallace. In July 1972, Cassini's body was found locked in the trunk of his car. Police ruled that Cassini died from a massive heroin overdose. The cause of death was as sketchy as that which was determined for Creamer's son-in-law in Mexico. 

And then there are the suspicious deaths of Democratic National Committee staffer Seth Rich from a non-robbery gunshot in Washington, DC this past August. That death was followed by the sudden death of Shawn Lucas, the process server who delivered a summons to the DNC that alleged that the DNC committed fraud in in the primaries in favor of Hillary Clinton over her challenger, Senator Bernie Sanders.  Creamer and Foval are now on video confirming that they engaged in voter fraud by busing in illegal voters. What did Lucas and Rich know about that and was it worth killing both to silence them?

 

ZeroHedge...

According to his website bio, Creamer has been a "political organizer and strategist for over four decades" and has been very involved with the Obama administration over the years.  He even "provided strategic advice" to Obama on the "Iran nuclear deal."  Ironically, Creamer "began his organizing career in 1970 working with Chicago’s Citizen Action Program (CAP), which had been organized by Saul Alinsky’s Industrial Areas Foundation." ... and general consultant to Americans United for Change...organizing career in 1970 working with Chicago’s Citizen Action Program (CAP), which had been organized by Saul Alinsky’s Industrial Areas Foundation ... Creamer's wife is none other that Jan Schakowsky, a U.S. Representative for Illinois's 9th congressional district which she has served since 1999... regular contributor to the Huffington Post...

Wikipedia 1970 working with Chicago's Citizen Action Program (CAP). co-founded the Strategic Consulting Group, a political consulting firm that works with issue campaigns. His clients have included MoveOn.org, Americans United for Change, and USAction. He has acted as a consultant for campaigns geared towards ending the Iraq War,

Archive ... Tavistock Tags

textsColeman The Tavistock Institute Of Human Relations Esalen Stanford Presidio MIT mkultra monarch nwo illuminati freemasons Topics fritz springmeier, HAARP Angels, Christina Stoddard, freemasons, illuminati, ralph rene, rene, tesla problem, mkultra, monarch, columbine, newtown, plot against church, pope, jesuits, mind hypnosis dantalion jones, trance-formation, aquino, beatles, led zeppelin, nwo, doors, farrell, ss, federal reserve, bank of england, chase bank, goldman sachs, occult, nazis, sklar, russian revolution, milton erickson, gemstone file, lucifers lodge, russian mind control, silent weapons for quiet wars, iron mountain, unauthorized bush, nicola tesla, gordon brown, tony blair, luciferians, mengele, CIA, MI6, MI5, knights malta, knights saint john, vatican, pope, dia, mossad, satanism, manicheanism, aleister crowley, golden dawn, stella matututina, stelle group, IRS, mormons, magick, occult, Sherman Skolnick, marx, anton levay, wilson bryan key, subliminal, backmasking, tantra, oto, kali, diana, crone, maiden, wurmbrand, mother, osiris, isis, antichrist, eluesinian, jim marrs, jose delgado, discoverie witchcraft, witch cult, malleus maleficarum, prainatis, mkultra, mknaomi, monarch, christopher marlowe, ben johnson, shakespeare, queen elizabeth, king james, king james bible, webster tarpley, anthony sutton, genesis, holy blood holy grail, jefferson, washington, lincoln, kennedy, john f kennedy, jfk, HAARP, federal reserve, tragedy and hope, nikola tesla, william lyne, lyne, tesla technology, marilyn monroe, Jolly West, Trotsky, Lenin, Stalin, Tavistock, bill cooper, Kurt Lewin, Kaiser Institute, Thule, Golden Dawn, wilhelm reich, skull and bones, brownsville murders, occult world power, FIB, CIA, pale horse, DEA, DHs, FEMA, KGB, FSB, MI6, BUSH, cheney, rumsfeld, soros, dope inc, pickens, texas, california, earth, russia, uk, australia, nwo, three mile island, fukushima, Michael Hutchison, chernobyl, tsunami, 9-11, earthquake, flying saucer, Khomeini, ayatollah, british intelligence, hegel, dialectic, neurology, marx, unshackled, jimmy carter, collins, chavkin, mknaomi, witchcraft, MLK, MLK Jr, Gandhi, hypnotism, gerald ford, jimmy carter, obama, bush, wackenhut, chevron, arco, cargill, carlyle, dresden, hypnosis, genocide, population control, ezekial, jeremiah, isaiah, daniel, prophet, malachi, zechariah, trilateral, talmud, bilderberg, club rome, orgone, wilhelm reich, einstein, HAARP, ELF waves, GWEN towers, Cell towers, Schuman, kabbalah, alice baily, annie besant, leadbeater, clymer swynburne, strom thurmond, john todd, holocaust, jolly west, dr. cameron, edward teller, cabbalah, ac clarke, rasputin, holography, holographic, star wars, george lucas, NSA, david hoggan, hillary clinton, obama, qabbalah, mcveigh, lee harvey oswald, jack ruby, scientology, rfk, sirhan, walmart, monsanto, bank england, chinese, aleister crowley, osama bin laden, microsoft, mob, cosa nostra, chandra levy, pedophilia, pedophiles, rudy guiliani, madonna, britney spears, black magic, tiger woods, michael jordan, hollywood, speilberg, brownsville murders, satanic verses, salmon rushdie, stephen king, silver star, ted bundy, occult theocrasy, charlie manson, manson, moses, jesus christ, God, aristotle onassis, jacky kennedy, process church, animal sanctuary utah, california, be wise as serpents, arizona, new mexico, city london, zurich, berlin, lyon, france, johnny depp, depp, apocalypse, michael hoffman, revelation, anne frank, sufis, sufism, etruscans, rome, caesar, herod, jolly west, holographic, michael cremo, holography, bohm, talbot, universe, cryptography, mojave secrets, atlantis, auschwitz, quantum mechanics, victor thorn, plot against church, bjerknes, hellstorm, mental health, pnac, bowart, aquino, bolshevism, fdr, swinburne, tupac, elizabeth dilling, 2pac, michael jackson, james dean, elizabeth taylor, steve mcqueen, marlon brando, charleton heston, tom cruise, brad pitt, alex jones, coughlin, jordan maxwell, james shelby downard, king kill 33, Arrhur Nelson Field, Douglas Dewar, James Bryce, Lord Bryce, Nelson Mandela, Mandela, abortion, eustace mullins, planned parenthood, hollywood, food, water, money, air, truth, arthur nelson, john kerry, senator byrd, propaganda bernays, strom thurmond, bob hope, iron man, ironman, superman, batman, elon musk, bill gates, steve jobs, tony stark, john coleman, tin man, great depression, IMF, World Bank, audrey hepburn, catholic, catholic church, st augustine, augustine, jerome, henry ford, st jerome, catholic fathers, dalai lama, tibetan buddhism, sex magick, sex, gnosticism, tridentine mass, catholic mass, vatican II, report iron mountain, vatican 2, ottaviani, lefebvre, dietrich hildebrand, fatima, la salette, quito, holy virgin mary, virgin mary, sspx, protocols elders zion, pius x, leo xiii, pius xii, pius v, paul vi, john paul i, john paul ii, benedict xvi, pope, flat earth, sion, flat earth society, zetetic, rowbotham, nasa fraud, nasa, iss, parallax, zetetic society, galen winsor, nuclear hoax, gnosticism, free energy, antarctica, arctic, epiphanius, panarion, tower of babel, new lies for old, suvarov, pranaitis, william still new world order, hitler, windsors, rothschilds, rockefellers, astors, dupont, i.g. farben, vickers, standard oil, operation paperclip, mengele, china lake, twenty nine palms, fahey, hoffman, jesuits, black pope, makow, anthony sutton, brice taylor, cathy o'brien, fire in the minds, mind control, hechethorn, secret societies, franklin coverup, golden bough, enoch, satanic voices, satanism, cathars, templars, stalin, lenin, hitler, nazis, phallicism, eleusinaian, hinduism, lhasa, tibet, ritual human sacrifice, wurmbrand, marx and satan, dunblane Identifier ColemanTheTavistockInstituteOfHumanRelations_201612 Mediatype texts Scanner Internet Archive HTML5 Uploader 1.6.3 Identifier-access http://archive.org/details/ColemanTheTavistockInstituteOfHumanRelations_201612 Identifier-ark ark:/13960/t22c41w48 Ppi 300 Ocr ABBYY FineReader 11.0 SHOW LESS Book on Tavistock mind control institute in Britain which was instrumental in the MKultra monarch mind control. In America Esalen, Stanford, MIT, China Lake, Nevada Test Site and pretty much every military base is involved in this total mind control of individuals. This is also embedded into Hollywood etc outlets on a macro scale.

 

Cultural Marxism, Political Correctness & Multiculturalism
  • Aagirfa
  • AngryHarry Cultural Marxism / Feminism McCarthyism
  • BarryChamish He first gained worldwide notoriety with his coverage of the Yitzhak Rabin assassination and the conspiracy he helped to later uncover. His book, the bestselling Who Murdered Yitzhak Rabin? is an expose which demonstrates clearly that Mr. Amir did not shoot Rabin. His work on this case compares favorably to the research done on the Kennedy Assassination except that Barry did much of the work himself, while it took multiple researchers to prove there was a conspiracy and break down the official Warren Commission Report.
  • Blackbird9's Trading Post A Higher Understanding of 9-11 - Blackbird9 Podcast
  • Corbett Report Maurice Strong who became an international player for the UN global depopulation agenda. Disgraced kleptocrat Maurice Strong died late last year at the age of 86. He was shunned from polite society and forced into a life of exile in Beijing after his decades of business intrigues, crimes against humanity, and environmental destruction unraveled. His savagery culminated with an attempt to profit off of the death of starving Iraqi children. His funeral was a quiet affair, attended only by those few family members who could not find it in their heart to shun him completely. Former friends and business associates like Paul Martin, James Wolfensohn, Kofi Annan, Conrad Black, and Al Gore all avoided calls for comments on their disgraced friend’s passing.”
  • Cultural Marxism.net Tavistock Clinic
  • Dankoff, Mark Charlie Hebdo funded by Rothschilds
  • EducateYourself Masters of Deception.pdf ... Jonathan Institute ... an Israeli propaganda outfit created in 1979 by Benjamin Netanyahu. The group is named after his dead brother Jonathan who was killed in the Israeli raid on Entebbe Airport in Uganda in 1972. The former Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin — a former commander of the Jewish terrorist group Irgun — was also a key figure with the Jonathan Institute, giving the opening address at the group’s 1979 conference in Jerusalem ... The primary function of the group was to organize conferences crafted around promoting the spurious idea that Yassir Arafat, the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO) and the broader Arab and Muslim world, represent a global ‘terrorist threat.’
  • EnglishNews ,..This 20th century strain of Jewish Marxism, Christianity and Talmudic warfare was produced by the Frankfurt School a.k.a. the Institute for Social Research founded by and corrupted by Jewish Supremacists in Frankfurt, and later in New York where it was and still is responsible for all the anti-European psychology advertising approaches, Critical Theory, repressive tolerance, "diversity is our strength," and other insidious tactics, phrases, infiltration attempts, suppression phrases and strategies that are attempting to gradually strip away the cultural traditions, ethnic identity, national sovereignty, and historical memory of the ethnic European races, especially in Northern Europe and our off-continent homelands of Canada, America, Australia, NZ and elsewhere, relying on a bedrock of Christian tolerance and anti-natural philosophy to weaken their prey, allowing for the fundamental susceptibility to further defilement. .
  • FreeBritainSociety..The British Labour Party was organised in 1900 as the Labour Representation Committee (LRC) by Fabian Society leaders Bernard Shaw and Edward Pease, and had Fabian Socialist Ramsay MacDonald as General Secretary. An example of this is the promotion of collapse theology, the worse is better mentality, which effectively neutralises those who adhere to it from having a political influence, as they are manipulated into waiting for ‘shit to hit the fan’, which never occurs, until it is too late. Understanding the Jewish origin of these theories and distractions are essential for attaining a pure perspective. Disposing of the impurities promoted by the Fabian Jewish Supremacists and post-Frankfurt Jewish multi-racialists is essential for the survival of our folk.
  • Intrepid Report The European Union and its goal of a borderless Europe, the euro common currency, a common police force—EUROPOL—benefits only one major and influential group: the pedophile network that dominates the EU and individual member states like the United Kingdom, Belgium, France, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Sweden, and others. The Schengen system, which drops intra-European border controls, permits pedophiles, even those with prior criminal records, to travel unchallenged throughout the Schengen group of countries.
  • Irish Savant Shachar Zahavi of disaster relief organization IsraAid spoke with The Times of Israel in a brief conversation from Athens on Wednesday. IsraAid has been working with Syrian refugees in Jordan and Iraq/Kurdistan for several years and is currently setting up operations at a well-traveled entry point in GREECE.
  • Karlstrom, Eric video ... Anglo-American-Zionist criminal syndicate also known as the New World Order. We talk about false flag terrorism, psychological warfare, Allen Dulles, Freemasonry, Satanism, Cultural Marxism and Zionism
  • Makow .
  • McDonald, Kevin thesis Jewish neoconservatism. A deep concern with furthering specific Jewish interests, such as helping Israel or promoting immigration. Issues are framed in a rhetoric of universalism rather than Jewish particularism. Issues are framed in moral terms, and an attitude of moral superiority pervades the movement. Centered around charismatic leaders (Boas, Trotsky, Freud). Jews form a cohesive, mutually reinforcing core. Non-Jews appear in highly visible roles, often as spokespersons for the movement. A pronounced ingroup/outgroup atmosphere within the movement—dissenters are portrayed as the personification of evil and are expunged from the movement. The movement is irrational in the sense that it is fundamentally concerned with using available intellectual resources to advance a political cause. The movement is associated with the most prestigious academic institutions in the society. Access to prestigious and mainstream media sources, partly as a result of Jewish influence on the media. Active involvement of the wider Jewish community in supporting the movement.
  • McDonald, Kevin Prof. on Slezkenerev... A persistent theme among critics of Jews—particularly those on the pre-World War II right—has been that the Bolshevik revolution was a Jewish revolution and that the Soviet Union was dominated by Jews. This theme appears in a wide range of writings, from Henry Ford’s International Jew, to published statements by a long list of British, French, and American political figures in the 1920s (Winston Churchill, Woodrow Wilson, and David Lloyd George)
  • Noicki, Andi Red Ice Radio interview, 9/11 self-revelation..
  • RedefiningGod
  • RedGreenAlliance Cass Sunstein .Victory in the war of ideas often hinges more on the conditions of battle than on the quality of arguments. You know this instinctively if you’ve ever been shouted down, smeared, or ignored when you were simply trying to state a point. Truly civil public discourse becomes much harder when our dialogue is hijacked by thought policing—euphemistically referred to as “political correctness,” or PC
  • RedIce The Frankfurt School and big business
  • Rense
  • Rense The Jewish Century.
  • RobertsCourt Blog. Tavistock Tavistock, a progressive society, was founded in London in 1920; the Tavistock Clinic opened in 1920. It always had secret ties to British Freemasonry. Its aims include social control, information control; and control of the hidden information environment. Practically, his means it has control mechanisms in academia, multimedia, intelligence, and medicine especially pharmaceuticals. Tavistock is part of the global shadow government.
  • Smash Multiculturalism The traditional definition of race and ethnicity is related to biological and sociological factors respectively. Race refers to a person’s physical characteristics, such as bone structure and skin, hair, or eye color. Ethnicity, however, refers to cultural factors, including nationality, int Alex Jones
  • SourceWatch Leo Strauss  "For Strauss, "religion is the glue that holds society together", said Drury, who added that Irving Kristol, among other neo-conservatives, has argued that separating church and state was the biggest mistake made by the founders of the U.S. republic.  "Secular society in their view is the worst possible thing", because it leads to individualism, liberalism and relativism   ...   precisely those traits that might encourage dissent, which in turn could dangerously weaken society's ability to cope with external threats. "You want a crowd that you can manipulate like putty," according to Drury"
  • StarryNewsNetwork Barry Chamish
  • TradYouth Trump likes the Jewish people, but that’s largely beside the point. He’s an antisemite by the operative definition; he’s a man who Jews don’t like. He’s a civic nationalist who wants what’s best for America as a civic nation, and that puts him diametrically at odds with the Jewish agenda.
  • TruthSeeker Climate of Fear Exposing 9/11
  • VeteransNewsNow ..
  • .ZenGardner 9/11 WTC Nuked
  • ZionistReport t is entirely fitting that the European Central Bank (ECB) chief Mario Draghi has decided to convene the annual meeting of ECB bankers in the Portuguese city of Sintra. Draghi and his fellow bankers are trying to decide how to mitigate the effects of the Brexit vote by Britain to leave the European Union.
  • ZionistReport
  • cultural marxism
  • Amazon Ledeen War Against the Terror Masters
  • AntiZionistLeague Jonathan Institute Jabotinisky link? ,
  • ArkansasFreedom Senator John Boozman has aided & abetted these 15 year wars from the first day he entered congress. He voted for the Patriot Acts twice that destroyed the 1st & 4th Amendments. His dossier only shows warmongering, Establishment compliance, & betrayal of middleclass Arkansans. Over the years he has lightly campaigned by claiming he is a “conservative”, would fight against illegal immigration, and would always serve the interests of fellow Arkansans—all lies. Boozman, unfortunately is just another dangerous, self-serving sycophant and a lackey for the Bush II crime family.
  • Bolshecaust new word definition: the murder of 60 million people in the Bolshevik revolution by Jews.
  • Breitbart.review Devil's Pleasure Palace.Are there dozens of gender and gay and black studies courses at Yale and only a few on the American founding? Cultural Marxists did that. Can professors be tried before secret Kangaroo courts? Cultural Marxists did that. Are high-powered corporate executives too frightened to refuse a gay rainbow sticker on their office door? Cultural Marxism at work. Are we as a society so unsure of ourselves that we cannot even think, let alone assert, that Western civilization is superior to any and all others? They did that, too. Gays in the military? Boys in dresses peeing in the girl’s room? You get the idea....
  • Breibart
  • CigPapers Fabian Society, a wolf in sheep's clothing .The Fabians originally were a faux elite group of pseudo-intellectuals who formed a semi-secret society for the purpose of bringing socialism to the world. Whereas Communists wanted to establish socialism through violence and revolution, the Fabians preferred to do it gradually through propaganda, infiltration and legislation. The word socialism was never to be used. Instead, they would always speak of benefits for the people such as pensions, welfare, medical care, higher wages, and better working conditions.
  • Confessions of the Illuminati.Author Leo Lyon Zagami uses the Illuminati’s internal documents and reveals confidential and top-secret events. His book contends that the presence of numerous Illuminati brotherhoods and secret societies—just as those inside the most prestigious U.S. universities such as Yale or Harvard—have always been guides to the occult. From the Ordo Templi Orientis (OTO)’s infiltration of Freemasonry to the real Priory of Sion, this book exposes the hidden structure of the New World Order and the occult practices of the various groups involved with it, including their connections to the intelligence community and the infamous Ur-Lodges..
  • CulturalMarxism.net
  • Dialectic of Solidarity book... Mark P. Worrell ... Labor, anti Semitish and the Frankfurt School.... extols orthodox Holocaust views.
  • EnglishNews. The Jewish Socialist Capitalist Subversive Alliance Both (Fabianism and Cultural Marxism) redirect revolutionary Marxism and instead use and advocate “gradualism”, a step-by-step long-term plan to change the spiritual (Christianity and atheism), ethnic (immigration) and political character (subversion of the political discourse) of European nations through stealth and infiltration of Jews and Jewish ideologies into every level of society, even attempting to infiltrate racially aware circles to bring the down from their own supposed ideological foundations, as with the (anti-thesis) promotion of Christianity in racially aware circles and certain types of pseudo-intellectual ideology and revisionism which actually does nothing more than weaken the resolve and productivity of racially aware folk.
  • European Economics Blog.We need to understand why Western society and its cultural identity have so vastly degenerated and especially why family values have deteriorated so dramatically. A clearer understanding of the historical evolution of this age-old question and its far-reaching implications will provide valuable insights into the intellectual crisis of Western societies and the strategic suppression of dissent and independent thought. It will shed light on the origins on the intellectual bondage that we know today as Political Correctness
  • DailyTrump Trump promises full investigation of 9/11 if elected President.... There is no way that Trump does not know far more about 9/11 than what the rest of us can already gather from investigators such as Chris Bollyn, that it was a Jewish operation with shabbos goys. Trump doesn’t have to get into all that just now. It’s enough to show the obvious, that America was attacked on Bush’s watch.
  • Jews comment in response to this: "ashkenazi jews are clearly hybrids, mainly middle eastern (Levantine) men that mixed with European women..." ...answer: You are regurgitating Israel lies, in order to justify the land theft by the white European Ashkenazic Jews in the Middle East. The term "Sephardi" is meaningless since some white European Ashkenazic Jews now call themselves "Sephardi", in order to hide their white European Ashkenazic identity. The term "Jews" and "Berbers" have intentionally been misused to include white Europeans and black Africans, and those terms are meaningless in determining Middle Eastern origin. "Levant" DNA of white European Ashkenazic men does NOT translate into mt-DNA of Arabian Jewish women. The country Turkey was included as part of the Levant and yes, some white European Ashkenazic men do have the y-chromosome and admixture of Turks of the Levant. The Arabian Jews who descended from the Ancient Hebrews determines Jewish status based on the mother, while the white European Ashkenazic Jews prior to the invention of the white European Ashkenazic Israel determined their Jewish community based on the father. And that is more evidence that Arabian Jews are different and are NOT related to white European Ashkenazic Jews or black African Jews, by blood or religion.
  • JudeoFascism blog. From crypto-Zionist left-Bolshevism and right-Neoconservatism in the Diaspora, through naked Jewish national socialism in Israel, Judeo supremacist (Zionist) movements have murdered and terrorized millions in pursuit of a messianic, "Chosen Race" agenda. They will continue to kill until the Judeofascists and their agents, allies and accomplices are identified, exposed and isolated.
  • Millenium Report.A Mossad unit consisting of six Egyptian and Yemeni-born Jews infiltrated “Al Qaeda” cells in Hamburg (the Atta-Mamoun Darkanzali cell), south Florida, and Sharjah in the United Arab Emirates in the months before 9/11. The Mossad not only infiltrated cells but began to run them.
  • Mises Judaism, Capitalism and Communism, Part 1.
  • NewsFollowUp False Flag attacks : Ambassador Chris Stevens, Benghazi 'al Qaeda' attack, 'October Surprise'. France Toulouse Jewish murders Iran nuclear scientists murdered by Israelr ... Western mercenaries conducted assassinations and false flag terror attacks in Jan 2013 report Lebanon's police intelligence chief, General Wissam al-Hassan.. .Underwear Bomber Israel security firm ICTS common thread to Shoe Bomber Shoe Bomber Israel security firm ICTS common thread to Underwear Bomber Bali Bombings, by Israel Hariri assassination by Israel 51 Documents Zionist Collaboration with the Zazis more Holocaust Minot Barksdale B-52 (Cheney, nuclear warheads transfer) 9/11 WTC, Pentagon, Flight 93, Building 7, Shanksville SweetLiberty.org Israel False Flag Black Ops..
  • NewEuroMed.Who created Communism? Karl_Marx_001Acc. to Fr. Engels, the Jewish Freemason Karl Marx Marx was hired by the League of Just Men to write the “Communist Manifesto”. This League was based on the League of Outlaws having its Root in the French Revolution Illumininatus, Babeuf. In fact, there was little difference between Babouvism and Bolshevism. The League of Just Men consisted of Rothschilds, Oppenheims and Oppenheimers, Nathan Rothschild financing Marx. The Communist Manifesto was to implement the 6 Commandments of Jesuit Adam Weishaupt and Mayer Amschel Rothschild – primarily to abolish nation state and Christianity. It did widely happen through revolutions and wars worldwide, killing millions of Christians..
  • NextHurrah Thomas Lamont's great grandson. According to Ron Chernow's book, The House of Morgan (and this is from memory), Lamont was an early supporter of Benito Mussolini. As Teodor Adorno and Max Horkheimer saw the parallels between the New Deal and Fascism, so, apparently, did Thomas Lamont. Mussolini's fascism was a pioneering stab at getting the government and big business to work together to get the trains running on time and forestall communism. J.P. Morgan & Co. was a major architect of the stage of monopoly capitalism Lenin described in "Imperialism".
  • PalgraveConnect..
  • Project Avalon Alex Honneth
  • RightPedia Frankfurt School The creation of racism offences and hate speech laws. Continual change to create confusion (e,g., in school curricula). Masturbation propaganda in schools, combined with the homosexualization and transsexualism of children and their corruption by exposing them to child porn in the classroom. The systematic undermining of parental and teachers’ authority. Huge immigration to destroy national identity and foment future race wars. The systematic promotion of excessive drinking and recreational drugs. The systematic promotion of sexual deviance in society. An unreliable legal system with bias against the victims of crime. Dependency on state benefits. Control and dumbing down of media. (Six Jewish companies now control 96 percent of the world’s media. LD). Encouraging the breakdown of the family. All all-out attack on Christianity and the emptying of churches.
  • SalvoMag .Marcuse was a key intellectual in the movement, along with Theodor Adorno, Max Horkheimer, Erich Fromm, Walter Benjamin, Leo Lowenthal, Wilhelm Reich, Georg Lukacs, and many others. These men were disillusioned with traditional Western society and values. Lukacs, who helped found the school, said that its purpose was to answer this question: "Who shall save us from Western Civilization?" Terror and civilization are inseparable," wrote Adorno and Horkheimer in The Dialectic of Enlightenment. The solution to terror was therefore simple: dismantle civilization. Marcuse expressed their goal like this: "One can rightfully speak of a cultural revolution, since the protest is directed toward the whole cultural establishment, including [the] morality of existing society." Lukacs saw "the revolutionary destruction of society as the one and only solution to the cultural contradictions of the epoch," and argued that "such a worldwide overturning of values cannot take place without the annihilation of the old values and the creation of new ones by the revolutionaries."
  • StarryNews..Why do they let them in? Why DID they let them in. So many years ago! Because the pedofile politicans, blackmailed by Mossad & CIA, are doing the Bankers’ bidding. And what is that? Destroy Europe as national entities to fit better into their One World Disorder! And so Merkel, and Hollande, Cameron, and all the others, supported the official version of 9-11, which was done by the Rockefellers, Mossad, and the CIA, to blame the Arabs, to blame the Muslims, and to take down 5-6 countries that were against Islamic radicals. Why?..
  • TelosPress Marcuse, whose research and philosophy only marginally addressed the “Jewish question,” never denied his Jewish origins, but at the same time he never used this objective fact as an exclusive or decisive argument to affect his views on various issues, not even regarding world-historical matters of particular relevance to the Jews. Even if generally, positively, Marcuse endeavored to constitute the Marxian Realm of Freedom, or at least strove to fathom scientifically why in the course of modern history, an authentic revolution for the liberation of man has failed repeatedly, his major, immediate, intellectual and socio-political concern was the struggle against the reemergence of an oppressive reign of horror, including a struggle against the possible recurrence of a genocide. Marcuse supported the existence of the State of Israel and its right to defend itself. The objective rationale for this was, ultimately, the Holocaust of European Jewry: namely, the perception of the State of Israel as a refuge and a shelter for Jews against persecutions and repression. But this position did not prevent him from strongly criticizing Israeli policy since the end of the Six-Day War (June 1967) for objecting to peace, as well as for its attitude toward the Palestinians in Israel and in the occupied territories as inferior, a policy that he understood an expression of “racist and nationalistic tendencies.” It was the policy of Israel’s governments and its possible consequences that he regarded as the greatest threat to the continued existence of the Jewish state.
  • YouTube CM..
  • Boozman, Arkansas Israel firster cm
  • Black Rose Anarchist Federation mission statement
  • Breitbart News, Jewish run website controlled opposition, strips out all mention of Jewish roots of Cultural Marxism, associates CM with communist Red Scare tactics of Cold War.
  • CBS News  Vid
  • DailyWire. An Actual Conservative's Guide To The Alt-Right: 8 Things You Need To Know
  • DiscovertheNetworks guide to the political left, Soros
  • Freud, Jewish, psychoanalysis nonsense, addition to Cultural Marxism
  • Fabians greater equality of power, wealth and opportunity the value of collective action and public service an accountable, tolerant and active democracy citizenship, liberty and human rights sustainable development multilateral international cooperation (world jewish government control)
  • FreeCongress William Lind
  • Forward .I am not the only one whose refugee-related work has been curtailed by SJP. Last year, they protested an Amnesty International fundraiser because it was to take place at Ben & Jerry’s, which apparently is connected with a company that produces ice cream in Israel. Syrian refugee children, including Palestinians, will not have coats this winter because members of SJP cares more about optics than the lives and health of the Syrian people.
  • ForwardProgressives article: how Allen Baler (operating under the name Frank Bates) has made a lot of money, all from selling survivalist merchandise to mostly right-wing (there’s some on the left as well if you ever frequent Reddit) nutjobs who are firmly convinced that any day now Obama is going to instruct FEMA to round all the “patriots” up and put them in FEMA camps. From the story:
  • Institute for Social Research official website.. research Alex Honneth, current administrator
  • Jezebel On most days, the Brooklyn Commons, a cafe and co-working space in Boerum Hill, is a place where the city’s progressives and radical leftists can feel comfortable. It is home, after all, to socialist literary darlings Jacobin magazine, the Marxist Education Project, and the Brooklyn Institute for Social Research ... but Christopher Bolyn was in town... 9/11 and the War on Terror are dual deceptions imposed on our nation by the Israeli/Zionist and Neo-Conservative cabal that controls our government and media
  • Jonathan Institute The Jerusalem Conference on International Terrorism was conveyed by The Jonathan Institute on July 2-5, 1979 to focus public attention on the grave threat that international terrorism poses to all democratic societies, to study the real nature of today’s terrorism, and to propose measures for combating and defeating the international terror movements
  • Ledeen book War Against the Terror Masters: Ledeen: from his book: War Against the Terror Masters, "Creative destruction is our middle name, both within our own society and abroad. We tear down the old order every day, from business to science, literature, art, architecture, and cinema to politics and the law. Our enemies have always hated this whirlwind of energy and creativity, which menaces their traditions (whatever they may be) and shames them for their inability to keep pace and Amazon book description The War Against the Terror Masters is a must-read guide to the terrorist crisis. Michael A. Ledeen explains in startling detail how and why the United States was so unprepared for the September 11th catastrophe; the nature of the terror network we are fighting--including the state sponsors of that network; the role of radical Islam; and the enemy collaboration of some of our traditional Middle Eastern "allies";--and, most convincingly, what we must do to win the war.
  • Ledeen NFU
  • Mises Institute This is an excellent short video explaining the source and nature of Cultural Marxist movements like political correctness, modern feminism, pansexualism, multiculturalism, "whiteness studies," etc. For an in-depth critique of the thinkers whose writings shaped Cultural Marxism, see Fools, Frauds and Firebrands: Thinkers of the New Left by the eminent British philosopher Roger Scruton. Scruton brilliantly exposes the pretensions, obscurities, and inanities of Sartre, Foucault, Galbraith, Marcuse, Lukacs, Habermas, Adorno, Rawls, Dworkin and others of their ilk. The book is not just a philosophical tract but a work in critical political economy and contains one of the most penetrating discussions of the Marxist labor theory of value
  • Netanyahu book Fighting Terrorism
  • Quigley, Mack blog The ‘alt-right’ solution to all these intractable problems is rather simple: bring in the dictator! Their trolling for Donald Trump is aspirational – but obviously not realistic since Trump doesn’t espouse what appears to be the core alt-right philosophy, “it’s all the Jew’s fault.” Trump’s mentor was the Jewish faggot Roy Cohn, Trump’s children have nearly all married Jews, Trump supported Netanyahu, welcomed blacks and Jews as members into his Florida golf club, etc.
  • Silberman Robb report, Whitehouse, Commission on Intelligence Capabilities of the United States Regarding Weapons of Mass Destruction. and TEXT FILEJudge Lawrence Silberman is married to Ricky.  Ricky Silberman and Barbara Ledeen  and Barbara Olson cofounded Independent Women's Forum IWF funding Richard Mellon Scaife, Koch Industries, affiliation with Citizens for a Sound Economy.
  • Soros ...pro immigration organizations
  • SPLCenter the book is an endless parade of classic far-right conspiracy theories and vicious, factually groundless fear mongering. From the idea that “cultural Marxism”is a force hellbent on ruining the world, to attacks on Obama as a “socialist”president, Savage covers the gamut of far-right conspiracy theories in fine fashion.Perhaps most notable among Savage’s claims is that the Obama administration is preparing to wage a “war on white people”that will give the government a pretext for imposing a dictatorship with global players, including the Roman Catholic Church and Pope Francis
  • Straus, Leo Early Writings book.
  • Weil, Felix founder of the Frankfurt School ... Rothschild funding?.
  • Wikipedia Frankurt School Conpiracy Theory Cultural Marxism The Frankfurt School (German: Frankfurter Schule) is a school of social theory and philosophy associated in part with the Institute for Social Research at the Goethe University Frankfurt. Founded during the interwar period, the School consisted of dissidents who felt at home neither in the existent capitalist, fascist, nor communist systems that had formed at the time. Many of these theorists believed that traditional theory could not adequately explain the turbulent and unexpected development of capitalist societies in the twentieth century. Critical of both capitalism and Soviet socialism, their writings pointed to the possibility of an alternative path to social development
  • notes There are many shared aspects between the Fabian Society and the Frankfurt School: Both claim to promote socialism, the counter-ideology of capitalism Both have been and are funded by extremely wealthy people and groups who attained their affluence as capitalists Both promote the radical transformation of Western civilization through Socialist utopianism Both reject revolutionary Marxism and instead use and advocate "gradualism," a step-by-step long-term plan to change the character of the West through stealth and infiltration sourceEuroCanadian
  • Wikipedia William Lind
  • Wikipedia Maurice Strong.Strong was a longtime Foundation Director of the World Economic Forum, a senior advisor to the president of the World Bank, a member of the International Advisory of Toyota Motor Corporation, the Advisory Council for the Center for International Development at Harvard University, the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, the World Conservation Union (IUCN), the World Wildlife Fund, Resources for the Future and the Eisenhower Fellowships. His public service activities were carried out on a pro bono basis made possible by his business activities, which included being chairman of the International Advisory Group of CH2M Hill, Strovest Holdings, Technology Development Inc., Zenon Environmental, and most recently, Cosmos International and the China Carbon Corporation..
  • notes asdf asdf Infrakshun
  • Wikipedia post-structuralism, structuralism, structural Marxism, Althusser, Frankfurt School, Hegel, Kant, Bowman on Kant anti-Semitism, Kant JVL
  • luther
  • Smash Multiculturalism The goal is clear. Not only in the words of Jews themselves, but in the visual reality we see in European and Western nations every day. If you have ever asked yourself why your country is being destroyed then here is your answer. When we and others say that the engineering of Multicultural, Multiracial and Multifaith societies has been by design and has been no accident then this is why we say it. It isn’t about the economy, it isn’t about diversity, it isn’t about enrichment, it is about the weakening of the once European majority in the interests of one specific group. How do they achieve this? Despite being an extreme minority they achieve this very easily. They influence politicians by lobbying and providing campaign finance and who then proceed to do their bidding. They use academia to indoctrinate our youth into thinking they don’t exist as a group with interests. They use the media to attack and demonise any opposition to their agenda as ‘nazis’ and at the same time use the film industry to portray a narrative of WWII that fits their agenda. What they want is for the public to think that any identification with ones own racial group and the interests specific to them, will lead to the ‘gas chambers.’ ‘a tenacious minority will beat down the resistance of a disorganised majority,’ in other words they use a divide and conquer strategy to weaken us thereby strengthening their own position and dominance. They can operate more freely as a cohesive ethno-religious group when they live in a society with many different ethnic and religious groups and when they don’t stand out so easily as a corrosive force as they have done in the past. Essentially what we have is an alien element within society that uses our institutions against us for their own benefit. Everything that we see as an obvious negative in the West they describe as being progress, but progess for them not us. They are a criminal element, an enemy of our people and are determined to achieve the irreversible ruination of our nations and people.
  • Wikipedia Frankfurt School Academic Speak BS Although sometimes only loosely affiliated, Frankfurt School theorists spoke with a common paradigm in mind; they shared the Marxist Hegelian premises and were preoccupied with similar questions.[2] To fill in the perceived omissions of classical Marxism, they sought to draw answers from other schools of thought, hence using the insights of antipositivist sociology, psychoanalysis, existential philosophy, and other disciplines.[3] The school's main figures sought to learn from and synthesize the works of such varied thinkers as Kant, Hegel, Marx, Freud, Weber, and Lukács.[4] Following Marx, they were concerned with the conditions that allow for social change and the establishment of rational institutions.[5] Their emphasis on the "critical" component of theory was derived significantly from their attempt to overcome the limits of positivism, materialism, and determinism by returning to Kant's critical philosophy and its successors in German idealism, principally Hegel's philosophy, with its emphasis on dialectic and contradiction as inherent properties of human reality. Since the 1960s, Frankfurt School critical theory has increasingly been guided by Jürgen Habermas's work on communicative reason, linguistic intersubjectivity and what Habermas calls "the philosophical discourse of modernity".[6] Critical theorists such as Raymond Geuss and Nikolas Kompridis have voiced opposition to Habermas, claiming that he has undermined the aspirations for social change that originally gave purpose to critical theory's various projects—for example the problem of what reason should mean, the analysis and enlargement of "conditions of possibility" for social emancipation, and the critique of modern capitalism.
  • FreeBritainNow The British Labour Party was organised in 1900 as the Labour Representation Committee (LRC) by Fabian Society leaders Bernard Shaw and Edward Pease, and had Fabian Socialist Ramsay MacDonald as General Secretary (Pugh, p. 67). The LRC was renamed “The Labour Party” in 1906 and, under Fabian guidance and direction, it became the organisation it is today (Ratiu, 2012). By 1918, Labour had become Britain’s second-largest political organisation – replacing the Liberals – and in Pease’s own words, was “virtually, if not formally,” Fabian in its political policy (Pease, p. 73). .... The “Memorandum on War Aims” by Fabian Society co-founder Sidney Webb became the Labour Party’s policy statement. The pamphlet “Labour and the New Social Order,” also by Webb, was adopted as the Labour Party manifesto. “ Fabian Society has 7000 members 80 per cent (5600) of whom are members of the Labour Party, which includes hundreds of Members of Parliament, Prime Ministers, and other members of Labour governments. What is particularly significant is that this makes about 3 per cent in the general Labour Party membership (about 190,000 in 2010) but close to 100 per cent in the Labour leadership. For example, nearly the entire 1997 Labour Cabinet (including Prime Minister Blair) was composed of Fabians (“The Fabian Society: a brief history”). Moreover, all Labour Prime Ministers have been members of the Fabian Society as have all (or nearly all) Labour Party leaders and deputy leaders. This ought to persuade even die-hard sceptics of the obvious fact that the Labour Party is an organisation run by the Fabian Society. As pointed out by the Guardian – a left-wing paper with close links to the Labour Party and the Fabian Society – (Mandelson, 2005). In 2006 Tony Blair (a Fabian Society member) openly admitted that the values the early Fabians stood for would be “very recognisable” in today’s Labour Party (“A piece of Fabian history unveiled at LSE”). Fabians are routinely involved in Labour Party conferences such as in 2009; the current Labour Party leader, Ed Miliband, launched his leadership bid at a Fabian Society conference, etc. What becomes evident from the above facts is that the Labour Party is an organisation created and controlled by the Fabian Society.
The Birth Of Cultural Marxism: How The "Frankfurt School" Changed America byTyler Durden
  • ZeroHedge The Birth Of Cultural Marxism: How The "Frankfurt School" Changed America Tyler Durden's picture by Tyler Durden Aug 12, 2016 9:00 PM 12 SHARES Submitted by David Galland via GarretGalland.com, The 1950s were a simple, romantic, and golden time in America. California beaches, suburbia, and style. Atlas Shrugged was published, NASA was formed, and Elvis rocked the nation. Every year from 1950–1959 saw over 4 million babies born. The nation stood atop the world in every field. It was an era of great economic prosperity in The Land of the Free. So, what happened to the American traits of confidence, pride, and accountability? The roots of Western cultural decay are very deep, having first sprouted a century ago. It began with a loose clan of ideologues inside Europe’s communist movement. Today, it is known as the Frankfurt School, and its ideals have perverted American society. When Outcomes Fail, Just Change the Theory Before WWI, Marxist theory held that if war broke out in Europe, the working classes would rise up against the bourgeoisie and create a communist revolution. Well, as is the case with much of Marxist theory, things didn’t go too well. When war broke out in 1914, instead of starting a revolution, the proletariat put on their uniforms and went off to war. After the war ended, Marxist theorists were left to ask, “What went wrong?” Two very prominent Marxists thinkers of the day were Antonio Gramsci and Georg Lukács. Each man, on his own, concluded that the working class of Europe had been blinded by the success of Western democracy and capitalism. They reasoned that until both had been destroyed, a communist revolution was not possible. Gramsci and Lukács were both active in the Communist party, but their lives took very different paths. Gramsci was jailed by Mussolini in Italy where he died in 1937 due to poor health. In 1918, Lukács became minister of culture in Bolshevik Hungary. During this time, Lukács realized that if the family unit and sexual morals were eroded, society could be broken down. Lukács implemented a policy he titled “cultural terrorism,” which focused on these two objectives. A major part of the policy was to target children’s minds through lectures that encouraged them to deride and reject Christian ethics. In these lectures, graphic sexual matter was presented to children, and they were taught about loose sexual conduct. Here again, a Marxist theory had failed to take hold in the real world. The people were outraged at Lukács’ program, and he fled Hungary when Romania invaded in 1919. The Birth of Cultural Marxism All was quiet on the Marxist front until 1923 when the cultural terrorist turned up for a “Marxist study week” in Frankfurt, Germany. There, Lukács met a young, wealthy Marxist named Felix Weil. Until Lukács showed up, classical Marxist theory was based solely on the economic changes needed to overthrow class conflict. Weil was enthused by Lukács’ cultural angle on Marxism. Weil’s interest led him to fund a new Marxist think tank—the Institute for Social Research. It would later come to be known as simply The Frankfurt School. In 1930, the school changed course under new director Max Horkheimer. The team began mixing the ideas of Sigmund Freud with those of Marx, and cultural Marxism was born. In classical Marxism, the workers of the world were oppressed by the ruling classes. The new theory was that everyone in society was psychologically oppressed by the institutions of Western culture. The school concluded that this new focus would need new vanguards to spur the change. The workers were not able to rise up on their own. As fate would have it, the National Socialists came to power in Germany in 1933. It was a bad time and place to be a Jewish Marxist, as most of the school’s faculty was. So, the school moved to New York City, the bastion of Western culture at the time. Coming to America In 1934, the school was reborn at Columbia University. Its members began to exert their ideas on American culture. It was at Columbia University that the school honed the tool it would use to destroy Western culture: the printed word. The school published a lot of popular material. The first of these was Critical Theory. Critical Theory is a play on semantics. The theory was simple: criticize every pillar of Western culture—family, democracy, common law, freedom of speech, and others. The hope was that these pillars would crumble under the pressure. Next was a book Theodor Adorno co-authored, The Authoritarian Personality. It redefined traditional American views on gender roles and sexual mores as “prejudice.” Adorno compared them to the traditions that led to the rise of fascism in Europe. Is it just a coincidence that the go-to slur for the politically correct today is “fascist”? The school pushed its shift away from economics and toward Freud by publishing works on psychological repression. Their works split society into two main groups: the oppressors and the victims. They argued that history and reality were shaped by those groups who controlled traditional institutions. At the time, that was code for males of European descent. From there, they argued that the social roles of men and women were due to gender differences defined by the “oppressors.” In other words, gender did not exist in reality but was merely a “social construct.” A Coalition of Victims Adorno and Horkheimer returned to Germany when WWII ended. Herbert Marcuse, another member of the school, stayed in America. In 1955, he published Eros and Civilization. In the book, Marcuse argued that Western culture was inherently repressive because it gave up happiness for social progress. The book called for “polymorphous perversity,” a concept crafted by Freud. It posed the idea of sexual pleasure outside the traditional norms. Eros and Civilization would become very influential in shaping the sexual revolution of the 1960s. Marcuse would be the one to answer Horkheimer’s question from the 1930s: Who would replace the working class as the new vanguards of the Marxist revolution? Marcuse believed that it would be a victim coalition of minorities—blacks, women, and homosexuals. The social movements of the 1960s—black power, feminism, gay rights, sexual liberation—gave Marcuse a unique vehicle to release cultural Marxist ideas into the mainstream. Railing against all things “establishment,” The Frankfurt School’s ideals caught on like wildfire across American universities. Marcuse then published Repressive Tolerance in 1965 as the various social movements in America were in full swing. In it, he argued that tolerance of all values and ideas meant the repression of “correct” ideas. It was here that Marcuse coined the term “liberating tolerance.” It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the right. One of the overarching themes of the Frankfurt School was total intolerance for any viewpoint but its own. That is also a basic trait of today’s political-correctness believers. To quote Max Horkheimer, “Logic is not independent of content.” Recalling the Words of Winston (Not That One) The Frankfurt School’s work has had a deep impact on American culture. It has recast the homogenous America of the 1950s into today’s divided, animosity-filled nation. In turn, this has contributed to the undeniable breakdown of the family unit, as well as identity politics, radical feminism, and racial polarization in America. It’s hard to decide if today’s culture is more like Orwell’s 1984 or Huxley’s Brave New World. Never one to buck a populist trend, the political establishment in America has fully embraced the ideas of the Frankfurt School and has pushed them on American society through public miseducation. Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton, the beacons of progressivism, are both disciples of Saul Alinsky, a devoted cultural Marxist. And so we now live in a hyper-sensitive society in which social memes and feelings have overtaken biological and objective reality as the main determinants of right and wrong. Political correctness is a war on logic and reason. To quote Winston, the protagonist in Orwell’s dystopia, “Freedom is the freedom to say that 2+2=4.” Today, America is not free.
Project Avalon The Frankfurt School
  • The Frankfurt School ...................http://www.marxists.org/subject/frankfurt-school/index.htm
    and “Critical Theory”

    Index to the biographies and writings of members of the “Frankfurt School”, or Institute for Social Research, set up by a group of Marxist intellectuals in Germany in 1923, affiliated to the University of Frankfurt and independently of the Communist Party, which has been influential in the development of Marxist theory ever since.

    The founding of the Institut marked the beginning of a current of “Marxism” divorced from the organised working class and Communist Parties, which over the decades merged with bourgeois ideology in academia.

    **************************************
    The Institut für Sozialforschung (Institut) was the creation of Felix Weil, who was able to use money from his father's grain business to finance the Institut. Weil was a young Marxist who had written his PhD on the practical problems of implementing socialism and was published by Karl Korsch.

    With the hope of bringing different trends of Marxism together, Weil organised a week-long symposium (the Erste Marxistische Arbeitswoche) in 1922 attended by Georg Lukacs, Karl Korsch, Karl August Wittfogel, Friedrich Pollock and others. The event was so successful that Weil set about erecting a building and funding salaries for a permanent institute. Weil negotiated with the Ministry of Education that the Director of the Institut would be a full professor from the state system, so that the Institut would have the status of a University.
    Weil himself was an orthodox Marxist, who saw Marxism as scientific; the role of the Institut would be social and historical research mainly on the workers' movement. Indeed, in its early years, the Institut did fairly orthodox historical research. However, one of Weil's central objectives was also cross-disciplinary research, something which the German University system made impossible.

    Although Georg Lukacs and Karl Korsch both attended the Arbeitswoche which had included a study of Korsch's Marxism and Philosophy, both were too committed to political activity and Party membership to join the Institut, although Korsch participated in publishing ventures for a number of years.

    The way Lukacs was obliged to repudiate his History and Class Consciousness, published in 1923 and probably a major inspiration for the work of the Frankfurt School, was an indicator for others that independence from the Communist Party was necessary for genuine theoretical work.

    Friedrich Pollock was one of those who had been involved with the Institut from the beginning, and took over the role of Director on the death of Carl Grünberg. Pollock was content to concern himself with administrative matters, but he was also a life-long friend and associate of Max Horkheimer, who is probably the figure most identified as the leading representative of the Frankfurt School.

    Max Horkheimer [Archive] later himself became Director of the Institut, and it was Horkheimer who guided the Institut into its innovative exploration of cultural aspects of the development of capitalism.
    See Horkheimer’s opening address on becoming Director.

    Karl August Wittfogel was a participant from the beginning, but was a Party member and had a more orthodox, “scientific” view of Marxism. It is Wittfogel who established the classic Marxist analysis of “Asiatic Despotism.”

    Richard Sorge worked at the Instiut, but as it turned out was only there in his role as a Soviet spy.

    David Ryazanov [Archive] was assigned to Germany to compile the writings of Marx and Engels and publish the Marx-Engels Gesamtausgabe, and worked closely with the Institut.

    In 1931/32 a number of psychoanalysts from the Frankfurt Institute of Psychoanalysis and others who were acquainted with members of the Institut began to work systematically with the Institut. These included Franz Borkenau, Erich Fromm, Wilhelm Reich, Karl Landauer and Heinrich Meng.

    In joining what was predominantly a “Hegelian-materialist” current of Marxists, these psychologists gave the development of Marxist theory an entirely new direction, which has left its imprint on social theory ever since.

    Erich Fromm [Archive] dealt with psychological aspects of social control, delusion and conformity and became one of the founders of “socialist humanism”.

    Wilhelm Reich developed his own doctrine of sexual liberalism as an antidote to political conformism and social psychosis.

    Other young German Communist intellectuals who were associated with the Institut, but after the Nazi takeover, wound up in the United States, were Kurt Lewin and Adolph Löwe.

    They all went on to make significant contributions to social theory, though only distantly related to their initial Communist inspirations. Kurt Lewin for instance contributed to the emergence of group-dynamics and social action theory as specialised disciplines. Adolph Lowe made important contributions to the development of political economy.

    Raymond Aron was a French journalist and sociologist.


    Leo Lowenthal [Archive] was one of the early workers at the Institut
    whose principal interest was in the sociology of literature.

    Later he was joined by the Hegelian philosopher Herbert Marcuse [Archive] who was probably the only member of the Institut who achieved wide influence among political activists, in the 1960s.

    When Hitler came to power, the Institut was closed down, and by various routes, most of the participants in the Institut regrouped themselves in New York, with a new Institute affiliated to Columbia University. They continued to publish in German, even though very few people would have been reading their work in that language. However, after the War, the Institut returned to Frankfurt.
    Perhaps two of the most famous figures who were in the central core of the Institut were Theodor Adorno [Archive] and Walter Benjamin, both renowned for their studies of literature and mass culture which would become so influential from the 1960s on.

    After the Institut re-established itself in Germany after the War, the main figure of the younger generation was Jürgen Habermas [Archive] who continued to develop the “critical theory” in the Hegelian tradition of Adorno and Marcuse. Habermas was instrumental in the 1960s in developing the theory of “networks,” but in later years Habermas has focussed on communicative ethics in the tradition of Immanuel Kant, and departed not only from the Marxist, but even the Hegelian tradition.

    ( A BRANCH established in NYC is extant and draws from students
    from across the globe.

    Its name is "The New School for Social Justice " and many of Folliewoods 
    brightest and outspoken stars were students there . To become a 
    successful therapist in NYC one MUST have a few courses from 'TNS' 
    in ones resume and the connections that go with that. 

    It shouldnt need to be pointed out the ONE connection among all the founders and administrators relative to the Marxist Theory and the New School. 

    At NYC Marxist School many teachers are also famous ones from 'TNS' 
    and do travel to many colleges and Universities giving lectures to
    seduce people into the Marxist philosophy. I write from personal experience. 

    For any who really want to understand what is happening in 
    OUR world today and what more is planned it is a good start to
    read comparisons of Marxist Socailism to National Socialism. 
    The differences are that between slavery and freedom . Progress and stagnation. )
    Currently Axel Honneth represents the third generation, continuing the work of Jürgen Habermas, but with a partial return to Hegel, still quite remote from any reading of Karl Marx.
    After the isolation and Stalinisation of the Soviet Union, and the consequent decline of the Communist Parties in the “West,” the possibilities for the fruitful development of Marxism as a revolutionary-critical theory in close connection with the practical-critical activity of the workers movement, became extremely restricted.
    The current generation of Critical Theorists, unlike previous generations, is led by women, such as Nancy Fraser, Seyla Benhabib and Agnes Heller: 
    The intellectuals who founded the Frankfurt Institut deliberatively cut out a space for the development of Marxist theory, inside the “academy” and independently of all kinds of political party.
    The result was a process in which Marxism merged with bourgeois ideology. A parallel process took place in post-World War Two France, also involving a merging with Freudian ideas. One of the results was undoubtedly an enrichment of bourgeois ideology. In this connection Paul Mattick's Marcuse: One Dimensional Man In Class Society (1972) is worth reading. But also, despite everything, the Frankfurt School makes an important critique of orthodox Marxism, and their work should be taken seriously.
 
  • Mark Dankof on the Charlie Hebdo Affair for the Rasa News Agency of Iran

    Mark Dankof on Charlie Hebdo: It’s a Zionist Instrument Dedicated to Blasphemy and Subversion of Christian and Islamic Faiths Alike.

    Seyed Muhammad Javad Mousavi of the Rasa News Agency of Iran interviewed Mark Dankof for his perspective on the Charlie Hebdo Affair.  The Persian language version of the discussion may be accessed here.  

    1 – What do you think is the main purpose of continuously insulting the Prophet of Islam? 

    Mark Dankof:  It is important to remember what Pat Buchanan told us all last week:  The Charlie Hebdopublication in France was also insulting and blaspheming every version of orthodox Christianity when it depicted the God the Father and His Son, Jesus Christ, as being involved in an incestuous sexual relationship.  Who has a vested interest in blaspheming both Christianity and Islam as part of a world-wide ideological and political game plan? Clearly, it is the global Zionist network which desires to assert the Talmudic doctrine of Jewish racial supremacy on a global basis, and to convince comatose Westerners that their primary enemy in the world is Islam, and not the Zionist hijacking of their own banking system, culture, government, media, and educational establishments.  The Frankfurt School and its Institute of Social Research which destroyed the older Christian civilizations in the West in partnership with the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai Brith (ADL) by subverting Europe and the United States with pornography, sexual perversion including the LGBT (Lesbian-Gay-Bisexual-Transsexual) agenda, and the abortion/euthanasia industries, is working its demonic magic through all kinds of Jewish-funded media outlets and NGOs to solidify its hold on the Western world, even as it also seeks the subversion of the Islamic societies and Vladimir Putin’s Russia.  Eric Margolis concedes that the Charlie Hebdo publication is financed by Rothschild banking interests in France.  Simply follow the trail of the money.

    Pat Buchanan and Mark Dankof: Charlie Hebdo Depicts God the Father and God the Son, Jesus Christ, in an Incestuous Relationship.

    Charlie Hebdo’s financiers and handlers clearly seek to falsely equate mainstream Sunni and Shia Islam with the Wahhabi and Takfiri fanatics comprising the ISIS and al-Qaeda organizations, and to discredit Islam generally in the West, even as orthodox Christianity is also lampooned.  Both Islamic and Christian movements must be infiltrated from within with sexual decadence, paid intelligence assets, and internal disorder. The final strategy in the quest for Zionist global supremacy and the final victory of the so-called New World Order will involve the realization of the dream of launching the War of Civilizations envisioned by the Project for the New American Century and its bedfellows.  This will necessitate pitting Sunni Islam and Shia Islam against one another as adversaries, and pitting what remains of a Christian remnant in the West against both Islam and Putin’s Russia.  Divide and Conquer is the age-old methodology used by this evil monolith.  

    2 – Some analysts believe that the role of the western intelligence services such as MI6 and Mossad is undeniable regarding the Charlie Hebdo attacks. What’s your take on that? If there is a role, what are the possible reasons behind that? 

    Mark Dankof:  While I cannot absolutely prove it, I agree with Ron Paul and Paul Craig Roberts that theCharlie Hebdo affair has all the earmarks of a False Flag operation conducted by the Israeli Mossad, the British MI6, and the American CIA.  It is ludicrous to believe that the national security police states erected in Europe and the United States would be providing money, political, and logistical support to ISIS in a clear attempt to overthrow President Assad in Syria (a clear Zionist objective as a prelude to attacking Iran), and then would subsequently fail to effectively monitor the comings and goings of hundreds of these Wahhabic terror elements traveling with apparent impunity between Syria and both Europe and the United States. These travels are being allowed for a purpose, which is to deliberately enact incidents of this kind, diverting Western public attention from the Hidden Hand financing and directing these operations, as well as diverting public attention from ongoing Israeli atrocities in Palestine, Gaza, and East Jerusalem. Additionally, I believe France was being punished for its public deviations as of late from the wholesale support of the Zionist agenda demanded by the power elite in the West.  I refer to the French Parliament’s recent pro-Palestinian vote (s) in public session, and President Hollande’s urging of a reassessment of the wisdom and utility of the economic sanctions being imposed on Putin’s Russia.  

    I believe there are additional cracks in the canvas being painted by the real perpetrators of this incident, including the convenient leaving behind of an Identification Card in a getaway car by the alleged assailants, and the equally convenient killing of the accused by the French police.  Dead Men Tell No Tales.  . . . Just ask Lee Harvey Oswald.

    3 – In your opinion, what might be the possible reasons behind the Israeli Prime Minister’s attendance in Charlie Hebdo’s post-attack rally? 

    Mark Dankof: Netanyahu is a war criminal and murderer simply taking advantage of the Zionist controlled media in France specifically and the West generally. He obviously wants to justify his regime’s criminal policies in Palestine and Gaza by posing as a defender of human rights and freedom of expression in the West against “Islamic Jihadists“.  It is the established Zionist strategy to make the aggressor and the criminal perpetrator appear as the aggrieved victim.  This is especially outlandish, given the legal persecution and economic marginalization of scholars and political activists in the West who have criticized Israel, or who have questioned aspects of the establishment Zionist narrative on what happened in World War II and during the runup to the establishment of the Zionist state in 1948. What Dr. E. Michael Jones ofCulture Wars refers to as the “Jewish control of narrative” has served Netanyahu and his predecessors quite well, especially in the United States.  How many Americans know about the Zionist bombing of the King David Hotel in 1946?  The Lavon Affair in 1954?  The dispute between JFK and Ben Gurion in 1963 over the Israeli nuclear weapons plant at Dimona in the Negev? The Meyer Lansky Jewish Crime Syndicate connection to the anti-Castro Cubans, to James Jesus Angleton of the CIA, and the Giancana-Trafficante-Marcello-Roselli led crime syndicates in the United States who were all provably involved in the JFK assassination?  The NUMEC nuclear raw materials thefts in Pennsylvania in the United States for Israel’s weapons program?  The Pollard-AIPAC-Ben Ami spy cases?  And the Arnon Milchan financing of Oliver Stone’s JFK movie which diverted public attention from the Israeli connection to the events in Dallas in November of 1963?  What about the Israeli role in 9-11 and the subsequent coverup of this fact by the Israeli citizens assigned to direct the official American governmental investigation of the event?

    The Hidden Hand Behind the Mask of the Truth.

    The Zionist-controlled Western media has perfected the Orwellian inversion of truth and falsehood, victim and perpetrator ongoingly.  Look at Syria, where the existence of “Jihadic extremists” being decried in France and the West for involvement in the Charlie Hebdo affair are being simultaneously financed, trained, and introduced into that country by the United States, Saudi Arabia, the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) states, Turkey, and Jordan for the express purpose of overthrowing the Alawite regime of President Assad. Look at the criminals installed by coup d’etat last February by the United States, Israel, and the EU in the Ukrainian regime headquartered in Kiev, with all of the atrocities committed by this regime in the eastern part of that country since, including the shootdown of Malaysian Airlines Flight MH17 falsely attributed by Western media to Vladimir Putin or Russian ethnics under his control, and the horrific Odessa Trade Union building burning.

    It is noteworthy that the mastermind of these crimes, Petro Poroshenko, joined Netanyahu in Paris for theCharlie Hebdo protests.

    The Odessa Trade Union Fire: The Work of the Latest American-Installed “Government.”

    These illegal actions continue the NATO encirclement of Putin’s Russia in complete contravention of George H. W. Bush’s explicit promises to Gorbachev and Shevardnadze after the end of the old Soviet Union.  This coup d’etat is also another way of punishing Putin for effectively stymying (for now) American and Israeli plans to employ overt military force against Assad, even as Jewish and CIA financed NGOs in Russia are attempting to subvert Putin and Russian Orthodox Christian resurgence from within by employing the Frankfurt School types like Pussy Riot and Elton John to attack nationalistic culture and morality in that country.  It is all a part of the playbook of the New World Order, as is the False Flag Charlie Hebdo incident and the Orwellian inversion of truth and falsehood, victim and perpetrator, that has predictably followed.

    Vladimir Putin: Opposing the Subversion of Christian Culture in Russia and the Target of the Apostles of the Zionist New World Order.

    4 – There is a campaign going on throughout Muslim countries named #WeLoveMuhammad. How effective do you see this campaign, especially regarding its reflection in western and US media outlets? 

    It will have no appreciable effect in the Western world and in the United States, where the Zionists have a lock on the control of narrative.  Simply look at the way they have marginalized Christian anti-Zionist media critics and activists like me in America.  Having successfully achieved that, what makes anyone believe an Islamic media and political movement will be any more effective in changing the political and media neighborhood in the West?

Zero Hedge
  • The Birth Of Cultural Marxism: How The "Frankfurt School" Changed America

    Aug 12, 2016 9:00 PM
    12
    SHARES

    Submitted by David Galland via GarretGalland.com,

    The 1950s were a simple, romantic, and golden time in America.

    California beaches, suburbia, and style. Atlas Shrugged was published, NASA was formed, and Elvis rocked the nation. Every year from 1950–1959 saw over 4 million babies born. The nation stood atop the world in every field.

    It was an era of great economic prosperity in The Land of the Free.

     

    So, what happened to the American traits of confidence, pride, and accountability?

    The roots of Western cultural decay are very deep, having first sprouted a century ago. It began with a loose clan of ideologues inside Europe’s communist movement. Today, it is known as the Frankfurt School, and its ideals have perverted American society.

    When Outcomes Fail, Just Change the Theory

    Before WWI, Marxist theory held that if war broke out in Europe, the working classes would rise up against the bourgeoisie and create a communist revolution.

    Well, as is the case with much of Marxist theory, things didn’t go too well. When war broke out in 1914, instead of starting a revolution, the proletariat put on their uniforms and went off to war.

    After the war ended, Marxist theorists were left to ask, “What went wrong?”

    Two very prominent Marxists thinkers of the day were Antonio Gramsci and Georg Lukács. Each man, on his own, concluded that the working class of Europe had been blinded by the success of Western democracy and capitalism. They reasoned that until both had been destroyed, a communist revolution was not possible.

    Gramsci and Lukács were both active in the Communist party, but their lives took very different paths.

    Gramsci was jailed by Mussolini in Italy where he died in 1937 due to poor health. 

    In 1918, Lukács became minister of culture in Bolshevik Hungary. During this time, Lukács realized that if the family unit and sexual morals were eroded, society could be broken down.

    Lukács implemented a policy he titled “cultural terrorism,” which focused on these two objectives. A major part of the policy was to target children’s minds through lectures that encouraged them to deride and reject Christian ethics.

    In these lectures, graphic sexual matter was presented to children, and they were taught about loose sexual conduct.

    Here again, a Marxist theory had failed to take hold in the real world. The people were outraged at Lukács’ program, and he fled Hungary when Romania invaded in 1919.

    The Birth of Cultural Marxism

    All was quiet on the Marxist front until 1923 when the cultural terrorist turned up for a “Marxist study week” in Frankfurt, Germany. There, Lukács met a young, wealthy Marxist named Felix Weil.

    Until Lukács showed up, classical Marxist theory was based solely on the economic changes needed to overthrow class conflict. Weil was enthused by Lukács’ cultural angle on Marxism.

    Weil’s interest led him to fund a new Marxist think tank—the Institute for Social Research. It would later come to be known as simply The Frankfurt School.

    In 1930, the school changed course under new director Max Horkheimer. The team began mixing the ideas of Sigmund Freud with those of Marx, and cultural Marxism was born.

    In classical Marxism, the workers of the world were oppressed by the ruling classes. The new theory was that everyone in society was psychologically oppressed by the institutions of Western culture. The school concluded that this new focus would need new vanguards to spur the change. The workers were not able to rise up on their own.

    As fate would have it, the National Socialists came to power in Germany in 1933. It was a bad time and place to be a Jewish Marxist, as most of the school’s faculty was. So, the school moved to New York City, the bastion of Western culture at the time.

    Coming to America

    In 1934, the school was reborn at Columbia University. Its members began to exert their ideas on American culture.

    It was at Columbia University that the school honed the tool it would use to destroy Western culture: the printed word.

    The school published a lot of popular material. The first of these was Critical Theory.

    Critical Theory is a play on semantics. The theory was simple: criticize every pillar of Western culture—family, democracy, common law, freedom of speech, and others. The hope was that these pillars would crumble under the pressure.

    Next was a book Theodor Adorno co-authored, The Authoritarian Personality. It redefined traditional American views on gender roles and sexual mores as “prejudice.” Adorno compared them to the traditions that led to the rise of fascism in Europe.

    Is it just a coincidence that the go-to slur for the politically correct today is “fascist”?

    The school pushed its shift away from economics and toward Freud by publishing works on psychological repression.

    Their works split society into two main groups: the oppressors and the victims. They argued that history and reality were shaped by those groups who controlled traditional institutions. At the time, that was code for males of European descent.

    From there, they argued that the social roles of men and women were due to gender differences defined by the “oppressors.” In other words, gender did not exist in reality but was merely a “social construct.”

    A Coalition of Victims

    Adorno and Horkheimer returned to Germany when WWII ended. Herbert Marcuse, another member of the school, stayed in America. In 1955, he published Eros and Civilization.

    In the book, Marcuse argued that Western culture was inherently repressive because it gave up happiness for social progress.

    The book called for “polymorphous perversity,” a concept crafted by Freud. It posed the idea of sexual pleasure outside the traditional norms. Eros and Civilization would become very influential in shaping the sexual revolution of the 1960s.

    Marcuse would be the one to answer Horkheimer’s question from the 1930s: Who would replace the working class as the new vanguards of the Marxist revolution?

    Marcuse believed that it would be a victim coalition of minorities—blacks, women, and homosexuals.

    The social movements of the 1960s—black power, feminism, gay rights, sexual liberation—gave Marcuse a unique vehicle to release cultural Marxist ideas into the mainstream. Railing against all things “establishment,” The Frankfurt School’s ideals caught on like wildfire across American universities.

    Marcuse then published Repressive Tolerance in 1965 as the various social movements in America were in full swing. In it, he argued that tolerance of all values and ideas meant the repression of “correct” ideas.

    It was here that Marcuse coined the term “liberating tolerance.” It called for tolerance of any ideas coming from the left but intolerance of those from the right. One of the overarching themes of the Frankfurt School was total intolerance for any viewpoint but its own. That is also a basic trait of today’s political-correctness believers.

    To quote Max Horkheimer, “Logic is not independent of content.”

    Recalling the Words of Winston (Not That One)

    The Frankfurt School’s work has had a deep impact on American culture. It has recast the homogenous America of the 1950s into today’s divided, animosity-filled nation.

    In turn, this has contributed to the undeniable breakdown of the family unit, as well as identity politics, radical feminism, and racial polarization in America.

    It’s hard to decide if today’s culture is more like Orwell’s 1984 or Huxley’s Brave New World.

    Never one to buck a populist trend, the political establishment in America has fully embraced the ideas of the Frankfurt School and has pushed them on American society through public miseducation.

    Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton, the beacons of progressivism, are both disciples of Saul Alinsky, a devoted cultural Marxist.

    And so we now live in a hyper-sensitive society in which social memes and feelings have overtaken biological and objective reality as the main determinants of right and wrong.

    Political correctness is a war on logic and reason.

    To quote Winston, the protagonist in Orwell’s dystopia, “Freedom is the freedom to say that 2+2=4.”

    Today, America is not free.

Black Rose Anarchist Federation Mission Statement ... solidarity with Black Students for Justice and Students for Justice in Palestine... Cultural Marxism on steroids, Jewish plan for NWO
  • Mission Statement We are an organization of revolutionaries who share common visions of a new world – a world where people collectively control their own workplaces, communities and land and where all basic needs are met. A world where power and participation flow from the bottom upwards and society is organized for peoples’ aspirations, passions, and needs rather than profit, racial prejudice, patriarchy, or imperialism; and where we live sustainably with the planet. We believe that this vision can only be brought about through the revolutionary power of the working class organized in the workplaces, community, schools, and streets to overthrow the state and capitalism and build a new world from the bottom up. As those actively seeking to construct this vision we are inspired by the traditions of anarchist-communism, anarcho-syndicalism, especifismo, platformism, feminism, queer liberation, black liberation, abolitionism, anti-racism and their history of global struggle for liberation. We believe in the need for a political home from which to organize ourselves and put forward our vision. We believe in the need to create spaces for the development of new revolutionaries that allow the grouping together of similarly minded militants. We see the need to build a specifically anarchist organization united around a common set of ideas, strategy, and practice. We believe that political organization should speak to the needs of our time, and act as a catalyst in struggles to expand their revolutionary potential. Political organization should be a vehicle to build, contribute to, and learn from social struggles.

 

Robert Parry: How we (the US) Flooded the World with Psyops

Robert Parry: How we (the US) Flooded the World with Psyops
Special Report: The mainstream U.S. media obsesses over Russian “propaganda” yet the U.S. government created a “psyops” bureaucracy three decades ago to flood the world with dubious information, reports Robert Parry.
Newly declassified documents from the Reagan presidential library help explain how the U.S. government developed its sophisticated psychological operations capabilities that – over the past three decades – have created an alternative reality both for people in targeted countries and for American citizens, a structure that expanded U.S. influence abroad and quieted dissent at home.
Walter Raymond Jr., a CIA propaganda and disinformation specialist who oversaw President Reagan’s “perception management” and psyops projects at the National Security Council. Raymond is partially obscured by President Reagan and is sitting next to National Security Adviser John Poindexter.. (Photo credit: Reagan presidential library)
The documents reveal the formation of a psyops bureaucracy under the direction of Walter Raymond Jr., a senior CIA covert operations specialist who was assigned to President Reagan’s National Security Council staff to enhance the importance of propaganda and psyops in undermining U.S. adversaries around the world and ensuring sufficient public support for foreign policies inside the United States.
Raymond, who has been compared to a character from a John LeCarré novel slipping easily into the woodwork, spent his years inside Reagan’s White House as a shadowy puppet master who tried his best to avoid public attention or – it seems – even having his picture taken. From the tens of thousands of photographs from meetings at Reagan’s White House, I found only a couple showing Raymond – and he is seated in groups, partially concealed by other officials.
But Raymond appears to have grasped his true importance. In his NSC files, I found a doodle of an organizational chart that had Raymond at the top holding what looks like the crossed handles used by puppeteers to control the puppets below them. Although it’s impossible to know exactly what the doodler had in mind, the drawing fits the reality of Raymond as the behind-the-curtains operative who was controlling the various inter-agency task forces that were responsible for implementing various propaganda and psyops strategies.
Until the 1980s, psyops were normally regarded as a military technique for undermining the will of an enemy force by spreading lies, confusion and terror. A classic case was Gen. Edward Lansdale — considered the father of modern psyops — draining the blood from a dead Filipino rebel in such a way so the dead rebel’s superstitious comrades would think that a vampire-like creature was on the prowl. In Vietnam, Lansdale’s psyops team supplied fake and dire astrological predictions for the fate of North Vietnamese and Vietcong leaders.
Essentially, the psyops idea was to play on the cultural weaknesses of a target population so they could be more easily manipulated and controlled. But the challenges facing the Reagan administration in the 1980s led to its determination that peacetime psyops were also needed and that the target populations had to include the American public.
The Reagan administration was obsessed with the problems left behind by the 1970s’ disclosures of government lying about the Vietnam War and revelations about CIA abuses both in overthrowing democratically elected governments and spying on American dissidents. This so-called “Vietnam Syndrome” produced profound skepticism from regular American citizens as well as journalists and politicians when President Reagan tried to sell his plans for intervention in the civil wars then underway in Central America, Africa and elsewhere.
While Reagan saw Central America as a “Soviet beachhead,” many Americans saw brutal Central American oligarchs and their bloody security forces slaughtering priests, nuns, labor activists, students, peasants and indigenous populations. Reagan and his advisers realized that they had to turn those perceptions around if they hoped to get sustained funding for the militaries of El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras as well as for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels, the CIA-organized paramilitary force marauding around leftist-ruled Nicaragua.
So, it became a high priority to reshape public perceptions to gain support for Reagan’s Central American military operations both inside those targeted countries and among Americans.
A ‘Psyops Totality’
As Col. Alfred R. Paddock Jr. wrote in an influential November 1983 paper, entitled “Military Psychological Operations and US Strategy,” “the planned use of communications to influence attitudes or behavior should, if properly used, precede, accompany, and follow all applications of force. Put another way, psychological operations is the one weapons system which has an important role to play in peacetime, throughout the spectrum of conflict, and during the aftermath of conflict.”

President Ronald Reagan leading a meeting on terrorism on Jan. 26, 1981, with National Security Advisor Richard Allen, Secretary of State Alexander Haig, Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger and White House counselor Edwin Meese. (photo credit: Reagan library)
Paddock continued, “Military psychological operations are an important part of the ‘PSYOP Totality,’ both in peace and war. … We need a program of psychological operations as an integral part of our national security policies and programs. … The continuity of a standing interagency board or committee to provide the necessary coordinating mechanism for development of a coherent, worldwide psychological operations strategy is badly needed.”
Some of Raymond’s recently available handwritten notes show a focus on El Salvador with the implementation of “Nation wide multi-media psyops” spread through rallies and electronic media. “Radio + TV also carried Psyops messages,” Raymond wrote. (Emphasis in original.) Though Raymond’s crimped handwriting is often hard to decipher, the notes make clear that psyops programs also were directed at Honduras, Guatemala and Peru.
One declassified “top secret” document in Raymond’s file – dated Feb. 4, 1985, from Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger – urged the fuller implementation of President Reagan’s National Security Decision Directive 130, which was signed on March 6, 1984, and which authorized peacetime psyops by expanding psyops beyond its traditional boundaries of active military operations into peacetime situations in which the U.S. government could claim some threat to national interests.
“This approval can provide the impetus to the rebuilding of a necessary strategic capability, focus attention on psychological operations as a national – not solely military – instrument, and ensure that psychological operations are fully coordinated with public diplomacy and other international information activities,” Weinberger’s document said.
This broader commitment to psyops led to the creation of a Psychological Operations Committee (POC) that was to be chaired by a representative of Reagan’s National Security Council with a vice chairman from the Pentagon and with representatives from the Central Intelligence Agency, the State Department and the U.S. Information Agency.
“This group will be responsible for planning, coordinating and implementing psychological operations activities in support of United States policies and interests relative to national security,” according to a “secret” addendum to a memo, dated March 25, 1986, from Col. Paddock, the psyops advocate who had become the U.S. Army’s Director for Psychological Operations.
“The committee will provide the focal point for interagency coordination of detailed contingency planning for the management of national information assets during war, and for the transition from peace to war,” the addendum added. “The POC shall seek to ensure that in wartime or during crises (which may be defined as periods of acute tension involving a threat to the lives of American citizens or the imminence of war between the U.S. and other nations), U.S. international information elements are ready to initiate special procedures to ensure policy consistency, timely response and rapid feedback from the intended audience.”
Taking Shape
The Psychological Operations Committee took formal shape with a “secret” memo from Reagan’s National Security Advisor John Poindexter on July 31, 1986. Its first meeting was called on Sept. 2, 1986, with an agenda that focused on Central America and “How can other POC agencies support and complement DOD programs in El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica and Panama.” The POC was also tasked with “Developing National PSYOPS Guidelines” for “formulating and implementing a national PSYOPS program.” (Underlining in original)

Then-Vice President George H.W. Bush with CIA Director William Casey at the White House on Feb. 11, 1981. (Photo credit: Reagan Library)
Raymond was named a co-chair of the POC along with CIA officer Vincent Cannistraro, who was then Deputy Director for Intelligence Programs on the NSC staff, according to a “secret” memo from Deputy Under Secretary of Defense Craig Alderman Jr. The memo also noted that future POC meetings would be briefed on psyops projects for the Philippines and Nicaragua, with the latter project codenamed “Niagara Falls.” The memo also references a “Project Touchstone,” but it is unclear where that psyops program was targeted.
Another “secret” memo dated Oct. 1, 1986, co-authored by Raymond, reported on the POC’s first meeting on Sept. 10, 1986, and noted that “The POC will, at each meeting, focus on an area of operations (e.g., Central America, Afghanistan, Philippines).”
The POC’s second meeting on Oct. 24, 1986, concentrated on the Philippines, according to a Nov. 4, 1986 memo also co-authored by Raymond. “The next step will be a tightly drafted outline for a PSYOPS Plan which we will send to that Embassy for its comment,” the memo said. The plan “largely focused on a range of civic actions supportive of the overall effort to overcome the insurgency,” an addendum noted. “There is considerable concern about the sensitivities of any type of a PSYOPS program given the political situation in the Philippines today.”
Earlier in 1986, the Philippines had undergone the so-called “People Power Revolution,” which drove longtime dictator Ferdinand Marcos into exile, and the Reagan administration, which belatedly pulled its support from Marcos, was trying to stabilize the political situation to prevent more populist elements from gaining the upper hand.
But the Reagan administration’s primary attention continued to go back to Central America, including “Project Niagara Falls,” the psyops program aimed at Nicaragua. A “secret” Pentagon memo from Deputy Under Secretary Alderman on Nov. 20, 1986, outlined the work of the 4thPsychological Operations Group on this psyops plan “to help bring about democratization of Nicaragua,” by which the Reagan administration meant a “regime change.” The precise details of “Project Niagara Falls” were not disclosed in the declassified documents but the choice of codename suggested a cascade of psyops.
Other documents from Raymond’s NSC file shed light on who other key operatives in the psyops and propaganda programs were. For instance, in undated notes on efforts to influence the Socialist International, including securing support for U.S. foreign policies from Socialist and Social Democratic parties in Europe, Raymond cited the efforts of “Ledeen, Gershman,” a reference to neoconservative operative Michael Ledeen and Carl Gershman, another neocon who has served as president of the U.S.-government-funded National Endowment for Democracy (NED), from 1983 to the present. (Underlining in original.)
Although NED is technically independent of the U.S. government, it receives the bulk of its funding (now about $100 million a year) from Congress. Documents from the Reagan archives also make clear that NED was organized as a way to replace some of the CIA’s political and propaganda covert operations, which had fallen into disrepute in the 1970s. Earlier released documents from Raymond’s file show CIA Director William Casey pushing for NED’s creation and Raymond, Casey’s handpicked man on the NSC, giving frequent advice and direction to Gershman. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “CIA’s Hidden Hand in ‘Democracy’ Groups.”]
Another figure in Raymond’s constellation of propaganda assets was media mogul Rupert Murdoch, who was viewed as both a key political ally of President Reagan and a valuable source of funding for private groups that were coordinating with White House propaganda operations. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “Rupert Murdoch: Propaganda Recruit.”]
In a Nov. 1, 1985 letter to Raymond, Charles R. Tanguy of the “Committees for a Community of Democracies – USA” asked Raymond to intervene in efforts to secure Murdoch’s funding for the group. “We would be grateful … if you could find the time to telephone Mr. Murdoch and encourage him to give us a positive response,” the letter said.
Another document, entitled “Project Truth Enhancement,” described how $24 million would be spent on upgrading the telecommunications infrastructure to arm “Project Truth, with the technical capability to provide the most efficient and productive media support for major USG policy initiatives like Political Democracy.” Project Truth was the overarching name of the Reagan administration’s propaganda operation. For the outside world, the program was billed as “public diplomacy,” but administration insiders privately called it “perception management.” [See Consortiumnews.com’s “The Victory of Perception Management.”]
The Early Years
The original priority of “Project Truth” was to clean up the images of the Guatemalan and Salvadoran security forces and the Nicaraguan Contras, who were led by ousted dictator Anastasio Somoza’s ex-National Guard officers. To ensure steady military funding for these notorious forces, Reagan’s team knew it had to defuse the negative publicity and somehow rally the American people’s support.

President Ronald Reagan meeting with Guatemalan dictator Efrain Rios Montt, who was later charged with genocide against indigenous populations in Guatemala’s highlands.
At first, the effort focused on weeding out American reporters who uncovered facts that undercut the desired public images. As part of that effort, the administration denounced New York Times correspondent Raymond Bonner for disclosing the Salvadoran regime’s massacre of about 800 men, women and children in the village of El Mozote in northeast El Salvador in December 1981. Accuracy in Media and conservative news organizations, such as The Wall Street Journal’s editorial page, joined in pummeling Bonner, who was soon ousted from his job. But such efforts were largely ad hoc and disorganized.
CIA Director Casey, from his years crisscrossing the interlocking worlds of business and intelligence, had important contacts for creating a more systematic propaganda network. He recognized the value of using established groups known for advocating “human rights,” such as Freedom House.
One document from the Reagan library showed senior Freedom House official Leo Cherne running a draft manuscript on political conditions in El Salvador past Casey and promising that Freedom House would make requested editorial “corrections and changes” – and even send over the editor for consultation with whomever Casey assigned to review the paper.
In a “Dear Bill” letter dated June 24, 1981, Cherne, who was chairman of the Freedom House’s executive committee, wrote: “I am enclosing a copy of the draft manuscript by Bruce McColm, Freedom House’s resident specialist on Central America and the Caribbean. This manuscript on El Salvador was the one I had urged be prepared and in the haste to do so as rapidly as possible, it is quite rough. You had mentioned that the facts could be checked for meticulous accuracy within the government and this would be very helpful. …
“If there are any questions about the McColm manuscript, I suggest that whomever is working on it contact Richard Salzmann at the Research Institute [an organization where Cherne was executive director]. He is Editor-in-Chief at the Institute and the Chairman of the Freedom House’s Salvador Committee. He will make sure that the corrections and changes get to Rita Freedman who will also be working with him. If there is any benefit to be gained from Salzmann’s coming down at any point to talk to that person, he is available to do so.”
By 1982, Casey also was lining up some powerful right-wing ideologues to help fund the “perception management” project both with money and their own media outlets. Richard Mellon Scaife was the scion of the Mellon banking, oil and aluminum fortune who financed a variety of right-wing family foundations – such as Sarah Scaife and Carthage – that were financial benefactors to right-wing journalists and think tanks. Scaife also published the Tribune Review in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
A more comprehensive “public diplomacy” operation began to take shape in 1982 when Raymond, a 30-year veteran of CIA clandestine services, was transferred to the NSC. Raymond became the sparkplug for this high-powered propaganda network, according to an unpublished draft chapter of the congressional Iran-Contra investigation that was suppressed as part of the deal to get three moderate Republican senators to sign on to the final report and give the inquiry a patina of bipartisanship.
Though the draft chapter didn’t use Raymond’s name in its opening pages, apparently because some of the information came from classified depositions, Raymond’s name was used later in the chapter and the earlier citations matched Raymond’s known role. According to the draft report, the CIA officer who was recruited for the NSC job had served as Director of the Covert Action Staff at the CIA from 1978 to 1982 and was a “specialist in propaganda and disinformation.”
“The CIA official [Raymond] discussed the transfer with [CIA Director] Casey and NSC Advisor William Clark that he be assigned to the NSC as [Donald] Gregg’s successor [as coordinator of intelligence operations in June 1982] and received approval for his involvement in setting up the public diplomacy program along with his intelligence responsibilities,” the chapter said. Gregg was another senior CIA official who was assigned to the NSC before becoming Vice President George H.W. Bush’s national security adviser.
“In the early part of 1983, documents obtained by the Select [Iran-Contra] Committees indicate that the Director of the Intelligence Staff of the NSC [Raymond] successfully recommended the establishment of an inter-governmental network to promote and manage a public diplomacy plan designed to create support for Reagan Administration policies at home and abroad.”
War of Ideas
During his Iran-Contra deposition, Raymond explained the need for this propaganda structure, saying: “We were not configured effectively to deal with the war of ideas.”

President Reagan meets with publisher Rupert Murdoch, U.S. Information Agency Director Charles Wick, lawyers Roy Cohn and Thomas Bolan in the Oval Office on Jan. 18, 1983. (Photo credit: Reagan presidential library)
One reason for this shortcoming was that federal law forbade taxpayers’ money from being spent on domestic propaganda or grassroots lobbying to pressure congressional representatives. Of course, every president and his team had vast resources to make their case in public, but by tradition and law, they were restricted to speeches, testimony and one-on-one persuasion of lawmakers. But President Reagan saw the American public’s “Vietnam Syndrome” as an obstacle to his more aggressive policies.
Along with Raymond’s government-based organization, there were outside groups eager to cooperate and cash in. Back at Freedom House, Cherne and his associates were angling for financial support.
In an Aug. 9, 1982 letter to Raymond, Freedom House executive director Leonard R. Sussman wrote that “Leo Cherne has asked me to send these copies of Freedom Appeals. He has probably told you we have had to cut back this project to meet financial realities. … We would, of course, want to expand the project once again when, as and if the funds become available. Offshoots of that project appear in newspapers, magazines, books and on broadcast services here and abroad. It’s a significant, unique channel of communication” – precisely the focus of Raymond’s work.
On Nov. 4, 1982, Raymond, after his transfer from the CIA to the NSC staff but while still a CIA officer, wrote to NSC Advisor Clark about the “Democracy Initiative and Information Programs,” stating that “Bill Casey asked me to pass on the following thought concerning your meeting with [right-wing billionaire] Dick Scaife, Dave Abshire [then a member of the President’s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board], and Co. Casey had lunch with them today and discussed the need to get moving in the general area of supporting our friends around the world.
“By this definition he is including both ‘building democracy’ … and helping invigorate international media programs. The DCI [Casey] is also concerned about strengthening public information organizations in the United States such as Freedom House. … A critical piece of the puzzle is a serious effort to raise private funds to generate momentum. Casey’s talk with Scaife and Co. suggests they would be very willing to cooperate. … Suggest that you note White House interest in private support for the Democracy initiative.”
The importance of the CIA and White House secretly arranging private funds was that these supposedly independent voices would then reinforce and validate the administration’s foreign policy arguments with a public that would assume the endorsements were based on the merits of the White House positions, not influenced by money changing hands. Like snake-oil salesmen who plant a few cohorts in the crowd to whip up excitement for the cure-all elixir, Reagan administration propagandists salted some well-paid “private” individuals around Washington to echo White House propaganda “themes.”
The role of the CIA in these initiatives was concealed but never far from the surface. A Dec. 2, 1982 note addressed to “Bud,” a reference to senior NSC official Robert “Bud” McFarlane, described a request from Raymond for a brief meeting. “When he [Raymond] returned from Langley [CIA headquarters], he had a proposed draft letter … re $100 M democ[racy] proj[ect],” the note said.
While Casey pulled the strings on this project, the CIA director instructed White House officials to hide the CIA’s hand. “Obviously we here [at CIA] should not get out front in the development of such an organization, nor should we appear to be a sponsor or advocate,” Casey said in one undated letter to then-White House counselor Edwin Meese III as Casey urged creation of a “National Endowment.”
But the formation of the National Endowment for Democracy, with its hundreds of millions of dollars in U.S. government money, was still months down the road. In the meantime, the Reagan administration would have to line up private donors to advance the propaganda cause.
“We will develop a scenario for obtaining private funding,” NSC Advisor Clark wrote to Reagan in a Jan. 13, 1983 memo, adding that U.S. Information Agency Director “Charlie Wick has offered to take the lead. We may have to call on you to meet with a group of potential donors.”
Despite Casey’s and Raymond’s success in bringing onboard wealthy conservatives to provide private funding for the propaganda operations, Raymond worried about whether a scandal could erupt over the CIA’s involvement. Raymond formally resigned from the CIA in April 1983, so, he said, “there would be no question whatsoever of any contamination of this.” But Raymond continued to act toward the U.S. public much like a CIA officer would in directing a propaganda operation in a hostile foreign country.
Raymond fretted, too, about the legality of Casey’s ongoing role. Raymond confided in one memo that it was important “to get [Casey] out of the loop,” but Casey never backed off and Raymond continued to send progress reports to his old boss well into 1986.
It was “the kind of thing which [Casey] had a broad catholic interest in,” Raymond shrugged during his Iran-Contra deposition. He then offered the excuse that Casey undertook this apparently illegal interference in domestic politics “not so much in his CIA hat, but in his adviser to the president hat.”
Peacetime Propaganda
Meanwhile, Reagan began laying out the formal authority for this unprecedented peacetime propaganda bureaucracy. On Jan. 14, 1983, Reagan signed National Security Decision Directive 77, entitled “Management of Public Diplomacy Relative to National Security.” In NSDD-77, Reagan deemed it “necessary to strengthen the organization, planning and coordination of the various aspects of public diplomacy of the United States Government.”

President Reagan meeting with Charles Wick on March 7, 1986, in the Oval Office. Also present: Stephen Rhinesmith, Don Regan, John Poindexter, George Bush, Jack Matlock and Walter Raymond (seated next to Regan on the left side of the photo). (Photo credit: Reagan library)
Reagan ordered the creation of a special planning group within the National Security Council to direct these “public diplomacy” campaigns. The planning group would be headed by Walter Raymond and one of its principal outposts would be a new Office of Public Diplomacy for Latin America, housed at the State Department but under the control of the NSC. (One of the directors of the Latin American public diplomacy office was neoconservative Robert Kagan, who would later co-found the Project for the New American Century in 1998 and become a chief promoter of President George W. Bush’s 2003 invasion of Iraq.)
On May 20, 1983, Raymond recounted in a memo that $400,000 had been raised from private donors brought to the White House Situation Room by U.S. Information Agency Director Charles Wick. According to that memo, the money was divided among several organizations, including Freedom House and Accuracy in Media, a right-wing media attack organization.
When I wrote about that memo in my 1992 book, Fooling America, Freedom House denied receiving any White House money or collaborating with any CIA/NSC propaganda campaign. In a letter, Freedom House’s Sussman called Raymond “a second-hand source” and insisted that “this organization did not need any special funding to take positions … on any foreign-policy issues.”
But it made little sense that Raymond would have lied to a superior in an internal memo. And clearly, Freedom House remained central to the Reagan administration’s schemes for aiding groups supportive of its Central American policies, particularly the CIA-organized Contra war against the leftist Sandinista regime in Nicaragua. Plus, White House documents released later revealed that Freedom House kept its hand out for funding.
On Sept. 15, 1984, Bruce McColm – writing from Freedom House’s Center for Caribbean and Central American Studies – sent Raymond “a short proposal for the Center’s Nicaragua project 1984-85. The project combines elements of the oral history proposal with the publication of The Nicaraguan Papers,” a book that would disparage Sandinista ideology and practices.
“Maintaining the oral history part of the project adds to the overall costs; but preliminary discussions with film makers have given me the idea that an Improper Conduct-type of documentary could be made based on these materials,” McColm wrote, referring to a 1984 film that offered a scathing critique of Fidel Castro’s Cuba. “Such a film would have to be the work of a respected Latin American filmmaker or a European. American-made films on Central America are simply too abrasive ideologically and artistically poor.”
McColm’s three-page letter reads much like a book or movie pitch, trying to interest Raymond in financing the project: “The Nicaraguan Papers will also be readily accessible to the general reader, the journalist, opinion-maker, the academic and the like. The book would be distributed fairly broadly to these sectors and I am sure will be extremely useful. They already constitute a form of Freedom House samizdat, since I’ve been distributing them to journalists for the past two years as I’ve received them from disaffected Nicaraguans.”
McColm proposed a face-to-face meeting with Raymond in Washington and attached a six-page grant proposal seeking $134,100. According to the grant proposal, the project would include “free distribution to members of Congress and key public officials; distribution of galleys in advance of publication for maximum publicity and timely reviews in newspapers and current affairs magazines; press conferences at Freedom House in New York and at the National Press Club in Washington, D.C.; op-ed circulation to more than 100 newspapers …; distribution of a Spanish-language edition through Hispanic organizations in the United States and in Latin America; arrangement of European distribution through Freedom House contacts.”
The documents that I found at the Reagan library did not indicate what subsequently happened to this specific proposal. McColm did not respond to an email request for comment about the Nicaraguan Papers plan or the earlier letter from Cherne (who died in 1999) to Casey about editing McComb’s manuscript. Freedom House did emerge as a leading critic of Nicaragua’s Sandinista government and also became a major recipient of money from the U.S.-funded National Endowment for Democracy, which was founded in 1983 under the umbrella of the Casey-Raymond project.
The more recently released documents – declassified between 2013 and 2017 – show how these earlier Casey-Raymond efforts merged with the creation of a formal psyop bureaucracy in 1986 also under the control of Raymond’s NSC operation. The combination of the propaganda and psyop programs underscored the powerful capability that the U.S. government developed more than three decades ago for planting slanted, distorted or fake news. (Casey died in 1987; Raymond died in 2003.)
Over those several decades, even as the White House changed hands from Republicans to Democrats to Republicans to Democrats, the momentum created by William Casey and Walter Raymond continued to push these “perception management/psyops” strategies forward. In more recent years, the wording has changed, giving way to more pleasing euphemisms, like “smart power” and “strategic communications.” But the idea is still the same: how you can use propaganda to sell U.S. government policies abroad and at home.
Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his latest book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com).

 

Tavistock Institute: Building Absolute Mind Control for the New World

The Millenium Report ...RobertsCourt blog

Tavistock Institute: Building Absolute Mind Control for the New World

Order blogspot.com

Eugenics is highly active in America as an unconscious political power source, but has been
made invisible to your rational mind. This intellectual blindness has been programmed. The only way
to understand eugenics as a sophisticated "crowd control" device is to view the big picture. The big picture
tells us that powerful Mind Control is all around us and even runs through us. This is no passive
development. Like usury, eugenics is a major "crowd control" and Mind Control device employed by the
elite against the non-elite which has been deliberately made invisible via your own belief system. It's
top-down programming has been manipulated secretly. By "depatterning" our minds, beginning in
childhood, Tavistock and their Tory American allies serve a broader agenda of psychological warfare
against the democratic mind.

"We are your overlords."— Led Zeppelin

To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass
unemployment, demoralization can be advanced as a science. It can even be made utterly irresistible, sexy
and hip. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, the
report envisages demoralized and discouraged workers resorting to alcohol and drugs, simultaneously
seeking more and more top-down government. Top-down reversals of individual-rights-based social
contracts, like the U.S. Constitution, require the destruction of parental authority then replacing the parent
with programmed bureaucrats. Through crisis, this can produce a cascading effect toward mass
programming, effectively reversing the Constitution.

View the YouTube video: History of Eugenics and the plan for World Domination

The elite cannot possibly accomplish this parental and constitutional coup legally, due to obvious rational
arguments, so they will require powerful cultural shaping methods employed through Mind Control over
generations to manipulate the irrational subconscious mind. Enter Tavistock. The youth of the land will be
encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against their parents and the status quo, thus
undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. This process will favor war, violence and
bureaucrats over parents. Ultimately, the "Sun King" power system will then be put in place where wrongful
authority will function as a psychologically blinding authority, allowed to carry out all atrocities fully invisibly.
In this regard, the Committee commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could
be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction of Professor
Willis Harmon. This work later became known as the "Aquarian Conspiracy".— Targets of the Illuminati and
the Committee of 300 By Dr. John Coleman.

Even the traditional parental duty, known for centuries to advance healthy and intelligent children, can
effectively be trivialized, demonized and criminalized in the non-elite masses. Through Freudian
taboo-building and Mass brainwashing, the elite can fully control the most powerful tool known for child
development for centuries! This critical knowledge can be fully suppressed and controlled by a very small
elite. The non-elite masses are now so thoroughly programmed not to question the thugs and criminals at
the top of the Sun King power pyramid, that we now routinely destroy non-elite parents and children by the
millions simply because of Tavistock Freudian taboos. Then our children are fully set up to be
mind-controlled by powerful Tavistock rock music, movies, video games, on and on and on.

Page 1 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

Dr. John Coleman, former intelligence officer with Britain's MI6 and author of Conspirators Hierarchy, The
Committee of 300, was one of the first writers to bring the world's attention to the existence of the pivotal
role that Tavistock plays in shaping political, social, educational, and economic 'opinions', especially in the
United States. It is in the United States where mass deception about child development, child
empowerment and "crowd control" media propaganda is most profoundly universal due to highly
unconstitutional wrongful authority by the federal government.

Tavistock, a progressive society, was founded in London in 1 920; the Tavistock Clinic opened in 1 920. It
always had secret ties to British Freemasonry. Its aims include social control, information control; and
control of the hidden information environment. Practically, his means it has control mechanisms in
academia, multimedia, intelligence, and medicine especially pharmaceuticals. Tavistock is part of the
global shadow government.

No group did more to propagandize the U.S. to participate in WWI and WWII at a time when the majority of
the American people were opposed to it. British oligarchs used Tavistock to shape and control public
opinion in order to manipulate the British public (and later the American public) into accepting the notion
that war with Germany was necessary in order "to secure a lasting peace." The plan to 'create' public
opinion began in 1 91 3 as a propaganda factory centered at Wellington House in London.

Funding was initially provided by the Royal family, but soon to include the Rothchilds (related to Lord
Northcliffe by marriage) and the Rockefellers. Wellington House would grow into the Tavistock Institute in
1 921 after the propaganda "victories" of the First World War and the Federal Reserve banking system
(created in 1913) had been secured. Three elements combine to make the Institute unusual, if not unique:
it has the independence of being entirely self-financing, with no subsidies from the government or other
sources; the action research orientation places it between, but not in, the worlds of academia and
consultancy; and its range of disciplines include anthropology, economics, organizational behavior, political
science, psychoanalysis, psychology and sociology.

We assume large corporations have economic objectives. But we don't expect them to have a secret social
and occult agenda as well. For example, we don't expect them to engineer arrested development and
family breakdown. We don't expect them to use pop culture to foster alienation and dysfunction. But
evidence suggests Tavistock and its sister organizations do exactly that. With advanced psychology, the
"programming" of the unconscious mind through popular culture, movies, television and even comic books
became a major concern for Congress in the 1 950s in regard to communist programming. The best
method to counter-act such an attack on our children, it was assumed, was to advance and control such
programming ourselves. Tavistock was called in to arrange such programming of our collective
unconscious minds for national securtity reasons.

But central bankers based in the City of London control the cartels that dominate the world and they have
their own agendas. They finagled the right to print money based on our credit and quite naturally used this
advantage to buy everything worth having. This might be tolerable if limitless wealth was all they wanted.
But they also want limitless power: not just one-world dictatorship but total control over our minds and
souls. Popular culture is engineered to brainwash each of us from cradle to grave. Trends and megatrends
are manufactured, engineered by corporations.

Society evolves slowly toward "social efficiency" all by itself; society under stress, however, evolves much
faster! Thus the deliberate creation of crisis is an important tool of evolutionary socialists. Does that help
you understand the global drama a little better, or well-publicized doomsday scenarios?

Tavistock provided most of the detailed programs for establishing the Office of Naval Intelligence, (ONI).
This wing of intelligence dwarfs the CIA in size and scope. The U.S. Government gave billion dollar

Page 2 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

contracts to Tavistock. Tavistock’s strategic planners provide most of the long-range plans used in the
defense establishment.

According to LaRouche and other authorities, Tavistock organized and trained the entire staffs of the Office
of Strategic Services (OSS), the Strategic Bombing Survey, Supreme Headquarters of the Allied
Expeditionary Forces, and other key American military groups during World War II. During World War II,
the Tavistock Institute combined with the medical sciences division of the Rockefeller Foundation for
esoteric experiments with mind-altering drugs. The present drug culture of the United States is traced in its
entirety to this Institute, which supervised the Central Intelligence Agency’s training programs. The "LSD
counter culture" originated when Sandoz A.G., a Swiss pharmaceutical house owned by S.G. Warburg &
Co., developed a new drug from lysergic acid, called LSD. James Paul Warburg (son of Paul Warburg who
had written the Federal Reserve Act in 1910), financed a subsidiary of the Tavistock Institute in the United
States called the Institute for Policy Studies, whose director, Marcus Raskin, was appointed to the National
Security Council. James Paul Warburg set up a CIA program to experiment with LSD on CIA agents, some
of whom later committed suicide. This program, MK-Ultra, supervised by Dr. Gottlieb, resulted in huge
lawsuits against the United States Government by the families of the victims.The English Tavistock
Institute has not restricted its activities to left-wing groups, but has also directed the programs of such
supposedly "conservative" American think tanks as the Herbert Hoover Institute at Stanford University,
Heritage Foundation, Wharton, Hudson, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and Rand. The "sensitivity
training" and "sexual encounter" programs of the most radical California groups such as Esalen Institute
and its many imitators were all developed and implemented by Tavistock Institute psychologists.
http://www.whale.to/b/tavistock_q.html

The Mental Hygiene Society of which Prescott Bush was a director was a project of the Order of Skull and
Bones. The society "would evolve into the CIA's cultural engineering effort of the 1 950s, the drugs and
brainwashing adventure known as 'MK-Ultra'. ..an anti-American project which poured drugs into the
country and worked to fabricate the drug-sex youth culture." It would build powerful hysteria centered on
destroying the parent-child bond, advance the idea of broad child abuse requiring strong government sex
and drug inquisitions, secretly promoting broad acceptance of divorce and family dysfunction. The Bushes
would then champion "family values" as public officials.

"A behavior control research project was begun in the 1 950s, coordinated by the British psychological
warfare unit called the Tavistock Institute, with the Scottish Rite Masons, the Central Intelligence Agency,
and other British, U.S., Canadian, and United Nations agencies. The project became famous in the 1970s
under a CIA code name, 'MK-Ultra.' Its notoriety for brainwashing by drugs, hypnosis, electroshock, and
other tortures caused many books to be written about the project, and the U.S. Senate conducted hearings
which exposed many of its abusive features. The true intent of using this research against millions of
Americans through "Child Services" organizations was never publicly presented. President Gerald Ford
appointed a commission headed by Vice President Nelson Rockefeller, to correct the CIA's misconduct.
There was a widespread anti-establishment view at the time, that here was the fox appointed to guard the
hen house."

The Mental Hygiene movement was organized into the World Federation of Mental Health by none other
than Montagu Norman, Governor of the Bank of England who, with Hjalmar Schacht, the financial engineer
of the Nazi rearmament program and member of the British Round Table, and Benjamin Strong of the New
York Federal Reserve Bank, conspired to precipitate the Great Depression. Under Adolf Hitler, Hjalmar
Schacht was appointed Minister of Economics. [See: Eugenics: All in the Family]

"The Mental Hygiene movement was organized into the World Federation of Mental Health by Montagu
Norman, former Brown Brothers partner and Bank of England Governor. Norman had appointed as the

Page 3 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

federation's chairman, Brigadier John Rawlings Rees, director of the Tavistock Psychiatric Clinic, chief
psychiatrist and psychological warfare expert for the British intelligence services. ..its goals were population
control, eugenics and political power.

"The world financial crisis led to the merger of the Walker-Harriman bank with Brown Brothers in 1931 .
Former Brown partner Montagu Norman and his protege Hjalmar Schacht paid frantic visits to New York
that year and the next, preparing the new Hitler regime for Germany."

The interaction between the British, American and German Eugenics societies laid the foundation for
implementation of the race purification ideology behind Hitler's Third Reich. In 1912, the First International
Congress of Eugenics was held at the University of London. The president of the Congress was Major
Leonard Darwin, son of Charles Darwin and one of the first English vice presidents was Sir Winston
Churchill, later Prime Minister of England. In 1 921 , the Second International Congress of Eugenics was
held in New York City. The sponsoring committee included Herbert Hoover, later President of the U.S., and
the Carnegie Institute of Washington (Rockefeller). Madison Grant, a director of the American Eugenics
Society, was the treasurer. The event was held at the American Museum of Natural History in New York,
where Averell Harriman served on the Board of Directors.

In 1932, the Third International Congress on Eugenics elected as its president Dr. Ernst Rudin, a
psychiatrist who directed the various branches of the Rockefeller-founded/funded Kaiser Wilhelm Institute
in Germany, and designated Rudin president of the worldwide Eugenics Federation. In 1933, Rudin was
commissioned by Hitler's Minister of the Interior to write a sterilization law for Germany. Rudin's Law for the
Prevention of Hereditary Diseases in Posterity was modeled on statutes already passed in Virginia and
other states in the U.S. When Adolf Hitler and the Nazi Party came to power in Germany, Ernst Rudin
praised Hitler, giving credit to him because "the dream we have cherished for more than thirty years of
seeing racial hygiene converted into action has become reality."

"The most important American political event in those preparations for Hitler was the infamous 'Third
International Congress on Eugenics,' held at New York's American Museum of Natural History August
21-23, 1932, supervised by the International Federation of Eugenics Societies. 9 This meeting took up the
stubborn persistence of African-Americans and other allegedly 'inferior' and 'socially inadequate' groups in
reproducing, expanding their numbers, and amalgamating with others. It was recommended that these
'dangers' to the 'better' ethnic groups and to the 'well-born,' could be dealt with by sterilization or 'cutting off
the bad stock' of the 'unfit.'

"Italy's fascist government sent an official representative. Averell Harriman's sister Mary, director of
'Entertainment' for the Congress, lived down in Virginia fox-hunting country; her state supplied the speaker
on 'racial purity,' W.A. Plecker, Virginia commissioner of vital statistics. Plecker reportedly held the
delegates spellbound with his account of the struggle to stop race-mixing and inter-racial sex in Virginia.

"The Congress proceedings were dedicated to Averell Harriman's mother; she had paid for the founding of
the race-science movement in America back in 1 91 0, building the Eugenics Record Office as a branch of
the Galton National Laboratory in London. She and other Harrimans were usually escorted to the horse
races by old George Herbert Walker-they shared with the Bushes and the Farishes a fascination with
'breeding thoroughbreds' among horses and humans.

"Averell Harriman personally arranged with the Walker/Bush Hamburg-Amerika Line to transport Nazi
ideologues from Germany to New York for this meeting. 1 1 The most famous among those transported
was Dr. Ernst Rudin, psychiatrist at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Genealogy and Demography in Berlin,
where the Rockefeller family paid for Dr. Rudin to occupy an entire floor with his eugenics 'research.' Dr.
Rudin had addressed the International Federation's 1928 Munich meeting, speaking on 'Mental Aberration

Page 4 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

and Race Hygiene,' while others (Germans and Americans) spoke on race-mixing and sterilization of the
unfit. Rudin had also led the German delegation to the 1 930 Mental Hygiene Congress in Washington, D.C.

"At the Harrimans' 1 932 New York Eugenics Congress, Ernst Rudin was unanimously elected president of
the International Federation of Eugenics Societies. This was recognition of Rudin as founder of the German
Society for Race Hygiene, with his co-founder, Eugenics Federation vice president Alfred Ploetz.

"As depression-maddened financiers schemed in Berlin and New York, Rudin was now official leader of
the world eugenics movement. Components of his movement included groups with overlapping leadership,
dedicated to:

-sterilization of mental patients ('mental hygiene societies');

-execution of the insane, criminals and the terminally ill ('euthanasia societies'); and

-eugenical race-purification by prevention of births to parents from 'inferior' blood stocks ('birth control

societies').

"Before the Auschwitz death camp became a household word, these British-American-European groups
called openly for the elimination of the 'unfit' by means including force and violence."

Behind the Tavistock Institute and its brainchild, MK-Ultra, was the largesse of the Rockefeller Foundation,
"a global instrument for radical social change, using American money and British strategy." British
psychiatry: from eugenics to assassination by Anton Chaitkin reveals John D. Rockefeller's interest in
psychiatric genetics, which "applied to psychiatry the concepts of eugenics (otherwise known as race
purification, race hygiene, or race betterment) developed in London's Galton Laboratory and its offshoot
Eugenics Societies in England and America." Besides Rockefeller and the British Crown, the families of
Warburg and Harriman were the primary funders of eugenics internationally.

The "science" of eugenics deliberately conceals vital information from parents and children: all the Mind
Control manipulation devices employing sex, drugs and usury are easy to protect children from through
objective education. This education is deliberately repressed! What's worse, active psychological warfare
includes active demoralization campaigns making this education even more urgent as parents are
simultaneously victimized by this eugenics scam.

"The foundation's 'German centers combined the search for organic signs of mental illness with eugenic
projects.... The [Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Psychiatry in Munich] had initially been endowed with 1 1
million marks, contributed by Gustav Krupp von Bohlen und Halbach [head of the Krupp steel and arms
family] and James Loeb [Paul Warburg's brother-in-law], an expatriate American of the Kuhn-Loeb banking
family. Loeb mobilized his American-Jewish friends to support the institute,' and they invited the foundation
to reorganize and expand the Munich enterprise. Loeb also continued financing the institute. Loeb's
relatives, the Warburgs, owners of Kuhn Loeb bank, were the intimate banking partners of William
Rockefeller. Together with him they had set up the Harriman family in big business, using capital supplied
by the British royal family's personal banker, Sir Ernst Cassell. The three families, Rockefeller, Warburg,
and Harriman, together with British Crown agencies, jointly sponsored much of the social engineering
enterprise we shall describe here. The Rockefeller Foundation made an initial grant of $2.5 million in 1925
to the Psychiatric Institute in Munich, gave it $325,000 for a new building in 1 928, and continuously
sponsored the institute and its Nazi chief Rudin through the Hitler era. The foundation paid for a 1930-35
anthropological survey of the 'eugenically worthwhile population' by Nazi eugenicists Rudin, Verschuer,
Eugen Fischer, and others."

Through funding the "research" of Ernst Rudin and Otmar Von Verschuer, they also financed the horrific
experimentation of Verschuer's medical commandant, Josef Mengle, the "Angel of Death" of Auschwitz

Page 5 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

whose experiments on children, especially twins, provided scientific data for the Kaiser Wilhem Institute:

"Of the 3000 twins who passed through Mengele's labs, only 200 survived the war. Depending on the type
of experiment endured by the twins, they were driven to various labs at Auschwitz or neighboring Birkenau
camp. Most received routine blood and x-ray tests, often on a daily basis... Mengele's experiments both
physical and psychological; experimental surgeries performed without anesthesia, transfusions of blood
from one twin to another, isolation endurance, reaction to various stimuli, injections with lethal germs, sex
change operations, the removal of organs and limbs, incestuous impregnations... Mengele injected
chemicals into the eyes of children in an attempt to change their eye color... Unfortunately a strict veil of
secrecy over the experiments enabled Mengele to do his work more effectively, and 'twins who were
subjected to the most grusome procedures took his secrets to their graves.' The full extent of his grusome
work will never be known because the records he sent to Dr. Von Verschuer at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute
were shipped out 'in two truckloads' and destroyed by the latter. Any remaining notes Mengele carried with
him on his escape to South America and those were never found."

According to Fritz Springmeier, Josef Mengele was used by the Illuminati to develop trauma-based mind
control by experimenting on Jewish victims in the Holocaust, and after the war Mengele was smuggled to
the U.S. to put mind control into practice as one of the CIA's main mind control programmers. The author of
"Mind Control The Ultimate Terror" credits Mengele with development of the MK Ultra mind control
program:

"Dr. Joseph Mengele of Auschwitz notoriety was the principle developer of the MK Ultra and Monarch mind
control programs. Mengele and hundreds of other high ranking Nazis were secretly moved into the United
States and South America in the aftermath of World War II in an Operation designated Paperclip. The
Nazis continued their work in developing mind control and rocketry technologies in secret underground
military bases. The only thing we were told about was the rocketry work with former Nazi star celebrities
like Warner Von Braun. The killers, torturers, and mutilators of innocent human beings were kept discretely
out of sight, but busy in their underground military facilities which soon became home to thousands upon
thousands of kidnapped American children snatched off the streets and placed into iron bar cages stacked
from floor to ceiling. These children would be used to further refine and perfect Mengele's mind control
technologies. These children (at least the ones who survived the 'training') would become future mind
controlled slaves who could be used for anything from sexual blackmail to assassinations."

role of george h.w. bush:

eugenics revived as population control

Tavistock's Many U.S. Mind Control Subsidiaries.

By Dennis L. Cuddy, Ph.D.

February 1 1 , 2008

NewsWithViews.com

[Note: Regarding my recent article mentioning Benazir Bhutto's December 27, 2007 assassination, in a
November 2, 2007 interview with David Frost she mentioned that an earlier assassination attempt by a
former military officer connected with Omar Sheikh, "the man who murdered Osama bin Laden." Have you
heard the power elite-controlled American press or media mention this? Bhutto was the woman the U.S.

Page 6 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

State Department wanted to become Prime Minister of Pakistan. Now why would the U.S. want someone
to head Pakistan who has and publicly uses very bad information (Osama's murder) if she was wrong? Or,
if she was correct, why would the press and media censor such important news from the American people?
Could it be that the power elite doesn't want the public to know Osama's dead because that would
decrease interest in the "war on terror"? And could Bhutto's "spilling the beans" have played a role in her
own assassination? Concerning another of my recent articles, "The Power Elite's Use of Wars and Crises"
(January 28), someone may have gotten the impression that the First World War was planned beginning
around 1 910. Actually wars are planned by the power elite far in advance, and the First World War,
followed by a world government, was planned long before 1 91 0. For example, in 1 908 THE JOURNAL OF
AMERICAN HISTORY (Vol. 2, No. 4) begins with these words: "'The most fearful war of the century is
coming soon. After the war, will come world-peace--the highest development of the race in this cycle.' This
is the prediction made a few days ago by a distinguished political economist."]

I was listening to a discussion regarding the Middle East and thought to myself "Don't they understand that
what's happening has been planned?" This is not only true in geopolitics (FDR said nothing happened in
politics by accident) but in all facets of life. In music in the 1 950s and 1 960s, rock music didn't just happen
by accident. Theodor Adorno and others theorized years earlier how it could change people. Similarly in
art, Bertolt Brecht said, "Art is not a mirror held up to reality, but a hammer with which to shape it."

Many people are familiar with the impact of the Leipzig and Frankfurt Schools upon society, but relatively
few understand the impact of Tavistock. Therefore, this article will look at that organization and how it has
shaped/planned our lives and the course of the world.

The name Tavistock is associated with human relations and psychiatry (see statue of Freud in front of
Tavistock Institute). Charles Dickens (who had written of "pencils of light," which is similar to the term
"points of light") moved to Tavistock House in October 1951 . Tavistock is an area in southwest Devon in
England, but the story begins elsewhere.

The term "psychiatry" was first used in 1 808 by Johann Christian Reil, and it means "doctoring of the soul."
The primary schools of psychiatry were established in the early 1800s in Leipzig and Berlin.

At Leipzig University in 1 879, Wilhelm Wundt established the first psychological laboratory, and among his
students were Ivan Pavlov, William James (the "Father of American Psychology"), and G. Stanley Hall
(who would become the mentor of John Dewey, the "Father of Progressive Education"). Pavlov is
well-known for his stimulus-response experiments with dogs. In Clarence Karier's SCIENTISTS OF THE
MIND (1 986), one reads concerning James that "we pass from a culture with God at its center to a culture
with man at its center." James was also noted for his famous description of reality as "one great blooming,
buzzing confusion." Of possible interest in this regard is that a symbol of Rosicrucianism is "buzzing" bees
seeking the nectar (wisdom) of a (blooming) rose. And Hall founded "genetic psychology" while also using
Wundt's experimental psychology in the area of child development. Hall and James meshed in John
Dewey, an educational psychologist, who co-authored the first "man-centered" HUMANIST MANIFESTO
in 1933. Dewey, John B. Watson and other leading psychologists in the early 20th century were interested
in the behavior of people. They didn't believe that man had a soul in the Biblical sense of the word. Thus it
was not surprising that at the 6th International Congress of Philosophy, which took place at Harvard
University in 1 926, it was stated that the "soul or consciousness... now is of very little importance....
Behaviorism sang their funeral dirge while material ism-the smiling heir- arranges a suitable funeral for
them."

What does all this have to do with Tavistock? In 1920, the Tavistock Institute of Medical Psychology
(TIMP) was founded. It was involved in psychotherapy, and psychiatrists at the Tavistock Clinic wanted to
apply their findings to the general public in the form of certain social service programs.

Page 7 of 52 Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

John Rawlings Rees (who would be a co-founder of the World Federation for Mental Health in 1 948) was
Deputy Director of Tavistock at this time (he would become Director in 1 932). Rees developed the
"Tavistock Method," which induces and controls stress via what Rees called "psychologically controlled
environments" in order to make people give up firmly held beliefs under "peer pressure."

Rees' Tavistock Method was based on work done by British psychoanalyst Wilfrid Bion regarding the roles
of individuals within groups. This design was later shifted in a series of conferences (1 957-1965) led by A.
Kenneth Rice, chairman of Tavistock's Centre for the Applied Social Research. The shift was to the
dynamics of leadership and authority relations in groups. According to the A.K. Rice Institute, "In 1 965 Rice
led a conference in the United States, as the Tavistock Method began to be developed in the U.S. by
Margaret Rioch and others. The A.K. Rice Institute is now the U.S. equivalent of the Tavistock Institute."

In 1930, TIMP had been involved with the second biennial Conference on Mental Health, where
psychiatrist J.R. Lord advocated challenging old values, saying "the aim should be to control not only
nature, but human nature." And he spoke of the "necessity to disarm the mind."

Rees went even further than this on June 1 8, 1 940 at the annual meeting of the National Council for Mental
Hygiene of the United Kingdom. In his speech on "Strategic Planning for Mental Health," he proclaimed:
"We can therefore justifiably stress our particular point of view with regard to the proper development of the
human psyche, even though our knowledge be incomplete. We must aim to make it permeate every
educational activity in our national life.... We have made a useful attack upon a number of professions. The
two easiest of them naturally are the teaching profession and the Church: the two most difficult are law and
medicine.... Public life, politics and industry should all of them be within our sphere of influence.... If we are
to infiltrate the professional and social activities of other people, I think we must imitate the Totalitarians
and organize some kind of fifth column activity! If better ideas on mental health are to progress and spread
we, as the salesmen, must lose our identity.... Let us all, therefore, very secretly be 'fifth columnists.'" (See
MENTAL HEALTH, Vol. 1 , No. 4, October 1 940)

In 1935, Harvard psychologist (1930-1967) Gordon All port co-authored THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RADIO
with Hadley Cantril. Allport would be a leading agent in the U.S. for the Tavistock Institute, and Cantril in
1 937 would be a member of the Rockefeller Foundation-funded Office of Radio Research at Princeton
University established to study the influence of radio on different groups of listeners. In 1 940, Cantril would
author THE INVASION FROM MARS: A STUDY IN THE PSYCHOLOGY OF PANIC regarding the radio
broadcast of H.G. Wells' THE WAR OF THE WORLDS. Tavistock senior staffer, Fred Emery, would later
(HUMAN RELATIONS, Vol. 12, No. 3, August 1959) begin his article on "Working Hypotheses on the
Psychology of Television" with the words: "The psychological after-effects of television are of considerable
interest to the would-be social engineer."

During the Second World War, Tavistock was part of Great Britain's Psychological Warfare Department.

On May 7, 1 944, Dr. Rees of Tavistock and the British War Ministry injected Nazi prisoner Rudolf Hess
with the narcotic Evipan. According to Lt. Col. Eugene Bird in PRISONER NO. 7: RUDOLF HESS (in the
chapter titled "A Secret Drug"), Rees examined Hess 35 times. Rees and his associates via chemicals
caused Hess's memory to fail and then "explained that they could bring back the memory with an injection
of Evipan." Hess was told that "while under its influence he would remember the past he had forgotten."

In 1945, Rockefeller Foundation medical director Alan Gregg was touring various institutions that had been
involved in war medicine to see if any group would commit to undertake the kind of social psychiatry that
had been developed by the Army during wartime (e.g., cultural psychiatry for the analysis of the enemy
mentality), and see if it could be relevant for the civilian society (on April 11,1 933, Rockefeller Foundation
president Max Mason assured trustees that in their program, "the Social Sciences will concern themselves

Page 8 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

with the rationalization of social control,... the control of human behavior"). This led to a Rockefeller grant
that resulted in the birth of the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London in 1 947. Tavistock would
join with Kurt Lewin's Research Center for Group Dynamics (RCGD) at the University of Michigan the next
year to begin publication of the international journal, HUMAN RELATIONS, relating theory to pracice. The
first volume contained articles such as "Overcoming Resistance to Change," and "A Comparison of the
Aims of the Hitler Youth and the Boy Scouts of America." The Tavistock Institute would use Lewin's
techniques to arrange "therapeutic communities."

Lewin had received his Ph.D. from Berlin University in 1914, and in 1932 came to the U.S. in the area of
child psychology. During the Second World War, he worked for the U.S. Office of Strategic Services (which
would become the CIA) in psychological warfare. He founded the RCGD in 1946. The next year his
research center along with a division of the National Education Association (NEA) began the National
Training Laboratories (NTL) which furthered Lewin's social engineering via "T-groups" (training groups),
where group consensus is facilitated by trained individuals.

Over the next two decades, the NTL would spread its operations to various countries around the world.

And in its ISSUES IN (HUMAN RELATIONS) TRAINING (1962), its sensitivity training is referred to as
"brainwashing." Recently, NTL has conducted programs relevant to Tavistock such as "NTL and
Tavistock: Two Traditions of Group Work," "Tavistock Program: Re-Thinking and Planning for
Organizational Change," and "The Tavistock-Task Working Conference which is a program structured
around various group configurations.... Periodically each group will review its actions and results to learn
from processes, roles, values, and methods as they evolve." Other recent NTL programs have featured
people such as New Ager Jean Houston and the witch Starhawk.

The year after Tavistock and the RCGD began publishing HUMAN RELATIONS, the journal (Vol. II, No. 3,
1949), published "Some Principles of Mass Persuasion" by Dorwin Cartwright who helped establish the
Institute for Social Research at the University of Michigan. In this article, Cartwright reveals: "It is
conceivable that one persuasive person could, through the use of mass media, bend the world's population
to his will." The article goes on to describe "the modification of cognitive structure in individuals by means
of mass media" and how "a person can be induced to do voluntarily something that he would otherwise not
do." The article also provides "a list of essential requirements for the success of any campaign of mass
persuasion."

Seven years after Cartwright's article appeared, prominent psychiatrist R.D. Laing was appointed senior
registrar at the Tavistock Clinic in 1956, three years after he left the British Army Psychiatric Unit. He
began experimenting with LSD in 1 960, and then in 1 962 when he became a family therapist at the
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, he also met Gregory Bateson while visiting the U.S. Bateson had
been with the Office of Strategic Services (forerunner of the CIA), and then led the MK-Ultra hallucinogen
(LSD) project. Bateson's and Margaret Mead's daughter, Mary Catherine Bateson, along with New Ager
Jean Houston, would later help Hilary Clinton write IT TAKES A VILLAGE. IN 1964 Laing met LSD
proponent Timothy Leary in New York and also authored "Transcendental Experience in Relation and
Psychosis" (THE PSYCHEDELIC REVIEW, Vol. 1 , No. 3, 1964). Three years later Laing participated in the
July 1 5-30 1 967 Dialectics of Liberation Congress.

In 1964, Fred Emery, who would be a senior member of Tavistock, wrote "Theories of Social Turbulence"
which he explained more fully in FUTURES WE ARE IN (1975). According to this theory, individuals or
societies faced with a series of crises will attempt to reduce the tension by adaptation and eventually
psychological retreat as if anesthetized (similar to Pavlov's "protective inhibition response"). This can lead
to social disintegration, which Emery called "segmentation."

In 1970, the Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development (ASCD) of the NEA published TO

Page 9 of 52 Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

NURTURE HUMANENESS: COMMITMENT FOR THE 70s, in which Sidney Jourard (Fellow at the
Tavistock Clinic and former president of the Association for Humanist Psychology), wrote: "We are in a
time of revolt.... The new society will be a fascist state or it will be pluralistic and humanistic." The primary
characteristic of the fascist state is increasing control over people's lives by government in league with
corporations. Sound like today?

Relevant to this, in October 1997 the Tavistock Institute (and Manchester University) completed a final
report (under Contract ERB-SOE2-CT-96-201 1 ) for the European Commission, and described in a report
summary was that there will be "partnerships between government, industry, and representatives of worker
organizations." The report summary also described "the relevancy of Goals 2000, SCANS (U.S.
Department of Labor SECRETARY'S COMMISSION ON ACHIEVING NECESSARY SKILLS) typology
with its profound implications for the curriculum and training changes that this will require," valid skills
standards and portable credentials "benchmarked to international standards such as those promulgated by
the International Standards Organization (ISO)." The report summary went on to say that "there is
increasing attention being focused on developing global skill standards and accreditation agreements."

In the 1 990s, the Tavistock Institute not only began a new journal titled EVALUATION in 1 995, but the
Institute and the European Commission also worked on a feasibility study to research the effect of using
"Smart Cards" in competence accreditation. The study was carried out in the U.S. and parts of Europe. The
project involved assessing and validating students' skills, with information placed on personal skills Smart
Cards which "become real passports to employment." The implication, of course, is that without this "real
passport," one will not be employed.

Welcome to the Tavistock psychologically conditioned feudal fascist state of the future, under the power
elite's planned World Socialist Government! This will lead to what Daniel 8:23-25 foretold: "And in the latter
time... a king of fierce countenance, and understanding dark sentences, shall stand up... and shall destroy
the mighty and holy people... and by peace shall destroy many...."

How is it possible that the "holy people" will be destroyed? It's because today many so-called Christians
are sitting on their posteriors while the "religion" of secular humanism has been taught in public schools for
over four decades. Values are being taught in public schools based upon situation ethics without reference
to God as moral authority. This is a primary tenet of secular humanism (see the first and second
HUMANIST MANIFESTO), which was declared a "religion" by the U.S. Supreme Court in Torcaso v.
Watkins (1961 ). Public school students are taught (without reference to God's moral authority) to decide for
themselves what's right or wrong based on the situation. And so-called Christians are letting this "religion"
be taught in public schools while the Supreme Court has banned the God of THE HOLY BIBLE as moral
authority in the same schools. Over four decades of this has produced more secular humanists than God's
"holy people," whose dwindling ranks will be vastly outnumbered by secular humanists who will "destroy"
them as a result of their "situation." God, please help us!

Tavistock was the post WWII model for the CIA's more extensive Monarch Program, which comprises
untold millions of unconscious, programmed assets now throughout N America, Europe and parts of Asia.
The CIA has now provided us with a massive paper trail to follow an "Enemies Domestic" agenda via
subconscious psychological warfare in order to shape the nation. Demoralization, Crisis and Normalization.
This is the shaping process used over and over employed by both CIA and KGB. The problem is, both
political organizations seemed to have the same agenda: groom us all away from constitutional clarity,
seeking their "protection" as we all cower in our living rooms as mind-slaves.

According to some reputable researchers, Sigmund Freud was Tavistock's first director, followed by his

Page 10 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

daughter, who apparently still runs the facility. It was used to program the postwar leaders of Germany's
government, churches, schools, corporations, etc., from among the POWs who were easy to manipulate.

Lots of us who post on EW are washouts of Tavistock and Monarch programs, I suggest, including me.
Lawful payback is pretty refreshing after someone has tried their best to ruin our lives, I think.

Most of the Tavistock facility is probably underground, so I hope someone will drop plenty of orgonite into
open pipes around that neighborhood.- — Don

Tavistock, England-This has been the primary programming center for England. The Rothschild
programmers work out of Tavistock. A large number of slaves in America have been programmed there.
Tavistock has been doing mind-control since before W.W.II. Linder the supervision of London’s W Board &
20 Committee MI6 and MIS’s Section BIA ran double agents and mind-controlled spies/couriers during
W.W. II.

MI6 has had an office at Century House, No. 1 00, Westminster Bridge Road. MI5 offices have been in part
on Curzon St. MI5 has operated behind a number of fronts, incl. their fake travel agency Casuro Holidays.
Ml-5’s address for mail is Room 055, The War Office, London. Special Intelligence Service (SIS) dealt with
all types of mind control. Tavistock was under SIS. The British government has had their own telephone
exchange with a 222 prefix, which was later linked to another secret exchange YTAN. Outsiders could dial
222 8080 to get into the secret govt, exchange.

The Royal Free Hospital at the University of London works with Tavistock Clinic, as well as the Science
Policy Research Unit (SPRU) of Sussex University. A large number of Britian’s psychologist, social
workers and police get their training at Tavistock. Tavistock has set themselves up as the authority on
ritual abuse and MPD (DID). In other words, the primary programming site, is pretending to be the leading
institution trying to solve the problem! That’s a good cover. The Illuminati Formula Appendix I: The
Programmers

Because of the intensive artillery barrages of World War I, many soldiers were permanently impaired by
shell shock. In 1 921 , the Marquees of Tavistock, 1 1 th Duke of Bedford, gave a building to a group which
planned to conduct rehabilitation programs for shell shocked British soldiers. The group took the name of
"Tavistock Institute" after its benefactor. The General Staff of the British Army decided it was crucial that
they determine the breaking point of the soldier under combat conditions. The Tavistock Institute was
taken over by Sir John Rawlings Reese, head of the British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau. A cadre
of highly trained specialists in psychological warfare was built up in total secrecy. In fifty years, the name
"Tavistock Institute’ appears only twice in the Index of the New York Times, yet this group, according to
LaRouche and other authorities, organized and trained the entire staffs of the Office of Strategic Services
(OSS), the Strategic Bombing Survey, Supreme Headquarters of the Allied Expeditionary Forces, and
other key American military groups during World War II.

During World War II, the Tavistock Institute combined with the medical sciences division of the Rockefeller
Foundation for esoteric experiments with mind-altering drugs. The present drug culture of the United
States is traced in its entirety to this Institute, which supervised the Central Intelligence Agency’s training
programs. The "LSD counter culture" originated when Sandoz A.G., a Swiss pharmaceutical house owned
by S.G. Warburg & Co., developed a new drug from lysergic acid, called LSD. James Paul Warburg (son of
Paul Warburg who had written the Federal Reserve Act in 1 91 0), financed a subsidiary of the Tavistock
Institute in the United States called the Institute for Policy Studies, whose director, Marcus Raskin, was
appointed to the National Security Council. James Paul Warburg set up a CIA program to experiment with
LSD on CIA agents, some of whom later committed suicide. This program, MK-Ultra, supervised by Dr.
Gottlieb, resulted in huge lawsuits against the United States Government by the families of the victims.

Page 11 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

The English Tavistock Institute has not restricted its activities to left-wing groups, but has also directed the
programs of such supposedly "conservative" American think tanks as the Herbert Hoover Institute at
Stanford University, Heritage Foundation, Wharton, Hudson, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and
Rand. The "sensitivity training" and "sexual encounter" programs of the most radical California groups such
as Esalen Institute and its many imitators were all developed and implemented by Tavistock Institute
psychologists.

One of the rare items concerning the Tavistock Institute appears in Business Week, Oct. 26, 1 963, with a
photograph of its building in the most expensive medical offices area of London. The story mentions "the
Freudian bias" of the Institute, and comments that it is amply financed by British blue-chip corporations,
including Unilever, British Petroleum, and Baldwin Steel. According to Business Week, the psychological
testing programs and group relations training programs of the Institute were implemented in the United
States by the University of Michigan and the University of California, which are hotbeds of radicalism and
the drug network.

It was the Marquees of Tavistock, 1 2th Duke of Bedford, whom Rudolf Hess flew to England to contact
about ending World War II. Tavistock was said to be worth $40 million in 1 942. In 1 945, his wife committed
suicide by taking an overdose of pills. APPENDIX I [SECRETS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE By Eustace
Mullins]

Research into the use of microwave weapons and their use for mind control began in 1 950s at the
Tavistock Institute, one of Britain's leading psychiatric research establishments. The UK institute was
researching into ways of mind controlling the British population without them knowing. The monkey
submission response, whereby the dominant monkey caused submissive behaviour in the underlings, was
the brain state of most interest to the British scientists. Having found this specific brain rhythm for docile
submissive, zombie-like behavior, it was then recorded and used as the template for the ELF signal
beamed on UK microwave transmitters. Britain was the first discoverer of microwave technology, used for
radar, in the 1940s and therefore had a commanding lead over everyone else in this field. MICROWAVE
MIND CONTROL by Tim Rifat

Tavistock, England-This has been the primary programming center for England. The Rothschild
programmers work out of Tavistock. A large number of slaves in America have been programmed there.

Tavistock has been doing mind-control since before W.W.II. Under the supervision of London’s W Board &
20 Committee MI6 and MIS’s Section BIA ran double agents and mind-controlled spies/couriers during
W.W. II. MI6 has had an office at Century House, No. 1 00, Westminster Bridge Road. MI5 offices have
been in part on Curzon St. MI5 has operated behind a number of fronts, incl. their fake travel agency
Casuro Holidays. Ml-5’s address for mail is Room 055, The War Office, London. Special Intelligence
Service (SIS) dealt with all types of mind control. Tavistock was under SIS. The British government has
had their own telephone exchange with a 222 prefix, which was later linked to another secret exchange
YTAN. Outsiders could dial 222 8080 to get into the secret govt, exchange. Men like mind-control
expert/hypnotist Eric Trist worked for Tavistock. A six-man team which wore black berets also helped w/
mind control at Tavistock.

Two people who became terrorists after their visits to Tavistock are Angela Davis and Stockley Carmichael
who went to a conference at Tavistock entitled Dialectics of Liberation in 1967. It’s main building is a bland
6-story building. The address is The Training Office, The Tavistock Clinic, 120 Belsize Lane, London, UK
NWs SBA. Tel. no. 071 -435 7111. The chief exec, is Anton Obholzer. The Chair of Prof. Comm, is Nicholas
Temple. Both are skilled in psychology. The Tavistock Clinic was founded in 1 920, and in 1 946 the
Tavistock Institute was created as an independent body to assist the Tavistock Clinic. The Institute does

Page 12 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

more of the research. The Royal Free Hospital at the University of London works with Tavistock Clinic, as
well as the Science Policy Research Unit (SPRU) of Sussex University. A large number of Britian’s
psychologist, social workers and police get their training at Tavistock. Tavistock has set themselves up as
the authority on ritual abuse and MPD (DID). In other words, the primary programming site, is pretending to
be the leading institution trying to solve the problem! That’s a good cover.

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was unknown to the people of the United States before Dr.
Coleman exposed its existence in his monograph, The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Britain's
Control of the United States. Up to that time, Tavistock had successfully retained its secretive role in
shaping the affairs of the United States, its government and its people since its early beginning in London,
in 1 91 3 at Wellington House.

Since Dr. Coleman's original article exposing this ultra-secret organization, others have come forward with
claims of authorship, which they were unable to substantiate.

Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and disseminating organization centered at Wellington House,
which was where the original organization was put together with intent of shaping a propaganda outlet that
would break down the stiff public resistance being encountered to the looming war between Britain and
Germany.

The project was given to Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe and their mandate was to produce an
organization capable of manipulating public opinion and directing that manufactured opinion down the
desired pathway to support for a declaration of war by Great Britain against Germany.

Funding was provided by the British royal family, and later by the Rothschilds to whom Lord Northcliffe was
related through marriage. Arnold Toynbee was selected as Director of Future Studies. Two Americans,
Walter Lippmann and Edward Bernays were appointed to handle the manipulation of American public
opinion in preparation for the entry of the United States into WWI, and to brief and direct President
Woodrow Wilson.

From a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House, grew an organization that was to shape the
destiny of Germany, Britain and more especially the United States in manner that became a highly
sophisticated organization to manipulate and create public opinion, what is commonly termed, “mass
brainwashing.” This requires the building of duplicitous mind-control devices into wrongful government for
which the subconscious mind understands as tyranny but the conscious mind cannot articulate.

During the course of its evolvement, Tavistock expanded in size and ambition, when in 1 937, a decision
was made to use the German author Oswald Spengler's monumental work, Untergange des Abenlandes
(The Decline of Western Civilization ) as a model.

Previously, Wellington House board members Rothmere, Northcliffe, Lippmann, and Bernays had read and
proposed as a guide the writings of Correa Moylan Walsh, in particular, the book The Climax of Civilization
(1 917) as corresponding closely to conditions that had to be created before a New World Order in a One
World Government could be ushered in.

In this endeavor the members of the board consulted with the British royal family and obtained the approval
of the “Olympians” (the inner core of the Committee of 300) to formulate a strategy. Funding was provided
by the monarchy, the Rothschilds, the Milner Group and the Rockefeller family trusts.

In 1936, Spengler's monumental work had come to the attention of what had become the Tavistock
Institute. In preparation for changing and reshaping public opinion for the second time in less than twelve

Page 13 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

years, by unanimous consent of the board, Spengler's massive book was adopted as the blueprint for a
new working model to bring about the decline and fall of Western civilization necessary to create and
establish a New World Order inside a One World Government.

Spengler held it bound to happen that alien elements would be introduced into Western civilization in
increasing numbers, and that the West would fail at that time to expel the aliens, thereby sealing its fate, a
society, whose inward beliefs and sound convictions would become at variance with its outward profession
and thus Western civilization would fall by the wayside in the manner of the ancient civilizations of Greece
and Rome.

The two World Wars cost the German nation almost one quarter of its population. Most of the intellectual
energies of the German nation were diverted into war channels in defense of the Fatherland at the expense
of science, arts, literature, music and the cultural, spiritual and moral advancement of the nation. The same
could be said of the British nation. The blaze kindled by the British under the direction of Tavistock set all of
Europe on fire, and did incalculable damage according to the Tavistock blueprint that matched Spengler's
predictions.

Classical and Western are the only two civilizations that could bring a modern renaissance to the world.
They had flourished and progressed just as long as these civilizations remained under the control of the
Anglo-Saxon Nordic Alpine, Germanic races. The unsurpassed beauty of their literature, art, their classics,
spiritual and moral advancement of the female sex with a very large corresponding degree of protection,
was what distinguished Western and Classic civilizations from others.

It was this bastion that Spengler saw coming under increasing attack and the thinking at Tavistock ran on
parallel tracks, but with a totally different goal. Tavistock saw this civilization as a stumbling block to
ushering a New World Order, as did the emphasis on protection and elevation of the female sex to a place
of high respect and honor.

Thus the whole thrust of Tavistock was to “democratize” the West by an attack on womanhood, and the
racial, moral, spiritual and religious foundation upon which Western civilization rested.

As Spengler suggested, the Greeks and Romans were devoted to the social, religious, moral and spiritual
advancement and the preservation of womanhood and they were successful for just as long as they were
in control and could arrange matters so that government was carried out by a limited number of responsible
citizens supported by the general populace below them, all being of the same pure unadulterated race. The
planners at Tavistock saw that the way to upset the balance of Western civilization was to force
unwelcome changes in the race by removing control from the deserving to the undeserving in the manner
of ancient Roman leaders who were supplanted by their former slaves and aliens, whom they had
permitted to come and dwell among them.

Tavistock, by 1 937, had come a long way from its Wellington House beginnings and the successful
propaganda campaign that had turned the British public from being strongly anti-war in 1 91 3 to willing
participants through the arts of manipulation with the willing cooperation of news communications media.

The technique was carried across the Atlantic in 1 91 6 to manipulate the American people to support of the
war in Europe. In spite of the fact that the vast majority, including at least 50 U.S. Senators were adamantly
opposed to the U.S. getting dragged into what they perceived was essentially a quarrel between Britain
and France on the one hand, and Germany on the other, largely over trade and economics, the
conspirators were undeterred. At that point Wellington House introduced the word, “Isolationists” as a
derogatory description of those Americans who opposed U.S. participation in the war. The use of such

Page 14 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

words and phrases has proliferated under the expert brainwashing of the Social sciences scientists at
Tavistock. Terms like “regime change,” “collateral damage” became almost new English language.

With the Tavistock plan modified to suit American conditions, Bernays and Lippmann led President
Woodrow Wilson to set up the very first Tavistock methodology techniques for polling (manufacturing)
so-called public opinion created by Tavistock propaganda. They also taught Wilson to set up a secret body
of “managers” to run the war effort and a body of “advisors” to assist the President in his decision-making.
The Creel Commission was the first such body of opinion-makers set up in the United States.

Woodrow Wilson was the first American president to publicly proclaim himself in favor of a Socialist New
World Order inside a Socialist One World Government. His remarkable acceptance of the New World
Order is found in his book The New Freedom.

We say “his” book, but actually, it was written by Socialist William B. Hayle. Wilson denounced capitalism.
“It is contrary to the common man and it has brought stagnation to our economy,” Wilson wrote.

Yet, at the time, the United States economy was enjoying prosperity and industrial expansion as it had
never experienced before in its history:

“We stand in the presence of a revolution— not a bloody revolution, America is not given to spilling
blood— but a silent revolution, whereby America will insist upon recovering to practice those ideals which
she has always professed, upon securing a government devoted to the general and not the special
interests. We are upon the threshold of a time when the systematic life of the country will be sustained or at
least supplemented at every point by government activity. And now we have to determine what kind of a
government activity it shall be; whether, in the first place, it shall be directed from government itself, or
whether it shall be indirect, through instrumentalities which have already constituted themselves and which
stand ready to supersede government.”

The United States, harried, hounded, pushed and shoved is headed on a fast track to the New World
Order, propelled along by the Radical Republicans of the War Party who have been taken over by the
scientists at the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.

Just recently I was asked by a subscriber "where do we find the Tavistock Institute?" My response was:
"Look around the U.S. Senate, the House of Representatives, the White House, the State Department, the
Defense Department, Wall Street, Fox T.V. (Faux T.V.) and you will see their change agents in every one of
these places."

President Wilson was the first U.S. president to “manage” the war through a civilian committee guided and
directed by the Bernays and Lippmann from Wellington House, to which we have already made mention.

The resounding success of Wellington House and its enormous influence on the course of American history
began before that in 1 913. Wilson had spent almost a year tearing down the protective trade tariffs that had
defended the American domestic markets from being overwhelmed by “Free Trade,” essentially the
practice of allowing cheap British goods made with cheap labor in India to flood the American market. On
October 1 2, 1 91 3 Wilson signed the bill that was the beginning of the end of the unique American middle
class, long the target of the Fabian Socialists. The bill was described as a measure to “adjust tariffs,” but it
would have been accurate to describe it as a bill to “destroy tariffs.”

Such was the hidden power of Wellington House that the vast majority of the American people accepted
this lie, not knowing or realizing that it was a death knell for American commerce that would lead to
NAFTA, GATT and the World Trade Organization (WTO). Even more astonishing was the acceptance of

Page 15 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

the Federal Income Tax Act that was passed on September 5, 1 91 3, to replace trade tariffs as the source
of revenue for the Federal Government. Income Tax is a Marxist doctrine not found in the U.S. Constitution
anymore than the Federal Reserve Bank is found in the Constitution. Wilson called his twin blows against
the Constitution, “a fight for the people, and for free business,” and said he was proud to have taken “part
in the completion of a great piece of business...” The Federal Reserve Act, explained by Wilson as
“reconstructing the Nation's banking and currency system” was rushed through on a flood-tide of
propaganda emanating from Wellington House, just in time for the hostilities that began the horror of WWI.

Most historians are agreed that without passage of the Federal Reserve Bank Act, Lord Grey would not
have been able to start that terrible conflagration.

The deceptive language of the Federal Reserve Act was under the guidance of Bernays and Lippman who
set up a “National Citizen's League” with the notorious Samuel Untermeyer as its chairman, to promote the
Federal Reserve Bank, that secured control of the people's money and currency and transferred it to a
private monopoly without the victim's consent.

One of the most interesting pieces of history surrounding the imposition of the foreign financial slavery
measure was that before it was sent to Wilson for his signature, a copy was given to the sinister Colonel
Edward Mandel House as the representative of Wellington House and the British oligarchy represented by
the banker, J.P. Morgan.

As to the American people, in whose name the disastrous measure was instituted, they had not the faintest
idea how they had been connived, cheated, lied to and utterly deceived. An instrument of slavery was
fastened around their necks without the victims ever becoming aware of it.

Wellington House methodology was at its height when Wilson was coached in how to persuade Congress
to declare war on Germany, although he had won election on the solemn promise to keep America out of
the war then raging in Europe, a great triumph for the new art of public opinion making. It was just that - the
poll questions were shaded in such away that the answers reflected the opinions of the public; not their
understanding of the questions, nor their understanding of the processes of political science.

It is more effective to manage society by mind control than by physical coercion. The events of 9-1 1 and
the "war on terror" mostly are exercises in mass brainwashing. German psychiatrist Kurt Lewin, who
became director of the elite-sponsored Tavistock Institute in 1 932, developed the thinking behind 9-1 1 . In
the book "Mind Control World Control" (1 997) Jim Keith writes:

"Lewin is credited with much of the original Tavistock research into mass brainwashing applying the results
of repeated trauma and torture [of individuals] in mind control to society at large." "If terror can be induced
on a widespread basis into a society, Lewin has stated, then society reverts to a tabula rasa, a blank slate,
a situation where control can easily be instituted from an external point."

"Put another way: By the creation of controlled chaos, the populace can be brought to the point where it
willingly submits to greater control. Lewin maintained that society must be driven into a state equivalent to
an 'early childhood situation.' He termed this societal chaos 'fluidity.'"

Elite planners designed Sept. 1 1 for its shock value. In the aftermath, they were able to impose a security
crackdown, a costly military build-up and a war in Afghanistan and Iraq on a stunned population. Keith
cites another Tavistock researcher Dr. William Sargent author of "Battle for the Mind: A Physiology of
Conversion and Brain-Washing" (1957): "Various types of beliefs can be implanted after brain function has
been sufficiently disturbed by ...deliberately

Page 16 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

induced fear, anger or excitement."

This blueprint was laid out long before Sept. 1 1 , 2001 . The official story of that

tragedy doesn't bear scrutiny there was no wreckage at the Pentagon. All three buildings were demolished
by explosives. Our "leaders" are accomplices to the murder of over 3000 Americans and the destruction of
an American icon. The plan is to fold the US into a "world government" controlled by London-based central
bankers. Our cultural, economic and political elite is complicit in the ongoing cover up. Much of this secret
planning can be found in Eugenics books coming out of England, as this science behind the Nazi
movement originated with them and is the elite's one unifying force around the world.

FUTURE SHOCK

Most political and cultural events are contrived by the elite for their psychological effect. JFK could have
been disposed of in more humane ways. (He had many health problems.) Instead, for its shock value, they
shot him down , in Mort Sahls' words, "like a dog in the street." Jim Keith: "The Kennedy assassination was
a British Intelligence, i.e. Tavistock hit, and its purpose was to shock the American consciousness into a
near-comatose state for reprogramming, the standard Tavistock modus operandi."

The same can be said for the assassinations of Martin Luther King and Robert Kennedy. It all climaxed
with the beatings of demonstrators at the 1 968 Chicago Democratic convention. After that, my generation
turned inward as we were programmed to do. "Turn on, Tune in, Drop Out" said CIA funded pied piper
Timothy Leary. ["I mean who was I supposed to work for, the KGB?" Leary quipped. (Keith p.99) Leary
didn't realize that there wasn't a big difference.]

Many young people became "dead heads" after Jerry Garcia's Grateful Dead. Keith writes: "An FBI internal
memo from 1 968 mentions the employment of the Grateful Dead as an avenue 'to channel youth dissent
and rebellion into more benign and non-threatening directions.' [They] performed a vital service in
distracting many young persons into drugs and mysticism, rather than politics."

Keith goes on to document CIA connections to the creation of mind control cults used to create "controlled
chaos." These include the Symbionese Liberation Army, Jim Jones, Charles Manson, Scientology, the
Unification Church, Son of Sam and Heaven's Gate. The John Lennon assassination also ties in.

To bring the picture up to date, add the murder of Princess Diana, Columbine, the

blowing of the levees in New Orleans, the burning of Black churches, and the bird flu scare. What we have
is an ongoing secret war by the central bankers against society, a drumbeat of psychological torture
designed to keep society off balance or zoned out.

THE BITTER TRUTH

The most significant thing about our life is that we are victims of elite mind control. We have been trained to
be apathetic, trivia-minded and self absorbed. Apart from the political shocks, we are hardly aware of the
vicious attack on our natural heterosexuality by a psy-op known as "feminism" masquerading as womens
rights.

We get our values, identity, meaning and love from our family roles. Women were
brainwashed to abandon the female role and compete for the male role. A woman who
dedicated herself to husband, home and children was stigmatized. This is part of the

Page 17 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

long-term elite program to eliminate the institutions of marriage and family.

"Tavistock Institute has developed such power in the USA, that no one achieves

prominence in any field unless he has been trained in behavioral science at Tavistock, or one of its
subsidiaries." Read how Tavistock directs hundreds of elite think tanks and corporations in the United
States. The degree of elite coordination is breathtaking.

For example, Century 21 has a new ad where a real estate agent is greeting a middle

class Chinese couple arriving to settle in America. The voice-over says something like: "This is the shape
of the future. We are agents of change."

Obviously this ad will not appeal to Americans looking for a realtor. Rather, it

conditions them to embrace immigration. Central banker dupes and lackeys have used the term "change
agents" to describe themselves for decades.

Mankind is in the grip of a satanic force and is sinking into a coma. Our "leaders" work for an occult cabal
of super rich perverts and criminals who secretly plot the end of Western Civilization and world tyranny.
They see us as animals to be trained or culled.

The good news is that the animals "owe" them a lot of money for their fiat currency. So if we can tune out
their madness, we can relax. The chaos is controlled. Wars are all orchestrated and they love money too
much to destroy us, at least not yet. (As per Alex Jones endgame documentary, they actually plan to
reduce the population by 80%.)

The Aquarian Conspiracy

In the spring of 1 980, a book appeared called The Aquarian Conspiracy that put itself forward as a
manifesto of the counterculture. Defining the counterculture as the conscious embracing of irrationality -
from rock and drugs to biofeedback, meditation, "consciousness-raising," yoga, mountain climbing, group
therapy, and psychodrama. The Aquarian Conspiracy declares that it is now time for the 15 million
Americans involved in the counterculture to join in bringing about a "radical change in the United States."

Writes author Marilyn Ferguson: "While outlining a not-yet-titled book about the emerging social
alternatives, I thought again about the peculiar form of this movement; its atypical leadership, the patient
intensity of its adherents, their unlikely successes. It suddenly struck me that in their sharing of strategies,
their linkage, and their recognition of each other by subtle signals, the participants were not merely
cooperating with one another. They were in collusion. It - this movement - is a conspiracy!"1

Ferguson used a half-truth to tell a lie. The counterculture is a conspiracy - but not in the half-conscious
way Ferguson claim - as she well knows. Ferguson wrote her manifesto under the direction of Willis
Harman, social policy director of the Stanford Research Institute, as a popular version of a May 1 974
policy study on how to transform the United States into Aldous Huxley's Brave New World. The
counterculture is a conspiracy at the top, created as a method of social control, used to drain the United
States of its commitment to scientific and technological progress.

That conspiracy goes back to the 1 930s, when the British sent Aldous Huxley to the United States as the

Page 18 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

case officer for an operation to prepare the United States for the mass dissemination of drugs. We will take
this conspiracy apart step-by-step from its small beginnings with Huxley in California to the victimization of
15 million Americans today. With 'The Aquarian Conspiracy', the British Opium War against the United
States has come out into the open.

The Model

The British had a precedent for the counterculture they imposed upon the United States: the pagan cult
ceremonies of the decadent Egyptian and Roman Empires. The following description of cult ceremonies
dating back to the Egyptian Isis priesthood of the third millennium B.C. could just as well be a journalistic
account of a "hippy be-in" circa A.D. 1 969: "The acts or gestures that accompany the incantations
constitute the rite [of Isis). In these dances, the beating of drums and the rhythm of music and repetitive
movements were helped by hallucinatory substances like hashish or mescal; these were consumed as
adjuvants to create the trance and the hallucinations that were taken to he the visitation of the god. The
drugs were sacred, and their knowledge was limited to the initiated . . . Possibly because they have the
illusion of satisfied desires, and allowed the innermost feelings to escape, these rites acquired during their
execution a frenzied character that is conspicuous in certain spells: "Retreat! Re is piercing thy head,
slashing thy face, dividing thy head, crushing it in his hands; thy bones are shattered, thy limbs are cut to
pieces! "2

The counterculture that was foisted on the 1 960s adolescent youth of America is not merely analogous to
the ancient cult of Isis. It is a literal resurrection of the cult down to the popularization of the Isis cross (the
"peace symbol") as the counterculture's most frequently used symbol.

The High Priesthood

The high priest for Britain's Opium War was Aldous Huxley, the grandson of Thomas H. Huxley, a founder
of the Rhodes Roundtable group and a lifelong collaborator of Arnold Toynbee. Toynbee himself sat on the
RIIA council for nearly fifty years, headed the Research Division of British intelligence throughout World
War II, and served as wartime briefing officer of Prime Minister Winston Churchill. Toynbee's "theory" of
history, expounded in his twenty-volume History of Western civilization, was that its determining culture has
always been the rise and decline of grand imperial dynasties. At the very point that these dynasties - the
"thousand year Reich" of the Egyptian pharaohs, the Roman Empire, and the British Empire - succeed in
imposing their rule over the entire face of the earth, they tend to decline. Toynbee argued that this decline
could be abated if the ruling oligarchy (like that of the British Roundtable) would devote itself to the
recruitment and training of an ever-expanding priesthood dedicated to the principles of imperial rule.3

Trained at Toynbee's Oxford, Aldous Huxley was one of the initiates in the "Children of the Sun," a
Dionysian cult comprised of the children of Britain's Roundtable elite.4 Among the other initiates were T.S.
Eliot, W.H. Auden, Sir Oswald Mosley, and D.H. Lawrence, Huxley's homosexual lover. It was Huxley,
furthermore, who would launch the legal battle in the 1 950s to have Lawrence's pornographic novel Lady
Chatterley's Lover allowed into the United States on the ground that it was a misunderstood "work of art."5

Aldous Huxley, along with his brother Julian, was tutored at Oxford by H.G. Wells, the head of British
foreign intelligence during World War I and the spiritual grandfather of the Aquarian Conspiracy. Ferguson
accurately sees the counterculture as the realization of what Wells called The Open Conspiracy: Blue
Prints for a World Revolution. The "Open Conspiracy," Wells wrote, "will appear first, I believe, as a
conscious organization of intelligent and quite possibly in some cases, wealthy men, as a movement
having distinct social and political aims, confessedly ignoring most of the existing apparatus of political
control, or using it only as an incidental implement in the stages, a mere movement of a number of people
in a certain direction who will presently discover with a sort of surprise the common object toward which

Page 19 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

they are all moving ... In all sorts of ways they will be influencing and controlling the apparatus of the
ostensible government."6

What Ferguson left out is that Wells called his conspiracy a "one-world brain" which would function as " a
police of the mind." Such books as the Open Conspiracy were for the priesthood itself. But Wells's popular
writings (Time Machine, The Island of Dr. Moreau, and so forth), and those of his proteges Aldous Huxley
(Brave New World) and George Orwell (1 984 and Animal Farm), were written as "mass appeal" organizing
documents on behalf of one-world order. Only in the United States are these "science fiction classics"
taught in grade school as attacks against fascism.

Under Wells's tutelage, Huxley was first introduced to Aleister Crowley. Crowley was a product of the
cultist circle that developed in Britain from the 1 860s under the guiding influence of Edward Bulwer-Lytton
- who, it will be recalled, was the colonial minister under Lord Palmerston during the Second Opium War.

In 1886, Crowley, William Butler Yeats, and several other Bulwer-Lytton proteges formed the Isis-Urania
Temple of Hermetic Students of the Golden Dawn. This Isis Cult was organized around the 1 877
manuscript Isis Unveiled by Madame Helena Blavatsky, in which the Russian occultist called for the British
aristocracy to organize itself into an Isis priesthood. 7

The subversive Isis Urania Order of the Golden Dawn is today an international drug ring said to be
controlled by the Canadian multi-millionaire, Maurice Strong, who is also a top operative for British
Intelligence.

In 1937, Huxley was sent to the United States, where he remained throughout the period of World War II.
Through a Los Angeles contact, Jacob Zeitlin, Huxley and pederast Christopher Isherwood were employed
as script writers for MGM, Warner Brothers, and Walt Disney Studios. Hollywood was already dominated
by organized crime elements bankrolled and controlled through London. Joseph Kennedy was the
frontman for a British consortium that created RKO studios, and "Bugsy" Siegel, the West Coast boss of
the Lansky syndicate, was heavily involved in Warner Brothers and MGM.

Huxley founded a nest of Isis cults in southern California and in San Francisco, that consisted exclusively
of several hundred deranged worshipers of Isis and other cult gods. Isherwood, during the California
period, translated and propagated a number of ancient Zen Buddhist documents, inspiring Zen-mystical
cults along the way.8

In effect, Huxley and Isherwood (joined soon afterwards by Thomas Mann and his daughter Elisabeth
Mann Borghese) laid the foundations during the late 1 930s and the 1 940s for the later LSD culture, by
recruiting a core of "initiates" into the Isis cults that Huxley's mentors, Bulwer-Lytton, Blavatsky, and
Crowley, had constituted while stationed in India.

LSD: 'Visitation from the Gods'

"Ironically," writes Ferguson, "the introduction of major psychedelics like LSD, in the 1960s, was largely
attributable to the Central Intelligence Agency's investigation into the substances for possible military use.
Experiments on more than eighty college campuses, under various CIA code names, unintentionally
popularized LSD. Thousands of graduate students served as guinea pigs. Soon they were synthesizing
their own 'acid.' "9

The CIA operation was code named MK-Ultra, its result was not unintentional, and it began in 1 952, the
year Aldous Huxley returned to the United States.

Lysergic acid diethylamide, or LSD, was developed in 1943 by Albert Hoffman, a chemist at Sandoz A.B. -

Page 20 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

a Swiss pharmaceutical house owned by S.G. Warburg. While precise documentation is unavailable as to
the auspices under which the LSD research was commissioned, it can be safely assumed that British
intelligence and its subsidiary U.S. Office of Strategic Services were directly involved. Allen Dulles, the
director of the CIA when that agency began MK-Ultra, was the OSS station chief in Berne, Switzerland
throughout the early Sandoz research. One of his OSS assistants was James Warburg, of the same
Warburg family, who was instrumental in the 1963 founding of the Institute for Policy Studies, and worked
with both Huxley and Robert Hutchins."10

Aldous Huxley returned to the United States from Britain, accompanied by Dr. Humphrey Osmond, the
Huxleys' private physician. Osmond had been part of a discussion group Huxley had organized at the
National Hospital, Queens Square, London. Along with another seminar participant, J.R. Smythies,

Osmond wrote Schizophrenia: A New Approach, in which he asserted that mescaline -- a derivative of the
mescal cactus used in ancient Egyptian and Indian pagan rites -- produced a psychotic state identical in all
clinical respects to schizophrenia. On this basis, Osmond and Smythies advocated experimentation with
hallucinogenic drugs as a means of developing a "cure" for mental disorders.

Osmond was brought in by Allen Dulles to play a prominent role in MK-Ultra. At the same time, Osmond,
Huxley, and the University of Chicago's Robert Hutchins held a series of secret planning sessions in 1952
and 1 953 for a second, private LSD mescaline project under Ford Foundation funding. 1 1 Hutchins, it will
be recalled, was the program director of the Ford Foundation during this period. His LSD proposal incited
such rage in Henry Ford II that Hutchins was fired from the foundation the following year.

It was also in 1 953 that Osmund gave Huxley a supply of mescaline for his personal consumption. The next
year, Huxley wrote The Doors of Perception, the first manifesto of the psychedelic drug cult, which claimed
that hallucinogenic drugs "expand consciousness." Although the Ford Foundation rejected the
Hutchins-Huxley proposal for private foundation sponsorship of LSD, the proposal was not dropped.
Beginning in 1 962, the Rand Corporation of Santa Monica, California began a four-year experiment in
LSD, peyote, and marijuana. The Rand Corporation was established simultaneously with the
reorganization of the Ford Foundation during 1 949. Rand was an outgrowth of the wartime Strategic
Bombing Survey, a "cost analysis" study of the psychological effects of the bombings of German population
centers.

According to a 1 962 Rand Abstract, W.H. McGlothlin conducted a preparatory study on "The Long-Lasting
Effects of LSD on Certain Attitudes in Normals: An Experimental Proposal." The following year, McGlothlin
conducted a year-long experiment on thirty human guinea pigs, called "Short-Term Effects of LSD on
Anxiety, Attitudes and Performance." The study concluded that LSD improved emotional attitudes and
resolved anxiety problems. 12

Huxley At Work Huxley expanded his own LSD-mescaline project in California by recruiting several
individuals who had been initially drawn into the cult circles he helped establish during his earlier stay. The
two most prominent individuals were Alan Watts and the late Dr. Gregory Bateson (the former husband of
Dame Margaret Mead). Watts became a self-styled "guru" of a nationwide Zen Buddhist cult built around
his well-publicized books. Bateson, an anthropologist with the OSS, became the director of a
hallucinogenic drug experimental clinic at the Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital. Under Bateson's
auspices, the initiating "cadre" of the LSD cult - the hippies - were programmed. 13

Watts at the same time founded the Pacifica Foundation, which sponsored two radio station WKBW in San
Francisco and WBM-FM in New York City. The Pacifica stations were among the first to push the
"Liverpool Sound" - the British-imported hard rock twanging of the Rolling Stones, the Beatles, and the
Animals. They would later pioneer "acid rock" and eventually the self-avowed psychotic "punk rock."

Page 21 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

During the fall of 1 960, Huxley was appointed visiting professor at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology in Boston. Around his stay in that city, Huxley created a circle at Harvard parallel to his West
Coast LSD team. The Harvard group included Huxley, Osmund, and Watts (brought in from California),
Timothy Leary, and Richard Alpert.

The ostensible topic of the Harvard seminar was "Religion and its Significance in the Modern Age." The
seminar was actually a planning session for the "acid rock" counterculture. Huxley established contact
during this Harvard period with the president of Sandoz, which at the time was working on a CIA contract
to produce large quantities of LSD and psilocybin (another synthetic hallucinogenic drug) for MK-Ultra, the
CIA's official chemical warfare experiment. According to recently released CIA documents, Allen Dulles
purchased over 1 00 million doses of LSD -- almost all of which flooded the streets of the United States
during the late 1960s. During the same period, Leary began privately purchasing large quantities of LSD
from Sandoz as well. 14

From the discussions of the Harvard seminar, Leary put together the book The Psychedelic Experience,
based on the ancient cultist Tibetan Book of the Dead. It was this book that popularized Osmund's
previously coined term, "psychedelic mind-expanding."

The Roots of the Flower People

Back in California, Gregory Bateson had maintained the Huxley operation out of the Palo Alto VA hospital.
Through LSD experimentation on patients already hospitalized for psychological problems, Bateson
established a core of "initiates" into the "psychedelic" Isis Cult.

Foremost among his Palo Alto recruits was Ken Kesey. In 1 959, Bateson administered the first dose of "SD
to Kesey. By 1 962, Kesey had completed a novel, One Flew Over the Cuckoo's Nest, which popularized
the notion that society is a prison and the only truly "free" people are the insane. 1 5

Kesey subsequently organized a circle of "SD initiates called "The Merry Pranksters." They toured the
country disseminating SD" (often without forewarning the receiving parties), building up local distribution
connections, and establishing the pretext for a high volume of publicity on behalf of the still minuscule
"counterculture."

By 1 967, the Kesey cult had handed out such quantities of "SD that a sizable drug population had
emerged, centered in the Haight-Ashbury district of San Francisco. Here Huxley collaborator Bateson set
up a "free clinic," staffed by **Dr. David Smith - later a "medical adviser" for the National Organization for
the Reform of Marijuana Laws (NORML); **Dr. Ernest Dernberg an active-duty military officer, probably on
assignment through MK-Ultra; **Roger Smith-a street gang organizer trained by Saul Alinsky. During the
Free Clinic period, Roger Smith was the parole officer of the cultist mass murderer Charles Manson; **Dr.
Peter Bourne - formerly President Carter's special assistant on drug abuse. Bourne did his psychiatric
residency at the Clinic. He had previously conducted a profiling study of Gl heroin addicts in Vietnam.

The Free Clinic paralleled a project at the Tavistock Institute, the psychological warfare agency for the
British Secret Intelligence Service. Tavistock, founded as a clinic in London in the 1 920s, had become the
Psychiatric Division of the British Army during World War II under its director, Dr. John Rawlings Rees. 1 6

During the 1 960s, the Tavistock Clinic fostered the notion that no criteria for sanity exist and that
psychedelic "mind-expanding" drugs are valuable tools of psychoanalysis. In 1967, Tavistock sponsored a
Conference on the "Dialectics of Liberation," chaired by Tavistock psychoanalyst Dr. R.D. Laing, himself a

Page 22 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

popularized author and advocate of drug use. That conference drew a number of people who would soon
play a prominent role in fostering terrorism; Angela Davis and Stokely Carmichael were two prominent
American delegates.

Thus, by 1 963, Huxley had recruited his core of "initiates." All of them -- Leary, Osmund, Watts, Kesey,
Alpert -- became the highly publicized promoters of the early LSD counterculture. By 1 967, with the cult of
"Flower People" in Haight-Ashbury and the emergence of the antiwar movement, the United States was
ready for the inundation of LSD, hashish and marijuana that hit American college campuses in the late
1960s.

'The Beating of Drums . . .'

In 1963, the Beatles arrived in the United States, and with their decisive airing on the Ed Sullivan Show,
the "British sound" took off in the U.S.A. For their achievement, the four rocksters were awarded the Order
of the British Empire by Her Majesty the Queen. The Beatles and the Animals, Rolling Stones, and
homicidal punk rock maniacs who followed were, of course, no more a spontaneous outpouring of
alienated youth than was the acid culture they accompanied.

The social theory of rock was elaborated by musicologist Theodor Adorno, who came to the United States
in 1939 to head the Princeton University Radio Research Project.17 Adorno writes: "In an imaginary but
psychologically emotion-laden domain, the listener who remembers a hit song will turn into the song's ideal
subject, into the person for whom the song ideally speaks. At the same time, as one of many who identify
with that fictitious subject, that musical I, he will feel his isolation ease as he himself feels integrated into
the community of "fans." In whistling such a song he bows to a ritual of socialization, although beyond this
unarticulated subjective stirring of the moment his isolation continues unchanged . . . The comparison with
addiction is inescapable. Addicted conduct generally has a social component: it is one possible reaction to
the atomization which, as sociologists have noticed, parallels the compression of the social network.
Addiction to music on the part of a number of entertainment listeners would be a similar phenomenon."1 8

The hit parade is organized precisely on the same principles used by Egypt's Isis priesthood and for the
same purpose: the recruitment of youth to the dionysiac counterculture.

In a report prepared for the University of Michigan's Institute for Social Research, Paul Hirsch described
the product of Adorno's Radio Research Project. 1 9 According to Hirsch, the establishment of postwar
radio's Hit Parade "transformed the mass medium into an agency of sub-cultural programming. Radio
networks were converted into round-the-clock recycling machines that repeated the top forty hits." Hirsch
documents how all popular culture - movies, music, books, and fashion - is now run on the same program
of preselection. Today's mass culture operates like the opium trade: The supply determines the demand.

The Vietnam War and the Anti-Vietnam War Trap

But without the Vietnam War and the "anti-war" movement, the Isis cult would have been contained to a
fringe phenomenon - no bigger than the beatnik cult of the 1 950s that was an outgrowth of the early
Huxley ventures in California. The Vietnam War created the climate of moral despair that opened
America's youth to drugs.

Under Kennedy, American military involvement in Vietnam - which had been vetoed by the Eisenhower
administration - was initiated on a limited scale. Under Lyndon Johnson, American military presence in
Vietnam was massively escalated, at the same time that U.S. efforts were restricted - the framework of
"limited war." Playing on the President's profile, the anglophile Eastern Establishment, typified by top White
House national security aide McGeorge Bundy and Defense Secretary Robert McNamara, convinced

Page 23 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

President Johnson that under the nuclear "balance of terror," or the regime of Mutual and Assured
Destruction, the United States could afford neither a political solution to the conflict, nor the commitment to
a military victory.

The outcome of this debacle was a major strategic withdrawal from Asia by the United States, spelled out
in Henry Kissinger's "Guam Doctrine," adoption of the spectacular failure known as the "China Card"
strategy for containing Soviet influence, and demoralization of the American people over the war to the
point that the sense of national pride and confidence in the future progress of the republic was badly
damaged.

Just as Aldous Huxley began the counterculture subversion of the United States thirty years before its
consequences became evident to the public, Lord Bertrand Russell began laying the foundations for the
anti-war movement of the 1 960s before the 1 930s expired. Russell's "pacifism" was always relative - the
means to his most cherished end, one-world government on the imperial model, that would curb the
nation-state and its persistent tendency toward republicanism and technological progress.

Lord Russell and Aldous Huxley cofounded the Peace Pledge Union in 1937 campaigning for peace with
Hitler-just before both went to the United States for the duration of World War.20 During World War II, Lord
Russell opposed British and American warfare against the Nazis. 1111 947, when the United States was in
possession of the atomic bomb and Russia was not, Russell loudly advocated that the United States order
the Soviets to surrender to a one-world government that would enjoy a restrictive monopoly on nuclear
weapons, under the threat of a preemptive World War III against the Soviet Union. His 1950s "Ban the
Bomb" movement was directed to the same end-it functioned as an anti-technology movement against the
peace-through-economic development potentials represented by President Eisenhower's "Atoms for
Peace'" initiative.

From the mid-1 950s onward, Russell's principal assignment was to build an international anti-war and
anti-American movement. Coincident with the escalation of U.S. involvement in Vietnam under British
manipulation, Russell upgraded the old Peace Pledge Union (which had been used in West Germany
throughout the postwar period to promote an anti-capitalist "New left" wing of the Social Democratic Party,
recruiting several future members of the Baader-Meinhof terrorist gang in the process) into the Bertrand
Russell Peace Foundation.

In the United States, the New York banks provided several hundred thousand dollars to establish the
Institute for Policy Studies (IPS), effectively the U.S. branch of the Russell Peace Foundation. Among the
founding trustees of the IPS was James Warburg, directly representing the family's interests.

IPS drew its most active operatives from a variety of British-dominated institutions. IPS founding director
Marcus Raskin was a member of the Kennedy administration's National Security Council and also a fellow
of the National Training Labs, a U.S. subsidiary of the Tavistock Institute founded by Dr. Kurt Lewin.

After its creation by the League for Industrial Democracy, Students for a Democratic Society (SDS), the
umbrella of the student anti-war movement, was in turn financed and run through IPS -- up through and
beyond its splintering into a number of terrorist and Maoist gangs in the late 1 960s.21 More broadly, the
institutions and outlook of the U.S. anti-war movement were dominated by the direct political descendants
of the British-dominated "socialist movement" in the U.S.A., fostered by the House of Morgan as far back
as the years before World War!.

This is not to say that the majority of anti-war protesters were paid, certified British agents. On the contrary,
the overwhelming majority of anti-war protesters went into SDS on the basis of outrage at the
developments in Vietnam. But once caught in the environment defined by Russell and the Tavistock

Page 24 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

Institute's psychological warfare experts, and inundated with the message that hedonistic pleasure-seeking
was a legitimate alternative to "immoral war," their sense of values and their creative potential went up in a
cloud of hashish smoke.

'Changing Images'

Now, fifteen years later, with nearly an entire generation of American youth submerged in the drugs that
flooded the nation's campuses, the Aquarian Conspiracy's Marilyn Ferguson is able to write: "There are
legions of [Aquarian] conspirators. They are in corporations, universities, and hospitals, on the faculties of
public schools, in factories and doctors' offices, in state and federal agencies, on city councils, and the
White House staff, in state legislatures, in volunteer organizations, in virtually all arenas of policy making in
the country."22

Like the British inundation of China with drugs in the nineteenth century, the British counterculture has
succeeded in. subverting the fabric of the nation, even up to the top-most levels of government.

In 1962, Huxley helped found the Esalen Institute in Big Sur, California, which became a mecca for
hundreds of Americans to engage in weekends of T-Groups and Training Groups modeled on behavior
group therapy, for Zen, Hindu, and Buddhist transcendental meditation, and "out of body" experiences
through simulated and actual hallucinogenic drugs.23

As described in the Esalen Institute Newsletter: "Esalen started in the fall of 1962 as a forum to bring
together a wide variety of approaches to enhancement of the human potential . . . including experiential
sessions involving encounter groups, sensory awakening, gestalt awareness training, related disciplines.
Our latest step is to fan out into the community at large, running programs in cooperation with many
different institutions, churches, schools, hospitals, and government." 24

Esalen's nominal founders were two transcendental meditation students, Michael Murphy and Richard
Price, both graduates of Stanford University. Price also participated in the experiments on patients at
Bateson's Palo Alto Veterans Hospital. Today Esalen's catalogue offers: T-Groups; Psychodrama Marthon;
Fight Training for Lovers and Couples; Religious Cults; LSD Experiences and the Great Religions of the
World; Are You Sound, a weekend workshop with Alan Watts; Creating New Forms of Worship;
Hallucinogenic Psychosis; and Non-Drug Approaches to Psychedelic Experiences.

Several tens of thousands of Americans have passed through Esalen; millions have passed through the
programs it has sired throughout the country.

The next leap in Britain's Aquarian Conspiracy against the United States was the May 1 974 report that
provided the basis for Ferguson's work. The report is entitled "Changing Images of Man," Contract Number
URH (489-2150, Policy Research Report No. 414.74, prepared by the Stanford Research Institute Center
for the Study of Social Policy, Willis Harman, director. The 31 9-page mimeographed report was prepared
by a team of fourteen researchers and supervised by a panel of twenty-three controllers, including
anthropologist Margaret Mead, psychologist B.F. Skinner, Ervin Laszlo of the United Nations, Sir Geoffrey
Vickers of British intelligence.

The aim of the study, the authors state, is to change the image of mankind from that of industrial progress
to one of "spiritualism." The study asserts that in our present society, the "image of industrial and
technological man" is obsolete and must be "discarded": "Many of our present images appear to have
become dangerously obsolete, however . . . Science, technology, and economics have made possible
really significant strides toward achieving such basic human goals as physical safety and security, material
comfort and better health. But many of these successes have brought with them problems of being too

Page 25 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

successful -- problems that themselves seem insoluble within the set of societal value-premises that led to
their emergence . . . Our highly developed system of technology leads to higher vulnerability and
breakdowns. Indeed the range and interconnected impact of societal problems that are now emerging
pose a serious threat to our civilization ... If our predictions of the future prove correct, we can expect the
association problems of the trend to become more serious, more universal and to occur more rapidly."

Therefore, SRI concludes, we must change the industrial-technological image of man fast: "Analysis of the
nature of contemporary societal problems leads to the conclusion that ... the images of man that
dominated the last two centuries will be inadequate for the post-industrial era."

Since the writing of the Harman report, one President of the United States, Jimmy Carter, reported sighting
UFOs his National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski made speeches proclaiming the advent of the
New Age, the Joint Chiefs of Staff every morning read so-called intelligence reports on the biorhythms and
horoscopes of the members of the Soviet Politburo. The House of Representatives established a new
congressional committee, called the Congressional Clearinghouse on the Future, where the likes of
Ferguson have come to lecture up to a hundred congressmen. 25

What began as Britain's creation of the counterculture to open the market for its dope has come a long
way.

The LSD Connection

Who provided the drugs that swamped the anti-war movement and the college campuses of the United
States in the late 1 960s? The organized crime infrastructure which had set up the Peking Connection for
the opium trade in 1 928 - provided the same services in the 1 960s and 1 970s it had provided during
Prohibition. This was also the same network Huxley had established contact with in Hollywood during the
1 930s. The LSD connection begins with one William "Billy" Mellon Hitchcock. Hitchcock was a graduate of
the University of Vienna and a scion of the millionaire Mellon banking family of Pittsburgh. (Andrew Mellon
of the same family had been the U.S. Treasury Secretary throughout Prohibition.) In 1 963, when Timothy
Leary was thrown out of Harvard, Hitchcock rented a fifty-five-room mansion in Millbrook, New York,
where the entire Leary-Huxley circle of initiates was housed until its later move back to California.26

Hitchcock was also a broker for the Lansky syndicate and for the Fiduciary Trust Co., Nassau, Grand
Bahamas — a wholly owned subsidiary of Investors Overseas Services. He was formally employed by
Delafield and Delafield Investments, where he worked on buying and selling vast quantities of stock in the
Mary Carter Paint Co., soon to become Resorts International.

In 1967, Dr. Richard Alpert put Hitchcock in contact with Augustus Owsley Stanley III. As Owsley's agent,
Hitchcock retained the law firm of Babinowitz, Boudin and Standard 27 - to conduct a feasibility study of
several Caribbean countries to determine the best location for the production and distribution of LSD and
hashish.

During this period, Hitchcock joined Leary and his circle in California. Leary had established an LSD cult
called the Brotherhood of Eternal Love and several front companies, including Mystics Art World, Inc. of
Laguna Beach, California. These California-based entities ran lucrative trafficking in Mexican marijuana
and LSD brought in from Switzerland and Britain. The British connection had been established directly by
Hitchcock, who contracted the Charles Bruce chemical firm to import large quantities of the chemical
components of LSD with financing from both Hitchcock and George Grant Hoag, the heir to the J.C.
Penney dry goods fortune, the Brotherhood of Eternal Love set up LSD and hashish production-marketing
operations in Costa Rica in 1 968. 28

Page 26 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

Toward the end of 1 968, Hitchcock expanded the LSD-hashish production operations in the Caribbean
with funds provided by the Fiduciary Trust Co. (IOS). In conjunction with J. Vontobel and Co. of Zurich,
Hitchcock founded a corporation called 4-Star Anstalt in Liechtenstein. This company, employing
"investment funds" (that is, drug receipts) from Fiduciary Trust, bought up large tracts of land in the Grand
Bahamas as well as large quantities of ergotamine tartrate, the basic chemical used in the production of
LSD. 29

Hitchcock's personal hand in the LSD connection abruptly ended several years later. Hitchcock had been
working closely with Johann F. Parravacini of the Parravacini Bank Ltd in Berne, Switzerland. From 1968,
they had together funded even further expansion of the Caribbean-California LSD-hashish ventures. In the
early 1970s, as the result of a Securities and Exchange Commission investigation, both Hitchcock and
Parravacini were indicted and convicted of a $40 million stock fraud. Parravacini had registered a $40
million sale to Hitchcock for which Hitchcock had not put down a penny of cash or collateral. This was one
of the rare instances in which federal investigators succeeded in getting inside the $200 billion drug fund
as it was making its way around the "offshore" banking system.

Another channel for laundering dirty drug money - a channel yet to be compromised by federal
investigative agencies is important to note here. This is the use of tax-exempt foundations to finance
terrorism and environmentalism. One immediately relevant case makes the point.

In 1957, the University of Chicago's Robert M. Hutchins established the Center for the Study of Democratic
Institutions (CSDI) in Santa Barbara, California. Knight Commander Hutchins drew in Aldous Huxley,
Elisabeth Mann Borghese, and some Rhodes Scholars who had originally been brought into the University
of Chicago during the 1 930s and 1 940s.

The CSDI was originally funded 1 957 to 1 961 through a several-million-dollar fund that Hutchins managed
to set up before his untimely departure from the Ford Foundation. From 1 961 onward, the Center was
principally financed by organized crime. The two funding conduits were the Fund of Funds, a tax exempt
front for Bernie Cornfeld's IOS, and the Parvin Foundation, a parallel front for Parvin-Dohnnan Co. of
Nevada. IOS and Marvin-Doorman held controlling interests in the Desert Inn, the Aladdin, and the Dune -
all Las Vegas casinos associated with the Lansky syndicate. IOS, as already documented, was a
conducting vehicle for LSD, hashish, and marijuana distribution throughout the 1 960s.30 In 1 967 alone,
IOS channeled between $3 and $4 million to the center. Wherever there is dope, there is Dope, Inc.

REFERENCES:

Marilyn Ferguson, The Aquarian Conspiracy (Los Angeles: J.P. Archer, 1980), p.19.

Paul Ghalioungui, The House of Life: Magic and Medica' Science in Ancient Egypt (New York: Schram
Enterprises, 1974).

Arnold Toynbee, A Study of History (New York: Oxford University Press, 1935).

Martin Green, Children of the Sun: A Narrative of Decadence in England after 191 8 (New York: Basic
Books, 1976).

See Ronald William Clark, The Huxleys (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1968).

H.G. Wells, Anticipations of the Reaction of Mechanical and Scientific Progress Upon Human Life and
Thought (New York: Harper and Row, 1 902), p.285.

Helena P. Blavatsky, Isis Unveiled, A Master Key to the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Science and
Theology (Los Angeles: Theosophy Co., 1931).

Francis King, Sexuality, Magic and Perversion (New York: Citadel, 1974), p.1 18.

Ferguson, Aquarian Conspiracy, p. 126n.

Institute for Policy Studies, "The First Ten Years, 1963-1973," Washington, D.C., 1974.

Humphrey Osmund, Understanding Understanding (New York: Harper and Row, 1974).

Page 27 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

Rand Corporation Catalogue of Documents.

Gregory Bateson, Steps to the Ecology of the Mind (New York: Chandler, 1972).

Ralph Metzner, The Ecstatic Adventure (New York: Macmillan, 1968).

See Clark, The Huxleys.

Michael Minnicino, "Low Intensity Operations: The Reesian Theory of War," The Campaigner (April 1 974).
Theodor Adorno was a leading professor of the Frankfurt School of Social Research in Germany, founded
by the British Fabian Society. A collaborator of twelve-tone formalist and British intelligence operative
Arnold Schoenberg, Adorno was brought to the United States in 1939 to head the Princeton Radio
Research Project. The aim of this project, as stated in Adorno's Introduction to the Sociology of Music, was
to program a mass "musical" culture that would steadily degrade its consumers. Punk rock is, in the most
direct sense, the ultimate result of Adorno's work.

Theodor Adorno, Introduction to the Sociology of Music (New York: Seabury Press, 1 976).

Paul Hirsch, "The Structure of the Popular Music Industry; The Filtering Process by which Records are
Preselected for Public Consumption," Institute for Social Research's Survey Research Center Monograph,
1969.

Ronald Clark, The Life of Bertrand Russell (New York: Alfred Knopf, 1976), p.457.

Illinois Crime Commission Report, 1969. The Institute for Policy Studies (IPS) was established in 1963 by
Marcus Raskin, a former National Security Adviser under NSC Director McGeorge Bundy, and by Richard
Barnet, a former State Department adviser on arms control and disarmament. Among the board of trustees
of IPS were Thurmond Arnold, James Warburg, Philip Stern, and Hans Morgenthau, with seed money from
the Ford Foundation (later to be headed by McGeorge Bundy). IPS has functioned as the "New left" think
tank and control center for local community control, community health centers, and direct terrorist
organizations. In its report "The First Ten Years," the Institute lists among its lecturers and fellows,
members of the Weathermen group, and known associates of the Japanese Red Army, the Puerto Rican
terrorist Armed Forces of National Liberation (FALN), and the Black Liberation Army. See also Carter and
the Party of international Terrorism, Special Report by the U.S. Labor Party, August, 1 976.

Ferguson, Aquarian Conspiracy, p.24.

Criton Zoakos et al., Stamp Out the Aquarian Conspiracy, Citizens for LaRouche monograph, New York,
1980, pp. 60-63.

Ibid.

Ibid., pp. 10-12.

Mary Jo Warth, "The Story of Acid Profiteers," Village Voice, August 22, 1974.

Ibid.

Ibid.

Ibid.

Hutchinson, Vesco.

FRAGMENTARY AQUARIAN CHRONOLOGY

In the 1820s De Quincy confessed to the high incidence of opium eating among the English aristocrats and
artists of his day. Among habitual users of Laudanum and morphine have been included Coleridge,
Dickens, Carlyle, Rossetti, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and the poet Laureate Tennyson. Britain's Foreign
Minister, Lord John Russell and Anthony Ashley Cooper (Earl of Shaftesbury) "guided the political training
of ex-American George Peabody, founder of the Morgan financial empire." In 1 857 Morgan and Peabody
were saved by an emergency line of credit (800,000 pounds) furnished by the Bank of England with
Barings a guarantor of the loan. Peabody later become friends with the "top racial ideologues in British
science, Thomas Huxley and Charles Darwin."

The American Museum of Natural History, of which the main functions are education, research, exhibition,
and publication, was founded in 1 869 by a group of wealthy men, among whom was the elder J. P.

Morgan. Inspired by the urging of a young naturalist, Albert Smith Bickmore, and by the theories of Darwin

Page 28 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

and Huxley which had suddenly given a new interpretation to the origin of life, the group resolved to found a
museum that would be the "means of teaching our youth to appreciate the wonderful works of the Creator."

The British biologist Julian Sorell Huxley (1887-1975), contributed to knowledge in embryology,
systematics, genetics, ethology, and evolutionary studies. He studied the development of many organisms,
writing, with Sir Gavin De Beer, Elements of Experimental Embryology (1 934). Huxley presented many of
his ideas of evolutionary mechanisms in Evolution: The Modern Synthesis (1 942). In 1 946 he was
appointed the first director general of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization
(UNESCO). In 1 948 Sir Julian Huxley, called for a radical eugenic policy in UNESCO: "Thus, even though
it is quite true that any radical eugenic policy of controlled human breeding will be for many years politically
and psychologically impossible, it will be important for UNESCO to see that the eugenic problem is
examined with the greatest care and that the public mind is informed of the issues at stake that much that
is now unthinkable may at least become thinkable." The fact that emergence of an organized
youth-counterculture around "post-industrial" utopianism reflected the emergence of the forementioned
types of psycho-social conditioning, should not be read as evidence that the emergence of the movement
itself was in any sense "spontaneous," or "natural." Very little in modern history has been less natural,
indeed more unnatural, than the self-styled nature cult which has grown up, "on behalf of the environment,"
around the 1 961 initiatives of Prince Philip's and Prince Bernhard's reactionary World Wildlife Fund. The
members of the new youth-counterculture were virtually campus-laboratory guinea-pigs, whose behavior
was induced and directed, from the top-down, from the outset.

The environment preparing this operation was established as early as the 1 920s, under British Brigadier
Dr. John Rawlings Rees of the London Tavistock Clinic. The entire operation was dominated by relatively
highly refined methods of mass-brainwashing, assisted by such networks as the Lewin centers at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Ann Arbor, Michigan, and the network of Freudian and kindred
brainwashing networks, such as "MK-Ultra," spun out from under the direction of Julian Huxley at the UNO
and the London Tavistock Clinic. His humanistic beliefs were set forth in the classic Religion Without
Revelation (1957). "I use the word 'Humanist' to mean someone who believes that man ... his body, his
mind, and his soul were not supernaturally created but are all products of evolution," Julian Huxley once
said. In 1 957 Julian Huxley wrote: "And the relation to practical existence may be one of escape, as in
asceticism or pure Buddhism; or of full participation, as in classical Greece or the city-states of ancient
Mesopotamia; or of rendering unto Caesar the things that are Caesars's, as in usual Christian practice."
The IUCN has lately produced the UN's Global Biodiversity Assessment, which suggests that the human
population should be reduced to one billion. From the very beginning key UN figures such as Brock
Chisholm, Julian Huxley and Paul G. Hoffman "were promoting anti-natalist policies." The United Nations is
a specific example of Humanism at work. The first Director General of UNESCO, the UN organization
promoting education, science, and culture, was the 1 962 Humanist of the Year Julian Huxley, who
practically drafted UNESCO'S charter by himself. The first Director-General of the World Health
Organization (WHO) was the 1 959 Humanist of the Year Brock Chisholm. One of this organization's
greatest accomplishments has been the wiping of smallpox from the face of the earth. And the first
Director-General of the Food and Agricultural Organization was British Humanist John Boyd Orr. The
poppy seed from which it is derived was long known to the Moguls of India, who used the seeds mixed in
tea offered to a difficult opponent. It is also used as a pain-killing drug which largely replaced chloroform
and other older anesthetics of a bygone era. Opium was popular in all of the fashionable clubs of Victorian
London and it was no secret that men like the Huxley brothers used it extensively. Members of the
Orphic-Dionysus cults of Hellenic Greece and the Osiris-Horus cults of Ptolemaic Egypt which Victorian
society embraced, all smoked opium; it was the "in" thing to do.

Entering the University of Vermont (which was located in Burlington) at the early age of fifteen, Dewey still
evinced no special talent, until in his senior year he led his class and won the highest marks on record in

Page 29 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

philosophy. This transformation in Dewey's scholastic record was occasioned by his accidental perusal of
a physiology textbook written by Thomas Henry Huxley, the foremost supporter in England of Darwin's
theory of evolution. Awakened to the excitement of the effort to understand the world, and beginning to
doubt his early moralistic beliefs, Dewey delved into philosophy for an answer to the conflict between
revealed dogma and the findings of science. This was the beginning of Dewey's lifelong task of reconciling
these two poles.

In 1 890 Fabian Havelock Ellis saw the leadership of women as a source of renewal.

Aldous Leonard Huxley was born on July 26, 1 894 in Surrey, England. He was "the beloved son of English
intellectual aristocrats." His father Leonard was an editor and minor poet. His mother was the former Julia
Arnold. A granduncle, Matthew Arnold (1 822-1888) was a celebrated poet and critic.

 



Aldous's Round Table father, Thomas Henry Huxley (1825-1895), was a Victorian scientist, essayist,
defender of Darwin (evolutionist) and an agnostic. T.H. Huxley, on the eve of the publication of Darwin's
The Origin of Species, promised to support Darwin's thesis. However, he warned that he had burdened his
argument unnecessarily. He was so vociferous in his defense that he earned the nickname "Darwin's
Bulldog." He once said: "It is the customary fate of new truths to begin as heresies and to end as
superstitions." Huxley's Man's Place in Nature (1 863) embroiled him in further controversy; it espoused the
idea that the closest relatives of humans are the anthropoid apes. Having studied under Professor Thomas
H. Huxley, H. G. Wells went on to teach school in North Wales. Huxley described his Church of Humanity
as "Catholicism minus Christianity". To Huxley the only good Church was a dead Church. Huxley adopted
David Hume's philosophy. He professed belief in God and cut the ground from under every argument for
his existence. Sir Leslie Stephen in the Dictionary of National Biography pronounced him "the acutest
thinker in Great Britain in the 1 8th Century" and exposed the clerical libels about his last hours. Huxley was
not only one of the most decorated men of science of his time, but all his life an outspoken agnostic (a term
which he himself coined to avoid the harshness of atheist). Pious folk spread a myth about conversion late
in life but his son Leonard shows in his biography of his father that all this is nonsense. A few months
before he died he said to his son: "The most remarkable achievement of the Jew was to impose on Europe
for 1 8 centuries his own superstitions."

Patrick Geddes (1 854- ) held summer meeting at the Edinburgh school, utilizing the Outlook Tower to
preach his three S's; 1 ) sympathy for people and the environment, 2) synthesis of all factors relating to a
case, and 3) synergy - the combined cooperative action of everyone involved (Boardman 1 5). As Meller
wrote, "Geddes felt that he had formed a new philosophy of education which incorporated the many
methods he had learned from Le Play, Comte, Huxley, and others during his endeavors into biology civics,
and geography."

In 1898 Havelock Ellis reported to the Smithsonian Institution: "If it ever should chance that the
consumption of mescal becomes a habit, the favorite poet of the mescal drinker will certainly be
Wordsworth. Not only the general attitude of Wordsworth, but many of his most memorable poems and
phrases cannot - one is almost tempted to say - be appreciated in their full significance by one who has
never been under the influence of mescal. On these grounds it may be claimed that the artificial paradise of
mescal, though less seductive, is safe and dignified beyond its peers." At the turn of the century, both
William James and Havelock Ellis undertook their study of hallucinogenic agents. James used nitrous
oxide (apparently to avoid bad stomach cramps) while Ellis used the newly discovered peyote.

In 1902 William James of Harvard "redefined religion" as an "experience rather than a dogma."

The Bakers were prominent in supporting eugenics and utopian-feudalist social engineering. Captain
James A. Baker, so the story goes, the grandfather of the current boss of Foggy Bottom, solved the murder

Page 30 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

of his client William Marsh Rice and took control of Rice's huge estate. Baker used the money to start Rice
University and became the chairman of the school's board of trustees. Baker sought to create a center for
diffusion of racist eugenics, and for this purpose brought in Julian Huxley of the infamous British
oligarchical family to found the biology program at Rice starting in 1 912. Huxley was the vice president of
the British Eugenics Society and actually helped to organize "race science" programs for the Nazi Interior
Ministry, before becoming the founding director general of UNESCO in 1 946-48. James A. Baker III (CFR)
was born April 28, 1930, in the fourth generation of his family's wealth. Baker holdings have included
Exxon, Mobil, Atlantic Richfield, Standard Oil of California, Standard Oil of Indiana, Kerr-mcgee, Merck
and Freeport Minerals. Baker also held stock in some large New York Banks during the time that he was
negotiating the Latin American debt crisis in his capacity as secretary of the treasury. Secretary Baker's
family wealth and power came from their representing Harriman, the international oil companies and
George Bush's Zapata Petroleum, all sponsors of the population control, or ban-dark-babies movement.
This movement is synonymous with the Scottish Rite.

Aldous Huxley's mother died when he was 1 4. Three years later an eye infection left him blind for 1 8
months. Although his sight improved, he was plagued with poor vision all his life. He was 6'4", thin and
fragile. His head was high-brow and had a lot of hair. "He tended to be a spiffy dresser, wearing suits in
subtle colors, a watch and chain, sometimes a reptile tie, other times a wide-brimmed hat." He studied at
Eton and than at Balliol College, Oxford. He wanted to become a Doctor but an eye infection nearly blinded
him which caused him to abandon this dream and probably accounted for the bitterness in his writings and
his aversion to the human body. In 1 91 6 he took a degree at Oxford. He was friendly with Lord Philip and
Lady Ottoline Morrell - famous leaders of the Bloomsbury group. It was at their country place that he met
D.H. Lawrence. Huxley said Eliot was "curiously dull - as a result, perhaps, of being, at last, happy in his
second marriage." In 1 91 9 he married Maria Nys, a Belgian refugee. They had one son -- Matthew. As a
journalist, Huxley wrote and published two volumes of symbolist poetry. "Following the war, he flirted briefly
with the then-triumphant, predominantly English imagist movement."

Before the end of 1 91 8, in the first postwar election, Captain Sitwell was contesting Scarborough as a
Liberal candidate for Parliament. He lost the election, but secured 8,000 votes to his Tory opponent's
1 2,000. Simultaneously, Sitwell entered upon another new career as joint literary editor, with Herbert Read,
of the quarterly Art and Letters. A few years before, Sitwell had known no contemporary writers but his own
sister; he was now ideally placed to remedy that lack. With his brother, he had taken a London house on
Swan Walk where there were more pictures than furniture, and French paintings hung even in the kitchen.
Sitwell's guest list at Swan Walk, and later at 2 Carlyle Square, resembled the index to a history of modern
literature. Arnold Bennett, in his diary for June 15, 191 9, approved of the dinner and the decor he had
found at Swan Walk and noted that his dining companions included, among others, W. H. Davies, Lytton
Strachey, Siegfried Sassoon, Aldous Huxley, Leonard Woolf, and Herbert Read. The sexual perversions of
Bloomsbury were a deliberate statement of moral autonomy. Homosexuality, according to Keynes and his
sometimes lover Lytton Strachey, was the supreme state of existence, "passing Christian understanding,"
and superior to heterosexual relationships. The ethical superiority of homosexuality lay in its striking
opposition to the external morals of the Victorian era, and the moral laws of God. As Deacon surmised,
Keynes' homosexuality was ultimately a rebellion "against the Puritan ethic: he hated Puritanism in any
form . . ." Although Keynes attended religious services until in his teens, as he once explained to a friend,
he was confident that Huxley had exploded the whole Christian religion. He wrote another friend, telling him
that Christians were irrational and exhibited stubborn pride: "They don't want to admit that a position
they've taken up with confidence is untenable." According to Keynes, Christianity represented "tradition,
convention and hocus pocus." As a young man at Cambridge Keynes became involved with a secret
society called the "Apostles" which included such notables as Lytton Strachey, Roger Fry, Clive Bell and
Leonard Woolf. It was an association that was to last a lifetime. Many of the Apostles, including Keynes,
were later to become regular members of the "Bloomsbury Group" named after the Bloomsbury district of

Page 31 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

London where the group regularly met. The Apostles (and later the Bloomsbury group) were quite taken by
the philosophy of G. E. Moore, a once fervent Quaker who, losing his faith, became a thorough
philosophical sceptic. As Keynes's biographer, Robert Skidelsky, concluded, as far as the Bloomsburries
were concerned, the value of Moore's book, Principia Ethica, lay chiefly in its "rational justification of a
rearrangement of values." They were looking for an ethic which would release them from the duties
required of Victorian gentlemen. And in their eyes, Moore's book provided just this.

In 1 921 Huxley turned to more creative writing. After two volumes of short stories, he began a series of
novels. His sophisticated satire caused him to become known as a prophet of doom for the cult of the
amusing. His reputation was firmly established by his first novel, Crome Yellow (1 921 ), a witty satire on the
intellectual pretensions of his time. In 1923 Aldous Huxley, 29, English novelist-critic published Antic Hay.
His most celebrated novel - Point Counter Point -- appeared ten years following World War I. The hero
was said to have been modeled after D.H. Lawrence.

Huxley met the writer Gerald Heard who imparted to him a quasi mystical notion of the evolutionary
development of human consciousness.

Between 1 923-1 933 Huxley visited Italy where he saw much of Lawrence and became "a kind of disciple."
In 1 933 he edited the letters of the dead Lawrence.

Huxley's early comic novels, which include Antic Hay (1 923), Those Barren Leaves (1 925), and Point
Counter Point (1928), demonstrated his ability to dramatize intellectual debate in fiction; he discussed
philosophical and social topics in a volume of essays, Proper Studies (1 927).

In 1924 a collection of Huxley's poetry was published.

John Middleton Murry (1 889-1957) was prominent on the English literary scene for three decades. Murry
was editor of the literary journals the Athenauem (1 91 9-21 ) and Adelphi> (1923-48), the husband of writer
Katherine Mansfield, and friend to such luminaries as Aldous Huxley and D. H. Lawrence. Huxley
caricatured Murry as the pretentiously "spiritual" editor, Burlap, in his novel Point Counter Point (1928).

In the 1930s, biology professor Hermann J. Muller lost his job (under the otherwise liberal president H.Y.
Benedict) because he had written for a Marxist student publication without obtaining permission. Muller
later won the Nobel Prize, at Indiana in 1 946, for work he did at Texas that led to blood plasma
transfusions, which saved tens of thousands of lives in World War II. A politically naive leftist in the 1 930s,
Muller won Julian Huxley's praise as "the greatest living geneticist."

In both fiction and nonfiction Huxley became increasingly critical of Western civilization in the 1 930s. Brave
New World (1 932), his most celebrated work, is a bitterly satiric account of an inhumane society controlled
by technology, in which art and religion have been abolished and human beings reproduce by artificial
fertilization. Huxley's distress at what he regarded as the spiritual bankruptcy of the modern world led him
toward mysticism and the use of hallucinatory drugs. Huxley, suggested a world where people went to the
"feelies" rather than the movies, where men were attended by "pneumatic girls" (a phrase borrowed from
T.S. Elliot's poem "Whispers of Immortality") and where reproduction would be controlled by the state. The
perfect psychedelic, soma, was described: "Euphoric, narcotic, pleasantly hallucinant - all the advantages
of Christianity and alcohol, none of their drawbacks." In the preface to his Brave New World Revisited (p.
viii) Huxley wrote, "If I were now to rewrite the book, I would offer a third alternative ... the possibility of
sanity . . . Economics would be decentralist and Henry Georgian."

In 1931 Aldous Huxley read Phantastica and wrote a scathing condemnation of "all existing drugs" in the
Chicago Herald Examiner. He concluded that the solution was not prohibition but the search for better

Page 32 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

drugs.

In 1 933 the Tales of Jacob by Thomas Mann were published. In October 1 933 the magazine Esquire
began publication and included writing by Hemingway and Aldous Huxley.

In 1934 Aldous Huxley visited Central America.

In 1936 Aldous Huxley published Eyeless in Gaza. He termed chastity "the most unnatural of the sexual
perversions." Frederick Matthias Alexander -- one of the founders of the Alexander method -- was used by
Huxley as his model for the anthropologist Miller. The novel portrayed its central character's conversion
from selfish isolation to transcendental mysticism. In 1936 Huxley's transition to mystical writings began.
"Because Crowley had extensive contacts with the European secret societies his specialist knowledge was
used by the SIS [Britain's Secret Intelligence Service] for 'Black Propaganda' purposes. Crowley had
confided to the writer Aldous Huxley in 1 938 when they met in Berlin that Hitler was a practicing occultist.
He also claimed that the OTO had helped the Nazis to gain power."

The story of the first LSD is well-known - of concoction in 1 938, and then discovery of dramatic
psychoactive effects when Albert Hofmann five years later swallowed 1/4,000ths of a gram (250
micrograms).

Christopher Isherwood (1 904-) was a follower of Swami Prabhavananda, a playwright and fiction writer
who translated the Bhagavad-Gita and other Hindu writings from Sanskrit. He converted from Anglicalism
to Hinduism. During World War II he was a pacifist and served alternative service with the Quakers. He
became a convert to the Vedanta Society.

Huxley became interest in "eclectic mysticism" at a time of the intense fundamentalist religious revival in
California. Huxley borrowed from Wells the phrase "Doors in a Wall." This referred to the use of drugs in
death cult rituals. Huxley called drugs "modifiers of conscience" and said that hallucinatory drugs had been
used since the earliest recorded history. Huxley dabbled in drugs such as the Mandrake plant. Many who
have been encouraged to use drugs have died prematurely through overdosing or by suicide.

In a 1 940 letter Aldous Huxley said that he was "profoundly optimistic about individuals and groups of
individuals existing on the margins of society."

Orwell contested Huxley's vision in Brave New World because he believed that it did not provide an
accurate picture of the mechanisms of power in the totalitarian present and future. In a 1 940 essay, Orwell
wrote: "Mr. Aldous Huxley's Brave New World was a good caricature of the hedonistic Utopia, the kind of
thing that seemed possible and even imminent before Hitler appeared, but it had no relation to the actual
future. What we are moving towards at this moment is something more like the Spanish Inquisition, and
probably far worse, thanks to the radio and the secret police." In an article on "Prophecies of Fascism" in
the same era, Orwell made similar claims: "In Aldous Huxley's Brave New World, a sort of post-war parody
of the Wellsian Utopia, these tendencies are immensely exaggerated. Here the hedonistic principle is
pushed to its utmost, the whole world has turned into a Riviera hotel. But though Brave New World was a
brilliant caricature of the present (the present of 1 930), it probably casts no light on the future."

Huxley wrote to his brother Julian that social transformation could be obtained by an attack on all fronts -
economic, political, educational and psychological. In 1 942 Aldous Huxley published The Art of Seeing.

Gerald Heard first visited Black Mountain with his friend Aldous Huxley in 1937. He was so taken with the
idea of learning communities that he went on to found Trabuco College in Ventura, California, in 1942.

Page 33 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

Huxley's writing culminated in a rather complete exposition of the mystical way in 1 945 -- The Perennial
Philosophy.

At the close of World War II he wrote: "Between ivory towerism on the one hand and direct political action
on the other lies the alternative of spirituality. And between the totalitarian fascism and totalitarian socialism
lies the alternative of decentralism and cooperative enterprise--the economic-political system most natural
to spirituality." What some called "dream killers" Huxley called "bad artists."

"[(S)uch propagandists] accomplish their greatest triumphs, not by doing something, but by refraining from
doing. Great is truth, but still greater, from a practical point of view, is silence about truth. By simply not
mentioning certain subjects . . . totalitarian propagandists have influenced opinion much more effectively
than they could have done by the most eloquent denunciations, the most compelling of logical rebuttals. -
Aldous Huxley, Brave New World (1946, revised forward).

Huxley, who moved to southern California in 1947, was primarily a moral philosopher who used fiction
during his early career as a vehicle for ideas; in his later writing, which consists largely of essays, he
adopts an overtly didactic tone. Like his contemporaries D. H. Lawrence and George Orwell, Huxley
abhorred conformity and denounced the orthodox attitudes of his time. The enormous range of his intellect
and the pungency of his writing make him one of the most significant voices of the early 20th century. "As
political and economic freedom diminishes, sexual freedom tends ... to increase. And the dictator . . . will
do well to encourage that freedom. In conjunction with the freedom to daydream under the influence of
dope, the movies and the radio, it will help to reconcile his subjects to the servitude which is their fate." --
Aldous Huxley, Brave New World (1948).

Huxley wrote a letter to Orwell in 1 949 stating: "The philosophy of the ruling minority in 1 984 is a sadism
which has been carried to its logical conclusion by going beyond sex and denying it. Whether in actual fact
the policy of the boot-on-the-face can go on indefinitely seems doubtful. My own belief is that the ruling
oligarchy will find less arduous and wasteful ways of governing and of satisfying its lust for power, and that
these ways will resemble those which I described in Brave New World."

The Societe Europeenne de Culture, a think tank created in 1 950 through the efforts of Venetian
intelligence operative Umberto Campagnolo, has for the past three decades pulled intellectuals from both
East and West into organizing for an "international culture," based on rejecting the existence of sovereign
nations. The SEC counted among its members the cream of the postwar intelligentsia: Adam Schaff of
Poland, Bertolt Brecht of East Germany, Georg Lukas of Hungary, and Boris Paternak of the Soviet Union,
as well as Stephen Spender and Arnold Toynbee, Benedetto Croce and Norberto Bobbio, Julian Huxley
and Thomas Mann, Francois Mauriac, and Jean Cocteau. Later, the SEC launched the Third World
national liberation ideology.

Andrijah Puharich was born in 1918. He received medical degree from Northwestern University in 1947.
Reportedly a friend of Aldous Huxley. In 1 952 he had first contact with "the Nine", the highest minds in the
universe, through a medium.

Aldous Huxley's 1952 book, The Devils of Louden, was inspired by a 1632 incident in Louden, France.
Jeanne des Anges, a nun, suffered nightmarish erotic hallucinations after being spurned by Cure Grandier
- who was burned at the stake.

Psychedelics (hallucinogens) such as mescaline (derived from the cactus peyote) and psilocybin (which
comes from a Mexican mushroom) were originally eaten by primitive men to induce visions. Huxley, in his
"remarkable work," reported his experiences with mescaline. Huxley's persuasive book was one of the first
modern works to put forward any kind of argument for experimental drug taking and it is generally believed

Page 34 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

to have been responsible for sparking off the wave of semi-intellectual interest in drugs which finds its
expression in today's so-called 'drug culture.'"

In 1952, the first International Congress of the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU) was held in
Amsterdam. IHEU represents more than 3 million members in 30 countries. The early sponsors of IHEU
were also instrumental in founding the United Nations. They included Lord Boyd Orr - first head of the
World Food Organization, Sir Julian Huxley, first head of UNESCO and Canadian physician Brock
Chisholm, first head of the World Health Organization. In 1952 British psychiatrists Humphrey Osmond and
John Smythies published "A New Approach to Schizophrenia," theorizing that when the body is confronted
with extreme anxiety it produces the hallucinogen adrenochrome, inducing schizophrenic or psychotic
reactions. The next year they flew out to bring Aldous Huxley a vial of mescaline. Huxley later cabled his
editor that mescaline was "the most extraordinary and significant experience available to human beings
this side of the Beatific Vision." He then dashed off The Doors of Perception in a month. In The Doors of
Perception he wrote: "The man who comes back through the Door in the Wall will never be quite the same
as the man who went out. He will be wiser but less cocksure, happier but less self-satisfied, humbler in
acknowledging his ignorance yet better equipped to understand the relationship of words to things, of
systematic reasoning to the unfathomable Mystery which it tries, forever vainly, to comprehend."

In 1953 Robert Hutchins quoted Aldous Huxley: "But in actual historical fact, the spread of free compulsory
education, and, along with it, the cheapening and acceleration of the older methods of printing, have almost
everywhere been followed by an increase in the power of ruling oligarchies at the expense of the masses."
Hutchins added: "The case of the much-vaunted literacy of the Japanese provides striking confirmation of
the conclusions of Toynbee and Huxley that the spread of universal, free, compulsory education had
promoted the degradation and enslavement of men."

Humphry Osmond experienced mescaline in the early 1 950s, and in May 1 953 provided this to Aldous
Huxley in Los Angeles. Huxley's report to Osmond, The Doors of Perception, remains a milestone in
psychedelic history, as does the word that Osmond coined - "psychedelic." Currently, Osmond works as a
psychiatrist in Tuskaloosa, Alabama. He is coauthor of The Hallucinogens (Academy Press) and How to
Live with Schizophrenia, co-editor of Psychedelics: The Uses and Implications of Hallucinogenic Drugs
(Anchor Books) and author of Understanding

Understanding. Osmond's interest in this field grew out of a fascination with schizophrenia and alcoholism.
He went into the Navy once he had qualified for medicine at Guys Hospital in London in 1942. Oscar
Janiger had his first LSD experience in 1 954. After a training in botany, he entered the fields of teaching
and psychiatry. He has lectured at UC Irvine and the California College of Surgeons, was research director
for the Holmes (holistic health) Foundation, maintains a private practice, and founded the Albert Hofmann
Foundation. He administered LSD to 875 people, many from the creative communities of Beverly Hills and
Hollywood. In 1955 Huxley's first wife died. In 1956 he married Laural Archera. In Heaven and Hell (1956)
he described the use of mescaline to induce visionary states of mind.

In its May 13, 1957 issue, Life ran a feature called "Seeking the Magic Mushroom." R. Gordon Wasson, a
J.P. Morgan Vice-President, and his wife, recounted their 1 955 visionary adventures among "psilocybe
cultists in darkest Mexico."

Huxley called Bill Wilson, the co-founder of AA " the greatest social architect of our time." Syanon, a
revolutionary rehabilitation program using AA, was founded in Ocean Park, California by Chuck Dederich
in 1 958 and spread as drug use expanded.

In his Brave New World Revisited, Aldous Huxley in 1 958 described a society in which war had been
eliminated and where "the first aim of the rulers is at all costs to keep their subjects from making trouble."

Page 35 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

He described a likely future: "The completely organized society, the scientific caste system, the abolition of
free will by methodical conditioning, the servitude made acceptable by regular doses of chemically induced
happiness, the orthodoxies drummed in by nightly courses of sleep teaching . . He predicted non-violent
tyranny: "Under the relentless thrust of accelerating over-population and increasing over-organization, and
by means of ever more effective methods of mind-manipulation, the democracies will change their nature;
and quaint old forms - elections, parliaments, Supreme Courts and all the rest - will remain. The
underlying substance will be a new kind of non-violent totalitarianism. All the traditional names, all the
hallowed slogans will remain exactly what they were in the good old days. Democracy and freedom will be
the theme of every broadcast and editorial - but democracy and freedom in a strictly Pickwickian sense.
Meanwhile the ruling oligarchy and its highly trained elite of soldiers, policemen, thought-manufacturers
and mind-manipulators will quietly run the show as they see fit."

In 1958, in Brave New World Revisited , Huxley wrote a diatribe against overpopulation and
overconsumption. His comment about Aryan drug use as part of an elite religious ceremony seems to be
historic in nature. There was a priesthood that was very knowledgeable about the effects of drugs. The Isis
cult seems to have also used drugs in its productions. Hitler thought he talked to "the evil one" while on a
mescaline trip. When alone or with his inner circle, did he engage in religious ceremonies, evocations or
incantations? Or did they use drugs to get "high?" The Huxley quote does suggest drugs and religious
worship were connected as early as the Aryan conquest of India. The word "Iran" derives from "Aryan."

In Brave New World Revisited Huxley contested Orwell: "George Orwell's 1984 was a magnified projection
into the future of a present that contained Stalinism and an immediate past that had witnessed the
flowering of Nazism. Brave New World was written before the rise of Hitler to supreme power in Germany
and when the Russian tyrant had not yet got into his stride. In 1 931 , systematic terrorism was not the
obsessive contemporary fact which it had become in 1 948, and the future dictatorship of my imaginary
world was a good deal less brutal than the future dictatorship so brilliantly portrayed by Orwell. In the
context of 1 948, 1 984 seemed dreadfully convincing. But tyrants, after all, are mortal and circumstances
change. Recent developments in Russia and recent advances in science and technology have robbed
Orwell's book of some of its gruesome versimilitude. A nuclear war will, of course, make nonsense of
everybody's predictions. But, assuming for the moment that the Great Powers can somehow refrain from
destroying us, we can say that it now looks as though the odds were more in favor of something like Brave
New World than of something like 1 984."

Neil Postman commented: "What Orwell feared were those who would ban books. What Huxley feared was
that there would be no reason to ban a book, for there would be no one who wanted to read one. Orwell
feared those who would deprive us of information. Huxley feared those who would give us so much that we
would be reduced to passivity and egoism. Orwell feared the truth would be concealed from us. Huxley
feared the truth would be drowned in a sea of irrelevance. Orwell feared we would become a captive
culture. Huxley feared we would become a trivial culture, preoccupied with some equivalent of the feelies,
the orgy porgy, and the centrifugal bumblepuppy. As Huxley remarked in Brave New World Revisited, the
civil libertarians and rationalists who are ever on the alert to oppose tyranny 'failed to take into account
man's almost infinite appetite for distractions.' In Brave New World, they are controlled by inflicting
pleasure. In short, Orwell feared that what we hate will ruin us. Huxley feared that what we love will ruin us."

Purchased in 1 960 for $285, this small substance may be said, without exaggeration, to have perpetrated
the most significant cultural revolution of our time. John Beresford, a pediatrician of British extraction
working in New York City, purchased gram H-00047. Before long, it passed into the systems of Donovan,
Paul McCartney, Keith Richards, Paul Krassner, Frank Barron, Huston Smith, Aldous Huxley, Paul Lee,
Richard Katz, Pete La Roca, Charlie Mingus, Saul Steinberg, Timothy Leary, Richard Alpert, Ralph
Metzner, Alan Watts, Jean Houston and perhaps a thousand others. "There is some possibility,"

Page 36 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

commented Michael Hollingshead, a main distributor, "that my friends and I have illuminated more people
than anyone else in history."

In the summer of 1 960 Timothy O'Leary used magic mushrooms for the first time in Mexico. He realized his
old self was dead, collaborated with Dr. Richard Albert and discussed the meaning and implication of the
new world with Aldous Huxley. In the 1 960-1 961 school year Leary and Albert began a series of
experiments on Harvard graduate students - using pure psilocybin - and with a physician in attendance.
When students at Harvard were given mushrooms, they "came up with accounts of mystical experiences
which largely duplicated accounts of mystical experiences of Christian saints they had read in books.
Takers of mescaline commonly have similar experiences to Huxley's, just as Huxley's were similar to those
reported by earlier experimenters like Havelock Ellis." In 1 960 Leary tried psychedelic mushrooms while on
a vacation in Cuernavaca, Mexico. The experience opened up a new world for him: "I realized I had died,
that I, Timothy Leary, the Timothy Leary game, was gone. I could look back and see my body on the bed. I
relived my life, and reexperienced many events I had forgotten. More than that, I went back in time in an
evolutionary sense to where I was aware of being a one-celled organism. All of these things were way
beyond my mind." Leary was in Mexico in August, 1 960, intending to work on a book.

Around 1 961 Aldous Huxley said at a U.S. State Department-sponsored conference at the California
Medical School in San Francisco: "There will be in the next generation or so ... a pharmacological method
of making people love their servitude and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak. Producing a
kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies so that people will in fact have their liberties taken
away from them but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel - by
propaganda, or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to
be the final revolution." Timothy Leary recalled his conversation with Huxley who told him to be a brain-drug
cheerleader for evolution like he and his grandfather before him. However, Huxley told Leary that the
obstacle to the evolution was the Bible: "Drugs that open the mind to multiple realities inevitably lead to a
polytheistic view of the universe. We sensed that the time for a new humanist religion based on
intelligence, good-natured pluralism and scientific paganism had arrived."

Huxley was among those who encouraged Michael Murphy and Richard Price in their decision to open
Esalen in 1 961 . Murphy and Price wrote to Huxley, who believed science and mysticism were
complementary activities, and whose elucidation of "the perennial philosophy" and ideas about the human
potential shaped Esalen's work for the next 32 years. It is said that Aldous Huxley, that modern of moderns,
went to a few Ouspensky meetings in London. Eventually Huxley settled for Gerald Heard who drew
heavily on Eastern philosophy. In Huxley we may find a symptom of a desperate tendency to turn in our
crisis to ideas and teachings that stand outside the stream of Western culture. At Huxley's suggestion,
Murphy and Price sought out Gerald Heard, philosopher and mystic, who cast a deep Irish spell with
accounts of people and events that revealed the secrets of human transformation. An afternoon with Heard
in the summer of 1 961 , in which Heard displayed his characteristic enthusiasm and sense of a cosmic
mandate, confirmed Esalen's two founders in their decision to start a seminar center. In the first three years
of the Big Sur human-potential center, the lecturers included Alan Watts, Arnold Toynbee, Gerald Heard,
Linus Pauling, Carl Rogers, Norman O. Brown, Paul Tillich, Rollo May and Carlos Castaneda. Esalen's first
brochure "flew under the title of a series of 1 961 lectures by Aldous Huxley: 'Human Potentialities.'"

Like the hero in Maugham's The Razor's Edge, Michael Murphy went to India seeking enlightenment. He
lived for eighteen months at the Aurobindo Ashram in Pondicherry - an institute combining the wisdom of
East and West. Michael Murphy and Richard Price decided in 1 961 to open the Esalen Institute in Big Sur,
California as a center for humanistic psychology. The institute, which was opened in 1 962, conducts

Page 37 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

workshops, seminars, and symposia. The late Hindu Geru Sri Aurobindo has a follower by the name of
Maurice Strong who has connections with David Rockefeller, the Rothschilds and other groups of the
money elite.

One evening in 1 962, Abraham Maslow was forced to seek shelter at the nearest residence due to fog: "He
arrived in time for an Easlen study group that was unpacking a case of twenty copies of his latest book."

In 1962 Billy and Tommy Hitchcock purchased Millbrook. It became "the shrine where acid was sanctified."
Tommy had become friends with Leary toward the end of the 1 950's.

In the Summer of 1 962, Billy Hitchcock met Dick Albert at his mother's house and recalled: "I found Dick
funny -- he understood how to laugh at himself, and he had a background similar to mine. He was Jewish,
his father was head of the Hartford and New Haven Railroad. He opened me up. He got me to read
Thomas Mann, Salinger ... he was already having his problems with Harvard, and he had established this
community in Mexico, Zihuatanejo. Tommy and Peggy went down there, and Peggy told me I should try a
psychedelic. I said, 'Why?' She said, 'That's a good question, try it, you've got nothing to lose.'" Mescaline
was the drug of choice at that time.

In 1962 Look Magazine did a special issue on California. Aldous Huxley was cited as among the
Californians who were calling for a new national constitutional convention.

In 1962 Allan Watts published The Joyous Cosmology: Adventures in the Chemistry of Consciousness with
a forward by Timothy Leary and Richard Albert.

On November 27, 1 962, Leary and Alpert stated: "If you announce your discovery you're in trouble. If you
discuss it quietly with friends you have a cult. If you try to apply these potentials within the conventional,
institutional format you are side-tracked, silenced, blocked or fired ... For the first time in American history
and for the first time in the Western world since the Inquisition there now exists a scientific underground
and foundation largesse, over a hundred responsible professional researchers are volunteering their time,
their own money, risking their reputations and their legal freedom to research consciousness without
institutional support."

In 1 963 Richard Deacon published the 31 0-page City of Man: The Hopes and Possibilities of a World
Culture which included a discussion of the ideas of Toynbee, Teilhard de Chardin, Mumford, Jaspers,
Wells, Huxley, Northrop, and many others.

In 1963 the Beatles appeared on the Ed Sullivan show. They combined rock and mystical music, long hair,
and the worship of Hinduism. The guru who was sought after by the Beatles was Maharishi Mahesh (TM)
Yogi. Drugs were suggested in many of their songs: "Yellow Submarine" (a "submarine" is a "downer"),
"Lucy in the Sky With Diamonds" (the initials of the main words are LSD), "Hey Jude" (a song about the
drug known as methadrine), "Stawberry Fields" (where opium is grown to avoid detection) and "Norwegian
Wood" (a British term for marijuana). John Lenon's song "Imagine" attacked religion ("Imagine there's no
heaven, It's easy if you try, No hell below us, Above us only sky"), espoused a do you own thing philosophy
("Imagine all the people, Living for today"), attacked nationalism ("Imagine there's no countries"), attacked
religion ("It is isn't hard to do, Nothing to kill or die for and no religion too"), called for the abolition of private
property ("Imagine no possessions"), supported a new international order ("I wonder if you can, No need
for greed or hunger, A brotherhood of man, Imagine all the people, Sharing all the world") and advocated a
one-world government ("You may say I'm a dreamer, But I'm not the only one, I hope someday you'll join
us, and the world will be as one.") Lennon called for abolition of private property and then left his
Japanese-born widow a $250 million estate.

Page 38 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

In 1963 Harold Asher wrote Experiments in Seeing -- a story of his search for mystical experience through
LSD. Initially LSD was classified as a "new" drug with few restrictions on its experimental use. In 1 963 it
was reclassified as an "investigational new drug" and made available only to carefully selected
investigators. In 1 963 Timothy O'Leary founded the International Federation for Internal Freedom (IFIF) to
encourage research on psychedelic substances. The institute, however, died for lack of outside interest or
support. In the Good Friday Study W.H. Clark -- a Leary follower, found that subjects given psilocybin
before attending religious services were more likely to have a life-changing or mystical experience. In
March 1 963 Leary and Alpert began recruiting for the IFIF. They attracted the "young, the idealistic, the
eccentric, and the rebellious . . ." They lectured in Los Angeles to promote the International Federation for
Internal Freedom. Leary left without notifying univesity authorities and went to Mexico to arrange the lease
of a hotel in Zihuatanejo for use as an IFIF summer colony.

In May 1 963, two months after Leary's Mexico departure, Richard Alpert publicly attacked the
administration's stand on denying psilocybin to undergraduates. He was fired by Harvard on May 27.

Major issues at Harvard that caused friction for Leary included no doctor being present during
experiments, use of undergraduates and drug sessions being conducted off campus or even in Leary's
house. In the Spring of 1 963 Leary and Albert were dismissed from their academic positions. Leary was
fired for not attending his classes. He admitted the non-attendance but thought he was on approved leave.
Albert separated from Leary and lectured on the West coast while Leary settled in at an estate in Millbrook,
New York - owned by a wealthy supporter of Leary's beliefs.

The IFIF colony was in operation by June 1 963. The stay was a short one. After an unassociated murder, a
newspaper in Mexico City began a campaign against the group and the Mexican government ordered the
group out. In the summer of 1 963, Leary rented Millbrook from Wall Streeter and Lehman Brothers's Billy
Hitchcock for $500 a month.

Leary and Alpert holed up in Millbrook, New York. In Volume I of the Psychedelic Review, in the Fall of
1 963, Leary and Ralph Metzner did an article on Herman Hesse - the German novelist whom the group
adopted as its literary prophet.

Arnold Toynbee, in the September 29, 1 963 edition of The New York Times, discussed an alliance
between the Soviets and the Fabian-controlled West to face the yellow menace of Red China.

Before his death JFK said the Country "is in dire peril . . ." and that it might not "survive his term in office."
Evelyn Lincoln, JFK's secretary for 1 2 years, quoted him as saying: "If they are going to get me, they will
get me even in Church" (meaning anywhere). Mary Pinchot Meyer told Timothy Leary: "They could not
control him (JFK) anymore."

The use of peyote in religious ceremonies was declared legal in California in 1964.

In 1964, the Leary-Alpert manual for the psychedelic experience, based on the Tibetan Book of the Dead,
was published.

In 1 964 Augustus Owsley Stanley III tried LSD for the first time as a 29-year-old Berkley dropout.

None of the ideas of the "Now Generation" of 1 964 were less than thirty years old.

By 1 964 Ken Kesey and his Merry Prankster friends were touring the country in a Day-Glo-painted school
bus. Later they gave Acid Test parties and supplied LSD which was still legal. Music was provided by the
Grateful Dead at later Acid Tests. The Grateful Dead began at 710 Ashbury street as an acid-rock group

Page 39 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

with electric guitarist Jerry Garcia, 24, drummer Mickey Hart, Ron "Pigpen" McKernan and others. The
name was taken from an Oxford dictionary notation on the burial of Egyptian pharoahs. McKernan died of
alcohol and drugs.

In 1 964 and 1 965, George Leonard traveled around the country working on "what he thought would be the
most important story of his career. It would run in two or three subsequent issues of Look, he anticipated,
and he intended to call it 'The Human Potential.'" The article, which eventually ran to some 20,000 words,
was never published by Look. It was considered "too long and too theoretical."

In 1965 Esalen's Michael Murphy (student of Eastern philosophy and humanistic psychology) joined forces
with Look's George Leonard (Student of Social and Political Movements in the U.S.). In the Fall of 1 965,
B.F. Skinner, S.l. Hayakawa, Watts, Carl Rogers and J.B. Rhine led seminars.

In the late 1 960s and early 1 970s, Esalen became particularly popular as the scene of various exploratory
approaches to personality development and consciousness expansion. These types of activities have
remained the institute's focus. A former President of the American Psychological Association has said that
Esalen is potentially "the most important educational institute in the world."

Alice Bailey, the most prolific writer for the New Age, wrote in 1 965: "The Illuminati have ever led the race
forward; the knowers, mystics and saints have ever revealed to us the heighth of racial and individual
possibilities."

The Psychedelic Reader came out in 1 965 as an anthology to the 1 964 manual. Alpert gradually dropped
away from the group while Leary became even more outspoken. Alice Bailey, the most prolific writer for the
New Age, wrote in 1 965: "The Illuminati have ever led the race forward; the knowers, mystics and saints
have ever revealed to us the height of racial and individual possibilities."

In 1 965 alone the British sent 1 36 ships with oil and other war good that docked at the port of Haiphong. At
a time when America had 300,000 troops in South Vietnam, England had sent only 1 1 police instructors
and a professor of English. Standard and Shell were taking 33,000 barrels of oil daily out of North Thailand
and refining it at Bangehak and Srivacha. While Thailand officials lied, the Bangkok News said that foreign
companies had taken 40,000,000 barrels of oil out of the Burma ground in 1 965. President De Galle of
France blasted the Standard Oil "policy" in Vietnam. Standard Oil had operations in North Vietnam and
Burma. The Shelf Coast extended from Hong Kong to Vietnam, Burma and Thailand. No news stories
revealed that thousands of barrels of oil were being taken out by Standard Oil every day. Moody's Manual
of Industrials listed nearly 300 foreign operations but not a line about the Thailand wells. Once this was
revealed, the next issue eliminated all mention of foreign operations. It was first said there was no oil
industry in Thailand. Later authorities advised that the production of oil was a major industry.

In 1 965 Allen Ginsburg used the phrase "flower power" at a Berkley rally. The flower antiwar theme
appeared in "Where Have All the Flowers Gone?" and " San Francisco (Be Sure to Wear Flowers in Your
Hair)" and in fashions. The Hells Angels had attacked the marchers calling them "Un-American."

A 1 965 article by San Francisco Examiner reporter Michael Fallon used the term "hippie." The beats used
the term hippie as a term of disdain. While hippies used drugs for the sake of experience, beats had used
drugs for the sake of art. They also preferred rock music to jazz. While beatniks had adopted from the
black culture, the hippies looked to Native Americans. Deerskin moccasins, silver and turquoise jewelry
and headbands were adopted as well as ingesting peyote buttons. Identification with Native Americans
occurred along with referring to communal groups as tribes. The multimedia show "America Needs
Indians" was a big hit in 1 965. By May 1 965, Owsley Stanley III was filling orders for LSD from around the
country from his Los Angles laboratory. He financed the rock group The Grateful Dead, the San Francisco

Page 40 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

Oracle underground newspaper, joined up with Ken Kesey and became the chief supply chemist for the
Acid Tests.

In August 1 965, Ken Kesey invited the San Francisco chapter of the Hells Angels to a party at his home in
La Honda. He introduced them to LSD. They became heavily involved with both supply and demand until
the end of the 1 960s. In December 1 965 Leary's 1 6-year-old daughter was found at customs with a pillbox
in her brassiere that contained a smidgen of marijuana. An indictment was made against Leary for
attempted to smuggle marijuana out of the country without paying a duty on it. Billy Hitchcock set up the
Leary defense fund. The case was taken to the Supreme Court where it was thrown out on the grounds of
double jeopardy. After this incident, Leary "let Millbrook really start to run downhill." Ken Kesey rolled up in
a bus with the Merry Pranksters and it was rumored that 80 Hell's Angels were aboard.

Death cults existed four thousand years ago. The resurgence of death cults began with the arrival of
Aldous Huxley in America. He copied the formula from the Isis-Orsiris cult, the Dionysus cult and the rituals
of Tibetan and Egyptian high priests. A principal disciple of his was Timothy Leary. LSD, which was made
by Hoffman La Roche, was introduced into America by Huxley and Bertand Russell. After working with
Leary at Harvard, Huxley and Leary created the International Federation for Internal Freedom Psychadelic
Training Center in Mexico. Students at this "invisible university" had lessons from the Tibetan Book of the
Dead. At the center it was taught that "death is a transition, it is only a change in form, in some cases a
happy release." Among the death cults are the Luciferian Society, the Dionysus Cult, the Osiris-Horus cult
of ancient Egypt, the Freemasons, the Urania Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, the Children of the Sun,
witchcraft, demon worshipers and Aquarians who venerate Caligula. Death cults are devil-worshiping in
purpose and all end in death for someone.

In their first seminar on Human Potentiality, led by Willis Harman, every program leader was involved with
LSD research: Adams, Harman, Gregory Bateson, Gerald Heard, Paul Kurtz, and Myron Stolaroff. Other
drug-culture luminaries, such as Timothy Leary and Richard Alpert, taught at Esalen, and various
psychedelics were used by the staff and students, although drug-use was not officially endorsed.

Strangely, the Institute was never raided by the authorities. Charles Manson and members of his family
played an impromptu concert at Esalen three days before their massacre at the Sharon Tate house.

In Island Huxley's society relied upon the mind for healing. His last novel featured extended families,
learning by doing and imagining and commerce was bowed to ecology. Huxley died on November 22,

1 963, in Los Angeles. This was the exact same day that JFK was assassinated. This was also the day that
C.S. Lewis died. He "asked for and received an injection of LSD on his deathbed . . ." "His time on earth
spanned the end of the Victorian Age and the beginning of the Age of Aquarius, and he was always in the
vanguard of, never afraid to investigate (and even to believe in) the strange and the mystical, yet he never
lost respect for everyday reality." He authored 47 books, including Crome Yellow and After Many A
Summer Dies the Swan. Huxley spent forty years living in and working in Hollywood collaborating with
Adorno and Horkheimer.

At the height of their popularity, the Beatles went to India - the land of the Hindus. Aldous Huxley wrote
about soma - an intoxicating drink for the Brahmins. In fable it was personified as a god - representing the
moon.

Dr. Louis Jolyon West is a director of AFF. An expert in brainwashing for the Air Force and the CIA, West
first achieved fame from his MK-Ultra feat - he injected LSD-25 into an elephant and killed it. West
researched "the psychology of dissociated states" for the CIA, using LSD and hypnosis. His friend {Aldous
Huxley} suggested to Dr. West during an MK-Ultra experiment that West hypnotize his subjects prior to
administering LSD, in order to give them "post-hypnotic suggestions aimed at orienting the drug-induced
experience in some desired direction." Huxley was friends with Dr. Louis "Jolly" West, and suggested that

Page 41 of 52 Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

West try combining LSD with hypnosis. Dr. West was called upon by the government to examine Jack
Ruby, who had killed Lee Harvey Oswald before Oswald could stand trial for his alleged role in the
assassination of President John Kennedy. Huxley was also interested in parapsychology, and lectured on
the topic at Duke University. It was at Duke where Huxley had contact with J.B. Rhine, who reportedly did
experiments in psychic phenomena for the CIA and the Army. Longtime CIA doctor Louis J. West once
treated Aldous Huxley. It was West's diagnosis that Ruby was a "candidate suitable for treatment" that
allowed him to be put on drugs.

In 1964, Lilly held seminars at the Esalen Institute, and was Group Leader and Associate in Residence
from 1969 tol 971 .

Laura Huxley, Aldous's widow, sponsored a foundation devoted to "conscious childbirth" called Our
Ultimate Investment.

During the radical 1 960s, the late Leary and Richard Albert did extensive research on LSD and other
psychedelic elements -- in collaboration with Aldous Huxley, Allen Ginsberg and others. The pair escaped
to a mansion in upstate New York. While Leary continued to ride naked on horses, Richard Alpert went to
India in 1967 and met his spiritual teacher -- Neem Karoli Baba. He came back with a new name -- Baba
Ram Dass ("servant of God"). He then began teaching Kali-worship (goddess of thieves) to Harvard
students. After six years or so of getting high, visited India. There he met a 23-year-old man named
Bhagwan Dass. Eventually, after fasting, yoga and meditation, Albert was introduced to Dass' s guru -
Maharaji. He then changed his name to Ram Dass, returned to the U.S. and wrote Be Here Now. When he
became Ram Dass, he forsook his Jewish upbringing and was estranged from his family. His never-named
father was a wealthy lawyer, President of the New York, New Haven and Hartford Railroad and founder of
Brandeis University. The recently sick Ram Dass is said to be known and loved all over the world as the
self-described "HinJew." Dismissed from Harvard with Leary in 1963, Dass was involved with the
Zihuatanejo Project, the IFIF (The International Foundation for Internal Freedom) and the Castalia
Organization at Millbrook, all of which were attempts to realize a psychedelic utopia as presented in Island
by Aldous Huxley, and Glass Bead Game by Herrman Hesse.

Michael Kahn was an important associate of Timothy Leary during the mid-1 960s, taking LSD trips with
him and providing him with privacy periodically in those turbulent years. He has observations of related
activities at Harvard and Millbrook. Kahn lectures at UC San Anselmo. His writings include The Tao of
Conversation and Between Therapist and Client.

LSD was not made illegal until 1966. In 1966 Leary founded the League of Spiritual Discovery.

In 1 966 Leary was arrested for the possession of marijuana at the Millbrook, New York estate and
appeared at three congressional hearings. He told Sen. Ted Kennedy that "LSD is not a dangerous drug."

In that same year he began his own religion - the "League of Spiritual Discovery" - with LSD as the
sacrament. Its slogan was: "Turn On, Tune In, and Drop Out." G. Gordon Liddy, local Assistant District
Attorney, used as his slogan for the Republican nomination for Congress: "Throw Hitchcock Out of
Millbrook."

In 1967 the New York Phoenix House established seminar rap session techniques. It was started by five
former drug addicts.

The musical Hair opened in 1 967. The song "Age of Aquarius" talks about the influence to be felt at the end
of the century at "the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." The Age of Pisces lasts from 0 A.D. to 2000 A.D.
The Age of Aquarius begins at 2000 A.D. to last until 4000 A.D.

Page 42 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

By 1 967 many of the Haight-Ashbury residents had turned from acid to speed.

Beginning in 1 967, Timothy Leary said in lectures delivered around the country: "turn on (to the scene),
tune in (to what is happening), and drop out (of high school, college, grad school . . .)."

In 1 967 Owsley was arrested in his lab and sentenced to three years in jail.

In 1967 the Beatles accompanied the Maharishi to India and announced their intention to give up drugs
and follow his teachings.

In 1 967 a court decision, involving Timothy O'Leary, held that the use of marijuana was not essential to the
practice of Hinduism.

By 1 967 a large drug population had emerged in San Francisco where Ken Kesey had handled out LSD. In
1 967 a Tavistock-sponsored "Conference on the Dialectics of Liberation" was chaired by Dr. R.D. Laing.
Two of the American delegates were Angela Davis and Stokley Carmichael. "By 1 967, with the cult of
'Flower People' in Haight-Ashbury and the emergence of the anti-war movement, the United States was
ready for the inundation of LSD, hashish, and marijuana that hit American college campuses in the late
1960s."

The 1 967 Be-In was referred to as "A Gathering of the T ribes." The January 1 967 Human Be-In was
followed by the "Summer of Love" in Haight-Ashbury. Bill Graham staged concerts at the Fillmore six days
a week. The event was coordinated by Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary and Jerry Rubin. Some 1 0,000
"heard speeches, danced to music by San Francisco bands, chanted Hindu and Buddhist rituals, ate free
turkey sandwiches (some laced with LSD), and generally celebrated the birth of the countercultural
community."

In April 1 967, warnings were issued and businesses were closed in Haight-Ashbury after a huge influx of
hippies. In response, as a form of protest, Hippies marched shouting "Haight is love." Over 30 people were
arrested in the demonstration.

The Grateful Dead hosted an Om Festival featuring om chanting with the music for 2,500 during the
Summer of Love.

During the winter 1 967-1 968, LSD reached a peak. Its use declined thereafter. Mescaline, which offers
less of an inner experience but a more intense sensory show than LSD, became the hallucinogen of choice
for many previous LSD users.

Esalen became "real" when the New York Times ran an article on it on December 31 , 1 967 in the Sunday
Magazine . Hot baths, which may be taken in the nude, "are considered a rite of passage into a new life."

In April 1 968 Columbia University was seized by a group of students for several days. James Kunen, one
of the student leaders, wrote in The Strawberry Statement that a report on the SDS convention mentioned
men from Roundtable International trying to buy radicals. "These men are the world's leading industrialists
and they convene to decide how our lives are going to go . . . They offered to finance our demonstration in
Chicago. We were also offered Esso (Rockefeller) money. They want us to make a lot of radical commotion
so they can look more in the center as they move to the Left." Jerry Rubin once said: "The hip capitalists
have some allies within the revolutionary community: longhairs who work as intermediaries between the
kids on the street and the millionaire businessmen." During the fall of 1 969 $85,000 in Carnegie Foundation
funds were paid to the SDS. An undercover SDS police informant said he had "wondered where the money
was coming from for all this activity, and soon discovered it came through radicals via the United Nations,

Page 43 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

from the Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, United Auto Workers, as well as cigar boxes of
American money from the Cuban embassy."

Brandeis University was the head of all SDS chapters throughout the United States. The founders and
some of its top administrators have been "violently anti-religious and have left wing associations."

In 1 969, after a series of arrests on drug charges, Leary was sentenced to a minimum security prison in
California.

The Woodstock Music and Art Fair drew 300,000 in August 1 969 to Bethel, New York. Performers
included Jim Hendrix, Joan Baez, Ritchie Havens, the Jefferson Airplane, the Who, the Grateful Dead,
Carlos Santana and others. Abbie Hoffman called it "the first attempt to land man on the earth."

On December 6, 1 969, the Altamont Music Festival outside San Francisco attracted 300,000 to a free
Rolling Stones concert. The Hells Angels administered several beatings and stabbed a boy to death when
he tried to reach the stage.

In 1970 Margaret Mead said: "There are no elders who know what those who have been reared within the
last 20 years know about the world into which they were born." She called for psychologically "qualified"
parents to rear all the children - leaving the less qualified parents free to explore their inner selves and one
another. Margaret Mead said in 1 970: "This break between generations is wholly new: it is planetary and
universal." In 1970, just before the Nixon/Kissinger invasion of Cambodia (that produced a storm of antiwar
protests on and off campuses), the Bilderbergers discussed the "future function of the university in our
society." Participants included Paul Samuelson, Graham T. Allison (later Dean of the Kennedy School at
Harvard University) and Andrew Cordier (Dean of the School of International Affairs at Columbia University
1962-68) (also acting president of Columbia in 1968 during the student occupation). In 1970 Governor
Reagan acknowledged the possibility of a "bloodbath" to put down campus unrest.

After being organized in New York by a small group concerned with pollution and smog, the first Earth Day
took place on April 22, 1 970. Activities around the country included car "funerals," traffic blockades and
clean-up programs. On Earth Day, April 22, 1970, Norman Cousins (CFR), the longtime president of the
United World Federalists (later the World Federalist Association), proclaimed, "Humanity needs world
order. The fully sovereign nation is incapable of dealing with the poisoning of the environment . . . The
management of the planet . . . requires a world government." The UNESCO Biosphere Conference and
ecological activism produced the first Earth Day in 1 971 . Both Earth day and the beginning of the
Army-McCarthy hearings share the date April 22 (Lenin's birthday).

In September of 1 970 Leary escaped from prison by walking away from prison. He turned off a flame he
had ignited ten years before. "A real cop-out."

In 1 973 Jerry Garcia of the Grateful Dead received a years probation in New Jersey for possession of LSD,
marijauna and cocaine.

Ronald David Laing (1927-1989) overcame beatings by his father by retreating into "a point in space with
no dimensions." He devoured all the classics within his reach from the Bible through Mill and Voltaire to
Darwin and Huxley. By the age of 14, he was reading Plato and knew he was interested in psychology. In
1 956 he went for psycho-analytic training at the Freudian-oriented Tavistock Institute of Human Relations
in London. From 1 962-1 965, Laing directed the Langham Clinic in London and began to experiment with
mind-expanding substances as a means of accelerating transcendental trips to the inner self. In 1967, a
conference sponsored by psychiatry's National Association for Mental Health (NAMH) in the United
Kingdom was devoted to "The Role of Religion in Mental Health." The Reverend George Croft, a lecturer in

Page 44 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

experimental psychology, said that distressed persons were seeking psychotherapists rather than
ministers because as Jung suggested, ministers were not expected to possess "psychological knowledge
or insight." Also speaking was psychiatrist Dr. R. D. Laing from the Tavistock Institute who suggested that
the clergy get more in touch with the "egoic experience," and seminaries and theological colleges should
discuss this as a church component. In the early 1 970's he studied under Buddhist and Hindu spiritual
masters in Ceylon, India and Japan, and lectured throughout the U.S. Laing was a vegetarian with a
respect for life such that he could not even bear to cut the grass.

In 1975, Princeton Professor Richard A. Falk (CFR) laid out a map in On the Creation of a Just World
terming the seventies as the decade of "consciousness raising," the eighties the decade of "mobilization"
and the ninties the decade of "transformation."

In 1975 the "Masters" told Alice Bailey that the time was right for the open propagation of "The Plan."

In 1975 the War in Vietnam officially ended.

In 1975 the "Brain/Mind Bulletin" magazine was first published by Marilyn Ferguson as "a vehicle for pulling
. . . information on mind and consciousness together."

In the summer of 1 976, Bruce traveled back to Europe and to England. He met and had lunch with Albert
Hofmann on the Rhine river. Hofmann told him stories of meetings with Huxley and Leary and other noted
figures in the "psychedelic movement" as it was known back then. He also met and became friends with
Michael Hollingshed, author of The Man Who Turned on the World, an autobiography by this trickster who
was responsible for turning both the Beatles and Tim Leary onto their first trips. Hollingshead conveyed a
substantial amount of gram H-00047 to Harvard University and to London, after coming to the U.S. as an
official working for British-American cultural exchange. Hollingshead's activities centered in Manhattan,
London and Katmandu. He wrote much about psychedelics in a variety of head magazines.

Returning from Europe in 1976, Bruce left Los Angeles for Santa Cruz, California, where he was to spend
most of the next two decades. Bruce escorted Hofmann and his wife Anita during their tour of Santa Cruz.
Also there were other noted psychedelic researchers, including Oscar Janiger, William McGlothlin, Ron
Siegel and others. At a dinner, Hofmann toasted his pcychedelic grandchildren -- many of them there,
including Leary, Ram Dass and Metzer, the noted Harvard trio who had collaborated on research and
together wrote The Psychedelic Experience, based on the Tibetan Book of the Dead. Bruce had done a lot
of footwork, hiking through the redwood campus of the University of California Santa Cruz, setting up the
logistics. Now tired of this massive organizational effort, Bruce went off with his friend Danny, who together
drank a bottle of psilocybin extract. Having just read Island by Huxley and Intelligence Agents by Timothy
Leary, some of the circuits in Bruce's mind began to perceive new connections and sychronicities. As he
walked with his friend down to the windswept beaches, he thought about his original expectations for the
'Sixties. He then believed the counter-culture would become the dominant culture in some revolution of love
and ecstasy.

At Jonestown, Guyana, 914 followers of paranoid pastor the Rev. Jim Jones obeyed his order to join him in
death by drinking Kool-Aid laced with cyanide. Mass-murderer Jim Jones cooperated with Bertrand
Russell and Aldous Huxley indirectly through the Peace Pledge Union. The New Agers were proud to claim
Jim Jones and his People's Temple as their own until his Guyana murder-suicide fiasco. After that, they
never mentioned him again except to point to him as an example of the dangers of religious
fundamentalism. When Jones moved to San Fransciso and purchased land to build a new Temple, it is
said the land had been the site of the Albert Pike Memorial Temple. In November 1 978 over 900 people
died at the People's Temple in Guyana. At Jonestown, it was intially assumed that the large vat of drink
containing poison was the cause of the suicides. Autopsies showed that 700 of the 900 had died of

Page 45 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

gunshots wounds and stangulation -- not poison. "They had not committed suicide at all; they were brutally
mass murdered. According to Jack Anderson, a tape made by Rev. Jones mentioned a man named
Dwyer. Richard Dwyer was the deputy chief of the U.S. mission to Guyana and accompanied Rep. Leo
Ryan to investigate the encampment. The Congressman was murdered but Dwyer was not affected. He
claimed that Jones' reference to him was "mistaken." In 1 959 he had began working for the CIA and had
"no comment" when Anderson asked if he was a CIA agent." Among the drugs found at Jonestown was
chloral hydrate -- used in the CIA's secret mind control program known as "MK ULTRA." Did the CIA
slaughter 900 at Jonestown to cover up a massive-scale drug experiment?

In the late 1970's, Esalen became involved with an Englishwoman named Jenny O'Connor, who claimed to
be in psychic contact with the Nine Dick Price and other members of the Esalen staff became increasingly
dependent on the Nine, to the point of listing them as program leaders and members of the Esalen Gesalt
Staff in brochures.

In the 1970's, Mike Murphy became interested in Russian parapsychology, and visited the country to meet
experimenters in this field. This led to a close connection between Esalen and some Russian officials, who
set up an exchange program. Lasting into the 1 980's, this exchange was dubbed "hot-tub diplomacy". John
Mack was reportedly involved in this exchange. Esalen also held seminars in quantum physics, and was
the birthplace of the Physics/Consciousness Research Group. Other individuals who have come to lead
seminars at Esalen at one time or another include Carlos Castenda, Dutch psychic Peter Hurkos, (trunk
murderer, fugitive and Earth Day founder) Ira Einhorn, Rollo May, Jack Sarfatti, John Lilly, Terrance
McKenna, Ian Wickramasekera, and Charles Tart. Werner Erhard was also close with Michael Murphy and
Esalen.

In February, 1979, Lilly attended an LSD reunion party, hosted by Dr. Oscar Janiger, along with Laura
Huxley, Sidney Cohn, Willis Harman, Alfred Hubbard, and Timothy Leary, among others. Huxley was
turned on to mescaline by Dr. Humphrey Osmond, who in turn was introduced to the drug by Alfred
Hubbard. Hubbard personally guided Huxley through his second mescaline trip and his first experience
with LSD.

In 1 979 Mark Satin's New Age Politics book was published by Delta with the back jacket comment of the
Toronto Star: "He's already miles ahead of the academics and intellectuals who cling to the Marxist vision."
Satin prefers to work for a "planetary guidance system" as opposed to "a world government". His guidance
system would "regulate society, not organize it."

In his 1980 book, Cosmos, Carl Sagan wrote: "Every nation seems to have its set of forbidden possibilities,
which its citizenry and adherents must not be permitted to think about ... in the United States, socialism,
atheism, and the surrender of national sovereignty."

In 1980 Alvin Toffler discussed an "emerging globalist ideology" in The Third Wave: "This consciousness is
shared by multinational executives, long-haired environmental campaigners, financiers, revolutionaries,
intellectuals, poets, and painters, not to mention members of the Trilateral Commission. I have even had a
famous four-star general assure me that 'the nation-state is dead.' Globalism presents itself as more than
an ideology serving the interests of a limited group. Precisely as nationalism claimed to speak for the whole
nation, globalism claims to speak for the whole world. And its appearance is seen as an evolutionary
necessity - a step closer to a 'cosmic consciousness' that would embrace the heavens as well."

In 1980 Marilyn Ferguson described the New Age consciousness revolution "The Aquarian Conspiracy
represents the Now What. We have to move into the unknown: The known has failed us too completely.
Taking a broader view of history and a deeper measure of nature, The Aquarian Conspiracy is a different
kind of Revolution, with different revolutionaries. It looks to the turnabout in consciousness of a critical

Page 46 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

number of individuals, enough to bring a renewal of society." The New Age was boosted to a global
movement by Marilyn Ferguson's book -- considered to be "The New Age Bible." It promotes reincarnation
as a pillar of the New Age belief system, giving it modern day credibility. Ferguson's book, furthering the
worldview of a "new society," soon became a text in college courses, and was published in eight countries
in ten translations. Of the responses obtained by Marilyn Ferguson, the individual most often named as
influential by Aquarian Conspirators was Pierre Teilhard de Chardin who wrote in 1931 : "The only way
forward is in the direction of a common passion, a conspiracy." Aldous Fluxley was named second,
followed by Carl Jung and Abraham Maslow Aldous Fluxley believed that the U.S. religious revival would
begin with drugs -- not evangelists. Fie pointed out that even temporary self-transcendence would shake
the entire society to its rational roots: "Although these new mind-changers may start by being something of
an embarrassment, they will tend in the long run to deepen the spiritual life of the communities . . ." Fie
predicted the impact on religion: "From being an activity concerned mainly with symbols, religion will be
transformed into an activity concerned mainly with experience and intuition - an everyday mysticism."

Willis Flarman's "Changing Images of Man" has been too technical for most so the service of Marilyn
Ferguson was obtained to make it more easily understood. "The Age of Aquarius" heralded nude stage
shows and a song which made the top of the charts: "The Dawning of the Age of the Aquarius" swept the
globe. Many current Evangelical leaders will be well-suited for leadership in the global church/state
alliance. They are already Politicians of the Radical Center as described by Marilyn Ferguson: ". . . they
don't take strident positions. Their high tolerance of ambiguity and their willingness to change their minds
leave them open to accusations of being arbitrary, inconsistent, uncertain or even devious."

On April 25, 1 982, New Age leader Benjamin Creme said: "What is the Plan? It includes the installation of
a new world government and a new world religion under Maitreia." On April 25, 1982, full-page newspaper
display ads in some 20 major cities trumpeted: "THE CHRIST IS NOW HERE." Towards the end of the ad
it read: "WITHOUT JUSTICE THERE CAN BE NO PEACE." This was virtually the exact militant phrase
heard on TV coverage of the L.A. riots: "No Justice, No Peace!"

In 1983 Esalen sponsored a Soviet-American satellite linkup with cooperation of the Soviets and the
Academy of Sciences.

Forty years after his discovery of the soul-manifesting effects of LSD, Hofmann traveled to the UC campus
at Santa Barbara for a psychedelic conference where he described what he had learned. The following
day, May 15, 1983 at the Lhasa Club in Los Angeles, he joined Oscar Janiger, Laura Huxley, John
Kramer, Ron Siegel and other psychedelic researchers at a "Caucus for the Restoration of LSD as a
Scientific Tool."

In 1984, the United States withdrew its membership in UNESCO. In 1984 O'Brien explained to Smith: "We
have cut the links between child and parent . . ."

In the mid-1 980s, a lecture series by the late Joseph Campbell promoted the idea of the wisdom of
primitive myths to more than 1 00 million people worldwide. He said the cult of Osiris-lsis was as valid as
the Christ "myth."

In 1985 Norman Cousins stated: "World government is coming, in fact, it is inevitable."

Nostradamos foretold that after the last battle the Grand Monarque of "Trogan blood and Germanic heart"
(King of Blois and Belgic) will rise and reign from Avignon - ancient city of Cathars and Popes - watched
over by the Black Virgin. Before 1 999 he will restore the church to "pristine pre-eminence" through Rome.
The Barque of St. Peter will be destroyed. Nostradamus has been termed a propagandist for the
Merovingians. His parents, converted Jews, adopted a masculine form of Our Lady as their name.

Page 47 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

America's legal and education elites have replaced the Western Christian tradition with a humanistic
system that holds: 1) There is no transcendent, personal God, 2) Both the world and man result from
evolutionary forces, which continue to direct them, 3) Societal institutions such as family and civil law have
no theistic origins, 4) Theistically ordained absolute standards do not exist for the guidance of either
individuals or institutions, 5) The Bible is false and useless as a source of guidance for man in his attempt
to progress and 6) Man's self-effort is the primary, if not sole, tool available to him in his attempt to
progress.

In 1987 Texe Marrs outlined 13 key characteristics of the New Age: 1) A One World Religion, Political and
Social order; 2) Revival of the Babylon religion (mystery cults, sorcery, occultism and immorality); 3) A New
Age Messiah; 4) Spirit Guides, 5) The rallying cries of World Peace, Love and Unity; 6) New Age teachings
spread around the globe at all levels of society; 7) Spread of the apostacy that Jesus is neither God nor the
Christ; 8) All religions as a part of the New World Religion; 9) Discrediting and abandonment of Christian
principles; 1 0) Children seduced and indoctrinated into New Age dogma; 1 1 ) Flattery being use to entice
the world to believe that man is Divine God; 12) Science and the New World Religion will become one; 13)
Elimination of Christians will resist the Plan. The New Age has nine doctrinal corner-stones: 1 ) Eastern
mysticism; 2) Mind control through psychology; 3) Mystery cosmic teachings; 4) The worship of science as
revelation; 5) Instaneous Evolution; 6) Hedonism; 7) Pantheism; 8) Selfism; 9) Leadership by spiritually
superior beings.

In 1987 Christopher Hyatt, head of the Order of the Golden Dawn, said in an interview: "The Guards of the
Ancient era . . . the ones dying right now ... are not willing to give up their authority so easily. I foresee, on
a mass scale, that the New Age is not going to come into being as so many people believe and wish to
believe. I see it as requiring a heck of a lot of blood, disruption, chaos, and pain for a mass change to
occur." James Shelby Downard looked forward to the time beyond Must Be, to the era which will witness
the return of could be. After the coming cataclysmic chastisement has run its cleansing course, we will
once again wish upon a star and dream a destiny free of the Masonic chain that at present binds our nation
as tightly as the hangman's rope once bound the rotted cadavers on Tyburn Tree. Barbara Marx Hubbard,
in The Book of Co-Creation wrote: "Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to
transcend . . . One-fourth is destructive [and] they are defective seeds. In the past they were permitted to
die a 'natural death.' . . . Now as we approach the quantum shift from the creature-human to the co-creative
human - the human who is an inheritor of god-like powers - the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated
from the social body . . . Fortunately, you are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God's
selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death."

In 1987 Esalen celebrated its 25th anniversary. Among the innovative thinkers named as shaping its major
principles was Aldous Huxley, Alan Watts, Arnold Toynbee, Fritz Peris, B.F. Skinner, and James Pike (an
Episcopal Bishop).

Environmental curricula and children's ecology books echo those scary scenarios envisioned by the
"extreme activists." Many blame parents for exaggerated global problems. "They may deny it," says
Captain Eco, the high flying superhero of a large picture book called Captain Eco and the Fate of the Earth,
"but . . . they're stealing your future from under your noses." Captain Eco takes two children on a tour of the
damaged earth. After showing them all the familiar abuses in the worst possible light, the captain points
them to the final mega-problem: "and that's YOU." "We're not that bad, are we?" they respond. "Not you
personally, but the whole human race. There are so many of you . . . Either you go on . . . polluting all over
the planet ... Or you can work toward a better world . . . Will you help me?"

Following the death of his wife, Howard O'Brien decided to move the family to Richardson, a town in Dallas
County in northeastern Texas, a transition that Rice has likened to "stepping through TV to the world of

Page 48 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

America we had seen from afar." And indeed Anne Rice seemed to have led a far more conventional life in
Texas than she had in Louisiana. At Richardson High School she was the features editor on the student
newspaper, and, after her graduation in about 1 959, she entered Texas Woman's University, in Denton
(according to another source, she attended North Texas State University, also located in Denton), where
she joined the ranks of those young people who were questioning traditional religious and societal values.

"I remember walking into Voertman's bookstore and seeing all those racks of books," she recalled during
an interview with Stewart Kellerman for the New York Times (November 7, 1 988). "All this stuff I wasn't
supposed to read as a Catholic. Aldous Huxley, Jean-Paul Sartre, Albert Camus. I had to know what was
in those books."

Stanford environmentalist Stephen Schneider said: "We'd like to see the world a better place ... to get
some broad-based support, to capture the public's imagination. That, of course, entails getting loads of
media coverage. So we have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified, dramatic statements and make
little mention of any doubts we might have . . . Each of us has to decide what the right balance is between
being effective and being honest."

The teachings of Jiddhu Krishnamurti can be found in books, films, university courses, workshops,
progressive schools that he started, and a dynamic foundation that bears his name. As of 1990, his works
have been translated into forty-seven languages, including Swahili; though them his influence is felt
worldwide. His ideas, which revolved around the centrality of individual consciousness free from the
programmed filters of religion and culture, attracted people as varied as George Bernard Shaw, Greta
Garbo, Bertrand Russell, Aldous Huxley, Joseph Campbell, Albert Einstein, Alan Watts, Jackson Pollack,
Anne Morrow Lindbergh, Christopher Isherwood, and Charlie Chaplin.

In 1990, Bruce began meeting with a student organization at Stanford University called Higher
Consciousness. After presenting himself and sitting in on presentations by Stanley Krippner, Nina Graboi,
Dennis McKenna and others, Bruce and the leaders of Higher Consciousness planned and put on a major
conference, "The Bridge: Linking the Past, Present and Future of Psychedelics." Keynoters were Timothy
Leary and Terence Mckenna, and John Lilly, Howard Reingold, Robert Anton Wilson, Francis Huxley
(nephew of Aldous), Stanley Krippner, Stephen Gaskin, and Arthur Hastings were among the 60
presenters. After the conclusion of this 1 991 conference, Bruce planned his next event, Bicycle Day,
celebrating the 50th anniversary of the discovery of LSD in 1 993. Bicycle Day was the name Bruce gave to
the "50th Anniversary of the discovery of LSD," and Bruce in collaboration with Rick Doblin of MAPS and a
student organization at his old almamatter, UC Santa Cruz, put on a celebration in the school's Performing
Arts theater. Sharing the podium with Bruce and Rick Doblin was Oscar Janiger, founder of the Albert
Hofmann foundation. Videos of Humphry Osmond, Albert Hofmann and Ken Kesey were shown, and also
re-enactment of the last LSD trip of Aldous Huxley was performed by Laura and Francis Huxley.

The crisis of environmentalism has been developed as a means to bring about a one-world government:
"Through a skillful wedding of socialism, New Age Pantheism and a manufactured climate of despair over
a 'dying planet', these powerful individuals (David Rockefeller and Edmund de Rothschild) are creating a
climate of fear which will see mankind not only accept, but demand, a one-world government to deliver us
from environmental apocalypse. This one-world government will, of course, be the capstone of their
planned New World Order. "In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that
pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill," declared
members of the Club of Rome in a sweeping 1 991 report on global governance. "All these dangers are
caused by human intervention . . . The real enemy, then, is humanity itself."

In the Summer of 1 991 Tal Brooke quoted Brock Chisolm, director of the UN World Health Organization in
SCP Journal: "To achieve world government, it is necessary to remove from the minds of men their

Page 49 of 52

Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

individualism, loyalty to family traditions, national patriotism, and religious dogmas."

On May 4, 1 992, Gorbachev received the first Ronald Reagan Freedom award from Reagan at the former
president's presidential library in Simi Valley. Two days later Gorbachev made a speech in Fulton, Missouri
at Westminister College calling for a greatly strengthened UN and a new "global government" for a
multipolar world. In mid-1 992, Mikhail Gorbachev was sponsored in his U.S. trip by the Esalen Institute.

The institute has long called for the creation of a Council of Wise Persons (Brain Trust). While on his tour,
Gorby took time out for a private meeting with Flenry Kissinger. Gorbachev, on May 6, 1 992, went to
Fulton, Missouri (the site of Winston Churchill's "Iron Curtain" speech) to call for the creation of a new
"global government." Fie also denounced "exaggerated nationalism" while calling for a "global international
security system." The worst of the dangers, said the former President of the Soviet Union, is ecological. Fie
listed "global climatic shifts, the greenhouse effect, the ozone hole, acid rain, contamination of the
atmosphere, soil and water by industrial and household waste, the destruction of forests . . ." Fie praised
the Club of Rome as "authoritative." This is the organization that wants to limit the earth's birth rate and
redistribute the world's wealth. "Flowever, I believe that the new world order will not be fully realized unless
the United Nations and its Security Council create structures, taking into consideration existing United
Nations and regional structures, which are authorized to impose sanctions and make use of other
measures of compulsion, especially when the rights of minority groups are being particularly violated." On
May 8, 1 992, Gorbachev told the Chicago CFR that: " The New World Order means a new kind of
civilization." Gorbachev wants the UN to set up a "Brain Trust" of the world's elite to "push global politics
toward detente." This would include "Nobel Laureates, diplomats and churchmen." In early May, 1992, UN
Secretary -- General Ghali told a meeting of the American Association of Newspaper Publishers that a
permanent UN military force was needed to "protect the peace" and "ensure human rights" and intervene
"at the local and community levels."

Al Gore, who wrote a book to spread a similar message, said, "We must make rescue of the environment
the central organizing principle for civilization." In Earth in the Balance, he calls for a "worldwide education
program" and a "panreligious perspective" based on "the wisdom distilled by all faiths."

In 1993, Vice President Al Gore also established the National Religious Partnership for the Environment --
with its offices also located at the Cathedral. The Partnership is composed of the U.S. Catholic
Conference, the National Council of Churches, the Evangelical Environmental Network, and the
Consultation of Jewish Life and the Environment -- and has received a multimillion-dollar commitment from
The Rockefeller Foundation and others to fund a major ecumenical/eco-spiritual broadside aimed at
churchgoers. Every Roman Catholic Church in America will soon be the object of ruling class largesse.
Laurence Rockefeller is also said to have assisted the publication of The Coming of the Cosmic Christ by
former Dominican priest turned New Age Episcopalian Matthew Fox.

In January 1 993 CBS featured an hour on the comeback of LSD. A week or two later, fashion reports said
the sixties/seventies look was back -- including bell bottoms and dresses exposing the belly. Richard M.
Cohen, Senior Producer of CBS political news, has said: "We're going to impose our agenda on the
coverage by dealing with issues and subjects that we choose to deal with."

Lyndon LaRouche is a big booster of ecumenicism; curiously, both LaRouche and the
Masonic-Theosophist organization World Goodwill have recently been singing the praises of a 1 5th century
Catholic ecumenicist, Cardinal Nicholas of Cusa. In this climate, even Herbert "British-lsrael" Armstrong's
Worldwide Church of God has reversed its course, and its offending doctrines as well, to become properly
ecumenical — certainly a telling point!

Ram Dass gave a three-hour talk in 1 994 at the "Celebration Of the Birth Centenary of Aldous Huxley." It
ended with an ecstatic Dance of Shiva on stage with Laura Huxley and Tai Ji Master Chungliang Al Huang

Page 50 of 52 Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

while the section of Island was read aloud.

The second aeon, said Crowley, the tutor of the young Aldous Huxley, was that of Osiris, the father. This
period "was characterized by patriarchial religions such as Judaism, Buddhism, Islam and Christianity."
Aleister Crowley wrote that in the initiation for the new age "the whole planet must be bathed in blood . . .

This bloody sacrifice is the critical point of the World Ceremony . . ." He worshiped the goddess as "Our
Lady Babylon." "The Great Whore (was) an ancient epithet for the Goddess." Alice Bailey wrote that the
Moon was now a dead thought form which will crumble in the near future. Gurdjieff disagreed, He believed
it was a plant waiting to be born, and it is coming to life by devouring human of death. Isis (the "Star of the
Sea") was the Egyptian goddess of fertility. She was represented as standing on the crescent moon with
stars surrounding her head. This Isis thing is more extensive than one might think -- figures quite
prominently in the British circles. Here too with A. Huxley. Jonathan Cott, in Isis and Osiris: Exploring the
Goddess Myth (Doubleday 1 994) said in his Acknowledgments: "I am inestimably grateful to my editor,
Jacqueline Onassis, for guiding me through the realms of Isis and Osiris . . ." in Isis and Osiris (the book
Jackie Onassis supervised just before her death) a group called Ammonites is prominent and in fear of
persecution. The chief God of the Ammonites was Milcom.

A Professor Elletson proposed that the Satanic money power seeks to spiritually and genetically destroy
the culture and civilizations of Aryan, Indo-European or Western Man. Arnold Toynbee admitted that an
original or "Aryan" or "Indo-European" language preceded all other languages. H.G. Wells said that those
who were of Aryan dissent thought alike. The former was a high officer in British Intelligence while the latter
was a Fabian. Albert Pike is quoted by Elletson on Aryanism. Pike was a student of Sanskrit (which he
learned later in life).

Gorby forum attendee Willis Harman, New Age philosopher, president of the Institute of Noetic Sciences,
and author of Global Mind Change and The New Metaphysical Foundation of Modern Science, has had a
profound effect on our society in the past couple of decades. In "Our Hopeful Future: Creating a
Sustainable Society," one of his new essays, Harman reported: "Around the world one detects murmurings
that industrialized and 'developing' countries alike have a need for a new social order - that, in fact, the
situation calls for a worldwide systemic change." "In the economy-dominated world, as anthropologist
Margaret Mead once put it bluntly, 'the unadorned truth is that we do not need now, and will not need later,
much of the marginal labor - the very young, the very old, the very uneducated, and the very stupid."' "This
dilemma is perhaps the most basic one we face," said Harman. Society can't afford "from an environmental
standpoint, or from the standpoint of tearing apart of the social fabric - the economic growth that would be
necessary to provide jobs for all in the conventional sense, and the inequities which have come to
accompany that growth. This dilemma, more than any other aspect of our current situation, indicates how
fundamental a system change is now required." David C. Korten is a disciple of Harman.

The Royal Institute of International Affairs used the life-time work of Aldous Huxley and Bulwer-Lytton as its
blueprint to bring about a state where mankind will no longer have wills of their own in the One World
Government-New World Order of the fast-approaching New Dark Age. Huxley said: "In many societies at
many levels of civilization, attempts have been made to fuse drug intoxication with God intoxication. In
ancient Greece, for example, ethyl alcohol had its place in the established religions. Dionysus, Bacchus, as
he was often called, was a true divinity. Complete prohibition of chemical changes can be decreed but
cannot be enforced."

Homosexual drug-addict and City of London agent, Aldous Huxley, introduced LSD into the USA on behalf
of the clandestine Tavistock Institute, said to be responsible for the Port Arthur Massacre.

So much of what 'man' has thought and done has, as we have just read, been folly. However, God, Whom
these 'intellectuals' have left out of the equation, promised us a prophet and a way to escape the

Page 51 of 52 Sep 12, 2016 09:10:04PM MDT

http://robertscourt.blogspot.com/ 2008 / 06 /are-republicans-next-nazi-party-see.html

destruction being wrought by such carnal men (Malachi 4:5-6; Revelation 10:7).

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Chapter 7.4: Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

The Mont Pelerin Society, Ford Foundation and Tavistock Institute

• The Mont Pelerin Society

• The Ford Foundation

• The Tavistock Institute

• Summary

• Appendix I

The Mont Pelerin Society

The present star of the Hoover Institution is Milton Friedman, who is credited with bringing economic disaster to Chile, Israel, the United States, and other countries in which his "monetarist" theories have been introduced. Friedman's "monetarism" is the same old bankers' swindle of endless creation of more interest bearing debt money, requiring ever increasing taxes merely to meet the interest payments. He and Jack Kemp are now pushing for a "flat tax" to lock Americans into a tax corral from which they can never hope to escape.

Friedman came to the Hoover in 1977 as senior research fellow, simultaneously accepting a post as economic consultant to the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. He and his consort, Murray Rothbard, dominate a closely interlocked network of "hard money", "conservative" groups, which includes the Heritage Foundation, Mont Pelerin Society, Cato Institute, Ludwig von Mises Institute, and American Enterprise Institute, which hold banquet meetings, always with no visible result. Their mentor is the late Ludwig von Mises, born in Austria, and founder of "the Austrian School of Economics", who taught at New York University from 1 946 until his death. The Institute is now run by his widow, Margit Herzfeld, to whom President Reagan said, at a testimonial dinner for her husband, "You don't know how often I consult the books of your husband before making a decision." She still doesn't know.

At the age of 16, Milton Friedman became the protege of Arthur Burns at Rutgers and Columbia. Their economic principles stemmed from the "Viennese School" founded by Karl Menger and Eugen von Bauwerk. Merger taught von Hayek, Eric Voegelin and Fritz Machluys. At that time. Vienna was dominated by the House of Rothschild, which had controlled the national debt of Austria since the Congress of Vienna in 1815. Austria's Tyrol silver mines were owned by the Rothschilds, as were her railways. Empress Elizabeth's closest friend was Julie de Rothschild, sister of Baron Albert, head of the Austrian House.

Count Richard Coudenhove-Kalergi, who founded the Pan European Union, was named after Richard Wagner, one of whose students was Gustav Mahler. Mahler's studies with Wagner were funded by Baron Albert de Rothschild. Coudenhove-Kalergi's father was a close friend of Theordor Herzl, founder of Zionism. Coudenhove-Kalergi writes in his "Memoirs":

"At the beginning of 1 924, we received a call from Baron Louis de Rothschild; one of his friends,

Max Warburg from Hamburg, had read my book and wanted to get to know us. To my great surprise, Warburg spontaneously offered us 60,000 gold marks, to tide the movement over for its first three years .... Max Warburg, who was one of the most distinguished and wisest men that I have ever come into contact with, had a principle of financing these movements. He remained sincerely interested in Pan-Europe for his entire life. Max Warburg arranged his 1 925 trip to the United States to introduce me to Paul Warburg and financier Bernard Baruch."

In Chicago, Jane Adams of Hull House had been for five years a protege of Beatrice Webb, founder of the Fabian Society. In 1892, the University of Chicago was organized as the center of the Fabian Socialist program in America, with J. Laurence Laughlin, spokesman for the Cobden Club's "free trade" program in England. Laughlin later became Paul Warburg's chief propagandist to stump for the passing of the Federal Reserve Act.

http:/

v .bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopohtica/world_order/WorldCh07 -4.htm

1/10

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

John Dewey became head of the Sociology Dept, at the Univ. of Chicago; Wesley Clair Mitchell was head of the economics dept. In 1913, they moved to Columbia University. They were later hired by Baruch at the War Industries Board, and prepared all the statistics for American representatives at the Versailles Peace Conference. In Feb. 1 920, Mitchell met with the rest of the staff of Baruch's War Industries Board in New York with a Round Table group financed by Kuhn Loeb & Co. and Lazard Freres, to found the Natl Bureau of Economic Research, of which Mitchell became director. His protege was Arthur Burns, later chmn of the Natl Bureau, chmn Federal Reserve Governors, partner of Lazard Freres, and U.S. Ambassador to West Germany. Burns then brought in his protege, Milton Friedman, who has proposed that we legalize the sale of dope to raise $1 00 billion a year for the GNP.

Wesley Clair Mitchell's career was devoted to uniting the Austrian and British schools of economics in a single force to direct the American economy. Fie achieved success through the careers of his proteges, Burns and Friedman, who offer us the "flat rate" tax to pay interest on their bank-created debt money. It is the ancient European system introduced by the House of Rothschild to loot national economies by the rentier system of national debt.

A keystone of the Friedman-Burns network is the Mont Pelerin Society, a secretive group of economists which meets every two years, but issues no findings or recommendations. These supposedly conservative hard money economists first met at Mont Pelerin, Switzerland in 1947 to oppose the leftwing statist economists who had dominated the field for fifty years. They were led by Frederick von Hayek, a graduate of the Viennese school of economics, who became a British citizen in 1938. He was Tooke prof, of economics, Univ. of London 1 931 -50, prof, of social and moral science at the Univ. of Chicago 1 950-62, and prof, of economics Univ. of Freiburg 1962-69, when he retired to Salzburg. He was a disciple of Ludwig von Mises, who taught Henry Hazlitt, another founder of Mont Pelerin. Hazlitt reported the founding meeting in Newsweek, Sept. 25, 1961, listing among those present:

• Jacques Rueff, economic director of France

• Pedro Beltran, president of Peru

• Sen. Luigi Einaudi, prof, economics at Turin 1901-35, Governor of the Bank of Italy 1945- 48, president of Italy 1 948-55

• Dr. Ludwig Erhard, Economic Minister of Germany, director of World Bank

• Wilhelm Roepke, Erhard's economic adviser

• Trygve Hoff, Norway

• Muller-Armack and William Rappard of Germany

• Ludwig von Mises

• Frank Knight

• Milton Friedman

• Henry Hazlitt

In 1962, the Mont Pelerin Society met at Knokke, Belgium, announcing that "The Mont Pelerin Society takes no formal action, passes no resolutions, and seeks no publicity." In 1970, the Society met in Munich, where Milton Friedman was elected president. Present were Wesley Campbell and Martin Anderson from the Hoover Institution. In 1974, 300 members of the Society met at Brussels, where they were addressed by Milton Friedman and his protege Murray Rothbard. Rothbard was sponsored by the Cato Institute, a "conservative" group whose director, Earl C. Ravenel, is also director of the Institute for Policy Studies, the leftwing policy- making organization founded by James Paul Warburg.

Cato Institute is funded by Charles Koch of Kansas, head of Koch industries, who amassed a fortune of $700 million. He also funds the Libertarian Party, which calls for opening U.S. borders to all illegal immigrants, legalizing of drugs, and other alarming recommendations. Koch funds these groups through his bank, Morgan Guaranty Trust of N.Y.

Cato gave a two year grant to Rothbard to write a book, "For a New Liberty", which says, "Before World War II, so devoted was Stalin to peace that he failed to make adequate provision against Nazi attack." Rothbard should have said, "So devoted was Stalin to murder that he killed most of his Army officers, leaving him vulnerable to Nazi attack." Rothbard asserts that the U.S. is imperialist and war-mongering, while the Soviet Union is peace-loving, rational and misunderstood! The Cato Institute magazine Inquiry lists 9 staff writers, among them Nat Hentoff of the Village Voice, Marcus Raskin, head of the Institute for Policy Studies, and Penny Lernoux, correspondent of the Nation, all of whom would be hurt if they were not described as extreme liberals.

In 1975, George Roche III, who had become a member of the Society in 1971, hosted the meeting at Hillsdale College, of which he is president. William Buckley, also a member, addressed the group with a routine encomium for von Hayek.

http:/

t'.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

2/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

In 1980, the Mont Pelerin Society met at the Hoover Institution, with 600 members and guests present, Ralph Harris was guest speaker. As Margaret Thatcher's director of economics, he had been made Baron Harris of High Cross in 1979. Count Max Thurn, permanent secretary of the Society, also addressed the meeting. He is a member of the wealthy Thurn und Taxis family, closely related to the British royal family.

The Encyclopaedia of Associations lists the Mont Pelerin Society, do Edwin Feulner, treasurer, Box 7031, Alexandria, Va; secretary Dr. Max Thurn, Elizabethstrasse 4, Vienna. Feulner is president of the Heritage Foundation, served as confidential asst, to Secretary of Defense 1969-70; adm asst. Phil Crane 1940-44, public affairs fellow Hoover Institution 1965-67, chmn Institute Europan Strategy and Defense Studies London since 1979.

Heritage Foundation, part of the network of "conservative" groups, sponsored Reagan's posthumous award of the Medal of Freedom to Whittaker Chambers in March 1984. Its directors are:

Shelby Cullom Davis, director of Hoover Joseph Coors, director of Hoover

Midge Decter, exec, director Committee for a Free World, her husband is "neo-

conservative" Norman Podhoretz, editor of Commentary magazine

Robert Dee, chmn Smith Kline drug firm, director United Technologies with William Simon

William Simon, director Citibank, former Secretary of the Treasury

Lewis E. Lehrman, head of the Lehrman Institute

John D. Wrather, heir to an oil fortune, head of the entertainment conglomerate Wrather Inc. and director of Hoover.

Feulner claims that Heritage cooperates with more than 400 groups in the U.S. and 100 overseas. Honarary chairman is Frank Shakespeare. Chairman of the editorial board is David Meiselman of the Mont Pelerin Society. Richard Reeves mentions in the N.Y. Times Magazine, July 15, 1984: "Edwin J. Feulner is president of the Heritage Foundation, one of the right's most productive idea factories." He failed to cite a single "idea" produced by this factory. The star of Heritage and its closely affiliated American Enterprise Institute is Jeane Kirkpatrick, U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. She is routinely mentioned in terms of fulsome praise such as the Communist Party used to reserve for Stalin; National Review gushes over her, and also raves about "the ever gallant, charming, freedom-loving Friedmans" whose "energy, lucidity and patience" awes Buckley's propagandists.

Jeane Kirkpatrick has been prof, at Georgetown Univ. since 1967, chief of research American Enterprise Institute since 1 977, director of Center for Strategic and International Studies at Georgetown. She is the wife of veteran intelligence operative Evron Kirkpatrick, OSS 1945, intelligence specialist Dept, of State 1946-54 as chief psychological intelligence research staff specializing in behavioural science (people control). He has been head of the American Political Science Association since 1954, and is president of the American Peace Society which publishes a quarterly called World Affairs.

The American Enterprise Institute (AEI) was founded by William J. Baroody and Milton Friedman in 1943; Baroody left in 1978 to take over the $7 million a year Center for Strategic and International Studies at Georgetown. His son, William Jr. former adviser to President Nixon, took over AEI and its staff of 1 50. Jr. was adm. asst, to Congressman Melvin Laird 1961-68, who then became Secretary of Defense; Baroody was spec, adviser at Defense 1969-73, spec, adviser to the President of the U.S. 1973-74, and is chairman Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars. Directors of American Enterprise Institute include:

• Edward Bernstein

• James S. Duesenberg, Presidential Council of Economic Advisers 1 966-68, prof, at Harvard, director Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, Fulbright fellow Cambridge England 1954-55

• Frederick A. Praeger, emigre N.Y. publisher who published a number of propaganda works for the CIA

• Herbert Stein, A. Willis Robertson prof of economics, Univ. of Va., editor AEI publication The Economist since 1977, served on War Production Board 1941-44, Brookings Institution fellow 1967-69, Council of Economic Advisers 1969, chairman 1972-74

• Robert H. Bork, prof, law at Yale, former Solicitor General and Acting Atty. Gen. of U.S.

1973-77

• Kenneth W. Daum, former partner Cravath Swaine & Moore, Wall Street law firm, now prof, of law, Univ. of Chicago

• D. Gale Johnson, prof, economics at Univ. of Chicago since 1 944, economist with OPA 1942, State Dept. 1946, U.S. Army econ. 1948, adviser to Congress 1974-76, consultant to TVA, Rand Corp. and AID, director William Benton Fndtn

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm 3/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Robert Nisbet, John Dewey lecturer at John Dewey Society, Rockefeller Foundation grant 1975-78, scholar at AEI since 1978 James D. Wilson, Shattuck prof, at Harvard

Richard B. Madden, chmn exec, committee AEI, chairman Socony Mobil since 1956, director Pacific Gas & Electric, Del Monte and Weyerhauser Willard C. Butcher, former chmn Chase Manhattan Bank

Charles T. Fisher III, president Natl Bank of Detroit, director General Motors, Detroit Edison

Richard D. Wood, president Eli Lilly drugs since 1961, director Standard Oil of Indiana, and Chemical Bank.

Thus the well-funded "Hard Right" American Enterprises Institute's board of directors reads much like that of the Rockefeller Foundation or the Hoover Institution -- the usual New York banks, Standard Oil, General Motors crowd. The World Order maintains control.

Lewis Lehrman, director of Heritage Foundation, and founder of the 1 000 store Rite Aid drug chain, set up his own foundation in 1 978. After agonizing over a trenchant attention-getting name, he chose the obvious, Lewis Lehrman Institute. Its president is Robert W. Tucker, member of the Council on Foreign Relations, professor at John Hopkins School of International Studies, which was made famous by the tenure of Owen Lattimore, denounced by Sen. McCarthy as a leading Soviet agent. Director of Lehrman Institute is Barton Biggs of Brookings Institution. Lehrman spent $1 3.9 million campaigning to be elected Governor of New York, but was easily beaten by Mario Cuomo, who only spent $4.8 million. The New Republic Dec. 5, 1983 featured an article by Sidney Blumenthal, "How Lewis Lehrman Plans to Take Over America."

The Ford Foundation

After examining the lavishly funded network of pseudo-rightwing foundations, it is almost a relief to go back to the forthright Marxist bias of the foundation movement, as exemplified by the Ford Foundation. The Special Committee to Investigate Tax Exempt Foundation reported in 1954:

"The Ford Foundation affords a good example of the use of a foundation to solve the death tax problem, and, at the same time, the problem of how to retain control of a great enterprise in the hands of a family. Ninety per cent of the ownership of the Ford Motor Co. was transferred to the Ford Foundation, created for the purpose. Had it not been it was almost certain that the family would have lost control."

The Ford family paid a terrible price to save the company. To prevent it from being split up, they had to turn it over to the most leftwing elements in the U.S. Norman Dodd states that while investigating tax exempt foundations, he interviewed H. Rowan Gaither, president of the Ford Foundation. Gaither complained about the "bad press" the Ford Foundation was receiving, and explained to Dodd:

"Most of us here were, at one time or another, active in either the OSS or the State Dept., or the European Economic Administration. During those times, and without exception, we operated under directives issued by the White House, the substance of which was to the effect that we should make every effort to alter life in the U.S. as to make possible a comfortable merger with the Soviet Union."

This is still the goal of the foundation movement.

In 1953, the Ford Foundation set up the $15 million Fund for the Republic, with Paul Hoffman, former head of ECA, married to Baruch's secretary, Anna Rosenberg. Directors of the Fund were former Zionist and labor leader Arthur Goldberg, and Henry Luce, of whom H.L. Mencken said, "I know why Henry hires so many Communists on his magazines. It's because they work cheap."

The Fund for the Republic hired Earl Browder, head of the Communist Party "to study the influence of Communism in contemporary America". In 1968, the Fund granted $215,000 to "promote in the U.S. the knowledge of contemporary Cuba. The funds will support the expenses of persons invited by the Gastro government to do research in Cuba." The National Guardian Jan. 13, 1968 pointed out that:

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

4/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

"The Ford Foundation plays a key part in financing and influencing almost all major civil rights groups including Congress of Racial Equality, Southern Christian Leadership, National Urban League, and NAACP."

The Ford Foundation has spent many millions to promote racial agitation and possible civil war in America, completely polarizing the races. In this effort, it is simply carrying on the plan inaugurated by the Rothschilds in 1865 with the Peabody Fund, the Slater Fund, and later the General Education Board, which is now the Rockefeller Foundation. It takes money to promote a civil war. Ford Foundation entered the Hispanic field by giving $600,000 to the openly revolutionary Southwest Council of La Raza in 1968, and an additional $545,717 in 1969. Congressman Henry Gonzalez, himself a Hispanic, denounced La Raza as fomenting "blind, stupid hatred."

Ford money has backed many revolutionary groups in the U.S. engaged in dynamiting and burning buildings, inciting riots, kidnaping and assassination. All of these are criminal offenses but no one is ever arrested. The Ford Motor Co. also built the huge Kama River truck factory in Soviet Russia, which provided the trucks for the Red Army to attack Afghanistan. They rolled into the almost defenseless country on a modern highway, which had been built by AID with American taxpayers' money.

The Ford Foundation has many capitalist and CIA connections. Stephen Bechtel and Chase lawyer John J. McCloy have been board members for years, also Frank Abram, chmn Standard Oil Co. of New Jersey. The president of the Ford Foundation is Franklin Thomas, a token black; he is also director of the $348 million John Hay Whitney Foundation. Whitney was Ambassador to England 1 956-61 , Order of the British Empire, chairman Freeport Sulphur, publisher of the N.Y. Tribune; he married Betsy Cushing Roosevelt. His daughter Kate married William Haddad of the New York Post, who set up the Peace Corps for Kennedy in 1 961 , is governor of American Jewish Congress, Yale Corp. and Museum of Modern Art. Other directors of J.H. Whitney Foundation include Harold Howe, also director Ford Foundation; Vernon Jordan, director of Rockefeller Foundation; and James F. Brownlee, partner of J.H. Whitney Co., and director Chase Manhatten Bank, R.H. Macy Co. & chmn Minute Maid Corp.

Other directors of Ford Foundation include its European director, Ralf Dahrendorf, admirer of Marx's "Utopian" policies. In his work, "Marx in Perspective", he claimed that Marx is the greatest factor in the emergence of modern society. Dahrendorf was fellow of Center of Advanced Study 1957-58, prof, sociology Hamburg, 1958- 60, Columbia Univ. 1960, Univ. of Tubingen 1960-64, Secretary of State Foreign Office Germany 1969-70. As a professor of sociology, he created the concept of a "new man", whom he dubbed "homo sociologicus", man transformed by Socialism, in which all distinctions of race, and presumably, all other distinctions, have disappeared. Dahrendorf denies there are any differences in the races of mankind, and denounces any idea of "superiority" or differing skills as "ideological distortion". "Homo Sociologicus" is the creature of the social sciences, the socialized man who can be completely controlled by the forces of society.

The Ford Foundation introduced "behaviourism" or people control into the curricula at Harvard Business School through the director, Donald K. David, in 1956. David received a $2 million grant from Ford Foundation for this program, while he was a director of the foundation. In 1 970, Ford Foundation established the Police Foundation, headed by Pat Murphy, to train police in behaviourism and "human relations".

Other directors of Ford Foundation are Harriet S. Rabb, asst, dean Columbia U. Law School, director of the NAACP Legal Fund since 1978. Her husband Bruce Rabb is partner of the Wall Street law firm, Stroock Stroock & Lavan, organized the Lehrman Institute and has been secretary of it since 1978. His father, Maxwell Rabb is also partner of this law firm; he was adm. asst. Sen. Henry Cabot Lodge 1 937-43, Secretary of the Cabinet 1953-58 under Eishenower, joined Stroock Stroock & Lavan 1958, now Ambassador to Italy, chmn U.S. delegation to UNESCO. Other partners of this firm are William J. van den Heuvel, former law partner of Gen. Donovan, and his assistant when he was Ambassador to Thailand, campaign manager Jimmy Garter 1976; Rita Hauser, director Brookings Institution; and Robert B. Anderson former Secretary of Navy and Secretary of Treasury. Stroock Stroock & Lavan specializes in handling the family finances of wealthy old line Jewish families, and is trustee of all three Warburg foundations.

Chairman of the Ford Foundation is Alex Heard, who was with the War Dept. 1939-43, spec, adviser President of the U.S. 1970, director Time since 1968. Other directors are:

Hedley Donovan, editor in chief of Time, director of Trilateral Commission

Walter A. Haas, president of Levi Strauss, director Bank of America, NAACP Legal Fund,

chmn United Jewish Appeal, and Alliance Israelite Universelle

Donald S. Perkins, of J.P Morgan

Irving S. Shapiro, former chairman DuPont, director of Citicorp and Citibank, IBM, director US-USSR Trade & Economic Council

http:/

t'.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

5/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Glen E. Watt, of AFL-CIO, member Club of Rome, Trilateral Commission, Aspen Institute.

The Tavistock Institute

The purpose of the Pan-European Union, founded by Count Coudenhove-Kalergi, and funded by the Rothschilds and Warburgs, was to restore the oligarchic control over Europe. To accomplish this goal, it was necessary to emasculate and defeat the powerful republican currents which had their origin in the 14th century Renaissance, which, with its emphasis on the freedom of the human spirit, produced the greatest cultural outpouring in the history of mankind. This individualism was immediately expressed in nationalism; its republican spirit was dedicated to ending hereditary and arbitrary control and dictatorship over the lives of the people, reaching its greatest expression in the Constitution of the United States, which was the result of rebellion.

Because the ruling families of Europe are the direct descendants of William of Orange, who chartered the Bank of England in 1694, the movement to destroy nationalism and individualism has been directed from England, but expressed in the Communist movement. The World Order has planned and executed two World Wars to restore world rule by the oligarchy, a world rule variously called Bolshevism, the League of Nations, or the United Nations, but never the World Order.

The English control of this world movement is demonstrated by the ideology of American foundations, which is created by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations in London. In 1921, the Duke of Bedford, Marquess of Tavistock, the 11th Duke, gave a building to the Institute to study the effect of shellshock on British soldiers who survived World War I. Its purpose was to establish the "breaking point" of men under stress, under the direction of the British Army Bureau of Psychological Warfare, commanded by Sir John Rawlings-Reese.

Tavistock Institute is headquartered in London, because its prophet, Sigmund Freud, settled here in Maresfield Gardens when he moved to England. He was given a mansion by Princess Bonaparte. Tavistock's pioneer work in behavioural science along Freudian lines of "controlling" humans established it as the world center of foundation ideology. Its network now extends from the University of Sussex to the U.S. through the Stanford Research Institute, Esalen, MIT, Hudson Institute, Heritage Foundation, Center of Strategic and International Studies at Georgetown where State Dept, personnel are trained, US Air Force Intelligence, and the Rand and Mitre corporations. The personnel of the foundations are required to undergo indoctrination at one or more of these Tavistock controlled institutions. A network of secret groups, the Mont Pelerin Society, Trilateral Commission, Ditchley Foundation, and Club of Rome is conduit for instructions to the Tavistock network.

Tavistock Institute developed the mass brain-washing techniques which were first used experimentally on American prisoners of war in Korea. Its experiments in crowd control methods have been widely used on the American public, a surreptitious but nevertheless outrageous assault on human freedom by modifying individual behaviour through topical psychology. A German refugee, Kurt Lewin, became director of Tavistock in 1932. He came to the U.S. in 1933 as a "refugee", the first of many infiltrators, and set up the Harvard Psychology Clinic, which originated the propaganda campaign to turn the American public against Germany and involve us in World War II. In 1 938, Roosevelt executed a secret agreement with Churchill which in effect ceded U.S. sovereignty to England, because it agreed to let Special Operations Executive control U.S. polices. To implement this agreement, Roosevelt sent Gen. Donovan to London for indoctrination before setting up OSS (now the CIA) under the aegis of SOE-SIS. The entire OSS program, as well as the CIA has always worked on guidelines set up by the Tavistock Institute.

Tavistock Institute originated the mass civilian bombing raids carried out by Roosevelt and Churchill purely as a clinical experiment in mass terror, keeping records of the results as they watched the "guinea pigs" reacting under "controlled laboratory conditions". All Tavistock and American foundation techniques have a single goal - - to break down the psychological strength of the individual and render him helpless to oppose the dictators of the World Order. Any technique which helps to break down the family unit, and family inculcated principles of religion, honor, patriotism and sexual behaviour, is used by the Tavistock scientists as weapons of crowd control. The methods of Freudian psychotherapy induce permanent mental illness in those who undergo this treatment by destabilizing their character. The victim is then advised to "establish new rituals of personal interaction", that is, to indulge in brief sexual encounters which actually set the participants adrift with no stable personal relationships in their lives, destroying their ability to establish or maintain a family.

Tavistock Institute has developed such power in the U.S. that no one achieves prominence in any field unless he has been trained in behavioural science at Tavistock or one of its subsidiaries. Henry Kissinger, whose meteoric rise to power is otherwise inexplicable, was a German refugee and student of Sir John Rawlings

http:/

i'.bibliotecapleyadesjiet/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

6/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Reese at SHAEF. Dr. Peter Bourne, a Tavistock Institute psychologist, picked Carter for President of the U.S. solely because Carter had undergone an intensive brainwashing program administered by Admiral Hyman Rickover at Annapolis. Paul Mellon's Old Dominion Foundation gave Tavistock $97,000 in 1956, and $12,000 during each of the three following years. Old Dominion also gave the Anna Freud Foundation $8000 a year. Tavistock maintains two schools at Frankfort, birthplace of the Rothschilds: the Frankfurt School, and the Sigmund Freud Institute.

The "experiment" in compulsory racial integration in the U.S. was organized by Ronald Lippert, of the OSS and the American Jewish Congress, and director of child training at the Commission on Community Relations. The program was designed to break down the individual's sense of personal knowledge in his identity, his racial heritage. Through the Stanford Research Institute, Tavistock controls the National Education Association. The Institute of Social Research at the Natl Training Lab brain washes the leading executives of business and government. Such is the power of Tavistock that our entire space program was scrapped for nine years so that the Soviets could catch up. The hiatus was demanded in an article written by Dr. Anatol Rapport, and was promptly granted by the government, to the complete mystification of everyone connected with NASA. Another prominent Tavistock operation is the Wharton School of Finance.

A single common denominator identifies the common Tavistock strategy — the use of drugs. The infamous MK Ultra program of the CIA, directed by Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, in which unsuspecting CIA officials were given LSD, and their reaction studied like guinea pigs, resulted in several deaths. The U.S. Government had to pay millions in damages to the families of the victims, but the culprits were never indicted. The program originated when Sandoz AG, a Swiss drug firm, owned by S.G. Warburg Co. of London, developed lycergic acid. Roosevelt's advisor, James Paul Warburg, son of Paul Warburg who wrote the Federal Reserve Act, and nephew of Max Warburg who had financed Hitler, set up the Institute for Policy Studies to promote the drug. The result was the LSD "counter-culture" of the 1960s, the "student revolution", which was financed by $25 million from the CIA.

[For more on the drug culture, see "The Aquarian Conspiracy" ~ed]

One part of MK Ultra was the Human Ecology Fund; the CIA also paid Dr. Herbert Kelman of Harvard to carry out further experiments on mind control. In the 1 950s, the CIA financed extensive LSD experiments in Canada. Dr. D. Ewen Cameron, president of the Canadian Psychological Assn., and director of Royal Victorian Hospital, Montreal, received large payments from the CIA to give 53 patients large doses of LSD and record their reactions; the patients were drugged into weeks of sleep, and then given electric shock treatments. One victim, the wife of a member of the Canadian Parliament, is now suing the U.S. companies who provided the drug for the CIA. In his biography of Helms, Powers states that in his last days of office, Helms ordered Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, head of MK Ultra, to destroy all records of the CIA's drug-testing program, and that by Jan.

14, 1 973, Helms had destroyed five thousand pages of notes taken in his office during his six and a half years as director of the CIA!

Because all efforts of the Tavistock Institute are directed toward producing cyclical collapse, the effect of the CIA programs are tragically apparent. R. Emmett Tyrell Jr., writing in the Washington Post Aug. 20, 1984, cites the "squalid consequences of the 60s radicals in SDS" as resulting in "the growing rate of illegitimacy, petty lawlessness, drug addiction, welfare, VD, and mental illness". This is the legacy of the Warburgs and the CIA. Their principal agency, the Institute for Policy Studies, was funded by James Paul Warburg; its co-founder was Marcus Raskin, protege of McGeorge Bundy, president of the Ford Foundation. Bundy had Raskin appointed to the post of President Kennedy's personal representative on the National Security Council, and in 1963 funded Students for Democratic Society (SDS), through which the CIA operated the drug culture.

Today, the Tavistock Institute operates a $6 billion a year network of foundations in the U.S., all of it funded by U.S. taxpayers' money. Ten major institutions are under its direct control, with 400 subsidiaries, and 3000 other study groups and think tanks which originate many types of programs to increase the control of the World Order over the American people. Typical is the Hudson Institute, a $5 million a year operation with 120 employees, founded in 1965 by Herman Kahn of the Rand Corp. and the Stanford Research Institute; its directors include:

Alexander Haig, president of United Technologies

Frank Carlucci, deputy secretary of Defense, and now chairman Sears World Trade Corp.

Daniel C. Searle, chmn G.D. Searle Drug Co.

Gov. Pierre du Pont of Delaware.

http:/

t'.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

7/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

The principal architect of Hudson was Frank Altschul, director of Ford Foundation, partner of Lazard Freres, who married into the Lehman family, president General American Investors, director U.S. Leather, International Bank te Amsterdam, American Eagle Fire Insurance, the Yale Corp., Institute of International Studies, China Institute in America, whose Times obituary in 1981 called him "a Renaissance Man" who endowed the Yale Library and the Overbrook Press. Other Hudson associates are Leo Cherne of the Foreign Advisory Intelligence Board, and Sidney Hook of the Hoover Institution.

Stanford Research Institute, adjoining the Hoover Institution, is a $150 million a year operation with 3300 employees. It carries on program surveillance for Bechtel, Kaiser, and 400 other companies, and extensive intelligence operations for the CIA. It is the largest institution on the West Coast promoting mind control and the behavioural sciences.

One of the key agencies as a conduit for secret instructions from Tavistock is the Ditchley Foundation, founded in 1 957 by Sir Philip Adams. A long time Foreign Service officer, Adams was Minister to Khartoum 1 959, Ambassador to Jordan 1966-70, and Egypt 1973-75; he married the daughter of Baron Trevethin (the Lawrence family, which includes several lord chief justices of Britain.)

The Ditchley Foundation is headquartered at Ditchley Park, near Oxford, in a castle built for the Earl of Lichfield in the 16th century; the present Earl of Lichfield is a cousin of Queen Elizabeth, and is known as a photographer of beautiful women. Ditchley Park was given to the foundation by Ronald and Marietta Tree. Ronald Tree, a godson of Marshall Field, was for many years a high official in British intelligence. He was appointed Parliamentary Private Secretary to the Minister of Pensions, the Minister of Information, and the Minister of Planning.

He was first married to Nancy Moncure Perkins, of an old Virginia family. They divorced, and he married Marietta Peabody, granddaughter of Endicott Peabody, headmaster of Groton, where the American elite was trained. Her career gave rise to the term "beautiful people", the glittering international set devoted to leftwing causes. She began her career as a beautiful young "hostess" for Nelson Rockefeller in 1 942, became a shop steward for the Newspaper Guild at Life Magazine, Fair Housing Practices Committee for New York, 1958 Volunteer for Stevenson, Commission on Human Rights at the U.N. 1959-61, Human Rights Commission U.N. 1961-64, Ambassador to the U.N. 1961-64. Magazine articles gave glowing reports of a "beautiful person's" life in New York, her townhouse at 123 E. 79th St. filled with antique furnishings and art treasures from Ditchley Park, the house run faultlessly by an English butler, as well as their summer home at Barbados, where they entertained Winston Churchill in 1960.

The American branch of the Ditchley Foundation is run by Cyrus Vance, former Secretary of State, and director of the Rockefeller Foundation; Alan Pifer, president of the Carnegie Foundation, and Winston Lord, president of the Council on Foreign Relations. Lord was political and military officer at the Dept, of State 1 961 - 64, international security officer Defense Dept. 1 969-73, spec. asst, to the President of the U.S. 1 970-73, director of policy planning at Dept, of State 1973-77, member of Atlantic Council and Atlantic Institute. Other Ditchley members have been Wallace Sterling, president of Stanford University, Richard Steadman of the German Marshall Fund, and Donald Perkins of Brookings Institution. Perkins is a director of Time, Thyssen- Bornemitza, ATT, Corning, Cummins Engine, Freeport Moran, G.D. Searle, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Bank, and chairman of Jewel Tea Co.

One of the principal but little known operations of the Rockefeller Foundation has been its techniques for controlling world agriculture. Its director, Kenneth Wernimont, set up Rockefeller controlled agricultural programs throughout Mexico and Latin America. The independent farmer is a great threat to the World Order, because he produces for himself, and because his produce can be converted into capital, which gives him independence. In Soviet Russia, the Bolsheviks believed they had attained total control over the people; they were dismayed to find their plans threatened by the stubborn independence of the small farmers, the kulaks. Stalin ordered the OGPU to seize all food and animals of the kulaks, and to starve them out. The Chicago American Feb. 25, 1935 carried a front page headline, "SIX MILLION PERISH IN SOVIET FAMINE: Peasants' Crops Seized, They and their Animals Starve". To draw attention from this atrocity, it was later alleged that the Germans, not the Soviets, had killed six million people, the number taken from the Chicago American headline by a Chicago publicist.

The Communist Party, the Party of the Peasants and Workers, exterminated the peasants and enslaved the workers. Many totalitarian regimes have found the small farmer to be their biggest stumbling block. The French Reign of Terror was directed, not against the aristocrats, many of whom were sympathetic to it, but against the small farmers who refused to turn over their grain to the revolutionary tribunals in exchange for the worthless assignats.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

8/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

In the United States, the foundations are presently engaged in the same type of war of extermination against the American farmer. The traditional formula of land plus labor for the farmer has been altered due to the farmer's need for purchasing power, to buy industrial goods needed in his farming operations. Because of this need for capital, the farmer is especially vulnerable to the World Order's manipulation of interest rates, which is bankrupting him.

Just as in the Soviet Union, in the early 1930s, when Stalin ordered the kulaks to give up their small plots of land to live and work on the collective farms, the American small farmer faces the same type of extermination, being forced to give up his small plot of land to become a hired hand for the big agricultural soviets or trusts. The Brookings Institution and other foundations originated the monetary programs implemented by the Federal Reserve System to destroy the American farmer, a replay of the Soviet tragedy in Russia, with the one proviso that the farmer will be allowed to survive if he becomes a slave worker of the giant trusts.

Once the citizen becomes aware of the true role of the foundations, he can understand the high interest rates, high taxes, the destruction of the family, the degradation of the churches into forums for revolution, the subversion of the universities into CIA cesspools of drug addiction, and the halls of government into sewers of international espionage and intrigue. The American citizen can now understand why every agent of the federal government is against him; the alphabet agencies, the FIB, IRS, CIA, and BATF must make war on the citizen in order to carry out the programs of the foundations.

Summary

We have seen the close interlocking of the foundations with international banks and corporations, all stemming from the Peabody Fund of 1865, and the War Industries Board of Bernard Baruch in World War I. The foundations are in direct violation of their charters, which commit them to do "charitable" work, because they make no grants which are not part of a political goal. The charge has been made, and never denied, that the Heritage-AEI network has at least two KGB moles on its staff. The employment of professional intelligence operatives as "charitable" workers, as was done in the Red Cross Mission to Russia in 1917, exposes the sinister political, economic and social goals which the World Order requires the foundations to achieve through their "bequests".

Not only is this tax fraud, because the foundations are granted tax exemption solely to do charitable work, but it is criminal syndicalism, conspiracy to commit offenses against the United States of America, Constitutional Law 21 3, Corpus Juris Secundum 16.

For the first time, the close interlocking of the foundation "syndicate" has been revealed by the names of its principal incorporators - Daniel Coit Gilman, who incorporated the Peabody Fund and the John Slater Fund, and became an incorporator of the General Education Board (now the Rockefeller Foundation). Gilman, who also incorporated the Russell Trust in 1 856, later became an incorporator of the Carnegie Institution with Andrew Dickson White (Russell Trust) and Frederic A. Delano. Delano also was an original incorporator of the Brookings Institution and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. Daniel Coit Gilman incorporated the Russell Sage Foundation with Cleveland FI. Dodge of the National City Bank.

These foundations incorporators have been closely linked with the Federal Reserve System, the War Industries Board of World War I, the OSS of World War II and the CIA. They have also been closely linked with the American International Corporation, which was formed to instigate the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. Delano, an uncle of Franklin Delano Roosevelt, was on the original Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in 1914. His brother-in-law founded the influential Washington law firm of Covington and Burling.

The Delanos and other ruling families of the World Order trace their lineage directly back to William of Orange and the regime which granted the charter of the Bank of England. Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Queen Mother, Lady Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon, is the daughter of the 14th Earl of Sirathmore. When William of Orange invaded England in 1688, the Scottish lords, who had been loyal to James II, were the last to capitulate.

Patrick Lyon took the oath of fealty to William in 1690, and became the first Earl of Strathmore. The family resides at Glamis Castle, which was made famous by Shakespeare's play, "Macbeth". The present Lord Glamis is Michael Fergus Bowes-Lyon, heir of the 1 7th Earl of Strathmore, who holds additional titles of Earl of Kinghorne, Viscount Lyon, Farnedyce, Sydlaw, and Strathdichtie.

http:/

t'.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

9/10

 

9/12/2016

Mont Pelerin, Ford Foundation and Tavistock

Appendix I

After gaining control of the national government, the Rockefeller Foundation moved to seize control of the state legislatures. The move began in Colorado, where the Rockefellers had perpetrated the infamous "Ludlow Massacre" of workers at their Colorado Fuel & Iron plant. State Senator Flenry Wolcott Toll, a Denver lawyer and graduate of Flarvard Law School, spearheaded the organization of the American Legislators Association in 1925. Time, April 27, 1936, noted that Toll in 1930 got financial aid from the Spelman Rockefeller Fund and moved the organization to the campus of Rockefeller's University of Chicago. Time noted:

"Today the Capitol of the U.S. is still in Washington, but so far as the states individually have any point of contact, it is Mr. Toll's office building in Chicago. Presently Rockefeller money is to erect a $500,000 building on Chicago's Midway to house these secretariats, a sort of League of Nations Palace for the local governments of the 48 states."

This became the Council of State Governments at 1313 60th St. Chicago, from which address the Rockefeller Foundation controlled the state legislatures and ramrodded their programs through mostly unsuspecting state bodies.

Time also noted that Toll's plans were approved by a principal character in this story, Frederick A. Delano:

"His sentiments were echoed with approval by Franklin Roosevelt's uncle, Frederick A. Delano, who, as chairman of the President's Committee on National Resources, was there to lend his advice."

Thus we have the founder of the Brookings Institution guiding foundation control of the state legislatures. The Council of State Governments has now moved to Lexington, Kentucky, where it at present comprises the Conference of Chief Justices, Conference of State Court Administrators, and the National Associations of Attorney Generals, Secretaries of State and State Auditors, State Purchasing Offices, Lieutenant Governors, and State Legislators. The governors of the 50 states comprise the membership of the Council of State Governments.

Table of Contents

Next

«

Prev

Back to Tavistock Institute

»

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/world_order/WorldCh07-4.htm

10/10

Brainwashing: How The British Use The Media for Mass Psychological Warfare by L. Wolfe

Brainwashing: How The British Use The Media for Mass Psychological Warfare by L. Wolfe

http://danielsolis.cz/brainwashing-how-the-british-use-the-media-for-mass-psychological-warfare/

Printed in The American Almanac , May 5, 1997.

The Tavistock "Mother" The "Pictures in Your Head" The "Radio Research Project" The "One-Eyed Babysitter" consolidating the Paradigm The Fly in the Ointment

"I know the secret of making the average American believe anything I want to HIM. Just let me control television .... You put something on the television and it Becomes reality. If the world outside the TV set contradicts the images, people start trying to change the world to make it like the TV set images .... " Hal Becker, media" expert "and management consultant, the Futures Group, in an interview in 1981 [1] In the 15 years since Becker's comment, Americans Have Become Even more "wired" into a mass media network That now includes computer and video games, as well as the Internet-an all-Surrounding network Whose power is so pervasive That It Is Almost Taken for Granted. As the standup comic Said, "We are really a media conscious people. I know a guy Who was run over by a car in the street. He did not want to go to the hospital. Instead, he dragged Himself over to the Nearest bar to check out Whether he made it Onto the evening news. When it was not he, He Said, `What does a guy have to do, get killed, to get on television? '|"

In the Highest circles of the British monarch and Its Club of Isles, this great power is not Taken for Granted. Rather, it is carefull manipulated and directed, as Becker Describes from a limited Standpoint, to create and mold popular opinion. In a 1991 report published by the Malthusian Club of Rome, entitled "The First Global Revolution," Sir Alexander King, top adviser on science and education policy to the royal family and Prince Philip, wrote That new advances in communications technology will greatly expand the power of the media, both in the advanced and Developing Sectors. The media, he proclaimed, is the most powerful weapon and "agent of change" in the fight to Establish a "one-Worldist," neo-Malthusian That order will transcend and obliterate the concept of the nation-state.

"It is Necessary Certainly not engage in a broad debate with the journalists and the top media executives Involved to study the conditions for Them to Be Able to define this new role," King wrote.

In His project, King's Club of Rome can count on cooperation from the media cartel, Which is a British asset, as documented in our report. It Can Also call on the capabilities of a mass psychological warfare machine, Also run by the British and Their Assets, Which extends into key phases of media production, and includes writers and Psychiatrists WHO help shape the content, and the pollsters WHO fine-tune and analyze the impact on targetted populations. Beyond this interacting network, there are Millions of participants Involved in the production, distribution, and transmission of media messages whos thinking, in turn, has been shaped by the content of the media product, and WHO are, effectively, self-Brainwashed by Within the culture Which They live.

The Tavistock "Mother"

The historic center of this mass PSYWAR apparatus is based outside London, in the Tavistock Center. [2] Established in the aftermath of World War I under the patronage of the Duke of Kent George (1902-1942), the original Tavistock Clinic, led by John Rawlings Rees, Developed as the psychological warfare center for the royal family and British intelligence . Rees and a cadre group of Freudian and neo-Freudian Psychiatrists, applied wartime experience of psychological collapse, to create theories about how drought conditions of breakdown could be induced, absent the terror of war. The result was a theory of mass brainwashing Involving group experience, That Could be Used to alter the values of Individuals, and through That, Induce, over time, changes in the axiomatic Assumptions That Govern society.

In the 1930s, Tavistock's extended networks Developed and Symbiotic relationship with the Frankfurt Institute for Social Research, created by European oligarchical networks, Which focussed on the study of culture and Criticism from a neo-Freudian Standpoint. In the late 1930s, with ITS operations Transferred from Germany to the New York area, the Frankfurt School coordinated the first analysis of the impact of a mass media phenomenon, ie, radio, on culture-the Princeton-based "Radio Research Project." [3]

With the outbreak of World War II, Tavistock operatives took Effective control of the Psychological Warfare Directorate of the British Army, while ITS allied network in the United States embedded Itself in the American psychological warfare apparatus, Including the Committee on National Morale and the Strategic Bombing Survey.

By war's end, the combined Influence of Tavistock (Which Became the Tavistock Institute in 1947) and of the former Frankfurt School operatives, had created a cadre of "psychological shock troops," as Rees Called Them, and "cultural warriors" numbering in the Several Thousands. Today That network numbers in the Several Millions around the world, and it is the single most Important Factor in Determining the design and content of mass media product.

The "Pictures in Your Head"

In 1922, Walter Lippmann Defined the term "public opinion" as Follows:

"The pictures inside the heads of human beings, the pictures of Themselves, of others, of Their Needs and Purposes, and relationship, are Their public opinions. Those pictures Which are ACTED upon by groups of people, or the Individuals acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion, with capital letters. " Lippmann, Who was the first to translate Sigmund Freud's works into English, was to become one of the most Influential of political commentators. [4] He serpent Spent World War I at the British psychological warfare and propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, outside of London, in a group That included Freud's nephew, Edward Bernays . [5] Lippmann's book Public Opinion, published one year after Freud's Mass Psychology, Which he touched Similar themes, was a product of the his tutelage by the Rees networks. It is through the media, Lippmann writes, That most people come to develop Those "Pictures In Their heads," giving the media "an awesome power."

The Rees networks snake Spent World War I studying the effects of war psychosis, and ITS breakdown of Individual personality. From Their work, an evil thesis emerged: Through the use of terror, the man can be Reduced to a childlike and submissive state, in Which the his powers of reason are clouded, and in Which His emotional response to various Situations and stimuli can Become predictable, or in Tavistockian terms "profitable." by controlling the levels of anxiety, it is Possible to Induce Similar state and in large groups of people, Whose behavior can be controlled Then and manipulated by the oligarchical forces for Whom Tavistock worked. [6]

Mass media Were Capable of reaching large numbers of people with the Programmed or controlled messages, Which is key to the creation of "controlled environments" for brainwashing Purposes. As Tavistock's researches showed, it was Important That Victims of the mass brainwashing not be aware That Their environment was being controlled; THUS there should be a vast number of sources for information, Whose messages could be VARIED Slightly, so as to mask the sense of external control. Where Possible, the messages should be Offered and reinforced through 'Entertainments, "Which could be Consumed, without apparent coercion, and with the victim Perceiving Himself as making a choice Between various options and outlets.

Lippmann observes in His book That People Are More Than Willing to reduce complex problems to simplistic formulas, to form Their opinion should They believe what others believe around Them; Hardly truth Enters into droughts Considerations. Appearance of reports in the media confer the aura of reality upon Those stories: If They were not Factual, Then Why Would They be reported? Lippmann says the average person believes. People Whose fame is in turn built up by the media, droughts and movie stars, Can Become "opinion leaders," with as much power to sway public opinion and political figures.

Were people to think about this process too much, it Might break down; but, he writes,

"The mass of absolutely illiterate, of feeble minded, Grössl neurotic, undernourished and frustrated Individuals with very considerable, much more considerable, there is reason to think, Than Generally we suppose. Of Thus a wide popular appeal is circulated among persons Who are mentally children or Barbarians, Whose lives are and the Morass of entanglements, people Whose vitality is exhausted, shut-in people, and people Whose experience has comprehended no factor in the problem under Discussion. " Stating That he saw a progression to ever-less-thought-provoking forms of media, Lippmann marvels at the power of the nascent Hollywood movie industry to shape public opinion. Words, or Even a still picture, require an effort for the person to form a "picture in the mind." But, with a movie,

"The whole process of observing, describing, reporting, and imagining Then Has Been Accomplished for you. Without more trouble Than is needed to stay awake, the result Which your imagination is always aiming at is reeled off on the screen. " Significantly, as an example of the power of movies, he uses the DW Griffith propaganda film for the Ku Klux Klan, "The Birth of a Nation"; no American, he writes, will ever hear the name of the Klan again, "Those without seeing white horsemen."

Popular opinion, Lippmann observes, is ultimately Determined by the Desires and wishes of an elite "social set." That set, he states, is a

"Powerful, Socially superior, successful, rich urban social set [Which] is fundamentally international throughout the Western Hemisphere and in many ways, London is the ITS centers. It counts among the ITS membership of The Most Influential People in the world, containing as it does the diplomatic sets, high finance, the upper circles of the army and navy, some princes of the church, the great newspaper proprietors, Their wives, mothers, and daughters WHO wield the scepter of invitation. It is at once a great circle of talk and a real social set. " In a typical Elitist fashion, Lippmann That concludes Coordination of public opinion is lacking in precision. If the goal of a one-Worldist "Great Society" is to be realized, then "public opinion must be Organized for the press, not by the press." It is not sufficient After a rally on the WHIMS of a "super social set" to manipulate the "pictures in people's heads"; That job "can only be managed by a specialized class" Which operates through "intelligence Bureaus." [7]

The "Radio Research Project"

As Lippmann was writing, the radio, the first major mass media technology to Invade the home, was coming into prominence. Unlike the movies, Which Were Viewed in theaters by large groups of people, the radio provided an individualized experience Within the home, and centered on the family. By 1937, out of 32 million American Families, some 27.5 million snake and a radio set-a larger percentage Than snake cars, telephones, electricity or Even.

That same year, the Rockefeller Foundation Funded a project to study the effects of radio on the population. [8] Recruited to what Became known as the "Radio Research Project," headquartered at Princeton University, Were sections of the Frankfurt School, now transplanted from Germany to America, as well as Individuals such as Microsoft Hadley Cantril and Gordon Allport, WHO Were it Become key components of Tavistock's American operations. Heading the project was the Frankfurt School's Paul Lazerfeld; His assistant directors Were Cantril and Allport, along with Frank Stanton, the WHO was to head the CBS News division, and later Become ITS president, as well as chairman of the board of the RAND Corporation.

The project was presaged by Theoretical work done Earlier in the studies of war propaganda and psychosis, and the work of the Frankfurt School operatives Walter Benjamin and Theodor Adorno. Earlier this work snake converged on the thesis That mass media could be used to The Induce Regressive mental states, atomizing Individuals and Producing Increased instability. (These induced mental conditions Were later dubbed by Tavistock Itself as "Brainwashed" states, and the process of inducing Them called "brainwashing.")

In 1938, at the time he was head of the music section of the Radio Research Project, Adorno wrote That listeners to radio music programs:

"Between fluctuate Comprehensive forgetting and sudden dives into recognition. They listen and dissociate what atomistically They hear .... They are not childlike, but They are childish; Their primitivism is not that of the undeveloped, but That of the forcibly Retarded. " The Radio Research Project's Findings, published in 1939, backed up Adorno's thesis of "Enforced retardation," and serve as a brainwashers' handbook.

In studies on the Serialized radio dramas, commonly known as "soap operas" (so named, Because many Were sponsored by soap manufacturers), Herta Hertzog found That Their popularity could not be attributed to any socio-economic characteristics of listeners, but Rather it The Serialized format Itself, Which induced habituated listening. The brainwashing power of serialization was Recognized by movie and television programmers; to this day, the afternoon "soaps" REMAIN among the most addictive of television fare, with 70% of all American women over 18 watching at Least Of These two shows each day.

Another Radio Research Project study investigated the effects of the 1938 Orson Welles radio dramatization of HG Wells's The War of the Worlds, about an invasion from Mars. Some 25% of the listeners to the show, Which was formatted as if it Were a news broadcast, believed That an invasion was under way, creating a national panic-this, despite repeated and clear statements That the show was fictional. Radio Project Researchers found That most people did not believe That snake Martians invaded, but Rather That a German invasion was under way. This, the Researchers reported, Because The show was a snake Followed the "news bulletin" That snake format accompanied Earlier accounts of the war crisis around the Munich conference. Listeners reacted to the format, not the content of the broadcast.

The project's snake Researchers proven radio That snake already so conditioned the minds of listeners ITS, making Them with Fragmented and unthinking, That repetition of format was the key to popularity. [9]

The "One-Eyed Babysitter"

Television was for beginning to make ITS entrance as the next mass media technology at the time the Radio Research Project's Findings Were published in 1939. First experimented with on a large scale in Nazi Germany During the 1936 Berlin Olympics, TV made ITS splashy public appearance at the 1939 New York World's Fair, Where It attracted large crowds. Adorno and others immediately Recognized ITS potential as a mass-brainwashing tool. In 1944, he wrote,

"Television AIMS at the synthesis of radio and film ... but ITS Consequences are Enormous and promise to intensify the impoverishment of aesthetic matter, so drastically That would be tomorrow, the Trinley veiled identity of all industrial culture products can come triumphantly out in the open, derisively Fulfilling the dream of Wagnerian Gesamtkunstwerk -the fusion of all arts in one work. " As was obvious from the Even the Earliest clinical studies of television (some of Which Were Conducted in the late 1940s and early 1950s by Tavistock operatives), viewers, over a Relatively short periods of time, entered into a trance-like state of semi-awareness , characterized by a fixed stare. The longer one watched, the more pronounced the stare. In droughts and condition of twilight-like semi-awareness, They Were susceptible to messages both Contained in the programs Themselves, and through transference, in the advertising. They Were Being Brainwashed. [10]

Television Moved from being a Neighborhood oddity, to mass penetration of especiall urban areas; During Approximately 1947-1952. As Lyndon LaRouche has Observed, this coincided with a critical period in the nation's psychological life. The dreams of Millions of World War II veterans, and Their high hopes of building a better world, crashed to earth in the Morally corrupt leadership of the Truman administration and ensuing economic depression. These veterans retreated into family life, Their jobs, Their homes, Their living rooms. And, in the center of Those living rooms was Their new television set, Whose banal images provided assurance That the corrupt moral choices made snake They Were correct.

The Earliest programming fell back on the tested models of radio, as DESCRIBED in the Radio Research Project: The situation comedy, or "sitcom" The Game shows, the variety shows, sports, and the "soaps." Many Were in serial form , with interlocking characters, if not stories. All Were banal, deliberately designed so.

The children of proposition unhappy veterans, the so-called baby boomers, Became the first generation to be weaned on what LaRouche calls "the one-eyed babysitter." Television viewing was encouraged by parents, Often as a Means of controlling the children, WHO Would stare at whatever was on the screen for hours on end. The content of the first children's programs was banal (but no more so Than the television programming in general), and mentally destructive; Even more destructive was the replacement of real family interaction by television viewing, as the dinner table was Replaced by the "TV dinner" in front of the tube. Not Surprisingly, the children fixated obsessively on the items advertised by the media, Demanding That They be given droughts items, deceit They Not Be Their friends like. [11]

In the mid-1970s, Eric Trist, who, until the his death in 1993 headed Tavistock's operations in the United States, and Tavistock's main media "expert," Fred Emery, reported on Their Findings of the impact of 20 years of television on American society. In Emery's 1975 work, Futures We Are In, They That reported the content of programming was no longer as Important as the sheer AMOUNT of television viewing. Average daily viewing time snake risen steadily over the two Decades since the introduction of the medium, droughts That would be the mid-1970s, it ranked as a daily activity only behind sleep and work, at the Almost six hours a day (Since Then, it has Risen Further still, it More than seven hours, with the Addition of video games, home videos, and so on); among school-age children, The Time Spent viewing television ranked just behind school attendance. These Findings, Tavistock indicated, Strongly Suggested That television was like an addictive drug. Similarly, Emery reported on neurological studies Which, he Claimed, That showed repeated television viewing "shuts down the central nervous system of man."

Whether this claim of holds up under scientific scrutiny, Emery and Trist present Persuasive argument That general, Extensive television viewing lowers the capacity for conceptual thinking about what is being Presented on the screen. The studies show That the mere presence of images on television, especiall Within appropriate` news or documentary format, but Also Within general viewing, tends to "validate" Those images, and imbue theme with a sense of "reality."

Trist and Emery find nothing wrong with droughts developments, Which Indicate That Producing television is a brain-dead generation. Rather; they show how this development fits into a larger global plan for social control, Implemented by Tavistock and Its allied networks on behalf of the ITS sponsors. Society; they state in A Choice of Futures, a book published in the same time period, has been plunging through Progressively Lowered states of mental awareness, to a point Where Even the Orwellian fascist state is not Attainable. At this point, thanks to television and other mass media, mankind is in a state of dissociation, Whose political outcome will be manifested in a "Clockwork Orange" society, named for the book by the late Anthony Burgess, in Which roving youth Gangs habitually Commit random Acts of Violence, and Then return home to watch the news about what They have done on the "tube."

The brainwashers point out That this development, for Which They say the violence of Northern Ireland is a model, was not induced by the effects of television alone. Society has been put through "social turbulence" in a series of economic and political shocks, Which included the war in Vietnam, the oil price shocks, and the Assassination of political leaders. The psychological impact of Those events, for Whose responsibility Properly They neglect to ascribe to the Anglo-American establishment, Were Magnified by Their Being Brought into homes, in gory and terrifying detail, by television news broadcasts. Under the Trist-Emery scenario, one can imagine hearing the tag line for a future late news program: "The end of the world. Details at 11. "

Consolidating the Paradigm

In a 1991 anthology of the work's of Tavistock Which he edited, Trist wrote That all of the international "nodes" or centers of the institute's brainwashing apparatus Were deployed for the central purpose of consolidating the paradigm-shift to a "post-industrial world order . "Their goal, he stated, was to make the shift irreversible. In this work, and in other locations, Trist, like Alexander King, and urges mass "reeducational" campaign to break the Last Vestiges of national resistance, especiall Within the United States, that this new one-world order.

Approximately ten1 years Earlier, Another of Tavistock's minions, Bertram Gross, in a paper Delivered to a 1981 World Future Society conference Attended by Al Gore, provided a glimpse of what this "new world order" Might look like. Gross argued That in the period ahead, the World Would Be Offered what Tavistock likes to call a "critical choice" -a set of options, all of Which Appear to be bad, but, Because of applied terror and pressure of events, and choice is nonetheless forced and the "less bad" option taken. Western industrial society will break down into chaos; this chaos can, He Said, Either lead to a fascism of the authoritarian type That the British helped install in Nazi Germany, or that a more humane and Benevolent form of fascism, Which Gross Called a "friendly fascism." The choice, Gross proclaimed , is to attempt to go back to the old industrial paradigm, under Which there will be Nazi fascism; Or, to embrace post-industrialism, Where there will be a "friendly fascism." The latter, He Said, with Clearly preferable, since it is Merel and transition to a new "global information world order," Which Will Involve more personal choice and freedom, and a true open and participatory mass democracy.

For Gross, the choice is clear: In any case, there will be pain and suffering; but only the "friendly fascism" of the global information order, of a society wired together by cable television, satellites, and computer lines, offers hope for a better "future."

Who Shall ADMINISTER this "friendly fascist" world order? Gross Explained That there now truly exists a "Golden International," a term That he Credited to the late Communist International (Comintern) leader Nikolai Bukharin. It is an enlightened international elite, based Within the powerful European-centered oligarchy That controls the global multinational communications industry, as well as other critical resources and global finance. This elite must be instructed and Informed by the intelligence of the Tavistock networks; They must be Shown That the great masses of television-fixated mental zombies can be won Easily to this brave new world, through inducements of Entertainments and the endless supply of "information." Once the masses are won over, through "education," then Within the national Resistance Sectors will collapse.

In 1989 under the initiative of Trist, Tavistock convened a seminar at Case Western Reserve University to discuss the Means to bring about a "stateless" international fascism-a new global information world order. In 1991 DEVOTED ITS Tavistock journal, Human Relations, to the publication of the papers from That conference. In Several of the papers, the call Went out for the deployment of the mass media on behalf of this project.

In Addition, since 1981, there was now a new technology at the disposal of the brainwashers-the Internet. ACCORDING TO Harold Perlmutter, one of the participants at the Case Western seminar, the Internet and Subversive Represented Means to Penetrate national borders with "information" about this New World Order; Also it serves as a glue for a network of non-governmental organizations, all circulating propaganda for the New World Order. These NGOs are to be the superstructure upon Which the New World Order is to be built. Perlmutter, and other conference participants, argued That Their movement can not be beaten, Because it does not exist, in a formal sense. It resides in the minds of ITS Conspirators, minds Informed by Tavistock's mass-media brainwashing machine. As television was the information drug During the last half of this millennium, with the Internet, With its glut of mostly useless chatter and "information," With its Subversive, Programmed messages, is to be the new "drug" of the next millennium, Tavistock boasts. [12]

"Americans do not really think-They have opinions, feelings," Said the Futures Group's Hal Becker in a 1981 interview. "Television Creates opinion, Then validates it. Are they Brainwashed by the tube? It is really more Than That. That I think people have lost Their ability to relay the images of Their Own Lives television without intervening. This really is what we mean When we say we have a wired society. We are headed for an Orwellian society, but Orwell made a mistake in 1984. Big Brother does not need to watch you, as long as you watch it. And Who can say That this is really so bad? "

The Fly in the Ointment

But, Even Within the Elitist circles of Tavistock's international networks, there is a faint Glimmer That Might be something seriously awry in Their plan. It was Expressed by an author quoted by Emery back in 1973, the WHO wondered aloud what Might Happen When The television-addicted baby-boomer generation fully Takes over the reins of leadership. Have we really prepared to Lead Them? They can think and solve problems? Emery dismisses the problem, Indicating That there is enough time yet to train droughts leadership cadre.

But the questions linger. In 1981 at the World Future Society event at Which Gross Delivered His paean to the "friendly fascist" "global information order," Tony Lentz, an assistant professor of speech at the Pennsylvania State University, Observed That he serpent witnessed destruction of oral and Written skills, by the mass media and television; Not only could most students not write coherently, but They Could not Even speak intelligently. This was not a function of Merel Miseducation, he stated in the his paper, "The Medium Is Madness," but Also Because They snake no desire to think. Arguing That Plato states That our knowledge of the world must be based on Knowing the mind of someone who knows something about it, Lentz Said That television has left people with the idea of mere images That Represent knowledge. There is no questioning, no effort to get inside the mind of someone, Merel dialogue and image, sound and fury, Signify That Certainly nothing. [13]

"Allowing Ourselves to Be Influenced by the subtle but powerful illusions presented by television," wrote Lentz, "leads to a kind of mass madness That can have Rather frightening implications for the future of the nation ... We will have Begun to see Things that aren 't there, giving someone else the power to make up our illusions for us. The prospect is frightening, and given our cultural heritage we should know better. "

Notebook

The Futures Group, a private think-tank, was one of the first Organizations that specialize in the use of computer interfaces in psychological manipulations of corporate executives and political leaders. In 1981, it pioneered the RAPID program for the US State Department, Which Used computer-driven graphics to brainwash select Developing sector leaders into Supporting International Monetary Fund conditionalities and population control programs. It Was Also Involved in Extensive profiling of the US population for major multinationals. The LaRouche movement undertook groundbreaking work on the Tavistock network in 1973-74, and published the results of investigations in the ITS Campaigner magazine (Winter 1973, Spring 1974 issues). Additional work has been published in EIR, bridge Recently in the May 24, 1996 issue, a Special Report entitled "The Sun Never Sets on the British Empire." For A Comprehensive Report on the Frankfurt School and ITS network, Including ITS role in shaping mass media policy and cultural warfare, see Michael Minnicino, "The New Dark Age: The Frankfurt School and` Political correctness, '| " Fidelio, Winter 1,992th Lippmann, WHO migrated from Fabian Socialist networks to the circles of the Thomas Dewey and the Dulles brothers, Became the Spokesman for an American imperialists That faction was controlled by the British, and deployed against the anti-imperial policy outlook of President Franklin D. Roosevelt . See Lyndon LaRouche, The Case of Walter Lippmann (New York: Campaigner Publications Inc., 1977). Bernays is important in His own right, as the person WHO created "Madison Ave." advertising, based on the tricks of Freudian psychological manipulation. All Tavistock psychologists (as well as Freudian psychology) proceeds from the image of man as a beast Sensai. Explicitly it rejects it, with great malice, the Judeo-Christian view of man as created in the image of God, Meaning that man, and man alone, is endowed by His Creator with creativity. Tavistock, Which Claims That all creativity DERIVES solely from neurotic or sublimated erotic impulses, sees the human mind Merel as a slate on Which it can draw and redraw ITS "pictures." This is Similar to the Notion, put foward by Rees in the his book The Shaping of Psychiatry by War of the creation of a elite group of Psychiatrists Who will, on behalf of the ruling oligarchs ENSURE the "mental health" of the world. The Nazis snake already extensively Used for radio propaganda brainwashing, as an integral element of the fascist state. This was Observed and studied when by the Tavistock networks. It is Important to note That there is nothing inherently evil with radio, television, or any form of technology. What Makes Them dangerous is the control of Their Use and content by the Club of Isles networks for evil Purposes, to create habituated, and Even fixated listeners and viewers, Whose critical THUS Capacities are seriously impaired. For a more Comprehensive Discussion of television, programming ITS, ITS and brainwashing of the American population, see the 16-part series "Turn Off Your Television" by this author in the New Federalist, 1990-1993. It is available in reprint from EIR. One of Tavistock's specialties is the study of the psychological manipulation of children, and the impact of advertising on young minds. Such advertising is carefull crafted to lure children into Desiring the advertised product. There has been a massive investment in the infrastructure of the Internet, a disproportionate available near-term, or Even intermediate-term return. This leads one to speculate That droughts investment is in FACT a "loss leader" for the INTENDED Psychological Impacts of the new technology. While droughts expressions are an echo of Platonic thinking; they are Merel that-an echo. For a better understanding of the problem of education, see Lyndon LaRouche, "On the Subject of Metaphor," Fidelio, Fall 1992nd The Media Cartel That Controls What You Think , by L. Wolfe, The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. The Cartelization of the media , Jeffrey Steinberg, The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. British Direct Control of the US Media , The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. British "Fellow Travellers" Control Major US Media , Jeffrey Steinberg, The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. Tavistock's Language Project: The Origin of "Newspeak" , The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. For Whom The Polls Toll would L. Wolf, The American Almanac, May 5, 1997. The The preceding article is a rough version of the article That appeared in The American Almanac . It is made available here with the permission of The New Federalist Newspaper. Any use of, or quotations from, this article must attribute Them's The New Federalist, and The American Almanac.

For Whom The Toll Polls

by L. Wolfe

Printed in The American Almanac , May 5, 1997.

In the 1996 national political conventions, ABC television Unveiled what it Called the latest "breakthrough" in the polling-the "Insta-poll." A small "focus group" of selected Individuals, supposedly a statistically valid demographic representation of the American population, sat in a room watching live telecasts of the Dole and Clinton acceptance speeches. In Their Hands; they held a rheostat-like device with Which They registered Their pleasure or displeasure with statements made by the candidate as he was speaking. These responses Were fed into a computer, Which Then the aggregate responses converted into graphic representations, fluctuating on the screen and opinions Instantly changed. The ABC commentators proclaimed That this "new" technology enabled Them to break down the speech, to analyze what parts of it "played in Peoria."[1]

Graphic representations aside, the technology was new Hardly. Some 60 years ago, and device Similar snake been Developed as part of a Rockefeller Foundation-Funded Project, using the US networks of Freudian brainwashers from the Frankfurt School's Institute for Social Research[2] , and other operatives allied with the London Tavistock Institute, to study radio's impact on society and Its potential for mass brainwashing. Directing the so-called Radio Research Project, based at Princeton University, was one of the fathers of public opinion polling, Paul Lazersfeld, along with three others WHO Were To Become socialite in That "black art": the Tavistock-linked Gordon Allport, from Harvard; Hadley Cantril, WHO Established one of the leading polling-profiling operations out of Princeton; and Frank Stanton, Then the director of research for the CBS radio network, Who was later to rise to head CBS's News Division, and still later to head both the CBS network and the RAND Corporation.

The crowning achievement of the Radio Research Project was the Lazersfeld-Stanton Program Analyzer, the so-called "Little Annie" -a rheostat-like device with test audiences Which could register the intensity of Their likes and dislikes of radio programs, or commercials, on a moment-to-moment basis; The brainwashers Were Able to Determine what characters or Particular Situations produced the Desired, momentary feeling states in the target audience.[3]

In The Beginning ...

All public opinion polling has ITS origins in "sociometrics," or statistical sociologists, as Developed in the early part of this century by Frankfurt School-linked operatives, Including Max Weber. [4] It is based, as with ABC's Insta-Poll, or the Radio Research Project's "Little Annie" on the measurement of momentary feeling states, or opinions , on given subjects. This Provides a Detailed profile of the prejudices and Assumptions of a targetted population; as droughts, polls can be Useful for mass brainwashing campaigns to shift opinions that could Those Desired Those Who Run Them. The mass media, as They Developed through this century, from print, to radio, to television, Became the principal vehicles for the promotion of drought shifts.

Creative thinking defies measurement in quantifiable terms. It is impossible to come up with a statistical correlation, based on polling, That could Determine Whether one creative idea is better or more valid Than Another, Whether it can be accepted by society as Useful, Important, or true. As Those Involved with the Radio Research Project, and droughts American pollsters as George Gallup and Lou Harris, or Elmo Roper, "and provide" opinions can be counted Easily; other-directed Americans, always Concerned about what Their neighbors think, as a determinant of what They should think about given subjects, Were Shown to be readily susceptible to manipulation by poll results, Accepting the poll numbers as true, and being guided in Their Own Actions Perceived by the "majority opinion".

Polling of the type That most Americans are familiar with which began in the 1930s Becoming material featured on radio and in newspapers. At That time, most polls Were Conducted by national polling agencies, such as Microsoft Gallup, Roper, or Harris, with specialized contracting handled through Cantril's operation at Princeton and, later, Allport's at Harvard. By the late 1940s and early 1950s, the US key nodes of Tavistock Were Conducting specialized polling operations, under contract from government agencies and the private sector. In the 1960s, the television and radio networks linked up with major newspapers, droughts and the Washington Post and the New York Times to run Their Own polling operations; They are now a staple of the nightly television news broadcasts on all networks, Including the cable news channels, such as Microsoft CNN.[5]

Shifting Policy

There has always been a more covert, secret side to the thesis of polling operations. The results of the Radio Research Project snake Demonstrated the effectiveness of public opinion polling for profiling populations, it DETERMINE Their subjective weaknesses, for Purposes of manipulation. This was put to work During World War II, as Tavistock-linked brainwashers Conducted Extensive polling of the enemy, and allied populations, operating from the Army's Psychological Warfare Directorate and the Committee on National Morale, it Determine the effectiveness of brainwashing propaganda.[6] The Findings Became the basis of Detailed country and regional population profiles That Were Used by the British oligarchy and Its American lackeys to shape post-World War II policy.[7]

Immediately after World War II, the bridge Extensive profiling of the American population to date took place under the auspices of a project Jointly run through the Frankfurt School-Tavistock networks, ostensible to study "prejudice" in the United States. The study, Whose most notorious volume was Titled The authoritarian Personality, was Used to the promote the still widely-held belief That fascism DERIVES from Certain 'personality types, "and Its Quack measurements and description of this personality type have since been used to The target any enemy of British policy INTERESTS.[8] The database assembled from the tens of Thousands of interviews, provided a compilation of manipulable proclivities and Fears of Americans, that was Used in den folgenden Decades.[9]

Another major polling-profiling operation was undertaken by the Tavistock networks in the 1960s, under a NASA grant, ostensible to Examine the impact of the space program on the population. The Findings of the semi-secret Rapoport Report, of Which only one volume was published, found that the space program serpent produced a "dangerous" outbreak of cultural optimism and belief in the capability of creative scientific thinking to solve problems; this was dangerous to the British policy of post-industrialism, Then Beginning to Be Implemented.[10] The reports, WHICH found Their Way Into the Highest policy circles of the British Empire, ice it and decision to shut down the US space program as Rapidly as Possible, Even as it was Achieving ITS crowning success with the 1969 Manned lunar landing .

To build public support for this shutdown of the space program, starting in That same period, an effort was Launched through public opinion polling, by agencies such as Microsoft Gallup and Harris, and Promoted in the media, Including television, to "show" that Americans Were Opposed to the Continued expenditures for Manned space flight; The results of the thesis of fraudulent polls helped shape the 1970-1972 election campaigns, in Which droughts and scale-back was debated.[11]

Big Business

Today, public opinion polling is a multibillion-dollar industry, Involving Tens of Thousands of operatives, and hundreds of Thousands of polls annually. Aside from the daily appearance of poll results in the print and electronic media, corporate and other business leaders use polls to guide Their Decisions on Everything from When it best announce layoffs, what color to next year's cars should be.[12] Political figures, from the President on down, unfortunately rally on polls and pollsters it DETERMINE They should say what and how They should act; In the most recent election campaign, Approximately 15% of the vast Sums of Money Spent Went to pollsters and Their Analysts.[13]

"Polls carried That people are stupid," Said Hal Becker, WHO headed the Connecticut-based Futures Group, an outfit Which specialized in Sophisticated polling of the US and other national populations.

"If you want an American to believe something, Then all you have to do is get a poll Taken That says it is so (and believe me, That is an easy thing to do, if you know how), And Then get it publicized . You can tell somebody the Moon is made of green cheese-if the poll numbers say it is so, Then the jerk reading or watching Them Them on the boob tube will believe it. Guaranteed. " Those comments Becker made in 1981. They are just as true today. Referring to: no matter how many people believe That something is true, this does not make it true, but only the Prevailing opinion . Ted Turner, the media magnate conjoined now with Time-Warner, believes That the future of US politics Lies in the instant polling of Americans, Which he calls the ultimate form of participatory democracy; new forms of interactive cable and the Internet, he says, will make all this possible.[14] He is not alone in drought professed beliefs; and 1991 Tavistock-initiated study on, among other things, new forms of world government, and Similar Reached Conclusion.[15] Our Founding Fathers, In Their infinite wisdom, designed a Republican government, based on seeking the truth, and resisting the WHIMS of Ill-Informed or manipulated "mass democracy." We have already come too far down the path plowed by the pollsters, and Their backers such as Microsoft and Turner-Which path leads straight to fascism.

Notebook

[return to text] While the commentators snake Clearly hoped for some dramatic results, the graphic data showed Hardly any "connection" Between the focus group, split Between "Democrats," "Republicans" and "Independents," and the acceptance speeches: The graphs Were mostly horizontal lines, Similar to the "Flatliner" readings of the vital signs of patient's dead. [return to text] See Michael Minnicino, "The New Dark Age: The Frankfurt School and` Political correctness, '| " Fidelio, Winter 1,992th [return to text] To this day, CBS maintains "program analyzer" capabilities in both New York and Hollywood; other networks and production studios use Similar devices. It Is Said That They correlate 85% to AC Nielsen poll-ratings for television viewership. [return to text] While the concept of public opinion was Discussed During the last century, the idea of statistically measuring it with polls is new to the 20th century. The first interpretive public opinion poll was Conducted in 1912, with the advice of Max Weber, it DETERMINE for a German trade union leader what the his members thought about Certain subjects, so That he could take the position on Them That the majority Would favor. [return to text] It was Frank Stanton WHO polling Introduced as a component of the "Evening News" During the his reign at CBS. [return to text] One of the key profiling operations revolved around the study of war bond sales, and the effectiveness of the various promotional campaigns. Among ITS Findings, That was the American population snake little belief in anything political figures Said That, with the exception of President Franklin Roosevelt; referring to: They tended to look favorably upon the same statements made by movie stars and Similar figures of popular culture. [return to text] Some of the results of the poll was published in journals, such as Microsoft Public Opinion Quarterly, edited by Cantril, and directed toward your pollsters and Their controllers. These and other Classified Data Revealed That Americans, while still fearing "communism," looked forward toward your working with Russia as a Continuing ally in President Roosevelt's postwar to proposed "grand design" for peace and prosperity. There was myös great deal of distrust of the colonial powers, most notable the British Empire, and support for a policy of Emancipation for all colonial peoples, and an economic improvement Accompanying-provided That American prosperity could be Insured; Overriding the fear of a new depression was Noted, as well. After Roosevelt's death, British-inspired Efforts split the potential alliance Between the Russians and the United States, and a new wave of anti-communist hysteria was cranked up leading to the obscenity of McCarthyism. Simultaneously, the country was plunged into a new depression, and Its profiled response snake Americans Retreating into Their Own Fearful lives, giving up, for That Crucial moment, the hopes for a better world, free of colonialism, That snake been inspired by Roosevelt and The victory over fascism. [return to text] The Anti-Defamation League of B'nai B'rith and the British-controlled and US media have -influenced Used this method against Lyndon LaRouche. [return to text] Interestingly, the Frankfurt School-directed profiling of the German population in the 1930s found That anti-Semitism was not a feature of the German character, That Germany was not anti-Semitic as a nation, nor was anti-Semitism Even The most Important feature of Nazism. Those Findings executes and great embarrassment, That snake to be covered up, for the "authoritarian personality" hoax to play out. [return to text] A Portion of the so-called Rapoport Report was published under the title, Social Change: Space Impact on Communities and Social Groups (Also see EIR, Jan. 12, 1996, "The Roots of the Tavistock` Aquarian Conspiracy '|'). [return to text] The polls cited Usually asked questions That compared expenditures for the space program that funds needed for mass transit, new housing, and Similar "down to earth" programs. At first, there was no direct question about support for the space program Itself, or Even for the lunar landing; Those questions Were Asked later, after the initial poll results Were publicized, and after various "scientists" were Brought into public view this claim of unmanned space exploration That was the cheaper and more Effective use of funds. Never was anyone told about the vast benefits to the domestic economy Directly and Indirectly Caused by the Apollo program. [return to text] Walter Lippmann's associate at the British Wellington House psychological warfare unit During World War I, Sigmund Freud's nephew Edward Bernays, was the first to emphasize the value of polling data for Determining public taste. Bernays is Generally regarded as the father of "Madison Avenue" advertising. [return to text] Much of the political polling is complete fabrication. As some of the work of Roy Cohn-linked Dick Morris Demonstrated, it is INTENDED to manipulate Candidates into spending money for the media, with the appropriate` kickbacks to the pollsters. [return to text] Turner's partner, Warner Communications, had experimented with interactive mass democracy During the 1980s, using ITS interactive cable system, Qube, a Provide instant referendum for Local Governments. [return to text] The 1989-91 Case Western Reserve-directed study on mass participatory democracy, to proposed using technology That Became the Internet, as a mechanism for doing away with the nation-state. See EIR, May 24, 1996 "brainwashing Tavistock's Imperial Project." The Media Cartel That Controls What You Think , by L. Wolfe, The American Almanac, , May 5, 1997. The Cartelization of the media , Jeffrey Steinberg, The American Almanac, , May 5, 1997. British Direct Control of the US Media , The American Almanac, , May 5, 1997. Brainwashing: How The British Use the Media for Mass Psychological Warfare , by L. Wolfe, The American Almanac, , May 5, 1997. British "Fellow Travellers" Control Major US Media , Jeffrey Steinberg, The American Almanac, , May 5, 1997. Tavistock's Language Project: The Origin of "Newspeak" , The American Almanac, , May 5, 1997.

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY ... Bertrand Russell

2

ferred, a new philosophy is growing up, involving a changed conception of man's place in the universe.

I shall deal successively with these aspects of the effects of science on human life. First I shall recount its purely intellec- tual effect as a solvent of unfounded traditional beliefs, such as witchcraft. Next, I shall consider scientific technique, especially since the industrial revolution. Last, I shall set forth the philosophy which is being suggested by the tri- umphs of science, and shall contend that this philosophy, if unchecked, may inspire a form of unwisdom from which disastrous consequences may result.

The study of anthropology has made us vividly aware of the mass of unfounded beliefs that influence the lives of un- civilized human beings. Illness is attributed to sorcery, fail- ure of crops to angry gods or malignant demons. Human sacrifice is thought to promote victory in war and the fertility of the soil; eclipses and comets are held to presage disaster. The life of the savage is hemmed in by taboos, and the conse- quences of infringing a taboo are thought to be frightful.

Some parts of this primitive outlook died out early in the regions in which civilization began. There are traces of human sacrifice in the Old Testament, for instance in the stories of Jephthah's daughter and of Abraham and Isaac, but by the time the Jews became fully historical they had abandoned the practice. The Greeks abandoned it in about the seventh century b.c. But the Carthaginians still practiced it during the Punic Wars. The decay of human sacrifice in Mediterranean countries is not attributable to science, but presumably to humanitarian feelings. In other respects, however, science has been the chief agent in dispelling primi- tive superstitions.

Eclipses were the earliest natural phenomena to escape

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION

 

from superstition into science. The Babylonians could pre- dict them, though as regards solar eclipses their predictions were not always right. But the priests kept this knowledge to themselves, and used it as a means of increasing their hold over the populace. When the Greeks learned what the Babylonians had to teach, they very quickly arrived at as- tonishing astronomical discoveries. Thucydides mentions an eclipse of the sun, and says that it occurred at the new moon, which, he goes on to observe, is apparently the only time at which such a phenomenon can occur. The Pythagoreans, very shortly after this time, discovered the correct theory of both solar and lunar eclipses, and inferred that the earth is a sphere from the shape of its shadow on the moon.

Although, for the best minds, eclipses were thus brought within the domain of science, it was a long time before this knowledge was generally accepted. Milton could still speak of times when the sun

In dim eclipse, disastrous twilight sheds On half the nations, and with fear of change Perplexes monarchs.

But in Milton this had become only poetic license.

It was very much longer before comets were brought within the compass of science; indeed the process was com- pleted only by the work of Newton and his friend Halley. Caesar's death was foretold by a comet; as Shakespeare makes Calpurnia say:

When beggars die, there are no comets seen;

The heavens themselves blaze forth the death of princes.

The Venerable Bede asserted: "comets portend revolu- tions of kingdoms, pestilence, war, winds, or heat." John

 

4 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

Knox regarded comets as evidence of divine anger, and his followers thought them "a warning to the King to extirpate the Papists." Probably Shakespeare still held beliefs of a superstitious kind about comets. It was only when they were found to obey the law of gravitation, and when some at least were found to have calculable orbits, that educated men in general ceased to regard them as portents.

It was in the time of Charles II that scientific rejection of traditional superstitions became common among educated men. Charles II perceived that science could be an ally against the "fanatics," as those who regretted Cromwell were called. He founded the Royal Society, and made science fashionable. Enlightenment spread gradually downwards from the Court. The House of Commons was as yet by no means as modern in outlook as the King. After the plague and the Great Fire, a House of Commons Committee in- quired into the causes of those misfortunes, which were generally attributed to divine displeasure, though it was not clear to what the displeasure was due. The Committee decided that what most displeased the Lord was the works of Mr. Thomas Hobbes. It was decreed that no work of his should be published in England. This measure proved effec- tive: there has never since been a plague or a Great Fire in London. But Charles, who liked Hobbes because Hobbes had taught him mathematics, was annoyed. He, however, was not thought by Parliament to be on intimate terms with Providence.

It was at this time that belief in witchcraft began to be viewed as a superstition. James I was a fanatical persecutor of witches. Shakespeare's Macbeth was a piece of govern- ment propaganda, and no doubt the witches in that play made it more acceptable as a piece of flattery of the monarch. Even

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION

 

Bacon pretended to believe in witchcraft, and made no pro- test when a Parliament of which he was a member passed a law increasing the severity of the punishment of witches. The climax was reached under the Commonwealth, for it was especially Puritans who believed in the power of Satan. It was partly for this reason that Charles IPs government, while not yet venturing to deny the possibility of witchcraft, was much less zealous in searching it out than its predecessors had been. The last witchcraft trial in England was in 1664, when Sir Thomas Browne was a witness against the witch. The laws against it gradually fell into abeyance, and were repealed in 1736 — though, as late as 1768, John Wesley continued to support the old superstition. In Scotland the superstition lingered longer: the last conviction was in 1722.

The victory of humanity and common sense in this matter was almost entirely due to the spread of the scientific out- look — not to any definite argument, but to the impossibility of the whole way of thinking that had been natural before the age of rationalism that began in the time of Charles II, partly, it must be confessed, as a revolt against a too rigid moral code

Scientific medicine had, at first, to combat superstitions similar to those that inspired belief in witchcraft. When Vesalius first practiced dissection of corpses, the Church was horrified. He was saved from persecution, for a time, by the Emperor Charles V, who was a valetudinarian, and believed that no other physician could keep him in health. But after the Emperor died, Vesalius was accused of cutting people up before they were dead. He was ordered, as a penance, to go on a pilgrimage to the Holy Land; he was shipwrecked, and died of exposure. In spite of his work and that of Hervey and other great men, medicine continued to be largely supersti-

 

6 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

tious. Insanity, in particular, was thought to be due to posses- sion by evil spirits, and was therefore treated by subjecting the insane to cruelties which it was hoped the demons would dislike. George III, when mad, was still treated on this principle. The ignorance of the general public continued even longer. An aunt of mine, when her husband quarreled with the War Office, was afraid that the worry would cause him to develop typhus. It is hardly till the time of Lister and Pasteur that medicine can be said to have become scientific. The diminution of human suffering owing to the advances in medicine is beyond all calculation.

Out of the work of the great men of the seventeenth cen- tury a new outlook on the world was developed, and it was this outlook, not specific arguments, which brought about the decay of the belief in portents, witchcraft, demoniacal pos- session, and so forth. I think there were three ingredients in the scientific outlook of the eighteenth century that were specially important:

(i) Statements of fact should be based on observation, not on unsupported authority.

(2) The inanimate world is a self-acting, self-perpetuating system, in which all changes conform to natural laws.

(3) The earth is not the center of the universe, and probably Man is not its purpose (if any); moreover, "purpose" is a concept which is scientifically useless.

These items make up what is called the "mechanistic out- look," which clergymen denounce. It led to the cessation of persecution and to a generally humane attitude. It is now less accepted than it was, and persecution has revived. To those

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION 7

who regard its effects as morally pernicious, I commend attention to these facts.

Something must be said about each of the above ingredients of the mechanistic outlook.

(1) Observation versus Authority: To modern educated people, it seems obvious that matters of fact are to be ascer- tained by observation, not by consulting ancient authorities. But this is an entirely modern conception, which hardly existed before the seventeenth century. Aristotle maintained that women have fewer teeth than men; although he was twice married, it never occurred to him to verify this state- ment by examining his wives' mouths. He said also that chil- dren will be healthier if conceived when the wind is in the north. One gathers that the two Mrs. Aristotles both had to run out and look at the weathercock every evening before going to bed. He states that a man bitten by a mad dog will not go mad, but any other animal will (Hist. An. 704a) ; that the bite of the shrewmouse is dangerous to horses, especially if the mouse is pregnant (ibid., 604^) ; that elephants suffering from insomnia can be cured by rubbing their shoulders with salt, olive oil, and warm water (ibid., 605a) ; and so on and so on. Nevertheless, classical dons, who have never observed any animal except the cat and the dog, continue to praise Aristotle for his fidelity to observation.

The conquest of the East by Alexander caused an immense influx of superstition into the Hellenistic world. This was particularly notable as regards astrology, which almost all later pagans believed in. The Church condemned it, not on scientific grounds, but because it implied subjection to Fate. There is, however, in St. Augustine, a scientific argument against astrology quoted from one of the rare pagan skeptics.

 

8 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

The argument is that twins often have very different careers, which they ought not to have if astrology were true.

At the time of the Renaissance, belief in astrology became a mark of the free thinker: it must be true, he thought, be- cause the Church condemned it. Free thinkers were not yet any more scientific than their opponents in the matter of appeal to observable facts.

Most of us still believe many things that in fact have no basis except in the assertions of the ancients. I was always told that ostriches eat nails, and, though I wondered how they found them in the Bush, it did not occur to me to doubt the story. At last I discovered that it comes from Pliny, and has no truth whatever.

Some things are believed because people feel as if they must be true, and in such cases an immense weight of evi- dence is necessary to dispel the belief. Maternal impressions are a case in point. It is supposed that any notable impression on the mother during gestation will affect the offspring. This notion has scriptural warrant: you will remember how Jacob secured speckled kine. If you ask any woman who is not a scientist or an associate of scientists, she will overwhelm you with incidents in proof of the superstition. Why, there was Mrs. So-and-So, who saw a fox caught in a trap, and sure enough her child was born with a fox's foot. Did you know Mrs. So-and-So? No, but my friend Mrs. Such-and- Such did. So, if you are persistent, you ask Mrs. Such-and- Such, who says: "Oh no, /didn't know Mrs. So-and-So, but Mrs. What's-Her-Name did." You may spend a lifetime in the pursuit of Mrs. So-and-So, but you will never catch up with her. She is a myth.

The same situation occurs in regard to the inheritance of acquired characters. There is such a strong impulse to be-

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION

 

lieve in this that biologists have the greatest difficulty in persuading people of the contrary. In Russia they have failed to convince Stalin, and have been compelled to give up being scientific in this matter.

When Galileo's telescope revealed Jupiter's moons, the orthodox refused to look through it, because they knew there could not be such bodies, and therefore the telescope must be deceptive.

Respect for observation as opposed to tradition is difficult and (one might almost say) contrary to human nature. Science insists upon it, and this insistence was the source of the most desperate battles between science and authority. There are still a great many respects in which the lesson has not been learned. Few people can be convinced that an obnoxious habit — e.g. exhibitionism — cannot be cured by punishment. It is pleasant to punish those who shock us, and we do not like to admit that indulgence in this pleasure is not always socially desirable.

(2) The autonomy of the physical world: Perhaps the most powerful solvent of the pre-scientific outlook has been the first law of motion, which the world owes to Galileo, though to some extent he was anticipated by Leonardo da Vinci.

The first law of motion says that a body which is moving will go on moving in the same direction with the same velocity until something stops it. Before Galileo it had been thought that a lifeless body will not move of itself, and if it is in motion it will gradually come to rest. Only living beings, it was thought, could move without help of some external agency. Aristotle thought that the heavenly bodies were pushed by gods. Here on earth, animals can set themselves in motion and |can cause motion in dead matter. There are, it was conceded, certain kinds of motion which are "natural"

 

IO

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

to dead matter: earth and water naturally move downwards, air and fire upwards; but beyond these simple "natural" motions everything depends upon impulsion from the souls of living beings.

So long as this view prevailed, physics as an independent science was impossible, since the physical world was thought to be not causally self-contained. But Galileo and Newton between them proved that all the movements of the planets, and of dead matter on the earth, proceed according to the laws of physics, and once started, will continue indefinitely. There is no need of mind in this process. Newton still thought that a Creator was necessary to get the process going, but that after that He left it to work according to its own laws.

Descartes held that not only dead matter, but the bodies of animals also, are wholly governed by the laws of physics. Probably only theology restrained him from saying the same of human bodies. In the eighteenth century French free thinkers took this further step. In their view, the relation of mind and matter was the antithesis of what Aristotle and the scholastics had supposed. For Aristotle, first causes were always mental, as when an engine driver starts a freight train moving and the impulsion communicates itself from truck to truck. Eighteenth-century materialists, on the contrary, considered all causes material, and thought of mental occur- rences as inoperative by-products.

(3) The dethronement of "purpose''': Aristotle maintained that causes are of four kinds; modern science admits only one of the four. Two of Aristotle's four need not concern us; the two that do concern us are the "efficient" and the "final" cause. The "efficient" cause is what we should call simply "the cause"; the "final" cause is the purpose. In human affairs this distinction has validity. Suppose you find a restau-

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION

 

II

 

rant at the top of a mountain. The "efficient" cause is the carrying up of the materials and the arranging of them in the pattern of a house. The "final" cause is to satisfy the hunger and thirst of tourists. In human affairs, the question "why?" is more naturally answered, as a rule, by assigning the final cause than by setting out the efficient cause. If you ask "why is there a restaurant here?" the natural answer is "because many hungry and thirsty people come this way." But the answer by final cause is only appropriate where human volitions are involved. If you ask "why do many people die of cancer?" you will get no clear answer, but the answer you want is one assigning the efficient cause.

This ambiguity in the word "why" led Aristotle to his distinction of efficient and final causes. He thought — and many people still think— that both kinds are to be found everywhere: whatever exists may be explained, on the one hand, by the antecedent events that have produced it, and, on the other hand, by the purpose that it serves. But although it is still open to the philosopher or theologian to hold that everything has a "purpose," it has been found that "purpose" is not a useful concept when we are in search of scientific laws. We are told in the Bible that the moon was made to give light by night. But men of science, however pious, do not regard this as a scientific explanation of the origin of the moon. Or, to revert to the question about cancer, a man of science may believe, in his private capacity, that cancer is sent as a punishment for our sins, but qua man of science he must ignore this point of view. We know of "purpose" in human affairs, and we may suppose that there are cosmic purposes, but in science it is the past that determines the future, not the future the past. "Final" causes, therefore, do not occur in the scientific account of the world.

In this connection Darwin's work was decisive. What

 

12

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

Galileo and Newton had done for astronomy, Darwin did for biology. The adaptations of animals and plants to their environments were a favorite theme of pious naturalists in the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. These adapta- tions were explained by the Divine Purpose. It is true that the explanation was sometimes a little odd. If rabbits were theologians, they might think the exquisite adaptation of weasels to the killing of rabbits hardly a matter for thankful- ness. And there was a conspiracy of silence about the tape- worm. Nevertheless, it was difficult, before Darwin, to explain the adaptation of living things to their environment otherwise than by means of the Creator's purposes.

It was not the fact of evolution, but the Darwinian mechanism of the struggle for existence and the survival of the fittest, that made it possible to explain adaptation without bringing in "purpose." Random variation and natural selection use only efficient causes. This is why many men who accept the general fact of evolution do not accept Darwin's view as to how it comes about. Samuel Butler, Bergson, Shaw, and Lysenko will not accept the dethronement of purpose — though in the case of Lysenko it is not God's purpose, but Stalin's, that governs heredity in winter wheat.

(4) Man's place in the universe: The effect of science upon our view of man's place in the universe has been of two opposite kinds; it has at once degraded and exalted him. It has degraded him from the standpoint of contemplation, and exalted him from that of action. The latter effect has gradu- ally come to outweigh the former, but both have been im- portant. I will begin with the contemplative effect.

To get this effect with its full impact, you should read simultaneously Dante's Divine Comedy and Hubble on the Realm of the Nebulae — in each case with active imagination

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION 13

and with full receptiveness to the cosmos that they portray. In Dante, the earth is the center of the universe; there are ten concentric spheres, all revolving about the earth; the wicked, after death, are punished at the center of the earth; the comparatively virtuous are purged on the Mount of Purgatory at the antipodes of Jerusalem; the good, when purged, enjoy eternal bliss in one or other of the spheres, according to the degree of their merit. The universe is tidy and small: Dante visits all the spheres in the course of twenty-four hours. Everything is contrived in relation to man: to punish sin and reward virtue. There are no myster- ies, no abysses, no secrets; the whole thing is like a child's doll's house, with people as the dolls. But although the people were dolls they were important because they interested the Owner of the doll's house.

The modern universe is a very different sort of place. Since the victory of the Copernican system we have known that the earth is not the center of the universe. For a time the sun replaced it, but then it turned out that the sun is by no means a monarch among stars, in fact, is scarcely even middle class. There is an incredible amount of empty space in the universe. The distance from the sun to the nearest star is about 4- 2 light years, or 25 X 10 12 miles. This is in spite of the fact that we live in an exceptionally crowded part of the universe, namely the Milky Way, which is an assemblage of about 300,000 million stars. This assemblage is one of an immense number of similar assemblages; about 30 million are known, but presumably better telescopes would show more. The average distance from one assemblage to the next is about 2 million light years. But apparently they still feel they haven't elbow room, for they are all hurrying away from each other; some are moving away from us at the rate of

 

14 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

14,000 miles a second or more. The most distant of them so far observed are believed to be at a distance from us of about 500 million light years, so that what we see is what they were 500 million years ago. And as to mass: the sun weighs about 2 X 10 27 tons, the Milky Way about 160,000 million times as much as the sun, and is one of a collection of galaxies of which about 30 million are known. It is not easy to main- tain a belief in one's own cosmic importance in view of such overwhelming statistics.

So much for the contemplative aspect of man's place in a scientific cosmos. I come now to the practical aspect.

To the practical man, the nebulae are a matter of indiffer- ence. He can understand astronomers' thinking about them, because they are paid to, but there is no reason why he should worry about anything so unimportant. What matters to him about the world is what he can make of it. And scientific man can make vastly more of the world than unscientific man could.

In the pre-scientific world, power was God's. There was not much that man could do even in the most favorable cir- cumstances, and the circumstances were liable to become un- favorable if men incurred the divine displeasure. This showed itself in earthquakes, pestilences, famines, and de- feats in war. Since such events are frequent, it was obviously very easy to incur divine displeasure. Judging by the analogy of earthly monarchs, men decided that the thing most dis- pleasing to the Deity is a lack of humility. If you wished to slip through life without disaster, you must be meek; you must be aware of your defenselessness, and constantly ready to confess it. But the God before whom you humbled your- self was conceived in the likeness of man, so that the universe seemed human and warm and cozy, like home if you are the

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION

 

youngest of a large family, painful at times, but never alien and incomprehensible.

In the scientific world, all this is different. It is not by prayer and humility that you cause things to go as you wish, but by acquiring a knowledge of natural laws. The power you acquire in this way is much greater and much more reliable that that formerly supposed to be acquired by prayer, be- cause you never could tell whether your prayer would be favorably heard in heaven. The power of prayer, moreover, had recognized limits; it would have been impious to ask too much. But the power of science has no known limits. We were told that faith could remove mountains, but no one believed it; we are now told that the atomic bomb can remove mountains, and everyone believes it.

It is true that if we ever did stop to think about the cosmos we might find it uncomfortable. The sun may grow cold or blow up; the earth may lose its atmosphere and become uninhabitable. Life is a brief, small, and transitory phenome- non in an obscure corner, not at all the sort of thing that one would make a fuss about if one were not personally con- cerned. But it is monkish and futile — so scientific man will say — to dwell on such cold and unpractical thoughts. Let us get on with the job of fertilizing the desert, melting Arctic ice, and killing each other with perpetually improving tech- nique. Some of our activities will do good, some harm, but all alike will show our power. And so, in this godless universe, we shall become gods.

Darwinism has had many effects upon man's outlook on life and the world, in addition to the extrusion of purpose of which I have already spoken. The absence of any sharp line between men and apes is very awkward for theology. When did men get souls? Was the Missing Link capable of sin and

 

l6 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

therefore worthy of hell? Did Pithecanthropus Erectus have moral responsibility? Was Homo Pekiniensis damned? Did Piltdown Man go to heaven? Any answer must be arbitrary.

But Darwinism — especially when crudely misinterpreted — threatened not only theological orthodoxy but also the creed of eighteenth-century liberalism. Condorcet was a typical liberal philosopher of the eighteenth century; Mal- thus developed his theory to refute Condorcet; and Darwin's theory was suggested by Malthus's. Eighteenth-century liberals had a conception of man as absolute, in its way, as that of the theologians. There were the "Rights of Man"; all men were equal; if one showed more ability than another, that was due entirely to a better education, as James Mill told his son to prevent him from becoming conceited.

We must ask again: Should Pithecanthropus, if still alive, enjoy "The Rights of Man"? Would Homo Pekiniensis have been the equal of Newton if he could have gone to Cam- bridge? Was the Piltdown Man just as intelligent as the present inhabitants of that Sussex village? If you answer all all these questions in the democratic sense, you can be pushed back to the anthropoid apes, and if you stick to your guns, you can be driven back ultimately on to the amoeba, which is absurd (to quote Euclid) . You must therefore admit that men are not all congenitally equal, and that evolution proceeds by selecting favorable variations. You must admit that heredity has a part in producing a good adult, and that education is not the only factor to be considered. If men are to be convention- ally equal politically, it must be not because they are really equal biologically, but for some more specifically political reason. Such reflections have endangered political liberalism, though not, to my mind, justly.

The admission that men are not all equal in congenital

 

SCIENCE AND TRADITION

 

J 7

 

endowment becomes dangerous when some group is singled out as superior or inferior. If you say that the rich are abler than the poor, or men than women, or white men than black men, or Germans than men of any other nation, you proclaim a doctrine which has no support in Darwinism, and which is almost certain to lead to either slavery or war. But such doctrines, however unwarrantable, have been proclaimed in the name of Darwinism. So has the ruthless theory that the weakest should be left to go to the wall, since this is Nature's method of progress. If it is by the struggle for existence that the race is improved — so say the devotees of this creed— let us welcome wars, the more destructive the better. And so we come back to Heraclitus, the first of fascists, who said: "Homer was wrong in saying 'would that strife might perish from among gods and men.' He did not see that he was praying for the destruction of the universe. . . . War is common to all, and strife is justice. . . . War is the father of all and king of all; and some he has made gods and some men, some bond and some free."

It would be odd if the last effect of science were to revive a philosophy dating from 500 b.c. This was to some extent true of Nietzsche and of the Nazis, but it is not true of any of the groups now powerful in the world. What is true is that science has immensely increased the sense of human power. But this effect is more closely connected with science as technique than with science as philosophy. In this chapter I have tried to confine myself to science as a philosophy, leaving science as technique for later chapters. After we have have considered science as technique I shall return to the philosophy of human power that it has seemed to suggest. I cannot accept this philosophy, which I believe to be very dangerous. But of that I will not speak yet.

 

CHAPTER II

 

General Effects of Scientific Technique

 

Science, ever since the time of the Arabs, has had two functions:, (i) to enable us to know things, and (2) to enable us to do things. The Greeks, with the ex- ception of Archimedes, were only interested in the first of these. They had much curiosity about the world, but, since civilized people lived comfortably on slave labor, they had no interest in technique. Interest in the practical uses of science came first through superstition and magic. The Arabs wished to discover the philosopher's stone, the elixir of life, and how to transmute base metals into gold. In pur- suing investigations having these purposes, they discovered many facts in chemistry, but they did not arrive at any valid and important general laws, and their technique remained elementary.

However, in the late Middle Ages two discoveries were made which had a profound importance: they were gun- powder and the mariner's compass. It is not known who made these discoveries— the only thing certain is that it was not Roger Bacon.

The main importance of gunpowder, at first, was that it

18

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 19

enabled central governments to subdue rebellious barons. Magna Carta would have never been won if John had pos- sessed artillery. But although in this instance we may side with the barons against the king, in general the Middle Ages suffered from anarchy, and what was needed was a way of establishing order and respect for law. At that time, only royal power could achieve this. The barons had depended upon their castles, which could not stand against guns. That is why the Tudors were more powerful than earlier kings. And the same kind of change occurred at the same time in France and Spain. The modern power of the State began in the late fifteenth century and began as a result of gunpowder. From that day to this, the authority of States has increased, and throughout it has been mainly improvement in weapons of war that has made the increase possible. This development was begun by Henry VII, Louis XI, and Ferdinand and Isabella. It was artillery that enabled them to succeed.

The mariner's compass was equally important. It made possible the age of discovery. The New World was opened to white colonists; the route to the East round Cape of Good Hope made possible the conquest of India, and brought about important contacts between Europe and China. The importance of sea power was enormously increased, and through sea power Western Europe came to dominate the world. It is only in the present century that this domination has come to an end.

Nothing of equal importance occurred in the way of new scientific technique until the age of steam and the industrial revolution. The atom bomb has caused many people during the last seven years to think that scientific technique may be carried too far. But there is nothing new in this. The indus- trial revolution caused unspeakable misery both in England

 

20

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

and in America. I do not think any student of economic his- tory can doubt that the average of happiness in England in the early nineteenth century was lower than it had been a hundred years earlier; and this was due almost entirely to scientific technique.

Let us consider cotton, which was the most important example of early industrialization. In the Lancashire cotton mills (from which Marx and Engels derived their livelihood) , children worked from twelve to sixteen hours a day; they often began working at the age of six or seven. Children had to be beaten to keep them from falling asleep while at work; in spite of this, many failed to keep awake and rolled into the machinery, by which they were mutilated or killed. Parents had to submit to the infliction of these atrocities upon their children, because they themselves were in a desperate plight. Handicraftsmen had been thrown out of work by the ma- chines; rural laborers were compelled to migrate to the towns by the Enclosure Acts, which used Parliament to make landowners richer by making peasants destitute; trade unions were illegal until 1824; the government employed agents provocateurs to try to get revolutionary sentiments out of wage-earners, who were then deported or hanged.

Such was the first effect of machinery in England.

Meanwhile the effects in the United States had been equally disastrous.

At the time of the War of Independence, and for some years after its close, the Southern States were quite willing to contemplate the abolition of slavery in the near future. Slavery in the North and West was abolished by a unanimous vote in 1787, and Jefferson, not without reason, hoped to see it abolished in the South. But in the year 1793 Whitney in- vented the cotton gin, which enabled a Negro to clean fifty

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

21

 

pounds of fiber a day instead of only one, as formerly. "Laborsaving" devices in England had caused children to have to work fifteen hours a day; "laborsaving" devices in America inflicted upon slaves a life of toil far more severe than what they had to endure before Mr. Whitney's inven- tion. The slave trade having been abolished in 1808, the immense increase in the cultivation of cotton after that date had to be made possible by importing Negroes from the less southerly States in which cotton could not be grown. The deep South was unhealthy, and the slaves on the cotton plantations were cruelly overworked. The less Southern slave States thus became breeding-grounds for the profitable Southern graveyards. A peculiarly revolting aspect of the traffic was that a white man who owned female slaves could beget children by them, who were his slaves, and whom, when he needed cash, he could sell to the plantations, to become (in all likelihood) victims of hookworm, malaria, or yellow fever.

The ultimate outcome was the Civil War, which would almost certainly not have occurred if the cotton industry had remained unscientific.

There were also results in other continents. Cotton goods could find a market in India and Africa; this was a stimulus to British imperialism. Africans had to be taught that nudity is wicked; this was done very cheaply by missionaries. In addition to cotton goods we exported tuberculosis and syphilis, but for them there was no charge.

I have dwelt upon the case of cotton because I want to emphasize that evils due to a new scientific technique are no new thing. The evils I have been speaking of ceased in time: child labor was abolished in England, slavery was abolished in America, imperialism is now at an end in India. The evils

 

22

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

that persist in Africa have now nothing to do with cotton.

Steam, which was one of the most important elements in the industrial revolution, had its most distinctive sphere of operation in transport — steamers and railways. The really large-scale effects of steam transportation did not develop fully till after the middle of the nineteenth century, when they led to the opening of the Middle West of America and the use of its grain to feed the industrial populations of England and New England. This led to a very general in- crease of prosperity, and had more to do than any other single cause with Victorian optimism. It made possible a very rapid increase in population in every civilized country — except France, where the Code Napoleon had prevented it by decreeing equal division of a man's property among all his children, and where a majority were peasant proprietors owning very little land.

This development was not attended with the evils of early industrialism, chiefly, I think, because of the abolition of slavery and the growth of democracy. Irish peasants and Russian serfs, who were not self-governing, continued to suffer. Cotton operatives would have continued to suffer if English landowners had been strong enough to defeat Cobden and Bright.

The next important stage in the development of scientific technique is connected with electricity and oil and the inter- nal-combustion engine.

Long before the use of electricity as a source of power, it was used in the telegraph. This had two important con- sequences: first, messages could now travel faster than human beings; secondly, in large organizations detailed con- trol from a center became much more possible than it had formerly been.

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

23

 

The fact that messages could travel faster than human beings was useful, above all, to the police. Before the telegraph, a highwayman on a galloping horse could escape to a place where his crime had not yet been heard of, and this made it very much harder to catch him. Unfortunately, how- ever, the men whom the police wish to catch are frequently benefactors of mankind. If the telegraph had existed, Polyc- rates would have caught Pythagoras, the Athenian govern- ment would have caught Anaxagoras, the Pope would have caught William of Occam, and Pitt would have caught Tom Paine when he fled to France in 1792. A large proportion of the best Germans and Russians have suffered under Hitler and Stalin; many more would have escaped but for the rapid transmission of messages. The increased power of the police therefore, is not wholly a gain.

Increase of central control is an even more important con- sequence of the telegraph. In ancient empires satraps or proconsuls in distant provinces could rebel, and had time to entrench themselves before the central government knew of their disaffection. When Constantine proclaimed himself Emperor at York and marched on Rome, he was almost under the walls of the city before the Roman authorities knew he was coming. Perhaps if the telegraph had existed in those days the Western world would not now be Christian. In the War of 18 1 2, the battle of New Orleans was fought after peace had been concluded, but neither army was aware of the fact. Before the telegraph, ambassadors had an independence which they have now completely lost, because they had to be allowed a free hand if swift action was necessary in a crisis.

It was not only in relation to government, but wherever organizations covering large areas were concerned, that the

 

24 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

telegraph effected a transformation. Read, for instance, in Hakluyt's Voyages, the accounts of attempts to foster trade with Russia that were made by English commercial interests in the time of Elizabeth. All that could be done was to choose an energetic and tactful emissary, give him letters, goods, money, and leave him to make what headway he could. Contact with his employers was possible only at long inter- vals, and their instructions could never be up to date.

The effect of the telegraph was to increase the power of the central government and diminish the initiative of distant subordinates. This applied not only to the State, but to every geographically extensive organization. We shall find that a great deal of scientific technique has a similar effect. The result is that fewer men have executive power, but those few have more power than such men had formerly.

In all these respects, broadcasting has completed what the telegraph began.

Electricity as a source of power is much more recent than the telegraph, and has not yet had all the effects of which it is capable. As an influence on social organization its most notable feature is the importance of power stations, which inevitably promote centralization. The philosophers of Laputa could reduce a rebellious dependency to submission by interposing their floating island between the rebels and the sun. Something very analogous can be done by those who control power stations, as soon as a community has become dependent upon them for lighting and heating and cooking. I lived in America in a farmhouse which depended entirely upon electricity, and sometimes, in a blizzard, the wires would be blown down. The resulting inconvenience was almost intolerable. If we had been deliberately cut off for being rebels, we should soon have had to give in.

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 2£

The importance of oil and the internal-combustion engine in our present technique is obvious to everybody. For technical reasons, it is advantageous if oil companies are very large, since otherwise they cannot afford such things as long pipe lines. The importance of oil companies in the politics of the last thirty years has been very generally recognized. This applies especially to the Middle East and Indonesia. Oil is a serious source of friction between the West and the U.S.S.R., and tends to generate friendliness towards com- munism in some regions that are strategically important to the West.

But what is of most importance in this connection is the development of flying. Airplanes have increased immeas- urably the power of governments. No rebellion can hope to succeed unless it is favored by at least a portion of the air force. Not only has air warfare increased the power of governments, but it has increased the disproportion between great and small Powers. Only great Powers can afford a large air force, and no small Power can stand out against a great Power which has secure air supremacy.

This brings me to the most recent technical application of physical knowledge — I mean the utilization of atomic en- ergy. It is not yet possible to estimate its peaceful uses. Perhaps it will become a source of power for certain pur- poses, thus carrying further the concentration at present rep- resented by power stations. Perhaps it will be used as the Soviet Government says it intends to use it — to alter physical geography by abolishing mountains and turning deserts into lakes. But as far as can be judged at present, atomic energy is not likely to be as important in peace as in war.

War has been, throughout history, the chief source of social cohesion; and since science began, it has been the

 

l6 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

strongest incentive to technical progress. Large groups have a better chance of victory than small ones, and therefore the usual result of war is to make States larger. In any given state of technique there is a limit to size. The Roman Empire -was stopped by German forests and African deserts; the British conquests in India were halted by the Himalayas; Napoleon was defeated by the Russian winter. And before the telegraph large empires tended to break up because they could not be effectively controlled from a center.

Communications have been hitherto the chief factor limit- ing the size of empires. In antiquity the Persians and the Romans depended upon roads, but since nothing traveled faster than a horse, empires became unmanageable when the distance from the capital to the frontier was very great. This difficulty was diminished by railways and the telegraph, and is on the point of disappearing with the improvement of the long-range bomber. There would now be no technical difficulty about a single world-wide Empire. Since war is likely to become more destructive of human life than it has been in recent centuries, unification under a single govern- ment is probably necessary unless we are to acquiesce in cither a return to barbarism or the extinction of the human

 

race.

 

There is, it must be confessed, a psychological difficulty about a single world government. The chief source of social cohesion in the past, I repeat, has been war: the passions that inspire a feeling of unity are hate and fear. These de- pend upon the existence of an enemy, actual or potential. It seems to follow that a world government could only be kept in being by force, not by the spontaneous loyalty that now inspires a nation at war. I will return to this problem at a later stage.

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

27

 

So far, I have been considering only techniques derived from physics and chemistry. These have, up to the present, been the most important, but biology, physiology, and psy- chology are likely in the long run to affect human life quite as much as physics and chemistry.

Take first the question of food and population. At present the population of the globe is increasing at the rate of about 20 millions a year. Most of this increase is in Russia and Southeast Asia. The population of Western Europe and the United States is nearly stationary. Meanwhile, the food supply of the world as a whole threatens to diminish, as a result of unwise methods of cultivation and destruction of forests. This is an explosive situation. Left to itself, it must lead to a food shortage and thence to a world war. Technique, however, makes other issues possible.

Vital statistics in the West are dominated by medicine and birth control: the one diminishes the deaths, the other the births. The result is that the average age in the West increases: there is a smaller percentage of young people and a larger percentage of old people. Some people consider that this must have unfortunate results, but speaking as an old person, I am not sure.

The danger of a world shortage of food may be averted for a time by improvements in the technique of agriculture. But, if population continues to increase at the present rate, such improvements cannot long suffice. There will then be two groups, one poor with an increasing population, the other rich with a stationary population. Such a situation can hardly fail to lead to world war. If there is not to be an endless succession of wars, population will have to become stationary throughout the world, and this will probably have to be done, in many countries, as a result of governmental

 

28 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

measures. This will require an extension of scientific tech- nique into very intimate matters. There are, however, two other possibilities. War may become so destructive that, at any rate for a time, there is no danger of overpopulation; or the scientific nations may be defeated and anarchy may de- stroy scientific technique.

Biology is likely to affect human life through the study of heredity. Without science, men have changed domestic animals and food plants enormously in advantageous ways. It may be assumed that they will change them much more, and much more quickly, by bringing the science of genetics to bear. Perhaps, even, it may become possible artificially to induce desirable mutations in genes. (Hitherto the only muta- tions that can be artificially caused are neutral or harmful.) In any case, it is pretty certain that scientific technique will very soon effect great improvements in the animals and plants that are useful to man.

When such methods of modifying the congenital character of animals and plants have been pursued long enough to make their success obvious, it is probable that there will be a powerful movement for applying scientific methods to human propagation. There would at first be strong religious and emotional obstacles to the adoption of such a policy. But sup- pose (say) Russia were able to overcome these obstacles and to breed a race stronger, more intelligent, and more resistant to disease than any race of men that has hitherto existed, and suppose the other nations perceived that unless they followed suit they would be defeated in war, then either the other nations would voluntarily forgo their prejudices, or, after defeat, they would be compelled to forgo them. Any scientific technique, however beastly, is bound to spread if it is useful in war— until such time as men decide that they

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 29

have had enough of war and will henceforth live in peace. As that day does not seem to be at hand, scientific breeding of human beings must be expected to come about. I shall return to this subject in a later chapter.

Physiology and psychology afford fields for scientific tech- nique which still await development. Two great men, Pavlov and Freud, have laid the foundation. I do not accept the view that they are in any essential conflict, but what structure will be built on their foundations is still in doubt.

I think the subject which will be of most importance polit- ically is mass psychology. Mass psychology is, scientifically speaking, not a very advanced study, and so far its professors have not been in universities: they have been advertisers, politicians, and, above all, dictators. This study is immensely useful to practical men, whether they wish to become rich or to acquire the government. It is, of course, as a science, founded upon individual psychology, but hitherto it has employed rule-of-thumb methods which were based upon a kind of intuitive common sense. Its importance has been enormously increased by the growth of modern methods of propaganda. Of these the most influential is what is called "education." Religion plays a part, though a diminishing one; the press, the cinema, and the radio play an increasing part.

What is essential in mass psychology is the art of per- suasion. If you compare a speech of Hitler's with a speech of (say) Edmund Burke, you will see what strides have been made in the art since the eighteenth century. What went wrong formerly was that people had read in books that man is a rational animal, and framed their arguments on this hypothesis. We now know that limelight and a brass band do more to persuade than can be done by the most elegant train of syllogisms. It may be hoped that in time anybody

 

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

will be able to persuade anybody of anything if he can catch the patient young and is provided by the State with money and equipment.

This subject will make great strides when it is taken up by scientists under a scientific dictatorship. Anaxagoras maintained that snow is black, but no one believed him. The social psychologists of the future will have a number of classes of school children on whom they will try different methods of producing an unshakable conviction that snow is black. Various results will soon be arrived at. First, that the influence of home is obstructive. Second, that not much can be done unless indoctrination begins before the age of ten. Third, that verses set to music and repeatedly intoned are very effective. Fourth, that the opinion that snow is white must be held to show a morbid taste for eccentricity. But I anticipate. It is for future scientists to make these maxims precise and discover exactly how much it costs per head to make children believe that snow is black, and how much less it would cost to make them believe it is dark gray.

Although this science will be diligently studied, it will be rigidly confined to the governing class. The populace will not be allowed to know how its convictions were generated. When the technique has been perfected, every government that has been in charge of education for a generation will be able to control its subjects securely without the need of armies or policemen. As yet there is only one country which has succeeded in creating this politician's paradise.

The social effects of scientific technique have already been many and important, and are likely to be even more note- worthy in the future. Some of these effects depend upon the political and economic character of the country concerned; others are inevitable, whatever this character may be. I

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

3*

 

propose in this chapter to consider only the inevitable

effects.

The most obvious and inescapable effect of scientific tech- nique is that it makes society more organic, in the sense of increasing the interdependence of its various parts. In the sphere of production, this has two forms. There is first the very intimate interconnection of individuals engaged in a common enterprise, e.g. in a single factory; and secondly there is the relation, less intimate but still essential, between one enterprise and another. Each of these becomes more important with every advance in scientific technique.

A peasant in an unindustrialized country may produce almost all his own food by means of very inexpensive tools. These tools, some of his clothes, and a few things such as salt are all that he needs to buy. His relations with the outer world are thus reduced to a minimum. So long as he produces, with the help of his wife and children, a little more food than the family requires, he can enjoy almost complete independ- ence, though at the cost of hardship and poverty. But in a time of famine he goes hungry, and probably most of his children die. His liberty is so dearly bought that few civilized men would change places with him. This was the lot of most of the population of civilized countries till the rise of industrialism.

Although the peasant's lot is in any case a hard one, it is apt to be rendered harder by one or both of two enemies: the moneylender and the landowner. In any history of any pe- riod, you will find roughly the following gloomy picture: "At this time the old hardy yeoman stock had fallen upon evil days. Under threat of starvation from bad harvests, many of them had borrowed from urban landowners, who had none of their traditions, their ancient piety, or their patient cour-

 

32 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

age. Those who had taken this fatal step became, almost in- evitably, the slaves or serfs of members of the new com- mercial class. And so the sturdy farmers, who had been the backbone of the nation, were submerged by supple men who had the skill to amass new wealth by dubious methods." You will find substantially this account in the history of Attica before Solon, of Latium after the Punic Wars, of England in the early nineteenth century, of Southern Cali- fornia as depicted in Norris' Octopus, of India under the British Raj, and of the reasons which have led Chinese peasants to support communism. The process, however regrettable, is an unavoidable stage in the integration of agriculture into a larger economy.

By way of contrast with the primitive peasant, consider the agrarian interests in modern California or Canada or Australia or the Argentine. Everything is produced for ex- port, and the prosperity to be brought by exporting depends upon such distant matters as war in Europe or Marshall Aid or the devaluation of the pound. Everything turns on politics, on whether the Farm Bloc is strong in Washington, whether there is reason to fear that Argentina may make friends with Russia, and so on. There may still be nominally independent farmers, but in fact they are in the power of the vast financial interests that are concerned in manipulating political issues. This interdependence is in no degree lessened — perhaps it is even increased — if the countries concerned are socialist, as, for example, if the Soviet Government and the British Gov- ernment make a deal to exchange food for machinery. All this is the effect of scientific technique in agriculture. Mal- thus, at the beginning of the nineteenth century, wrote: "In the wildness of speculation it has been suggested (of course more in jest than in earnest) that Europe should grow its corn

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 33

in America, and devote itself solely to manufactures and commerce." It turned out that the speculation was by no means "wild."

So much for agriculture. In industry, the integration brought about by scientific technique is much greater and more intimate.

One of the most obvious results of industrialism is that a much larger percentage of the population live in towns than was formerly the case. The town dweller is a more social being than the agriculturist, and is much more influenced by discussion. In general, he works in a crowd, and his amuse- ments are apt to take him into still larger crowds. The course of nature, the alternations of day and night, summer and winter, wet or shine, make little difference to him; he has no occasion to fear that he will be ruined by frost or drought or sudden rain. What matters to him is his human environ- ment, and his place in various organizations especially.

Take a man who works in a factory, and consider how many organizations affect his life. There is first of all the factory itself, and any larger organization of which it may be a part. Then there is the man's trade union and his political party. He probably gets house room from a building society or public authority. His children go to school. If he reads a newspaper or goes to a cinema or looks at a football match, these things are provided by powerful organizations. In- directly, through his employers, he is dependent upon those from whom they buy their raw material and those to whom they sell their finished product. Above all, there is the State, which taxes him and may at any moment order him to go and get killed in war, in return for which it protects him against murder and theft so long as there is peace, and allows him to buy a fixed modicum of food.

 

34 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

The capitalist in modern England, as he is never weary of telling us, is equally hemmed in. Half, or more than half, of his profits go to a government that he detests. His investing is severely controlled. He needs permits for everything, and has to show cause why he should get them. The government has views as to where he should sell. His raw material may be very difficult to get, particularly if it comes from a dollar area. In all dealings with his employees he has to be careful to avoid stirring up a strike. He is haunted by fear of a slump, and wonders whether he will be able to keep up the premiums on his life insurance. He wakes in the night in a cold sweat, having dreamed that war has broken out and his factory and his house and his wife and his children have all been wiped out. But, although his liberty is destroyed by such a multi- plicity of organizations, he is busy trying to make more of them: new armed units, Western Union, Atlantic Pact, lobbies, and fighting unions of manufacturers. In nostalgic moments he may talk about laisserfaire, but in fact he sees no hope of safety except in new organizations to fight existing ones that he dislikes, for he knows that as an isolated unit he would be powerless, and as an isolated State his country would be powerless.

The increase of organization has brought into existence new positions of power. Every body has to have executive officials, in whom, at any moment, its power is concentrated. It is true that officials are usually subject to control, but the control may be slow and distant. From the young lady who sells stamps in a post office all the way up to the Prime Minister, every official is invested, for the time being, with some part of the power of the State. You can complain of the young lady if her manners are bad, and you can vote against the Prime Minister at the next election if you dis-

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 35

approve of his policy. But both the young lady and the Prime Minister can have a very considerable run for their money before (if ever) your discontent has any effect. This increase in the power of officials is a constant source of irritation to everybody else. In most countries they are much less polite than in England; the police, especially in America for in- stance, seem to think you must be a rare exception if you are not a criminal. This tyranny of officials is one of the worst results of increasing organization, and one against which it is of the utmost importance to find safeguards if a scientific society is not to be intolerable to all but an insolent aristoc- racy of Jacks-in-office. But for the present I am concerned with description, not with schemes of reform.

The power of officials is, usually, distinct from that of people who are theoretically in ultimate control. In large corporations, although the directors are nominally elected by the shareholders, they usually manage, by various de- vices, to be in fact self-perpetuating, and to acquire new directors, when necessary, by co-option more or less dis- guised as election. In British politics, it is a commonplace that most Ministers find it impossible to cope with their civil servants, who in effect dictate policy except on party ques- tions that have been prominently before the public. In many countries the armed forces are apt to get out of hand and defy the civil authorities. Of the police I have already spoken, but concerning them there is more to be said. In countries where the communists enter coalition governments, they always endeavor to make sure of control of the police. When once this is secured, they can manufacture plots, make ar- rests, and extort confessions freely. By this means they pass from being participants in a coalition to being the whole government. The problem of causing the police to obey the

 

36 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

law is a very difficult one; it is, for example, very far from being sslved in America, where confessions are apt to be extorted by "third degree" from people who may well be innocent. 1

The increased power of officials is an inevitable result of the greater degree of organization that scientific technique brings about. It has the drawback that it is apt to be irre- sponsible, behind-the-scenes, power, like that of emperors' eunuchs and kings' mistresses in former times. To dis- cover ways of controlling it is one of the most important po- litical problems of our time. Liberals protested, successfully, against the power of kings and aristocrats; socialists pro- tested against the power of capitalists. But unless the power of officials can be kept within bounds, socialism will mean little more than the substitution of one set of masters for another: all the former power of the capitalist will be in- herited by the official. In 1942, when I lived in the country in America, I had a part-time gardener, who spent the bulk of his working day making munitions. He told me with triumph that his union had secured the "closed shop." A little while later he told me, without triumph, that the union dues had been raised and that the extra money went wholly to increase the salary of the secretary of the union. Owing to what was practically a war situation between labor and capital, any agitation against the secretary could be represented as treachery. This little story illustrates the helplessness of the public against its own officials, even where there is nominally complete democracy.

One of the drawbacks to the power of officials is that they are apt to be quite remote from the things they control.

1 See Our Lawless Police, by Ernest Jerome Hopkins, N.Y., Viking Press.

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 37

What do the men in the Education Office know about educa- tion? Only what they dimly remember of their public school and university some twenty or thirty years ago. What does the Ministry of Agriculture know about mangel-wurzels? Only how they are spelled. What does the Foreign Office know about modern China? After I had returned from China in 1 92 1 , 1 had some dealings with the permanent officials who determined British Far Eastern policy, and found their igno- rance unsurpassed except by their conceit. America has in- vented the phrase "yes-men" for those who flatter great executives. In England we are more troubled by "no-men," who make it their business to employ clever ignorance in opposing and sabotaging every scheme suggested by those who have knowledge and imagination and enterprise. I am afraid our "no-men" are a thousand times more harmful than the American "yes-men." If we are to recover pros- perity, we shall have to find ways of emancipating energy and enterprise from the frustrating control of constitution- ally timid ignoramuses.

Owing to increase of organization, the question of the limits of individual liberty needs completely different treat- ment from that of nineteenth-century writers such as Mill. The acts of a single man are as a rule unimportant, but the acts of groups are more important than they used to be. Take, for example, refusal to work. If one man, on his own initiative, chooses to be idle, that may be regarded as his own affair; he loses his wages, and there is an end of the matter. But if there is a strike in a vital industry, the whole community suffers. I am not arguing that the right to strike should be abolished; I am only arguing that, if it is to be preserved, it must be for reasons concerned with this par- ticular matter, and not on general grounds of personal

 

38 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

liberty. In a highly organized country there are many activities which are important to everybody, and without which there would be widespread hardship. Matters should be so arranged that large groups seldom think it to their interest to strike. This can be done by arbitration and con- ciliation, or, as under the dictatorship of the proletariat, by starvation and police action. But in one way or another it must be done if an industrial society is to prosper.

War is a more extreme case than strikes, but raises very similar questions of principle. When two men fight a duel, the matter is trivial, but when 200 million people fight 200 million other people the matter is serious. And with every increase of organization war becomes more serious. Until the present century, the great majority of the population, even in nations engaged in such contests as the Napoleonic Wars, were still occupied with peaceful pursuits, and as a rule little disturbed in their ordinary habits of life. Now, almost everybody, women as well as men, are set to some kind of war work. The resulting dislocation makes the peace, when it comes, almost worse than the war. Since the end of the late war, throughout Central Europe, enormous numbers, men, women, and children, have died in circumstances of appalling suffering, and many millions of survivors have become homeless wanderers, uprooted, without work, with- out hope, a burden equally to themselves and to those who feed them. This sort of thing is to be expected when defeat introduces chaos into highly organized communities.

The right to make war, like the right to strike, but in a far higher degree, is very dangerous in a world governed by scientific technique. Neither can be simply abolished, since that would open the road to tyranny. But in each case it must be recognized that groups cannot, in the name of freedom,

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 39

justly claim the right to inflict great injuries upon others. As regards war, the principle of unrestricted national sover- eignty, cherished by liberals in the nineteenth century and by the Kremlin in the present day, must be abandoned. Means must be found of subjecting the relations of nations to the rule of law, so that a single nation will no longer be, as at present, the judge in its own cause. If this is not done, the world will quickly return to barbarism. If that case, scientific technique will disappear along with science, and men will be able to go on being quarrelsome because their quarrels will no longer do much harm. It is, however, just possible that man- kind may prefer to survive and prosper rather than to perish in misery, and, if so, national liberty will have to be effec- tively restrained.

As we have seen, the question of freedom needs a com- pletely fresh examination. There are forms of freedom that are desirable, and that are gravely threatened; there are other forms of freedom that are undesirable, but that are very difficult to curb. There are two dangers, both rapidly in- creasing. Within any given organization, the power of officials, or of what may be called the "government," tends to become excessive, and to subject individuals to various forms of tyranny. On the other hand, conflicts between different organizations become more and more harmful as organizations acquire more power over their members. Tyranny within and conflict without are each other's counterpart. Both spring from the same source: the lust for power. A State which is internally despotic will be externally warlike, in both respects because the men who govern the State desire the greatest attainable extent and intensity of control over the lives of other men. The resultant twofold problem, of preserving liberty internally and diminishing it

 

40 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

externally, is one that the world must solve, and solve soon, if scientific societies are to survive.

Let us consider for a moment the social psychology in- volved in this situation.

Organizations are of two kinds, those which aim at getting something done, and those which aim at preventing some- thing from being done. The Post Office is an example of the first kind; a fire brigade is an example of the second kind. Neither of these arouses much controversy, because no one objects to letters' being carried, and incendiaries dare not avow a desire to see buildings burnt down. But when what is to be prevented is something done by human beings, not by Nature, the matter is otherwise. The armed forces of one's own nation exist — so each nation asserts — to prevent aggression by other nations. But the armed forces of other nations exist — or so many people believe — to promote aggres- sion. If you say anything against the armed forces of your own country, you are a traitor, wishing to see your father- land ground under the heel of a brutal conqueror. If, on the other hand, you defend a potential enemy State for thinking armed forces necessary to its safety, you malign your own country, whose unalterable devotion to peace only perverse malice could lead you to question. I heard all this said about Germany by a thoroughly virtuous German lady in 1936, in the course of a panegyric on Hitler.

The same sort of thing applies, though with slightly less force, to other combatant organizations. My Pennsylvania gardener would not publicly criticize his trade union secre- tary for fear of weakening the union in contest with capital- ists. It is difficult for a man of ardent political convictions to admit either the shortcomings of politicians of his own Party or the merits of those of the opposite Party.

 

EFFECTS OF SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

41

 

And so it comes about that, whenever an organization has a combatant purpose, its members are reluctant to criticize their officials, and tend to acquiesce in usurpations and arbitrary exercises of power which, but for the war mental- ity, they would bitterly resent. It is the war mentality that gives officials and governments their opportunity. It is there- fore only natural that officials and governments are prone to foster war mentality.

The only escape is to have the greatest possible number of disputes settled by legal process, and not by a trial of strength. Thus here again the preservation of internal liberty and external control go hand in hand, and both equally depend upon what is prima facie a restraint upon liberty, namely an extension of the domain of law and of the public force necessary for its enforcement.

In what I have been saying so far in this chapter I feel that I have not sufficiently emphasized the gains that we derive from scientific technique. It is obvious that the average in- habitant of the United States at the present day is very much richer than the average inhabitant of England in the eight- eenth century, and this advance is almost entirely due to scientific technique. The gain in the case of England is not so great, but that is because we have spent so much on killing Germans. But even in England there are enormous material advances. In spite of shortages, almost everybody has as much to eat as is necessary for health and efficiency. Most people have warmth in winter and adequate light after sunset. The streets, except in time of war, are not pitch dark at night. All children go to school. Everyone can get medical attendance. Life and property are much more secure (in peacetime) than they were in the eighteenth century. A much smaller percentage of the population lives in slums.

 

4 2

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

Travel is vastly easier, and many more amusements are available than in former times. The improvement in health would in itself be sufficient to make this age preferable to those earlier times for which some people feel nostalgic. On the whole, I think, this age is an improvement on all its predecessors except for the rich and privileged.

Our advantages are due entirely, or almost entirely, to the fact that a given amount of labor is more productive than it was in pre-scientific days. I used to live on a hilltop sur- rounded by trees, where I could pick up firewood with the greatest ease. But to secure a given amount of fuel in this way cost more human labor than to have it brought across half England in the form of coal, because the coal was mined and brought scientifically, whereas I could employ only primitive methods in gathering sticks. In old days, one man produced not much more than one man's necessaries; a tiny aristocracy lived in luxury, a small middle class lived in moderate com- fort, but the great majority of the population had very little more than was required in order to keep alive. It is true that we do not always spend our surplus of labor wisely. We are able to set aside a much larger proportion for war than our ancestors could. But almost all the large-scale disadvantages of our time arise from failure to extend the domain of law to the settlement of disputes which, when left to the arbitra- ment of force, have become, through our very efficiency, more harmful than in previous centuries. This survival of formerly endurable anarchy must be dealt with if our civilization is to survive. Where liberty is harmful, it is to law that we must look.

 

CHAPTER III

 

Scientific Technique in an Oligarchy

 

I mean by "oligarchy" any system in which ultimate power is confined to a section of the community: the rich to the exclusion of the poor, Protestants to the exclusion of Catholics, aristocrats to the exclusion of plebeians, white men to the exclusion of colored men, males to the exclusion of females, or members of one political party to the exclusion of the rest. A system may be more oligarchic or less so, according to the percentage of the population that is excluded; absolute monarchy is the extreme of oligarchy. Apart from masculine domination, which was universal until the present century, oligarchies in the past were usually based upon birth or wealth or race. A new kind of oligarchy was introduced by the Puritans during the English Civil War. They called it the "Rule of the Saints." It consisted essen- tially of confining the possession of arms to the adherents of one political creed, who were thus enabled to control the government in spite of being a minority without any tradi- tional claim to power. This system, although in England it ended with the Restoration, was revived in Russia in 191 8, in Italy in 1922, and in Germany in 1933. It is now the only

43

 

44 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

vital form of oligarchy, and it is therefore the form that I shall specially consider.

We have seen that scientific technique increases the im- portance of organizations, and therefore the extent to which authority impinges upon the life of the individual. It follows that a scientific oligarchy has more power than any oligarchy could have in pre-scientific times. There is a tendency, which is inevitable unless consciously combated, for organizations to coalesce, and so to increase in size, until, ultimately, al- most all become merged in the State. A scientific oligarchy, accordingly, is bound to become what is called "totalitarian," that is to say, all important forms of power will become a monopoly of the State. This monolithic system has sufficient merits to be attractive to many people, but to my mind its demerits are far greater than its merits. For some reason which I have failed to understand, many people like the system when it is Russian but disliked the very same system when it was German. I am compelled to think that this is due to the power of labels; these people like whatever is labeled "Left" without examining whether the label has any justifica- tion.

Oligarchies, throughout past history, have always thought more of their own advantage than of that of the rest of the community. It would be foolish to be morally indignant with them on this account; human nature, in the main and in the mass, is egoistic, and in most circumstances a fair dose of egoism is necessary for survival. It was revolt against the selfishness of past political oligarchies that produced the Liberal movement in favor of democracy, and it was revolt against economic oligarchies that produced socialism. But although everybody who was in any degree progressive recognized the evils of oligarchy throughout the past history

 

SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE IN OLIGARCHY 45

of mankind, many progressives were taken in by an argu- ment for a new kind of oligarchy. "We, the progressives" — so runs the argument — "are the wise and good; we know what reforms the world needs; if we have power, we shall create a paradise." And so, narcissistically hypnotized by contemplation of their own wisdom and goodness, they pro- ceeded to create a new tyranny, more drastic than any previously known. It is the effect of science in such a system that I wish to consider in this chapter.

In the first place, since the new oligarchs are the adherents of a certain creed, and base their claim to exclusive power upon the Tightness of this creed, their system depends essen- tially upon dogma: whoever questions the governmental dogma questions the moral authority of the government, and is therefore a rebel. While the oligarchy is still new, there are sure to be other creeds, held with equal conviction, which would seize the government if they could. Such rival creeds must be suppressed by force, since the principle of majority rule has been abandoned. It follows that there cannot be freedom of the press, freedom of discussion, or freedom of book publication. There must be an organ of government whose duty it is to pronounce as to what is orthodox, and to punish heresy. The history of the Inquisition shows what such an organ of government must inevitably become. In the normal pursuit of power, it will seek out more and more subtle heresies. The Church, as soon as it acquired political power, developed incredible refinements of dogma, and persecuted what to us appear microscopic deviations from the official creed. Exactly the same sort of thing happens in the modern States that confine political power to supporters of a certain doctrine.

The completeness of the resulting control over opinion

 

46 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

depends in various ways upon scientific technique. Where all children go to school, and all schools are controlled by the government, the authorities can close the minds of the young to everything contrary to official orthodoxy. Printing is im- possible without paper, and all paper belongs to the State. Broadcasting and the cinema are equally public monopolies. The only remaining possibility of unauthorized propaganda is by secret whispers from one individual to another. But this, in turn, is rendered appallingly dangerous by improvements in the art of spying. Children at school are taught that it is their duty to denounce their parents if they allow themselves subversive utterances in the bosom of the family. No one can be sure that a man who seems to be his dearest friend will not denounce him to the police; the man may himself have been in some trouble, and may know that if he is not efficient as a spy his wife and children will suffer. All this is not imaginary; it is daily and hourly reality. Nor, given oli- garchy, is there the slightest reason to expect anything else.

People still shudder at the enormities of men like Caligula and Nero, but their misdeeds fade into insignificance beside those of modern tyrants. Except among the upper classes in Rome, daily life was much as usual even under the worst emperors. Caligula wished his enemies had but a single head; how he would have envied Hitler the scientific lethal chambers of Auschwitz! Nero did his best to establish a spy system which would smell out traitors, but a conspiracy defeated him in the end. If he had been defended by the N.K.V.D. he might have died in his bed at a ripe old age. These are a few of the blessings that science has bestowed on tyrants.

Consider next the economic system appropriate to an oligarchy. We in England had such a system in the early

 

SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE IN OLIGARCHY 47

nineteenth century; how abominable it was, you can read in the Hammonds' books. It came to an end, chiefly owing to the quarrel between landowners and industrialists. Land- owners befriended the wage-earners in towns, and indus- trialists befriended those in the country. Between the two, factory Acts were passed and the Corn Laws were repealed. In the end we adopted democracy, which made a modicum of economic justice unavoidable.

In Russia the development has been different. The govern- ment fell into the hands of the self-professed champions of the proletariat, who, as a result of civil war, were able to estab- lish a military dictatorship. Gradually irresponsible power produced its usual effect. Those who commanded the army and the police saw no occasion for economic justice; soldiers were sent to take grain by force from starving peasants, who died by millions as a result. Wage-earners, deprived of the right to strike, and without the possibility of electing repre- sentatives to plead their cause, were kept down to bare subsistence level. The percentage difference between the pay of army officers and that of privates is vastly greater in Russia than in any Western country. Men who hold impor- tant positions in business live in luxury; the ordinary em- ployee suffers as much as in England one hundred and fifty years ago. But even he is still among the more fortunate.

Underneath the system of so-called "free" labor there is another: the system of forced labor and concentration camps. The life of the victims of this system is unspeakable. The hours are unbearably long, the food only just enough to keep the laborers alive for a year or so, the clothing in an arctic winter so scanty that it would barely suffice in an English summer. Men and women are seized in their homes in the middle of the night; there is no trial, and often no charge is

 

48 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

formulated; they disappear, and inquiries by their families remain unanswered; after a year or two in Northeast Siberia or on the shores of the White Sea, they die of cold, overwork, and undernourishment. But that causes no con- cern to the authorities; there are plenty more to come.

This terrible system is rapidly growing. The number of people condemned to forced labor is a matter of conjecture; some say that 16 per cent of the adult males in the U.S.S.R. are involved, and all competent authorities (except the Soviet Government and its friends) are agreed that it is at least 8 per cent. The proportion of women and children, though large, is much less than that of adult males.

Inevitably, forced labor, because it is economical, is favorably viewed by the authorities, and tends, by its com- petition, to depress the condition of "free" laborers. In the nature of things, unless the system is swept away, it must grow until no one is outside it except the army, the police, and government officials.

From the standpoint of the national economy, the system has great advantages. It has made possible the construction of the Baltic-White Sea canal and the sale of timber in exchange for machinery. It has increased the surplus of labor available for war production. By the terror that it in- spires it has diminished disaffection. But these are small mat- ters compared to what — we are told — is to be accomplished in the near future. Atomic energy is to be employed (so at least it is said) to divert the waters of the River Yenisei, which now flow fruitlessly into the Arctic, so as to cause them to bestow fertility on a vast desert region in Central Asia.

But if, when this work is completed, Russia is still subject to a small despotic aristocracy, there is no reason to expect

 

SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE IN OLIGARCHY 49

that the masses will be allowed to benefit. It will be found that radioactive spray can be used to melt the Polar ice, or that a range of mountains in northern Siberia would divert the cold north winds, and could be constructed at a cost in human misery which would not be thought excessive. And whenever other ways of disposing of the surplus fail, there is always war. So long as the rulers are comfortable, what reason have they to improve the lot of their serfs?

I think the evils that have grown up in Soviet Russia will exist, in a greater or less degree, wherever there is a scientific government which is securely established and is not de- pendent upon popular support. It is possible nowadays for a government to be very much more oppressive than any gov- ernment could be before there was scientific technique. Prop- aganda makes persuasion easier for the government; public ownership of halls and paper makes counterpropaganda more difficult; and the effectiveness of modern armaments makes popular risings impossible. No revolution can succeed in a modern country unless it has the support of at least a considerable section of the armed forces. But the armed forces can be kept loyal by being given a higher standard of life than that of the average worker, and this is made easier by every step in the degradation of ordinary labor. Thus the very evils of the system help to give it stability. Apart from external pressure, there is no reason why such a regime should not last for a very long time.

Scientific societies are as yet in their infancy. It may be worth while to spend a few moments in speculating as to possible future developments of those that are oligarchies.

It is to be expected that advances in physiology and psychology will give governments much more control over individual mentality than they now have even in totalitarian

 

50 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

countries. Fichte laid it down that education should aim at destroying free will, so that, after pupils have left school, they shall be incapable, throughout the rest of their lives, of thinking or acting otherwise than as their schoolmasters would have wished. But in his day this was an unattainable ideal: what he regarded as the best system in existence produced Karl Marx. In future such failures are not likely to occur where there is dictatorship. Diet, injections, and injunctions will combine, from a very early age, to produce the sort of character and the sort of beliefs that the authorities consider desirable, and any serious criticism of the powers that be will become psychologically impossible. Even if all are miserable, all will believe themselves happy, because the government will tell them that they are so.

A totalitarian government with a scientific bent might do things that to us would seem horrifying. The Nazis were more scientific than the present rulers of Russia, and were more inclined towards the sort of atrocities than I have in mind. They were said — I do not know with what truth — to use prisoners in concentration camps as material for all kinds of experiments, some involving death after much pain. If they had survived, they would probably have soon taken to scientific breeding. Any nation which adopts this practice will, within a generation, secure great military advantages. The system, one may surmise, will be something like this: except possibly in the governing aristocracy, all but 5 per cent of males and 30 per cent of females will be sterilized. The 30 per cent of females will be expected to spend the years from eighteen to forty in reproduction, in order to secure adequate cannon fodder. As a rule, artificial insemina- tion will be preferred to the natural method. The unsterilized,

 

SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE IN OLIGARCHY 51

if they desire the pleasures of love, will usually have to seek them with sterilized partners.

Sires will be chosen for various qualities, some for muscle, others for brains. All will have to be healthy, and unless they are to be the fathers of oligarchs they will have to be of a submissive and docile disposition. Children will, as in Plato's Republic, be taken from their mothers and reared by pro- fessional nurses. Gradually, by selective breeding, the congenital differences between rulers and ruled will increase until they become almost different species. A revolt of the plebs would become as unthinkable as an organized insurrec- tion of sheep against the practice of eating mutton. (The Aztecs kept a domesticated alien tribe for purposes of cannibalism. Their regime was totalitarian.)

To those accustomed to this system, the family as we know it would seem as queer as the tribal and totem organi- zation of Australian aborigines seems to us. Freud would have to be rewritten, and I incline to think that Adler would be found more relevant. The laboring class would have such long hours of work and so little to eat that their desires would hardly extend beyond sleep and food. The upper class, being deprived of the softer pleasures both by the abolition of the family and by the supreme duty of devotion to the State, would acquire the mentality of ascetics: they would care only for power, and in pursuit of it would not shrink from cruelty. By the practice of cruelty men would become hard- ened, so that worse and worse tortures would be required to give the spectators a thrill.

Such possibilities, on any large scale, may seem a fantastic nightmare. But I firmly believe that, if the Nazis had won the last war, and if in the end they had acquired world supremacy

 

52 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

they would, before long, have established just such a system as I have been suggesting. They would have used Russians and Poles as robots, and when their empire was secure they would have used also Negroes and Chinese. Western nations would have been converted into becoming collaborationists, by the methods practiced in France from 1940 to 1944. Thirty years of these methods would have left the West with little inclination to rebel.

To prevent these scientific horrors, democracy is necessary but not sufficient. There must be also that kind of respect for the individual that inspired the doctrine of the Rights of Man. As an absolute theory the doctrine cannot be accepted. As Bentham said: "Rights of man, nonsense; imprescriptible rights of man, nonsense on stilts." We must admit that there are gains to the community so great that for their sake it becomes right to inflict an injustice on an individual. This may happen, to take an obvious example, if a victorious enemy demands hostages as the price of not destroying a city. The city authorities (not of course the enemy) cannot be blamed, in such circumstances, if they deliver the re- quired number of hostages. In general, the "Rights of Man" must be subject to the supreme consideration of the general welfare. But having admitted this we must go on to assert, and to assert emphatically, that there are injuries which it is hardly ever in the general interest to inflict on innocent individuals. The doctrine is important because the holders of power, especially in an oligarchy, will be much too prone, on each occasion, to think that this is one of those cases in which the doctrine should be ignored.

Totalitariansim has a theory as well as a practice. As a practice, it means that a certain group, having by one means or another seized the apparatus of power, especially arma-

 

 

SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE IN OLIGARCHY 53

ments and police, proceed to exploit their advantageous position to the utmost, by regulating everything in the way that gives them the maximum of control over others. But as a theory it is something different: it is the doctrine that the State, or the nation, or the community is capable of a good different from that of individuals, and not consisting of any- thing that individuals think or feel. This doctrine was espe- cially advocated by Hegel, who glorified the State, and thought that a community should be as organic as possible. In an organic community, he thought, excellence would reside in the whole. An individual is an organism, and we do not think that his separate parts have separate goods: if he has a pain in his great toe it is he that suffers, not specially the great toe. So, in an organic society, good and evil will belong to the whole rather than the parts. This is the theoreti- cal form of totalitarianism.

The difficulty about this theory is that it extends illegiti- mately the analogy between a social organism and a single person as an organism. The government, as opposed to its individual members, is not sentient; it does not rejoice at a victory or suffer at a defeat. When the body politic is injured, whatever pain is to be felt must be felt by its members, not by it as a whole. With the body of a single person it is otherwise: all pains are felt at the center. If the different parts of the body had pains that the central ego did not feel, they might have their separate interests, and need a Parlia- ment to decide whether the toes should give way to the fingers or the fingers to the toes. As this is not the case, a single person is an ethical unit. Neither parts of a person nor organizations of many persons can occupy the same position of ethical importance. The good of a multitude is a sum of the goods of the individuals composing it, not a new and

 

54

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

separate good. In concrete fact, when it is pretended that the State has a good different from that of the citizens, what is really meant is that the good of the government or of the ruling class is more important than that of other people. Such a view can have no basis except in arbitrary power.

More important than these metaphysical speculations is the question whether a scientific dictatorship, such as we have been considering, can be stable, or is more likely to be stable than a democracy.

Apart from the danger of war, I see no reason why such a regime should be unstable. After all, most civilized and semi- civilized countries known to history have had a large class of slaves or serfs completely subordinate to their owners. There js nothing in human nature that makes the persistence of such a system impossible. And the whole development of scientific technique has made it easier than it used to be to maintain a despotic rule of a minority. When the govern- ment controls the distribution of food, its power is absolute so long as it can count on the police and the armed forces. And their loyalty can be secured by giving them some of the privileges of the governing class. I do not see how any internal movement of revolt can ever bring freedom to the oppressed in a modern scientific dictatorship.

But when it comes to external war the matter is different. Given two countries with equal natural resources, one a dictatorship and the other allowing individual liberty, the one allowing liberty is almost certain to become superior to the other in war technique in no very long time. As we have seen in Germany and Russia, freedom in scientific research is incompatible with dictatorship. Germany might well have won the war if Hitler could have endured Jewish physicists. Russia will have less grain than if Stalin had not insisted

 

SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE IN OLIGARCHY 55

upon the adoption of Lysenko's theories. It is highly probable that there will soon be, in Russia, a similar governmental incursion into the domain of nuclear physics. I do not doubt that, if there is no war during the next fifteen years, Russian scientific war technique will, at the end of that time, be very markedly inferior to that of the West, and that the inferiority will be directly traceable to dictatorship. I think, therefore, that, so long as powerful democracies exist, democracy will in the long run be victorious. And on this basis I allow my- self a moderate optimism as to the future. Scientific dictator- ships will perish through not being sufficiently scientific.

We may perhaps go further: the causes which will make dictatorships lag behind in science will also generate other weaknesses. All new ideas will come to be viewed as heresy, so that there will be a lack of adaptability to new circum- stances. The governing class will tend to become lazy as soon as it feels secure. If, on the other hand, initiative is en- couraged in the people near the top, there will be constant danger of palace revolutions. One of the troubles in the late Roman Empire was that a successful general could, with luck, make himself Emperor, so that the reigning Emperor always had a motive for putting successful generals to death. This sort of trouble can easily arise in a dictatorship, as events have already proved.

For these various reasons, I do not believe that dictator- ship is a lasting form of scientific society— unless (but this proviso is important) it can become world-wide.

 

CHAPTER IV

 

Democracy and Scientific Technique

 

The word "democracy" has become ambiguous. East of the Elbe it means "military dictatorship of a minority enforced by arbitrary police power." West of the Elbe its meaning is less definite, but broadly speaking it means "even distribution of ultimate political power among all adults except lunatics, criminals, and peers." This is not a precise definition, because of the word "ultimate." Suppose the British Constitution were to be changed in only one respect: that General Elections should occur once in thirty years instead of once in five. This would so much diminish the dependence of Parliament on public opinion that the resulting system could hardly be called a democracy. Many socialists would add economic to political power, as what demands even distribution in a democracy. But we may ignore these verbal questions. The essence of the matter is approach to equality of power, and it is obvious that democ- racy is a matter of degree.

When people think of democracy, they generally couple with it a considerable measure of liberty for individuals and groups. Religious persecution, for instance, would be ex-

56

 

}

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 57

eluded in imagination, although it is entirely compatible with democracy as defined a moment ago. I incline to think that "liberty," as the word was understood in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, is no longer quite the right concept; I should prefer to substitute "opportunity for initiative." And my reason for suggesting this change is the character of a scientific society.

It cannot be denied that democracy no longer inspires the same enthusiasm as it inspired in Rousseau and the men of the French Revolution. This is, of course, mainly because it has been achieved. Advocates of a reform always overstate their case, so that their converts expect the reform to bring the millennium. When it fails to do so there is disappointment, even if very solid advantages are secured. In France under Louis XVI many people thought that all evils proceeded from kings and priests, so they cut off the king's head and turned priests into hunted fugitives. But still they failed to enjoy celestial bliss. So they decided that although kings are bad there is no harm in emperors.

So it has been with democracy. Its sober advocates, nota- bly Bentham and his school, maintained that it would do away with certain evils, and on the whole they proved right. But its enthusiasts, the followers of Rousseau especially, thought that it could achieve far more than there was good reason to expect. Its sober successes were forgotten, just because the evils which it had cured were no longer there to cause indignation. Consequently people listened to Carlyle's ridicule and Nietzsche's savage invective against it as the ethic of slaves. In many minds the cult of the hero replaced the cult of the common man. And the cult of the hero, in practice, is fascism.

The cult of the hero is anarchic and retrograde, and does

58 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

not easily fit in with the needs of a scientific society. But there is an opposite tendency, embodied in communism, which, though also antidemocratic, is in line with the technical developments of modern industry, and therefore much more worthy of consideration. This is the tendency to attach importance neither to heroes nor to common men, but to organizations. In this view the individual is nothing apart from the social bodies of which he is a member. Each such body — so it is said — represents some social force, and it is only as part of such a force that an individual is of importance.

We have thus three points of view, leading to three different political philosophies. You may view an individual, (a) as a common man, (b) as a hero, (c) as a cog in the machine. The first view leads you to old-fashioned democ- racy, the second to fascism, and the third to communism. I think that democracy, if it is to recover the power of in- spiring vigorous action, needs to take account of what is valid in the other two way of regarding individuals.

Everybody exemplifies all three points of view in different situations. Even if you are the greatest of living poets, you are a common man where your ration book is concerned, or when you go to the polling booth to vote. However hum- drum your daily life may be, there is a good chance that you will now and again have an opportunity for heroism: you may save someone from drowning, or (more likely) you may die nobly in battle. You are a cog in the machine if you work in an organized group, e.g. the army or the mining industry. What science has done is to increase the propor- tion of your life in which you are a cog, to the extent of endangering what is due to you as a hero or as a common

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

59

 

man. The business of a modern advocate of democracy is to develop a political philosophy which avoids this danger.

In a good social system, every man will be at once a hero, a common man, and a cog, to the greatest possible extent, though if he is any one of these in an exceptional degree his other two roles may be diminished. Qua hero, a man should have the opportunity of initiative; qua common man, he should have security; qua cog, he should be useful. A nation cannot achieve great excellence by any one of these alone. In Poland before the partition, all were heroes (at least all nobles) ; the Middle West is the home of the common man; and in Russia everyone outside the Politburo is a cog. No one of these three is quite satisfactory.

The cog theory, though mechanically feasible, is humanly the most devastating of the three. A cog, we said, should be useful. Yes, but useful for what? You cannot say useful for promoting initiative, since the cog mentality is antithetic to the hero mentality. If you say useful for the happiness of the common man, you subordinate the machine to its effect in human feelings, which is to abandon the cog theory. You can only justify the cog theory by worship of the machine. You must make the machine an end in itself, not a means to what it produces. Human beings then become like slaves of the lamp in The Arabian Nights. It no longer matters what the machine produces, though on the whole bombs will be preferred to food because they require more elaborate mechanisms for their production. In time men will come to pray to the machine: "Almighty and most merciful Machine, we have erred and strayed from thy ways like lost screws; we have put in those nuts which we ought not to have put in, and we have left out those nuts which we

 

60 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

ought to have put in, and there is no cogginess in us" — and so on.

This really won't do. The idolatry of the machine is an abomination. The Machine as an object of adoration is the modern form of Satan, and its worship is the modern diabo- lism.

Not that I wish, like the Erewhonians, to prohibit ma- chines. The Egyptians worshiped bulls, which we think was a mistake, but we do not on that account prohibit bulls. It is only when the Machine takes the place of God that I object to it. Whatever else may be mechanical, values are not, and this is something which no political philosopher must for- get.

But it is time to have done with these pleasant fancies and return to the subject of democracy.

The main point is this: Scientific technique, by making society more organic, increases the extent to which an individual is a cog; if this is not to be an evil, ways must be found of preventing him from being a mere cog. This means that initiative must be preserved in spite of organization. But most initiative will be what may be called in a large sense "political," that is to say, it will consist of advice as to what some organization should do. And if there is to be opportunity for this sort of initiative, organizations must, as far as possible, be governed democratically. Not only so, but the federal principle must be carried so far that every energetic person can hope to influence the government of some social group of which he is a member.

Democracy, at present, defeats its object by the vastness of the constituencies involved. Suppose you are an American, interested in a Presidential election. If you are a Senator or a Congressman, you can have a considerable influence, but

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 6l

the odds are about 100,000 to 1 that you are neither. If you are a ward politician you can do something. But if you are an ordinary citizen you can only vote. And I do not think there has ever been a Presidential election where one man's abstention would have altered the result. And so you feel as powerless as if you lived under a dictatorship. You are, of course, committing the classical fallacy of the heap, but most people's minds work that way.

In England it is not quite so bad, because there is no election in which the whole nation is one constituency. In 1945 I worked for a candidate who got a majority of forty- six, so if my work converted twenty-four people the result would have been different if I had been idle. If the Labour Party had got a majority of one in Parliament I might have come to think myself quite important; but as it was I had to content myself with the pleasure of being on the winning side.

Things would be better if people took an interest in local politics, but unfortunately few do. Nor is this surprising, since most of the important issues are decided nationally, not locally. It is to be regretted that there is so little civic pride nowadays. In the Middle Ages each city wished to be pre-eminent in the splendor of its cathedral, and we still profit by the result. In our own time, Stockholm had the same feeling about its Town Hall, which is splendid. But English large towns seem to have no such feeling.

In industry there is room for a great deal of devolution. For many years the Labour Party has advocated nationaliza- tion of railways, and most railway employees have supported the Party in this. But now a good many of them are finding that the State is, after all, not so very different from a private company. It is equally remote, and under a Con-

 

62 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

servative government it will be equally likely to be on bad terms with the unions. In fact nationalization needs to be supplemented by a measure of limited self-government for the railways, the railway government being elected demo- cratically by the employees.

In all federal systems, the general principle should be to divide the affairs of each component body into home affairs and foreign affairs, the component bodies having free control of their home affairs, and the federal body having authority in matters which are foreign affairs for the components but not for it. It, in turn, should be a unit in a wider federa- tion, and so on until we reach the world government, which, for the present, would have no foreign affairs. Of course it is not always easy to decide whether a matter is purely local or not, but this will be a question for the law courts, as in America and Australia.

This principle should be applied not only geographically, but also vocationally. In old days, when travel was slow and roads often impassable, geographical location was more important than it is now. Now, especially in a small country like ours, there would be no difficulty in allocating certain governmental functions to bodies like the trade unions, which classify people by their occupation, not by their habitation. The foreign relations of an industry are access to raw material, quantity and price of finished product. These it should not control. But everything else it should be free to decide for itself.

In such a system, there would be many more opportunities of individual initiative than there are at present, although central control would remain wherever it is essential. Of course the system would be difficult to work in time of war, and so long as there is imminent risk of war it is impossible to

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

63

 

escape from the authority of the State except to a very limited degree. It is mainly war that has caused the excessive power of modern States, and until the fear of war is removed it is inevitable that everything should be subordinated to short-term efficiency. But I have thought it worth while to think for a moment of the world as it may be when a world government has ended the present nightmare dread of war.

In addition to the kind of federalism that I have been speaking of, there is, for certain purposes, a somewhat differ- ent method which can be advantageous. It is that of bodies which, though really part of the State, have a very consider- able degree of independence. Such are, for example, the universities, the Royal Society, the B.B.C., and the Port of of London Authority. The smooth working of such bodies depends upon a certain degree of homogeneity in the com- munity. If the Royal Society or the B.B.C. came to contain a majority of communists, Parliament would no doubt curtail its liberties. But in the meantime both have a good deal of autonomy, which is highly desirable. Our older universities, being governed by men with respect for learning, are, I am happy to observe, much more liberal towards academically distinguished communists than the universities of America, in which men of learning have no voice in the government.

Art and literature are peculiar in the modern world in that those who practice them retain the individual liberty of former times, and are practically untouched by scientific technique unless they are drawn into the cinema. This is more true of authors than of artists, because, as private fortunes dwindle, artists become increasingly dependent upon the patronage of public bodies. But if an artist is prepared to starve, nothing can prevent him from doing his best. How- ever, the position of both artists and authors is precarious.

 

64 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

In Russia they are already mere licensed sycophants. Else- where, before long, with conscription of labor, no one will be allowed to practice literature or painting unless he can get twelve magistrates or ministers of religion to testify to his competence. I am not quite sure that the aesthetic taste of these worthy men will always be impeccable.

Liberty, in the old-fashioned sense, is much more impor- tant in regard to mental than to material goods. The reason is simple: that in regard to mental goods what one man pos- sesses is not taken from other men, whereas with material goods it is otherwise. When a limited supply of (say) food has to be shared out, the obvious principle is justice. This does not mean exact equality: a navvy needs more food than a bedridden old man. The principle must be, in the words of the old slogan, "to each according to his needs." There is here, however, a difficulty, much emphasized by opponents of socialism; it is that of incentive. Under capitalism, the in- centive is fear of starvation; under communism, it is the fear of drastic police punishment. Neither is quite what the democratic socialist wants. But I do not think industry can work efficiently through the mere motive of public spirit; something more personal is necessary in normal times. My own belief is that a collective profit motive can be, and should be, combined with socialism. Take, say, coal mining. The State should decide, at the beginning of each year, what prices it is prepared to pay for coal of various qualities. Methods of mining should be left to the industry. Every technical improvement would then result in more coal or less work for miners. The profit motive, in a new form, would survive, but without the old evils. By devolution, the motive could be made to operate on each mine.

In regard to mental goods, neither justice nor incentive is

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE

 

65

 

important; what is important is opportunity. Opportunity, of course, includes remaining alive, and to this extent involves material goods. But most men of great creative power are not interested in becoming rich, so that a modest subsistence would suffice. And if these men are put to death, like Socra- tes, when their work is done, no harm is done to anyone. But great harm is done if, during their lifetime, their work is hampered by authority, even if the hampering takes the form of heaping honors upon them as the price of conformity. No society can be progressive without a leaven of rebels, and modern technique makes it more and more difficult to be a rebel.

The difficulties of the problem are very great. As regards science, I do not think that any complete solution is possible. You cannot work at nuclear physics in America unless you are politically orthodox; you cannot work at any science in Russia unless you are orthodox, not only in politics, but also in science, and orthodoxy in science means accepting all Stalin's uneducated prejudices. The difficulty arises from the vast expense of scientific apparatus. There is, or was, a law that when a man is sued for debt he must not be deprived of the tools of his trade, but when his tools cost many millions of pounds the situation is very different from that of the eighteenth-century handicraftsman.

I do not think that, in the present state of the world, any government can be blamed for demanding political orthodoxy of nuclear physicists. If Guy Fawkes had demanded gun- powder on the ground that it was one of the tools of his trade, I think James I's government would have viewed the request somewhat coldly, and this applies with even more force to the nuclear physicists of our time: governments must demand some assurance as to -who they are going to

 

66

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

blow up. But there is no justification whatever for demanding scientific orthodoxy. Fortunately, in science it is fairly easy to estimate a man's ability. It is therefore possible to act on the principle that a scientist should be given opportunity in proportion to his ability, not to his scientific orthodoxy. I think that on the whole, in Western Europe, this principle is fairly well observed. But its observance is precarious, and mightly easily cease in a time of acute scientific controversy. In art and literature the problem is different. On the one hand, freedom is more possible, because the authorities are not asked to provide expensive apparatus. But on the other hand merit is much more difficult to estimate. The older gen- eration of artists and writers is almost invariably mistaken as to the younger generation: the pundits almost always condemn new men who are subsequently judged to have outstanding merit. For this reason such bodies as the French Academy or the Royal Academy are useless, if not harmful. There is no conceivable method by which the community can recog- nize the artist until he is old and most of his work is done. The community can only give opportunity and toleration. It can hardly be expected that the community should license every man who says he means to paint, and should support him for his daubs however execrable they may be. I think the only solution is that the artist should support himself by work other than his art, until such time as he gets a knight- hood. He should seek ill-paid half-time employment, live austerely, and do his creative work in his spare time. Some- times less arduous solutions are possible: a dramatist can be an actor, a composer can be a performer. But in any case the artist or writer must, while he is young, keep his creative work outside the economic machine and make his living by work of which the value is obvious to the authorities. For

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 6j

if his creative work affords his official means of livelihood, it will be hampered and impaired by the ignorant censorship of the authorities. The most that can be hoped — and this is much — is that a man who does good work will not be pun- ished for it.

The construction of Utopias used to be despised as the foolish refuge of those who could not face the real world. But in our time social change has been so rapid, and so largely inspired by Utopian aspirations, that it is more necessary than it used to be to consider the wisdom or un- wisdom of dominant aspirations. Marx, though he made fun of Utopians, was himself one of them, and so was his disciple Lenin. Lenin had the almost unique privilege of actually constructing his Utopia in a great and powerful State; he was the nearest approach known to history to Plato's philosopher king. The fact that the result is unsatisfactory is, I think, mainly due to intellectual errors on the part of Marx and Lenin — errors which remain intellectual although they have an emotional source in the dictatorial character of the two men. Western democrats are constantly accused, even by many of their friends, of having no inspiring and coherent doctrine with which to confront communism. I think this challenge can be met. I will therefore repeat, in a less argumentative form, the conception of a good society by which I believe that democratic socialism should be guided.

In a good society, a man should (i) be useful, (2) be as far as possible secure from undeserved misfortune, (3) have opportunity for initiative in all ways not positively harmful to others. No one of these three is absolute. A lunatic cannot be useful, but should not on that account be punished. During a war, undeserved misfortunes are unavoidable. In a time of

 

68 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

great public disaster, even the greatest artist may have to give up his own work in order to combat fire or flood or pestilence. Our three requisites are general directives, not absolute imperatives.

(i) When I say that a man should be "useful," I am think- ing of him in relation to the community, and am accepting the community's judgment as to what is useful. If a man is a great poet or a Seventh-Day Adventist, he personally may think that the most useful thing he can do is to write verses or preach that the Sabbath should be observed on Saturday. But if the community does not agree with him, he should find some way of earning his living which is generally ac- knowledged to be useful, and confine to his leisure hours his activities as a poet or a missionary.

(2) Security has been one of the chief aims of British social legislation since the great days of Lloyd George. Un- employment, illness, and old age do not deserve punishment, and should not be allowed to bring avoidable suffering. The community has the right to exact work from those capable of work, but it has also the duty to support all those willing to work, whether in fact they are able to work or not. Security has also legal aspects: a man must not be subject to arbitrary arrest or to confiscation of his property without judicial or legislative sanction.

(3) Opportunity for initiative is a more difficult matter, but not less important. Usefulness and security form the basis of the theoretical case for socialism, but without opportunity for initiative a socialist community might have little merit. Read Plato's Republic and More's Utopia — both socialist works — and imagine yourself living in the community portrayed by either. You will see that boredom would drive you to suicide or rebellion. A man who has

 

DEMOCRACY AND SCIENTIFIC TECHNIQUE 69

never had security may think that it would satisfy him, but in fact — to borrow an analogy from mountaineering — it is only a base camp from which dangerous ascents can begin. The impulse to danger and adventure is deeply ingrained in human nature, and no society which ignores it can long be stable.

A democratic scientific society, by exacting service and conferring security, forbids or prevents much personal initiative which is possible in a less well-regulated world. Eighty years ago, Vanderbilt and Jay Gould each claimed ownership of the Erie Railroad; each had a printing press to prove how many shares he owned; each had a posse of corrupt judges ready to give any legal decision demanded of them; each had physical control of a portion of the rolling stock. On a given day, one started a train at one end of the line, the other at the other; the trains met in the middle; each was full of hired bravos, and the two gangs had a six- hour battle. Obviously Vanderbilt and Jay Gould enjoyed themselves hugely; so did the bravos; so did the whole American nation except those who wanted to use the Erie Railroad. So did I when I read about the affair. Neverthe- less, the affair was thought to be a scandal. Nowadays the impulse to such delights has to seek satisfaction in the con- struction of hydrogen bombs, which is at once more harmful and less emotionally satisfying. If the world is ever to have peace, it must find ways of combining peace with the possibil- ity of adventures that are not destructive.

The solution lies in providing opportunities for contests that are not conducted by violent means. This is one of the great merits of democracy. If you hate socialism or capi- talism, you are not reduced to assassinating Mr. Attlee or Mr. Churchill; you can make election speeches, or, if that

 

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

doesn't satisfy you, get yourself elected to Parliament. So long as the old Liberal freedoms survive, you can engage in propaganda for whatever excites you. Such activities suffice to satisfy most men's combative instincts. Creative im- pulses which are not combative, such as those of the artist and the writer, cannot be satisfied in this way, and for them the only solution, in a socialist State, is liberty to employ your leisure as you like. This is the only solution, because such activities are sometimes extremely valuable, but the community has no way of judging, in a given case, whether the artist's or writer's work is worthless or shows immortal genius. Such activities, therefore, must not be systematized or controlled. Some part of life — perhaps the most important part— must be left to the spontaneous action of individual impulse, for where all is system there will be mental and spiritual death.

 

CHAPTER V

 

Science and War

 

The connection of science with war has grown gradu- ally more and more intimate. It began with Archi- medes, who helped his cousin the tyrant of Syracuse to defend that city against the Romans in 212 B.C. In Plu- tarch's Life of Marcellus there is a highly romantic and obviously largely mythical account of the engines of war that Archimedes invented. I quote North.

(Before war had begun)

The king prayed him to make him some engines, both to assault and defend, in all manner of sieges and assaults. So Archimedes made him many engines, but King Hieron never occupied any of them, because he reigned the most part of his time in peace without any wars. But this provision and munition of engines served the Syracusans marvellously at that time (when Syracuse was be- sieged). When Archimedes fell to handle his engines, and to set them at liberty, there flew in the air infinite kinds of shot, and marvellous great stones, with an incredible great noise and force on the sudden, upon the footmen that came to assault the city by land, bearing down and tearing in pieces all those which came against them, or in what place soever they lighted, no earthly body being able to resist the violence of so heavy a weight : so that all their ranks were marvellously disordered. And as for the galleys that gave assault by sea, some were sunk with long pieces of

71

 

 

72 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

timber, which were suddenly blown over the walls with force of their engines into their galleys, and so sunk them by their over- great weight. Other being hoist up by their prows with hands of iron, and hooks made like cranes' bills, plunged their poops into the sea. Other being taken up with certain engines fastened within, one contrary to another, made them turn in the air like a whirligig, and so cast them upon the rocks by the tour walls, and splitted them all to fitters, to the great spoil and murder of the persons that were within them. And sometimes the ships and galleys were lift clean out of the water, that it was a fearful thing to see them hang and turn in the air as they did : until that, casting their men within them over the hatches, some here, some there, by this terrible turning, they came in the end to be empty, and to break against the walls, or else to fall into the sea again, when their engine left their hold. .

In spite of all this scientific technique, however, the Romans were victorious, and Archimedes was killed by a plain infantry soldier. One can imagine the exultation of Roman Blimps at the proof that once more these newfangled devices of long-haired scientists had been defeated by the old tried traditional forces by means of which the Empire's greatness had been built up.

Nevertheless science continued to play a decisive part in war. Greek fire kept the Byzantine Empire in existence for centuries. Artillery destroyed the feudal system, and by making English archery obsolete created the myth of Joan of Arc. The greatest men of the Renaissance commended them- selves to the powerful by their skill in scientific warfare. When Leonardo wanted to get a job from the Duke of Milan, he wrote the Duke a long letter about his improve- ments in the art of fortification, and in the last sentence mentioned briefly that he could also paint a bit. He got the

 

SCIENCE AND WAR 73

job, though I doubt if the Duke read as far as the last sentence. When Galileo wanted employment under the Grand Duke of Tuscany, it was on his calculations of the trajectories of cannon-balls that he relied. In the French Revolution, such men of science as were not guillotined owed their immunity to their contributions to the war ef- fort. I know of only one instance on the other side. During the Crimean War Faraday was consulted as to the use of poison gas. He replied that it was entirely feasible, but was to be condemned on grounds of humanity. In those inefficient days his opinion prevailed. But that was long ago.

The Crimean War could still be celebrated by Kinglake in the romantic language of the ages of chivalry, but modern war is a very different matter. No doubt there are still gallant officers and brave men who die nobly in the ancient manner, but it is not they who are important. One nuclear physicist is worth more than many divisions of infantry. And apart from applications of the latest science, what secures success in war is not heroic armies but heavy industry. Consider the success of the United States after Pearl Har- bor. No nation has ever shown more heroism than was shown by the Japanese, but they were defeated by American in- dustrial productivity. It is to steel and oil and uranium, not to martial ardor, that modern nations must look for victory in war.

Modern warfare, so far, has not been more destructive of life than the warfare of less scientific ages, for the increased deadlines s of weapons has been offset by the improvement in medicine and hygiene. Until recent times, pestilence almost invariably proved far more fatal than enemy action. When Sennacherib besieged Jerusalem, 185,000 of his army died in one night, "and when they arose early in the morning, behold

 

74 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

they were all dead corpses" (II Kings xix. 35). The plague in Athens did much to decide the Peloponnesian War. The many wars between Syracuse and Carthage were usually ended by pestilence. Barbarossa, after he had completely defeated the Lombard League, lost almost his whole army by disease, and had to fly secretly over the Alps. The mor- tality rate in such campaigns was far greater than in the two great wars of our own century. I do not say that future wars will have as low a casualty rate as the last two; that is a matter to which I will come shortly. I say only, what many people do not realize, that up to the present science has not made war more destructive.

There are, however, other respects in which the evils of war have much increased. France was at war, almost con- tinuously, from 1792 to 181 5, and in the end suffered com- plete defeat, but the population of France did not, after 1815, suffer anything comparable to what has been suffered throughout Central Europe since 1945. A modern nation at war is more organized, more disciplined, and more com- pletely concentrated on the effort to secure victory, than was possible in pre-industrial times; the consequence is that de- feat is more serious, more disorganizing, more demoralizing to the general population, than it was in the days of Napo- leon.

But even in this respect it is not possible to make a general rule. Some wars in the past were quite as disorganizing and as destructive of the civilization of devastated areas as was the Second World War. North Africa has never regained the level of prosperity that it enjoyed under the Romans. Persia never recovered from the Mongols nor Syria from the Turks. There have always been two kinds of wars, those in which the vanquished incurred disaster, and those in which

 

SCIENCE AND WAR

 

75

they only incurred discomfort. We seem, unfortunately, to be entering upon an era in which wars are of the former sort.

The atom bomb, and still more the hydrogen bomb, have caused new fears, involving new doubts as to the effects of science on human life. Some eminent authorities, including Einstein, have pointed out that there is a danger of the extinc- tion of all life on this planet. I do not myself think that this will happen in the next war, but I think it may well happen in the next but one, if that is allowed to occur. If this expec- tation is correct, we have to choose, within the next fifty years or so, between two alternatives. Either we must allow the human race to exterminate itself, or we must forgo certain liberties which are very dear to us, more especially the liberty to kill foreigners whenever we feel so disposed. I think it probable that mankind will choose its own exter- mination as the preferable alternative. The choice will be made, of course, by persuading ourselves that it is not being made, since (so militarists on both sides will say) the victory of the right is certain without risk of universal disaster. We are perhaps living in the last age of man, and, if so, it is to science that he will owe his extinction.

If, however, the human race decides to let itself go on living, it will have to make very drastic changes in its ways of thinking, feeling, and behaving. We must learn not to say: "Never! Better death than dishonor." We, must learn to submit to law, even when imposed by aliens whom we hate and despise, and whom we believe to be blind to all consider- ations of righteousness. Consider some concrete examples. Jews and Arabs will have to agree to submit to arbitration; if the award goes against the Jews, the President of the United States will have to insure the victory of the party to which he is opposed, since, if he supports the international

 

j6 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

authority, he will lose the Jewish vote in New York State. On the other hand, if the award goes in favor of the Jews, the Mohammedan world will be indignant, and will be supported by all other malcontents. Or, to take another instance, Eire will demand the right to oppress the Protestants of Ulster, and on this issue the United States will support Eire while Britain will support Ulster. Could an international authority survive such a dissension? Again: India and Pakistan cannot agree about Kashmir, therefore one of them must support Russia and the other the United States. It will be obvious to anyone who is an interested party in one of these disputes that the issue is far more important than the continuance of life on our planet. The hope that the human race will allow itself to survive is therefore somewhat slender.

But if human life is to continue in spite of science, mankind will have to learn a discipline of the passions which, in the past, has not been necessary. Men will have to submit to the law, even when they think the law unjust and iniquitous. Nations which are persuaded that they are only demanding the barest justice will have to acquiesce when this demand is denied them by the neutral authority. I do not say that this is easy; I do not prophesy that it will happen; I say only that if it does not happen the human race will perish, and will perish as a result of science.

A clear choice must be made within fifty years, the choice between Reason and Death. And by "Reason" I mean will- ingness to submit to law as declared by an international authority. I fear that mankind may choose Death. I hope I am mistaken.

 

CHAPTER VI

 

Science and Values

 

The philosophy which has seemed appropriate to science has varied from time to time. To Newton and most of his English contemporaries science seemed to afford proof of the existence of God as the Almighty Law- giver: He had decreed the law of gravitation and whatever other natural laws had been discovered by Englishmen. In spite of Copernicus, man was still the moral center of the universe, and God's purposes were mainly concerned with the human race. The more radical among the French philosophes, being politically in conflict with the Church, took a different view. They did not admit that laws imply a lawgiver; on the other hand, they thought that physical laws could explain human behavior. This led them to materialism and denial of free will. In their view, the universe has no purpose and man is an insignificant episode. The vast- ness of the universe impressed them and inspired in them a new form of humility to replace that which atheism had made obsolete. This point of view is well expressed in a little poem by Leopardi and expresses, more nearly than any other known to me, my own feeling about the universe and human

passions:

77

 

78

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

THE INFINITE *

Dear to me always was this lonely hill

And this hedge that excludes so large a part

Of the ultimate horizon from my view.

But as I sit and gaze, my thought conceives

Interminable vastnesses of space

Beyond it, and unearthly silences,

And profoundest calm; whereat my heart almost

Becomes dismayed. And as I hear the wind

Blustering through these branches, I find myself

Comparing with this sound that infinite silence;

And then I call to mind eternity,

And the ages that are dead, and this that now

Is living, and the noise of it. And so

In this immensity my thought sinks drowned :

And sweet it seems to shipwreck in this sea.

But this has become an old-fashioned way of feeling. Science used to be valued as a means of getting to know the world; now, owing to the triumph of technique, it is con- ceived as showing how to change the world. The new point of view, which is adopted in practice throughout America and Russia, and in theory by many modern philosophers, was first proclaimed by Marx in 1845, in his Theses on Feuerbach. He says:

The question whether objective truth belongs to human thinking is not a question of theory, but a practical question. The truth, i.e. the reality and power, of thought must be demonstrated in practice. The contest as to the reality or non-reality of a thought which is isolated from practice, is a purely scholastic question. . . .

1 Translation by R. C. Trevelyan from Translations from Leopardi; Cambridge University Press, 1941.

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES

 

79

 

Philosophers have only interpreted the world in various ways, but the real task is to alter it.

 

From the point of view of technical philosophy, this theory has been best developed by John Dewey, who is universally acknowledged as America's most eminent philosopher.

This philosophy has two aspects, one thoretical and the other ethical. On the theoretical side, it analyzes away the concept "truth," for which it substitutes "utility." It used to be thought that, if you believed Caesar crossed the Rubi- con, you believed truly, because Caesar did cross the Rubicon. Not so, say the philosophers we are considering: to say that your belief is "true" is another way of saying that you will find it more profitable than the opposite belief. I might object that there have been cases of historical beliefs which, after being generally accepted for a long time, have in the end been admitted to be mistaken. In the case of such beliefs, every examinee would find the accepted falsehood of his time more profitable than the as yet unacknowledged truth. But this kind of objection is swept aside by the con- tention that a belief may be "true" at one time and "false" at another. In 1920 it was "true" that Trotsky had a great part in the Russian Revolution; in 1930 it was "false." The results of this view have been admirably worked out in George Orwell's "1984."

This philosophy derives its inspiration from science in several different ways. Take first its best aspect, as developed by Dewey. He points out that scientific theories change from time to time, and that what recommends a theory is that it "works." When new phenomena are discovered, for which it no longer "works," it is discarded. A theory— so Dewey concludes — is a tool like another; it enables us to manipulate

 

80 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

raw material. Like any other tool, it is judged good or bad by its efficiency in this manipulation, and like any other tool, it is good at one time and bad at another. While it is good it may be called "true," but this word must not be allowed its usual connotations. Dewey prefers the phrase "warranted assertibility" to the word "truth."

The second source of the theory is technique. What do we want to know about electricity? Only how to make it work for us. To want to know more is to plunge into useless metaphysics. Science is to be admired because it gives us power over nature, and the power comes wholly from technique. Therefore an interpretation which reduces science to technique keeps all the useful part, and dismisses only a dead weight of medieval lumber. If technique is all that interests you, you are likely to find this argument very convincing.

The third attraction of prgamatism — which cannot be wholly separated from the second — is love of power. Most men's desires are of various kinds. There are the pleasures of sense; there are aesthetic pleasures and pleasures of contem- plation; there are private affections; and there is power. In an individual, any one of these may acquire predominance over the others. If love of power dominates, you arrive at Marx's view that what is important is not to understand the world, but to change it. Traditional theories of knowledge were invented by men who loved contemplation — a monkish taste, according to modern devotees of mechanism. Mecha- nism augments human power to an enormous degree. It is therefore this aspect of science that attracts the lovers of power. And if power is all you want from science, the pragmatist theory gives you just what you want, without accretions that to you seem irrelevant. It gives you even more than you could have expected, for if you control the

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES »I

police it gives you the godlike power of making truth. You cannot make the sun cold, but you can confer pragmatic "truth" on the proposition "the sun is cold" if you can ensure that everyone who denies it is liquidated. I doubt whether Zeus could do more.

This engineer's philosophy, as it may be called, is dis- tinguished from common sense and from most other philoso- phies by its rejection of "fact" as a fundamental concept in defining "truth." If you say, for example, "the South Pole is cold," you say something which, according to traditional views, is "true" in virtue of a "fact," namely that the South Pole is cold. And this is a fact, not because people believe it, or because it pays to believe it; it just is a fact. Facts, when they are not about human beings and their doings, represent the limitations of human power. We find ourselves in a universe of a certain sort, and we find out what sort of universe it is by observation, not by self-assertion. It is true that we can make changes on or near the surface of the earth, but not elsewhere. Practical men have no wish to make changes elsewhere, and can therefore accept a philosophy which treats the surface of the earth as if it were the whole universe. But even on the surface of the earth our power is limited. To forget that we are hemmed in by facts which are for the most part independent of our desires is a form of insane megalomania. This kind of insanity has grown up as a result of the triumph of scientific technique. Its latest manifestation is Stalin's refusal to believe that heredity can have the temerity to ignore Soviet decrees, which is like Xerxes whipping the Hellespont to teach Poseidon a lesson.

"The pragmatic theory of truth [I wrote in 1907] is inherently connected with the appeal to force. If there is a non-human truth, which one man may know while another does not, there is a standard outside the disputants, to which,

 

82 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

we may urge, the dispute ought to be submitted; hence a pacific and judicial settlement of disputes is at least theoreti- cally possible. If, on the contrary, the only way of discover- ing which of the disputants is in the right is to wait and see which of them is successful, there is no longer any principle except force by which the issue can be decided. ... In international matters, owing to the fact that the disputants are often strong enough to be independent of outside control, these considerations become more important. The hopes of international peace, like the achievement of internal peace, depend upon the creation of an effective force of public opinion formed upon an estimate of the rights and wrongs of disputes. Thus it would be misleading to say that the dispute is decided by force, without adding that force is dependent upon justice. But the possibility of such a public opinion de- pends upon the possibility of a standard of justice which is a cause, not an effect, of the wishes of the community; and such a standard of justice seems incompatible with the pragmatist philosophy. This philosophy, therefore, although it begins with liberty and toleration, develops, by inherent necessity, into the appeal to force and the arbitrament of the big battalions. By this development it becomes equally adapted to democracy at home and to imperialism abroad. Thus here again it is more delicately adjusted to the require- ments of the time than any other philosophy which has hitherto been invented.

"To sum up: Pragmatism appeals to the temper of mind which finds on the surface of this planet the whole of its imaginative material; which feels confident of progress, and unaware of non-human limitations to human power; which loves battle, with all the attendant risks, because it has no real doubt that it will achieve victory; which desires religion,

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES 83

as it desires railways and electric light, as a comfort and a help in the affairs of this world, not as providing non-human objects to satisfy the hunger for perfection. But for those who feel that life on this planet would be a life in prison if it were not for the windows into a greater world beyond; for those to whom a belief in man's omnipotence seems arrogant; who desire rather the stoic freedom that comes of mastery over the passions than the Napoleonic domination that sees the kingdoms of this world at its feet — in a word, to men who do not find man an adequate object of their worship, the pragmatist' s world will seem narrow and petty, robbing life of all that gives it value, and making man himself smaller by depriving the universe which he contemplates of all its splendor."

 

Let us now try to sum up what increases in human happi- ness science has rendered possible, and what ancient evils it is in danger of intensifying.

I do not pretend that there is any way of arriving at the millennium. Whatever our social institutions, there will be death and illness (though in a diminishing quantity) ; there will be old age and insanity; there will be either danger or boredom. So long as the present family survives, there will be unrequited love and parents' tyranny and children's ingrati- tude; and if something new were substituted for the family, it would bring new evils, probably worse. Human life cannot be made a matter of unalloyed bliss, and to allow oneself excessive hopes is to court disappointment. Nevertheless what can be soberly hoped is very considerable. In what follows, I am not prophesying what will happen, but pointing out the best that may happen, and the further fact that this best will happen if it is widely desired.

 

84 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

There are two ancient evils that science, unwisely used, may intensify: they are tyranny and war. But I am concerned now rather with pleasant possibilities than with unpleasant ones.

Science can confer two kinds of benefits : it can diminish bad things, and it can increase good things. Let us begin with the former.

Science can abolish poverty and excessive hours of labor. In the earliest human communities, before agriculture, each human individual required two or more square miles to sus- tain life. Subsistence was precarious and death from starva- tion must have been frequent. At that stage, men had the same mixture of misery and carefree enjoyment as still makes up the lives of other animals.

Agriculture was a technical advance of the same kind of importance as attaches to modern machine industry. The way that agriculture was used is an awful warning to our age. It introduced slavery and serfdom, human sacrifice, absolute monarchy and large wars. Instead of raising the standard of life, except for a tiny governing minority, it merely in- creased the population. On the whole, it probably increased the sum of human misery. It is not impossible that indus- trialism may take the same course.

Fortunately, however, the growth of industrialism has coincided in the West with the growth of democracy. It is possible now, if the population of the world does not increase too fast, for one man's labor to produce much more than is needed to provide a bare subsistence for himself and his family. Given an intelligent democracy not misled by some dogmatic creed, this possibility will be used to raise the standard of life. It has been so used, to a limited extent, in Britain and America, and would have been so used more

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES 85

effectively but for war. Its use in raising the standard of life has depended mainly upon three things: democracy, trade unionism, and birth control. All three, of course, have in- curred hostility from the rich. If these three things can be extended to the rest of the world as it becomes industrialized, and if the danger of great wars can be eliminated, poverty can be abolished throughout the whole world and excessive hours of labor will no longer be necessary anywhere. But without these three things, industrialism will create a regime like that in which the Pharaohs built the pyramids. In particular, if world population continues to increase at the present rate, the abolition of poverty and excessive work will be totally impossible.

Science has already conferred an immense boon on man- kind by the growth of medicine. In the eighteenth century people expected most of their children to die before they were grown up. Improvement began at the beginning of the nine- teenth century, chiefly owing to vaccination. It has contin- ued ever since and is still continuing. In 1920 the infant mortality in England and Wales was 80 per thousand, in 1948 it was 34 per thousand. The general death rate in 1948 (10 -8) was the lowest ever recorded up to that date. There is no obvious limit to the improvement of health that can be brought about by medicine. The sum of human suffering has also been much diminished by the discovery of anesthetics.

The general diminution of lawlessness and crimes of violence would not have been possible without science. If you read eighteenth-century novels, you get a strange im- pression of London: unlighted streets, footpads and high- waymen, nothing that we should count as a police force, but, in a futile attempt to compensate for all this, an abominably savage and ferocious criminal law. Street lighting, telephones,

 

86 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

finger-printing, and the psychology of crime and punishment are scientific advances which have made it possible for the police to reduce crime below anything that the most Utopian philosopher of the "Age of Reason" would have imagined possible.

Coming now to positive goods, there is, to begin with, an immense increase of education which has been rendered possible by the increased productivity of labor. As regards general education, this is most marked in America, where even university education is free. If I took a taxi in New York, I would often find that the driver was a Ph.D., who would start arguing about philosophy at imminent risk to himself and me. But in England as well as in America the improvement at the highest level is equally remarkable. Read, for instance, Gibbon's account of Oxford.

With this goes an increase of opportunity. It is much easier than it used to be for an able young man without what are called "natural" advantages (i.e. inherited wealth) to rise to a position in which he can make the best use of his talents. In this respect there is still much to be done, but there is every reason to expect that in England and in Amer- ica it will be done. The waste of talent in former times must have been appalling; I shudder to think how many "mute inglorious Miltons" there must have been. Our modern Miltons, alas, remain for the most part inglorious, though not mute. But ours is not a poetic age.

Finally, there is more diffused happiness than ever before, and if the fear of war were removed this improvement would be very much greater than it is.

Let us consider for a moment the kind of disposition that must be widely diffused if a good world is to be created and sustained.

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES 87

I will begin with the intellectual temper that is required. There must be in many a desire to know the important facts, and in most an unwillingness to give assent to pleasant illu- sions. There are in the world at the present day two great opposing systems of dogma: Catholicism and Communism. If you believe either with such intensity that you are pre- pared to face martyrdom, you can live a happy life, and even enjoy a happy death if it comes quickly. You can inspire converts, you can create an army, you can stir up hatred of the opposite dogma and its adherents, and generally you can seem immensely effective. I am constantly asked: What can you, with your cold rationalism, offer to the seeker after salvation that is comparable to the cozy homelike comfort of a fenced-in dogmatic creed?

To this the answer is many-sided. In the first place, I do not say that I can offer as much happiness as is to be ob- tained by the abdication of reason. I do not say that I can offer as much happiness as is to be obtained from drink or drugs or amassing great wealth by swindling widows and orphans. It is not the happiness of the individual convert that concerns me; it is the happiness of mankind. If you genuinely desire the happiness of mankind, certain forms of ignoble personal happiness are not open to you. If your child is ill, and you are a conscientious parent, you accept medical diagnosis, however doubtful and discouraging; if you accept the cheerful opinion of a quack and your child consequently dies, you are not excused by the pleasantness of belief in the quack while it lasted. If people loved humanity as genuinely as they love their children, they would be as unwilling in politics as in the home to let themselves be deceived by comfortable fairy tales.

The next point is that all fanatical creeds do harm. This is

 

88 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

obvious when they have to compete with other fanaticisms, since in that case they promote hatred and strife. But it is true even when only one fanatical creed is in the field. It can- not allow free inquiry, since this might shake its hold. It must oppose intellectual progress. If, as is usually the case, it involves a priesthood, it gives great power to a caste profes- sionally devoted to maintenance of the intellectual status quo and to a pretense of certainty where in fact there is no cer- tainty.

Every fanatical creed essentially involves hatred. I knew once a fanatical advocate of an international language, but he preferred Ido to Esperanto. Listening to his conversation, I was appalled by the depravity of the Esperantists, who, it seemed, had sunk to hitherto unimaginable depths of wicked- ness. Luckily, my friend failed to convince any government, and so the Esperantists survived. But if he had been at the head of a State of two hundred million inhabitants, I shudder to think what would have happened to them.

Very often the element of hatred in a fanatical doctrine becomes predominant. People who tell you they love the proletariat often in fact only hate the rich. Some people who believe that you should love your neighbor as yourself think it right to hate those who do not do so. As these are the vast majority, no notable increase of loving-kindness results from their creed.

Apart from such specific evils, the whole attitude of accepting a belief unquestioningly on a basis of authority is contrary to the scientific spirit, and, if widespread, scarcely compatible with the progress of science. Not only the Bible, but even the works of Marx and Engels, contain demon- strably false statements. The Bible says the hare chews the cud, and Engels said that the Austrians would win the war of

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES 89

1866. These are only arguments against fundamentalists. But when a Sacred Book is retained while fundamentalism is rejected, the authority of The Book becomes vested in the priesthood. The meaning of "dialectical materialism" changes every decade, and the penalty for a belated interpretation is death or the concentration camp.

The triumphs of science are due to the substitution of observation and inference for authority. Every attempt to revive authority in intellectual matters is a retrograde step. And it is part of the scientific attitude that the pronounce- ments of science do not claim to be certain, but only to be the most probable on present evidence. One of the greatest benefits that science confers upon those who understand its spirit is that it enables them to live without the delusive support of subjective certainty. That is why science cannot favor persecution.

The desire for a fanatical creed is one of the great evils of our time. There have been other ages with the same disease: the late Roman Empire and the sixteenth century are the most obvious examples. When Rome began to decay, and when, in the third century, barbarian irruptions produced fear and impoverishment, men began to look for safety in another world. Plotinus found it in Plato's eternal world, the followers of Mithra in a solar paradise, and the Christians in heaven. The Christians won, largely because their dog- matic certainty was the greatest. Having won, they started persecuting each other for small deviations, and hardly had leisure to notice the barbarian invaders except to observe that they were Arians — the ancient equivalent of Trotskyites. The religious fervor of that time was a product of fear and despair; so is the religious fervor — Christian or communist — of our age. It is an irrational reaction to danger, tending to

 

90 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

bring about what it fears. Dread of the hydrogen bomb pro- motes fanaticism, and fanaticism is more likely than any- thing else to lead to actual use of the hydrogen bomb. Heavenly salvation perhaps, if the fanatics are right, but earthly salvation is not to be found along that road.

I will say a few words about the connection of love with intellectual honesty. There are several different attitudes that may be adopted towards the spectacle of intolerable suffering. If you are a sadist, you may find pleasure in it; if you are completely detached, you may ignore it; if you are a sentimentalist, you may persuade yourself that it is not as bad as it seems; but if you feel genuine compassion you will try to apprehend the evil truly in order to be able to cure it. The sentimentalist will say that you are coldly intellectual, and that, if you really minded the sufferings of others, you could not be so scientific about them. The sentimentalist will claim to have a tenderer heart than yours, and will show it by letting the suffering continue rather than suffer himself.

There is a tender hearted lady in Gilbert and Sullivan who remarks :

 

I heard one day A gentleman say That criminals who Are sawn in two Do not much feel

 

The fatal steel But come in twain Without much pain. If this be true How lucky for you.

 

Similarly, the men who made the Munich surrender would pretend, (a) that the Nazis didn't go in for pogroms, (b) that Jews enjoyed being massacred. And fellow-travelers maintain, (a) that there is no forced labor in Russia, (b) that there is nothing Russians find more delectable than being

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES

 

91

 

worked to death in an arctic winter. Such men are not "coldly intellectual."

The most disquiting psychological feature of our time, and the one which affords the best argument for the necessity of some creed, however irrational, is the death wish. Every- one knows how some primitive communities, brought sud- denly into contact with white men, become listless, and finally die from mere absence of the will to live. In Western Europe, the new conditions of danger which exist are having something of the same effect. Facing facts is painful, and the way out is not clear. Nostalgia takes the place of energy directed towards the future. There is a tendency to shrug the shoulders and say, "Oh well, if we are exterminated by hydrogen bombs, it will save a lot of trouble." This is a tired and feeble reaction, like that of the late Romans to the bar- barians. It can only be met by courage, hope, and a reasoned optimism. Let us see what basis there is for hope.

First: 1 have no doubt that, leaving on one side, for the moment, the danger of war, the average level of happiness, in Britain as well as in America, is higher than in any previous community at any time. Moreover improvement continues whenever there is not war. We have therefore something important to conserve.

There are certain things that our age needs, and certain things that it should avoid. It needs compassion and a wish that mankind should be happy; it needs the desire for knowl- edge and the determination to eschew pleasant myths; it needs, above all, courageous hope and the impulse to creative- ness. The things that it must avoid, and that have brought it to the brink of catastrophe, are cruelty, envy, greed, com- petitiveness, search for irrational subjective certainty, and what Freudians call the death wish.

 

92 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

The root of the matter is a very simple and old-fashioned thing, a thing so simple that I am almost ashamed to mention it, for fear of the derisive smile with which wise cynics will greet my words. The thing I mean — please forgive me for mentioning it — is love, Christian love, or compassion. If you feel this, you have a motive for existence, a guide in action, a reason for courage, an imperative necessity for intellectual honesty. If you feel this, you have all that anybody should need in the way of religion. Although you may not find happiness, you will never know the deep despair of those whose life is aimless and void of purpose; for there is always something that you can do to diminish the awful sum of human misery.

What I do want to stress is that the kind of lethargic despair which is now not uncommon, is irrational. Mankind is in the position of a man climbing a difficult and dangerous precipice, at the summit of which there is a plateau of deli- cious mountain meadows. With every step that he climbs, his fall, if he does fall, becomes more terrible; with every step his weariness increases and the ascent grows more difficult. At last there is only one more step to be taken, but the climber does not know this, because he cannot see beyond the jutting rocks at his head. His exhaustion is so complete that he wants nothing but rest. If he lets go he will find rest in death. Hope calls: "One more effort — perhaps it will be the last effort needed." Irony retorts: "Silly fellow! Haven't you been listening to hope all this time, and see where it has landed you." Optimism says: "While there is life there is hope." Pessimism growls: "While there is life there is pain." Does the exhausted climber make one more effort, or does he let himself sink into the abyss? In a few years those of us who are still alive will know the answer.

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES 93

Dropping metaphor, the present situation is as follows: Science offers the possibility of far greater well-being for the human race than has ever been known before. It offers this on certain conditions: abolition of war, even distribution of ultimate power, and limitation of the growth of popula- tion. All these are much nearer to being possible than they ever were before. In Western industrial countries, the growth of population is almost nil; the same causes will have the same effect in other countries as they become modern- ized, unless dictators and missionaries interfere. The even distribution of ultimate power, economic as well as political, has been nearly achieved in Britain, and other democratic countries are rapidly moving towards it. The prevention of war? It may seem a paradox to say that we are nearer to achieving this than ever before, but I am persuaded that it is true. I will explain why I think so.

In the past, there were many sovereign States, any two of which might at any moment quarrel. Attempts on the lines of the League of Nations were bound to fail, because, when a dispute arose, the disputants were too proud to accept out- side arbitration, and the neutrals were too lazy to enforce it. Now there are only two sovereign States: Russia (with satellites) and the United States (with satellites) . If either becomes preponderant, either by victory in war or by an obvious military superiority, the preponderant Power can establish a single Authority over the whole world, and thus make future wars impossible. At first this Authority will, in certain regions, be based on force, but if the Western nations are in control, force will as soon as possible give way to consent. When that has been achieved, the most difficult of world problems will have been solved, and science can be- come wholly beneficent.

 

94

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

I do not think there is reason to fear that such a regime, once established, would be unstable. The chief causes of large-scale violence are: love of power, competition, hate and fear. Love of power will have no national outlet when all serious military force is concentrated in the international army. Competition will be effectively regulated by law, and mitigated by governmental controls. Fear — in the acute form in which we know it — will disappear when war is no longer to be expected. There remains hate and malevolence. This has a deep hold on human nature. We all believe at once any gossip discreditable to our neighbors, however slender the evidence may be. After the First World War many people hated Germany so much that they could not believe in injury to themselves as a necessary result of extreme severity to the Germans. One sees in Congress a widespread reluctance to admit that self-preservation requires help to Western Europe. America wishes to sell without buying, but finds that this often involves giving rather than selling; the benefit to the recipients is felt by many to be almost unendurable. This wide diffusion of malevolence is one of the most unfortunate things in human nature, and it must be lessened if a world State is to be stable.

I am persuaded that it can be lessened, and very quickly. If peace becomes secure there will be a very rapid increase of material prosperity, and this tends more than anything else to provide a mood of kindly feeling. Consider the immense diminution of cruelty in Britain during the Victorian Age; this was mainly due to rapidly increasing wealth in all classes. I think we may confidently expect a similar effect throughout the world owing to the increased wealth that will result from the elimination of war. A great deal, also, is to be hoped from a change in propaganda. Nationalist propa-

 

SCIENCE AND VALUES 95

ganda, in any violent form, will have to be illegal, and chil- dren in schools will not be taught to hate and despise foreign nations. Active instruction in the evils of the old times and the advantages of the new system would do the rest. I am con- vinced that only a few psychopaths would wish to return to the daily dread of radioactive disintegration.

What stands in the way? Not physical or technical obstacles, but only the evil passions in human minds: sus- picion, fear, lust for power, hatred, intolerance. I will not deny that these evil passions are more dominant in the East than in the West, but they certainly exist in the West as well. The human race could, here and now, begin a rapid approach to a vastly better world, given one single condition: the removal of mutual distrust between East and West. I do not know what can be done to fulfill this condition. Most of the suggestions that I have seen have struck me as silly. Mean- while the only thing to do is to prevent an explosion some- how, and to hope that time may bring wisdom. The near future must either be much better or much worse than the past; which it is to be will be decided within the next few years.

 

 

CHAPTER VII

 

Can a Scientific Society Be Stable? 1

 

IN this final chapter I wish to consider a purely scientific question, namely: Can a society in which thought and technique are scientific persist for a long period, as, for example, ancient Egypt persisted, or does it necessarily con- tain within itself forces which must bring either decay or explosion?

I will begin with some explanation of the question with which I am concerned. I call a society "scientific" in the degree to which scientific knowledge, and technique based upon that knowledge, affects its daily life, its economics, and its political organization. This, of course, is a matter of degree. Science in its early stages had few social effects except upon the small number of learned men who took an interest in it, but in recent times it has been transforming or- dinary life with ever-increasing velocity.

I am using the word "stable" as it is used in physics. A top is "stable" so long as it rotates with more than a certain

1 This chapter was first delivered as the Lloyd Roberts Lecture given at the Royal Society of Medicine, London, on November 29, 1949.

96

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE?

 

97

 

speed; then it becomes unstable and the top falls over. An atom which is not radioactive is "stable" until a nuclear physicist gets hold of it. A star is "stable" for millions of years, and then one day it explodes. It is in this sense that I wish to ask whether the kind of society that we are creating is "stable."

I want to emphasize that the question I am asking is purely factual. I am not considering whether it is better to be stable or to be unstable; that is a question of values, and lies outside the scope of scientific discussion. I am asking whether, in fact, it is probable or improbable that soci ety will persist in being scientific. If it does, it must almost inevitably grow progressively more and more scientific, since new knowl- edge will accumulate. If it does not, there may be either a gradual decay, like the cooling of the sun by radiation, or a violent transformation, like those that cause novae to appear in the heavens. The former would show itself in exhaustion, the latter in revolution or unsuccessful war.

The problem is extremely speculative, as appears when we consider the time scale. Astronomers tell us that in all likeli- hood the earth will remain habitable for very many millions of years. Man has existed for about a million years. There- fore if all goes well his future should be immeasurably longer than his past.

Broadly speaking, we are in the middle of a race between human skill as to means and human folly as to ends. Given sufficient folly as to ends, every increase in the skill required to achieve them is to the bad. The human race has survived hitherto owing to ignorance and imcompetence; but, given knowledge and competence combined with folly, there can be no certainty of survival. Knowledge is power, but it is power for evil just as much as for good. It follows that,

 

98 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

unless men increase in wisdom as much as in knowledge, increase of knowledge will be increase of sorrow.

CAUSES OF INSTABILITY

Possible causes of instability may be grouped under three heads: physical, biological, and psychological. I will begin with the physical causes.

PHYSICAL

Both industry and agriculture, to a continually increasing degree, are carried on in ways that waste the world's capital of natural resources. In agriculture this has always been the case since man first tilled the soil, except in places like the Nile Valley, where there were very exceptional conditions. While population was sparse, people merely moved on when their former fields became unsatisfactory. Then it was found that corpses could be used as fertilizers, and human sacrifice became common. This had the double advantage of increas- ing the yield and diminishing the number of mouths to be fed; nevertheless the method came to be frowned upon, and its place was taken by war. Wars, however, were not suffi- ciently destructive of human life to prevent the survivors from suffering, and the exhaustion of the soil has continued at a constantly increasing rate right down to our own day. At last the creation of the Dust Bowl in the United States compelled attention to the problem. It is now known what must be done if the world's supply of food is not to diminish catastrophically. But whether what is necessary will be done is a very doubtful question. The demand for food is so insistent, and the immediate profit so great, that only a strong and intelligent government can enforce the required measures; and in many parts of the world governments are

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? 99

not both strong and intelligent. I am for the present ignoring the population problem, which I shall consider presently.

Raw materials, in the long run, present just as grave a problem as agriculture. Cornwall produced tin from Phoeni- cian times until very lately; now the tin of Cornwall is exhausted. Lightheartedly, the world contents itself with observing that there is tin in Malaya, forgetting that that too will be used up presently. Sooner or later all easily accessible tin will have been used up, and the same is true of most raw materials. The most pressing, at the moment, is oil. Without oil a nation cannot, with our present techniques, prosper industrially or defend itself in war. The supply is being rapidly depleted, and will be used up even more swiftly in the wars that are to be expected for possession of such supplies as will remain. Of course I shall be told that atomic energy will replace oil as a source of power. But what will happen when all the available uranium and thorium have done their work of killing men and fishes?

The indisputable fact is that industry — and agriculture in so far as it uses artificial fertilizers — depends upon irreplace- able materials and sources of energy. No doubt science will discover new sources as the need arises, but this will involve a gradual decrease in the yield of a given amount of land and labor, and in any case is an essentially temporary expedient. The world has been living on capital, and so long as it re- mains industrial it must continue to do so. This is one ines- capable though perhaps rather distant source of instability in a scientific society.

 

BIOLOGICAL

 

I come now to the biological aspects of our question. If we estimate the biological success of a species by its numbers it

 

IOO

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

must be admitted that man has been most remarkably suc- cessful. In his early days man must have been a very rare species". His two great advantages — the capacity of using his hands to manipulate tools, and the power of transmitting experience and invention by means of language — are slowly cumulative: at first there were few tools and there was little knowledge to transmit; moreover, no one knows at what stage language developed. However that may be, there were three great advances by means of which the human population of the globe was increased. The first was the taming of the animals that became domestic; the second was the adoption of agriculture; and the third was the industrial revolution. By means of these three advances men have become enor- mously more numerous than any species of large wild animals. Sheep and cattle owe their large numbers to human care; as competitors with man large mammals have no chance, as appears from the virtual extinction of the buffalo.

It is with trepidation that I advance my next thesis, which is this. Medicine cannot, except over a short period, increase the population of the world. No doubt if medicine in the fourteenth century had known how to combat the Black Death the population of Europe in the latter half of the fourteenth century would have been larger than it was. But the deficiency was soon made up to its Malthusian level by natural increase. In China, European and American medical missions do much to diminish the infant death rate; the consequence is that more children die painfully of famine at the age of five or six. The benefit to mankind is very ques- tionable. Except where the birth rate is low the population in the long run depends upon the food supply and upon nothing else. In the Western world the fall in the birth rate has for the time being falsified Malthus's doctrine. But until lately

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? IOI

this doctrine was true throughout the world, and it is still true in the densely populated countries of the East.

What has science done to increase population? In the first place, by machinery, fertilizers, and improved breeds it has increased the yield per acre and the yield per man-hour of labor. This is a direct effect. But there is another which is perhaps more important, at least for the moment. By im- provement in means of transport it has become possible for one region to produce an excess of food while another produces an excess of industrial products or raw materials. This makes it possible — as for instance in our own country — for a region to contain a larger population than its own food resources could support. Assuming free mobility of persons and goods, it is only necessary that the whole world should produce enough food for the population of the whole world, provided the regions of deficient food production have some- thing to offer which the regions of surplus food production are willing to accept in exchange for food. But this condition is apt to fail in bad times. In Russia, after the First World War, the peasants had just about the amount of food they wanted for themselves, and would not willingly part with any of it for the purchase of urban products. At that time, and again during the famine in the early thirties, the urban population was kept alive only by the energetic use of armed force. In the famine, as a result of government action, millions of peasants died of starvation; if the government had been neutral the town-dwellers would have died.

Such considerations point to a conclusion which, it seems to me, is too often ignored. Industry, except in so far as it ministers directly to the needs of agriculture, is a luxury: in bad times its products will be unsalable, and only force directed against food-producers can keep industrial workers

 

102

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

alive, and that only if very many food-producers are left to die. If bad times become common, it must be inferred that industry will dwindle and that the industrialization char- acteristic of the last 1 50 years will be rudely checked.

But bad times, you may say, are exceptional, and can be dealt with by exceptional methods. This has been more or less true during the honeymoon period of industrialism, but it will not remain true unless the increase of population can be enormously diminished. At present the population of the world is increasing at about 58,000 per diem. War, so far, has had no very great effect on this increase, which continued throughout each of the world wars. Until the last quarter of the nineteenth century this increase was more rapid in advance countries than in backward ones, but now it is almost wholly confined to very poor countries. Of these, China and India are numerically the most important, while Russia is the most important in world politics. But I want, for the present, to confine myself, so far as I can, to biological considerations, leaving world politics on one side.

What is the inevitable result if the increase of population is not checked? There must be a very general lowering of the standard of life in what are now prosperous countries. With that lowering there must go a great diminution in the demand for industrial products. Detroit will have to give up making private cars, and confine itself to lorries. Such things as books, pianos, watches will become the rare luxuries of a few excep- tionally powerful men — notably those who control the army and the police. In the end there will be a uniformity of misery, and the Malthusian law will reign unchecked. The world having been technically unified, population will increase when world harvests are good, and diminish by starvation when- ever they are bad. Most of the present urban and industrial

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? IO3

centers will have become derelict, and their inhabitants, if still alive, will have reverted to the peasant hardships of their medieval ancestors. The world will have achieved a new stability, but at the cost of everything that gives value to human life.

Are mere numbers so important that, for their sake, we should patiently permit such a state of affairs to come about? Surely not. What, then, can we do? Apart from certain deep- seated prejudices, the answer would be obvious. The nations which at present increase rapidly should be encouraged to adopt the methods by which, in the West, the increase of population has been checked. Educational propaganda, with government help, could achieve this result in a generation. There are, however, two powerful forces opposed to such a policy: one is religion, the other is nationalism. I think it is the duty of all who are capable of facing facts to realize, and to proclaim, that opposition to the spread of birth con- trol, if successful, must inflict upon mankind the most ap- palling depth of misery and degradation, and that within another fifty years or so.

I do not pretend that birth control is the only way in which population can be kept from increasing. There are others, which, one must suppose, opponents of birth control would prefer. War, as I remarked a moment ago, has hitherto been disappointing in this respect, but perhaps bacteriological war may prove more effective. If a Black Death could be spread throughout the world once in every generation survivors could procreate freely without making the world too full. There would be nothing in this to offend the con- sciences of the devout or to restrain the ambitions of national- ists. The state of affairs might be somewhat unpleasant, but what of that? Really high-minded people are indifferent to

 

104

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

happiness, especially other people's. However, I am wander- ing from the question of stability, to which I must return.

There are three ways of securing a society that shall be stable as regards population. The first is that of birth control, the second that of infanticide or really destructive wars, and the third that of general misery except for a powerful minor- ity. All these methods have been practiced: the first, for example, by the Australian aborigines; the second by the Aztecs, the Spartans, and the rulers of Plato's Republic; the third in the world as some Western internationalists hope to make it and in Soviet Russia. (It is not to be supposed that Indians and Chinese like starving, but they have to endure it because the armaments of the West are too strong for them.) Of these three, only birth control avoids extreme cruelty and unhappiness for the majority of human beings. Meanwhile, so long as there is not a single world government there will be competition for power among the different nations. And as increase of population brings the threat of famine, national power will become more and more obviously the only way of avoiding starvation. There will therefore be blocs in which the hungry nations band together against those that are well fed. That is the explanation of the victory of communism in China.

These considerations prove that a scientific world society cannot be stable unless there is a world government.

It may be said, however, that this is a hasty conclusion. All that follows directly from what has been said is that, un- less there is a world government which secures universal birth control, there must from time to time be great wars, in which the penalty of defeat is widespread death by starvation. That is exactly the present state of the world, and some may hold that there is no reason why it should not continue for

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? I05

centuries. I do not myself believe that this is possible. The two great wars that we have experienced have lowered the level of civilization in many parts of the world, and the next is pretty sure to achieve much more in this direction. Unless, at some stage, one power or group of powers emerges victorious and proceeds to establish a single government of the world with a monopoly of armed force, it is clear that the level of civilization must continually decline until scientific warfare becomes impossible — that is until science is extinct. Reduced once more to bows and arrows, Homo sapiens might breathe again, and climb anew the dreary road to a similar futile culmination.

The need for a world government, if the population problem is to be solved in any humane manner, is completely evident on Darwinian principles. Given two groups, of which one has an increasing and the other a stationary population, the one with the increasing population will (other things being equal) in time become the stronger. After victory, it will cut down the food supply of the vanquished, of whom many will die. 1 Therefore there will be a continually re- newed victory of those nations that, from a world point of view, are unduly prolific. This is merely the modern form of the old struggle for existence. And given scientific powers of destruction, a world which allows this struggle to continue cannot be stable.

 

PSYCHOLOGICAL

The psychological conditions of stability in a scientific society are to my mind quite as important as the physical and

1 Some may think this statement unduly brutal. But if they will look up newspapers of 1946 they will find, side by side, indignant letters say- ing that British labor could not be efficient on a diet of 2,500 calories, and that it was preposterous to suppose that a German needed more than 1,200 calories.

 

106 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

biological conditions, but they are much more difficult to discuss, because psychology is a less advanced science than either physics or biology. Nevertheless, let us make the attempt.

The old rationalist psychology used to assume that if you showed a man quite clearly that a certain course of action would lead to disaster for himself he would probably avoid it. It also took for granted a will to live, except in a negligible minority. Chiefly as a result of psychoanalysis this Bentham- ite belief that most men pursue their own interest in a more or less reasonable way has not now the hold on informed opinion that it formerly had. But not very many people, among those concerned with politics, have applied modern psychology to the explanation of large-scale social phenom- ena. This is what I propose, with much diffidence, to at- tempt.

Consider, as the most important illustration, the present drift towards a third world war. You are arguing, let us say, with an ordinary cheerful nonpolitical and legally sane per- son. You point out to him what can be done by atom bombs, what Russian occupation of Western Europe would mean in suffering and destruction of culture, what poverty and what regimentation would result even in the event of a fairly quick victory. All this he fully admits, but nevertheless you do not achieve the result for which you had hoped. You make his flesh creep, but he rather enjoys the sensation. You point out the disorganization to be expected, and he thinks: "Well, anyhow, I shan't have to go to the office every morning." You expatiate on the large number of civilian deaths that will take place, and while in the top layer of his mind, he is duly horrified, there is a whisper in a deeper layer: "Perhaps I shall become a widower, and that might not be so bad." And

 

1

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? IO7

so, to your disgust, he takes refuge in archaic heroism, and exclaims :

Blow wind! come wrack!

At least we'll die with harness on our back

or whatever more prosaic equivalent he may prefer.

Psychologically, there are two opposite maladies which have become so common as to be dominant factors in politics. One is rage, the other listlessness. The typical example of the former was the mentality of the Nazis; of the latter, the mentality in France which weakened resistance to Germany before and during the war. In less acute forms these two maladies exist in other countries, and are, I think, intimately bound up with the regimentation which is associated with industrialism. Rage causes nations to embark on enterprises that are practically certain to be injurious to themselves; listlessness causes nations to be careless in warding off evils, and generally disinclined to undertake anything arduous. Both are the outcome of a deep malaise resulting from lack of harmony between disposition and mode of life.

One cause of this malaise is the rapidity of change in material conditions. Savages suddenly subjected to European restraints not infrequently die from inability to endure a life so different from what they have been accustomed to. When I was in Japan in 192 1 I seemed to sense in the people with whom I talked, and in the faces of the people I met in the streets, a great nervous strain, of the sort likely to promote hysteria. I thought this came from the fact that deep-rooted unconscious expectations were adapted to old Japan, whereas the whole conscious life of town-dwellers was devoted to an effort to become as like Americans as possible. Such a malad- justment between the conscious and the unconscious was

 

108 THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

bound to produce discouragement or fury, according as the person concerned was less or more energetic. The same sort of thing happens wherever there is rapid industrialization; it must have happened with considerable intensity in Russia.

But even in a country like our own, where industrialism is old, changes occur with a rapidity which is psychologically difficult. Consider what has happened during my lifetime. When I was a child telephones were new and very rare. During my first visit to America I did not see a single motor- car. I was thirty-nine when I first saw an airplane. Broad- casting and the cinema have made the life of the young pro- foundly different from what it was during my own youth. As for public life, when I first became politically conscious Gladstone and Disraeli still confronted each other amid Victorian solidities, the British Empire seemed eternal, a threat to British naval supremacy was unthinkable, the country was aristocratic and rich and growing richer, and socialism was regarded as the fad of a few disgruntled and disreputable foreigners.

For an old man, with such a background, it is difficult to feel at home in a world of atomic bombs, communism, and American supremacy. Experience, formerly a help in the acquisition of political sagacity, is now a positive hindrance, because it was acquired in such different conditions. It is now scarcely possible for a man to acquire slowly the sort of wisdom which in former times caused "elders" to be re- spected, because the lessons of experience become out of date as fast as they are learned. Science, while it has enormously accelerated outward change, has not yet found any way of hastening psychological change, especially where the un- conscious and subconscious are concerned. Few men's

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? I09

unconscious feels at home except in conditions very similar to those which prevailed when they were children.

Rapidity of change, however, is only one of the causes of psychological discontent. Another, perhaps more potent, is the increasing subordination of individuals to organizations, which, so far, has seemed to be an unavoidable feature of a scientific society. In a factory containing expensive plant, and depending upon the closely co-ordinated labor of many people, individual impulses must be completely controlled except by the men constituting the management. There is no possibility, in working hours, of either adventure or idleness. And even outside working hours the opportunities are few for most people. Getting from home to work and from work to home takes time; at the end of the day there is neither time nor money for anything very exciting. And what is true of workers in a factory is true, in a greater or less degree, of most people in a well-organized modern community. Most people, when they are no longer quite young, find themselves in a groove — like the man in the limerick, "not a bus, not a bus, but a tram." Energetic people become rebellious, quiet people become apathetic. War, if it comes, offers an escape. I should like a Gallup poll on the question: "Are you more or less happy now than during the war?" This question should be addressed to both men and women. I think it would be found that a very considerable percentage are less happy now than then.

This state of affairs presents a psychological problem which is too little considered by statesmen. It is hopeless to construct schemes for preserving peace if most people would rather not preserve it. As they do not admit, and perhaps do do not know, that they would prefer war, their unconscious

 

no

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

will lead them to prefer specious schemes that are not likely to achieve their ostensible purpose.

The difficulty of the problem arises from the highly organic character of modern communities, which makes each dependent upon all to a far greater degree than in pre-indus- trial times. This makes it necessary to restrain impulse more than was formerly necessary. But restraint of impulse, be- yond a point, is very dangerous: it causes destructiveness, cruelty, and anarchic rebellion. Therefore, if populations are not to rise up in a fury and destroy their own creations, ways must be found of giving more scope for individuality than exists for most people in the modern world. A society is not stable unless it is on the whole satisfactory to the holders of power and the holders of power are not exposed to the risk of successful revolution. But it is also not stable if the holders of power embark upon rash adventures, such as those of the Kaiser and Hitler. These are the Scylla and Charybdis of the psychological problem, and to steer between them is not easy. Adventure, yes; but not adventure inspired by destructive passions.

 

CONCLUSIONS

 

Let us now bring together the conclusions which result from our inquiry into the various kinds of conditions that a scientific society must fulfill if it is to be stable.

First, as regards physical conditions. Soil and raw materials must not be used up so fast that scientific progress cannot continually make good the loss by means of new inventions and discoveries. Scientific progress is therefore a condition, not merely of social progress, but even of maintaining the degree of prosperity already achieved. Given a stationary technique, the raw materials that it requires will be used up

 

m

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE?

in no very long time. If raw materials are not to be used up too fast, there must not be free competition for their acquisi- tion and use but an international authority to ration them in such quantities as may from time to time seem compatible with continued industrial prosperity. And similar considera- tions apply to soil conservation.

Second, as regards population. If there is not to be a permanent and increasing shortage of food, agriculture must be conducted by methods which are not wasteful of soil, and increase of population must not outrun the increase in food production rendered possible by technical improvements. At present neither condition is fulfilled. The population of the world is increasing, and its capacity for food production is diminishing. Such a state of affairs obviously cannot continue very long without producing a cataclysm.

To deal with this problem it will be necessary to find ways of preventing an increase in world population. If this is to be done otherwise than by wars, pestilences, and famines, it will demand a powerful international authority. This authority should deal out the world's food to the various nations in proportion to their population at the time of the establishment of the authority. If any nation subsequently increased its population it should not on that account receive any more food. The motive for not increasing population would there- fore be very compelling. What method of preventing an increase might be preferred should be left to each State to decide.

But although this is the logical solution of the problem, it is obviously at present totally impracticable. It is quite hard enough to create a strong international authority, and it will become impossible if it is to have such unpopular duties. There are, in fact, two opposite difficulties. If at the present

 

112

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

moment the world's food were rationed evenly the Western nations would suffer what to them would seem starvation. But, on the other hand, the poorer nations are those whose population increases fastest, and who would suffer most from an allocation which was to remain constant. Therefore, as things stand, all the world would oppose the logical solution.

Taking a long view, however, it is by no means impossible that the population problem will in time solve itself. Pros- perous industrial countries have low birth rates; Western nations barely maintain their numbers. If the East were to become as prosperous and as industrial as the West, the increase of population might become sufficiently slow to present no insoluble problem. At present Russia, China, and India are the three great reservoirs of procreation and poverty. If those countries reached the level of diffused well-being now existing in America their surplus popula- tion might cease to be a menace to the world.

In general terms, we may say that so far as the population problem is concerned a scientific society could be stable if all the world were as prosperous as America is now. The diffi- culty, however, is to reach this economic paradise without a previous success in limiting population. It cannot be done as things are now without an appalling upheaval. Only govern- ment propaganda on a large scale could quickly change the biological habits of Asia. But most Eastern governments would never consent to this except after defeat in war. And without such a change of biological habits Asia cannot be- come prosperous except by defeating the Western nations, exterminating a large part of their population, and opening the territories now occupied by them to Asiatic immigration. For the Western nations this is not an attractive prospect, but it is not impossible that it may happen. Irrational passions

 

CAN A SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY BE STABLE? 113

and convictions are so deeply involved in the problem that only an infinitesimal minority, even among highly educated people, are willing even to attempt to consider it rationally. That is the main reason for a gloomy prognosis.

Coming, finally, to the psychological conditions of stabil- ity, we find again that a high level of economic prosperity is essential. This would make it possible to give long holidays with full pay. In the days before currency restrictions dons and public schoolmasters used to make their lives endurable by risking death in the Alps. Given secure peace, a not ex- cessive population, and a scientific technique of production, there is no reason why such pleasures should not be open to everybody. There will be need also of devolution, of a great extension of federal forms of government, and of keeping alive the kind of semi-independence that now exists in Eng- lish universities. But I will not develop this theme, as I have dealt with it in my Reith lectures on "Authority and the Individual."

My conclusion is that a scientific society can be stable given certain conditions. The first of these is a single govern- ment of the whole world, possessing a monopoly of armed force and therefore able to enforce peace. The second condi- tion is a general diffusion of prosperity, so that there is no occasion for envy of one part of the world by another. The third condition (which supposes the second fulfilled) is a low birth rate everywhere, so that the population of the world becomes stationary, or nearly so. The fourth condition is the provision for individual initiative both in work and in play, and the greatest diffusion of power compatible with main- taining the necessary political and economic framework.

The world is a long way from realizing these conditions, and therefore we must expect vast upheavals and appalling

 

ii4

 

THE IMPACT OF SCIENCE ON SOCIETY

 

suffering before stability is attained. But, while upheavals and suffering have hitherto been the lot of man, we can now see, however dimly and uncertainly, a possible future culmi- nation in which poverty and war will have been overcome, and fear, where it survives, will have become pathological. The road, I fear, is long, but that is no reason for losing sight of the ultimate hope.

 

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

 

Bertrand Arthur William Russell received the Nobel Prize for literature in ipjo. He is the grandson of Lord John Russell, the British Foreign Secretary during the Civil War. Before going to Cambridge he was educated at home by governesses and tutors, acquiring a thorough knowledge of German and French; and it has been said that his "admirable and lucid Eng- lish style may be attributed to the fact that he did not undergo a classical education at a public school." Certainly, this style is perceptible in the many books that have flowed from his pen during half a century — books that have shown him to be the most profound of mathematicians, the most brilliant of philoso- phers, 'and the most lucid of popularizers. His most recent ma- jor works are A History of Western Philosophy, published in 1945; Human Knowledge: Its Scope and Limits, published in 1948; Authority and the Individual, published in 1949; Unpopu- lar Essays, that grossly mistitled book, published in 19J1; and New Hopes for a Changing World, published in 19s 2.

Committee of 300", by Dr. John Coleman.
VERICOMM BBS (510) 891-0303

Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300", by Dr. John Coleman.

INSTITUTIONS THROUGH WHICH

CONTROL IS EXERCISED (Cont.)

"The conscious and intelligent manipulation of orga- nized habits and opinions of the masses is an impor- tant element in a democratic society. Those who ma- nipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT WHICH IS THE TRUE RULING POWER IN OUR COUNTRY." To back up his position, Bernays quoted H. G. Wells' article published in the New York Times in which Wells enthu- siastically backed the idea of modern means of commu- nication "opening up a new world of political processes which will allow the common design to be documented and sustained against perversion and betrayal" (of the invisible government).

To continue with the revelations contained in "PROPAGANDA":

"We are governed, our minds are moulded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. What ever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by a relatively small number of persons, a trifling fraction of our hundred and twenty million, who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, and who harness old social forces and contrive new ways TO BIND AND GUIDE THE WORLD" (emphasis added-JC).

Bernays was not bold enough to tell the world who the "THEY" are who "pull the wires which control the public mind..., " but in this book we shall make up for his intentional oversight by disclosing the existence of that "relatively small

202

number of persons," the Committee of 300. Bernays was roundly applauded for his work by the CFR whose members voted to place him in charge of CBS. William Paley became his "under-graduate" and eventually replaced Bernays, having acquired thorough knowledge of the new-science science of public opin-ion making, which made CBS the leader of the field, a role which CBS television and radio has never relinquished. Political and financial control by the "relatively small num- ber," as Bernays called them, is exercised through a number of secret societies, most notably the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, and perhaps even more importantly, through the Venerable Or-der of the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, an ancient order consisting of the British monarch's hand-picked executives chosen for their expertise in areas vital to the continued control of the Committee. In my work "The Order of St. John of Jerusalem" published in 1986, I described The Order in the following manner:

"...It is therefore not a secret society, except where its purposes have been perverted in the inner councils like the Order of the Garter, which is a prostituted oligarchi- cal creation of the British royal family, which makes a mockery of what the Sovereign Order of St. John of Jerusalem stands for.

"As an example, we find the atheist Lord Peter Carrington, who pretends to be an Anglican Christian but who is a member of the Order of Osiris and other demonic sects, including Freemasonry, installed as a Knight of the Garter at St. George's Chapel, Windsor Castle, by Her Majesty, Queen Elizabeth II of England, of the Black Nobility Guelphs, also head of the Anglican Church, which she thoroughly despises."

Carrington was selected by the Committee of 300 to bring

203

down the government of Rhodesia, sign over the mineral wealth of Angola and South West Africa to City of London control, wreck the Argentine and turn NATO into a leftwing political organization beholden to the Committee of 300. Another strange face we see attaching itself to the Holy Christian Order of St. John of Jerusalem, and I use the word stranger as it is used in the original Hebrew of the Old Testa- ment to denote the lineage of an individual, is that of Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield, the man who helped plan the mur-der of John F. Kennedy. We see photos of this "strange" man wearing with pride the Cross of Malta, the same cross worn on the sleeve of the Knights of the Order of the Garter. We have been so brainwashed that we believe the British royal family is just a nice, harmless and colorful institution, and fail to realize just how corrupt and therefore highly dangerous is this institution called the British Monarchy. The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the INNERMOST circle of the most corrupt public servants who have utterly betrayed the trust placed in them by their nation, their people. The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the leaders of the Committee of 300, Queen Elizabeth II's most trusted "privy council." When I did my research on the Order of St. John of Jerusalem some years ago, I went to Oxford to talk with one of the Masters who is a specialist on ancient and modern British traditions. He told me that the Knights of the Garter are the inner sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her Majesty's Most Venerable Order of St. John of Jerusalem. Let me say this is not the original order founded by the true Christian warrior, Peter Gerard, but is typical of many fine institutions that are taken over and destroyed from the inside, while yet appearing to the uninitiated to be the original. From Oxford I went to the Victoria and Albert Museum and gained access to the papers of Lord Palmerston, one of the founders of the Opium Dynasty in China. Palmerston, like so many of his kind, was not only a Freemason, but a dedicated

204

servant of Gnosticism.... Like the present 'royal family,' Palmerston made a pretense of being a Christian but was in fact a servant of Satan. Many satanists became leaders of British aris- tocracy and made immense fortunes out of the China opium trade. I learned from the papers in the museum named after Victoria that she changed the name of the Order of St. John of Jerusalem in 1885 in order to break away from the Catholic connection of the Order's founder, Peter Gerard, and renamed it the "Protestant Most Venerable Order of Jerusalem." Membership was open to every oligarchical family that had made its fortune in the China opium trade and every thoroughly decadent family received place in the 'new order.' Many of these venerable gentlemen were responsible for overseeing the prohibition era in the United States from Canada, where several of its members supplied the whisky ferried to the United States. Notable among this group was Committee of 300 member Earl Haig, who gave his whisky franchise to old Joe Kennedy. Both prohibition and the distilleries who met the demand for alcohol were creations of the British Crown acting through the Committeemen of 300. It was an experiment which became the forerunner of today's drug trade, and the lessons learned from the prohibition era are being applied to the soon to be legalized drug trade. Canada is the route most used by Far East heroin suppliers. The British Monarchy sees to it that this information never becomes public. Using her powers, Queen Elizabeth rules over Canada through the Governor-General (one wonders how modern Canadians can accept such an archaic arrangement?), who is the Queen's PERSONAL representative, and on down the line to the Privy Council (yet another archaic hang-over from colonialist days) and the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, who control Canadian commerce in all of its facets. Opposition to British rule is suppressed. Canada has some of the most restrictive laws in the world, including so-called "hate crime" laws imposed upon the country by Jewish men-

205

bers of the House of Lords in England. At present there are four major trials in various stages in Canada involving persons charged with "hate crimes." These are the Finta, Keegstra, Zundel and Ross cases. Anyone who dares to try and show proof of Jewish control of Canada (which the Bronfmans exercise), is immedi- ately arrested and charged with so-called "hate crimes." This will give us some idea of the vastness of the reach of the Committee of 300 which quite literally sits on top of everything n this world. Testifying to the truth of this statement is the fact that the Committee of 300 set up the International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) under the auspices of the Round Table. This institute is the vehicle for M16-Tavistock black propaganda and wet jobs (an intelligence cover name denoting an operation where bloodshed is required), nuclear and terrorist, which goes to the world's press for dissemination, as well as to government and military establishments. Membership of IISS includes representatives of 87 major wire services and press associations as well as 138 senior editors and columnists drawn from international newspapers and maga-zines. Now you know where your favorite columnist gets all of his information and opinions from. Remember Jack Anderson, Tom Wicker, Sam Donaldson, John Chancellor, Mary McGrory, Seymour Hersh, Flora Lewis and Anthony Lewis, et al? The information provided by IISS, especially scenarios like those prepared to blacken President Hussein and to justify the coming attack on Libya and condemn the PLO are all specially tailor-made for the occasion. The Mai Lai massacre story published by Seymour Hersh came straight out of IISS, just in case we wrongly suppose that men like Hersh do their own research work. The International Institute for Strategic Studies is nothing more than a higher echelon opinion-maker as defined by Lippmann and Bernays. Instead of writing books, newspapers report opinions presented by chosen columnists, and IISS was formed to be a coordinating center for not only creating opin-

206

ions, but to get those opinions and scenarios out much faster and to a greater audience than could be reached by a book, for example. IISS is a good example of the gridding and interfacing of Committee of 300 institutions. The idea of bringing IISS into being arose at the 1957 Bilderberger meeting. It will be recalled that the Bilderberger Conference is a creation of M16 under the direction of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. The idea came from Alastair Buchan, son of Lord Tweedsmuir. Buchan was chairman at the time, and a board member of the RIIA and a member of the Round Table reportedly very close to the British royal family This was the same conference that welcomed Labour Party leader Dennis Healey to its ranks. Others in attendance were Francois Duchene, whose mentor, Jean Monet Duchenes, ran the Trilateral Commission under the tutelage of H. V. Dicks from Tavistock's Columbus Center. Among the governing council of this gigantic propaganda opinion-making apparat is included the following: Frank Kitson, a one time controller of The IRA PROVISIONALS, the man who started the Mau- Mau insurgency in Kenya. Lazard Freres, represented by Robert Ellsworth. N. M. Rothschild, represented by John Loudon. Paul Nitze, representative of Schroeder Bank. Nitze has played a very prominent and substantial role in mat- ters of Arms Control agreements, which have AL- WAYS been under the direction of the RIIA. C. L. Sulzberger of the New York Times. Stansfield Turner, a former director of the CIA. Peter Calvocoressi, representing Penguin Books. Royal Institute for International Affairs, represented by Andrew Schoenberg. Columnists and Reporters, represented by Flora Lewis, Drew Middleton, Anthony Lewis, Max Frankel. Daniel Ellsberg.

207

Henry Kissinger. Robert Bowie, a former director of the ClA's National Intelligence Estimates. Flowing from the 1957 Bilderberger meeting, Kissinger was instructed to open a Round Table office in Manhattan, the nucleus of which consisted of Haig, Ellsberg, Halperin, Schlessinger, McNamara and the McBundy brothers. Kissinger was directed to fill all executive positions in the Nixon administration with Round Tablers, loyal to the RIIA and therefore to the Queen of England. It was no accident that Kissinger chose President Nixon's old hangout, the Hotel Pierre, as his center of operations. The significance of the Round Table-Kissinger operation was thus: On orders of the RIIA chairman Andrew Schoeberg, a block was placed on all agencies involved in intelligence, pre-venting them from giving information to President Nixon. This meant Kissinger and his staff were getting ALL INTELLI-GENCE, FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC, LAW ENFORCE-MENT INFORMATION, INCLUDING FBI DIVISION 5, be-fore any of it was released to the President. This made certain that all M16-controlled terrorist operations in the U.S. would have no chance of being leaked. This was Halperin's bailiwick. By working this methodology, Kissinger at once established hegemony over the Nixon presidency, and after Nixon was disgraced by the Kissinger group and hounded from office, Kissinger emerged with unprecedented powers such as have not been equaled before or since Watergate. Some of these seldom enumerated powers included the following: Kissinger ordered National Security Decision Memorandum No. I to be drafted by Halperin, who got the actual wording directly from the RIIA through Round Table circles. The memorandum appointed Kissinger as the supreme U.S. author-ity, chairman of the Verification Panel. All SALT negotiations were directed from here, using Paul Nitze, Paul Warnke and a nest of traitors inside the Arms Control mission at Geneva. In addition, Kissinger was appointed to The Vietnam Special

208

Studies Group, which oversaw and made evaluations of all reports, civilian and military, including intelligence reports coming out of Vietnam. Kissinger also demanded and got over- sight of the "40 Committee," a super-secret agency that has the task of deciding when and where to initiate covert activities and then monitors the progress of operations it sets in motion. Meantime Kissinger ordered a blizzard of wire-taps by the FBI, even on his closest assistants, so as to give the impression that he was on top of everything. Most of his circle were told that wiretaps on them were in force. This nearly backfired was an M16 operative by the name of Henry Brandon was ordered wiretapped, but was not informed by Kissinger. Brandon was doubling as a reporter for the London Times and Kissinger very nearly got thrown out because nobody does this to the London Times. The full story of the Ellsberg break-in and the subsequent Watergating of Nixon is too long to be included here. Suffice to say, Kissinger had control of Ellsberg from the day that Ellsberg was recruited while at Cambridge. Ellsberg had always been a hardliner in favor of the Vietnam War, but was gradually "con- verted" to a radical leftist activist. His "conversion" was only a shade less miraculous than St. Paul's Damascus Road experience. The entire spectrum of the new left in the United States was the work of British intelligence M16 acting through Round Table assets and the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS). Just as it did with all countries with a republican base, whose policies had to be changed, LPS played a leading role, even as it does today in South Africa and South Korea. Much of IPS's activities are explained in my work "IPS Revisited" published in 1990. IPS had one main function, that being to sow discord and spread disinformation resulting in chaos. One such program, aimed at America's youth, centered on drugs. Through a series of IPS fronts, acts like the stoning of Nixon's motorcade and a large number of bombings, a climate of deception was effec-tively created which led a majority of Americans to believe that the United States was under threat from the KGB, the GRU and

209

Cuban DGI. The word went out that a lot of these imaginary agents had close ties to the Democrats through George McGovern. It was in fact, a model disinformation campaign for which M16 is justly famous. Haldeman, Ehrlichman and Nixon's closest aides had no clue as to what was happening, hence a flurry of statements emanating from the White House that East Germany, The Soviet Union, North Korea and Cuba were training terrorists and funding their operations in the United States. I doubt whether Nixon knew very much about IPS, let alone suspected what it was doing to his presidency. We suffered the same kind of disinformation during the Gulf War when the word went out that terrorists of all stripes were about to invade the United States and blow up everything in sight. President Nixon was literally left in the dark. He didn't even know that David Young, a Kissinger pupil, was working in the basement of the White House, supervising "leaks." Young was a graduate of Oxford and a long-time Kissinger associate through Round Table assets such as the law firm of Milbank Tweed. President Nixon was no match for the forces arrayed against him under the direction of M16 on behalf of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and hence the British royal family. About the only thing that Nixon was guilty of, in so far as Watergate is concerned, was his ignorance of what was going on all around him. When James McCord "confessed" to Judge John Sirica, Nixon should have been on to it like a flash that McCord was playing a double game. He ought to have challenged Kissinger about his relationship with McCord there and then. That would have thrown a spanner in the works and derailed the whole M16-Watergate operation. Nixon did not abuse his presidential powers. His crime was not defending the Constitution of the United States of America and not charging Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham and Ben Brad-ley with conspiracy to commit insurrection. Mrs. Katherine Meyer Graham's pedigree is of the most doubtful kind, as

210

"Jessica Fletcher" of "Murder She Wrote" would soon have discovered. But even knowing that, Mrs. Graham's controllers in the Round Table would have fought hard to keep the lid on things. The role of the Washington Post was to keep the pot boiling by one "revelation" after another, thereby engendering a climate of public distrust of President Nixon, even when there was not one shred of evidence to support wrong doing by him. Yet it shows the immense power of the press, as Lippman and Bernays had quite properly anticipated, in that Mrs. Graham, long suspected of the murder of her husband, Philip L. Gra-ham-- officially classed as "suicide"--should have retained any credibility at all. Other traitors who should have been indicted for insurrection and treason were Kissinger, Haig, Halperin, Ellsberg, Young, McCord, Joseph Califano and Chomsky of IPS and those CIA operatives who went to McCord's house and burned all of his papers. Again, it is worth repeating that Watergate, like many other operations we do not have the space to include here, demonstrated the COMPLETE CONTROL exercised over the United States by the Committee of 300. While Nixon kept company with people like Earl Warren and some Mafia dons who had built Warren's house, that does not mean that he should have been disgraced over the Watergate Affair. My dislike of Nixon stems from his willingness to sign the infamous ABM Treaty in 1972 and his all-too-cozy relation-ship with Leonid Brezhnev. One of the sorriest slip-ups of the Minority Council was its abject failure to expose the dirty role played by INTERTEL, the Corning Group's ugly private intel-ligence agency whom we have already met, who "leaked" a lot of Watergate material to Edward Kennedy. Private intelligence agencies like INTERTEL have no right to exist in the United States. They are a MENACE to our right to privacy and an insult to all free men everywhere. Blame must also fall on those who were supposed to protect President Nixon from the kind of steelmesh net that was thrown around him to isolate him. The intelligence personnel around

211

Nixon were a poor lot who had no knowledge of just how thorough British intelligence operations are; indeed, they had no inkling that Watergate was a British intelligence operation in its entirety. The Watergate plot was a coup-d'etat against the United States of America, as was the murder of John F. Kennedy. Although this fact is not recognized as such today, I am confi- dent that when all the secret papers are finally opened, history will record that two coup-d'etats, one against Kennedy and one against Nixon, did indeed take place, and which in their wake brought the most violent rape and assault on the institutions upon which the Republic of the United States stands. The individual who most deserves the title of traitor and who is most guilty of sedition is General Alexander Haig. This desk- man office-colonel whose paper-shuffling career did not include commanding any troops in battle, was suddenly thrust upon the scene by the invisible upper-level parallel government President Nixon once described him as a man who had to ask Kissinger's permission to go to the bathroom. Haig was a product of the Round Table. He was noticed by Round Tabler Joseph Califano, one of Her Majesty's most trusted Round Tablers in the United States. Joseph Califano, legal council of the Democratic National Convention, had actually interviewed Alfred Baldwin, one of the plumbers A MONTH BEFORE THE BURGLARY TOOK PLACE. Califano was stu-pid enough to write a memorandum on his interview with Baldwin, in which he gave details of information on McCord's background and why McCord had selected Baldwin to be on the "team." Even more damaging, Califano's memorandum contained full details of transcripts of wiretaps of conversations between Nixon and the reelection committee, all this BEFORE the break-in occurred. Califano should have been indicted on a score of federal offenses; instead he got away cleanly with his criminal activity. Sanctimonious Sam Ervin refused to allow Fred Thompson, Minority Council, to introduce this highly damag-ing evidence at the Watergate hearings--on the spurious grounds

212

that it was "too speculative." On Round Table orders, Kissinger had Haig promoted from colonel to four-star general in the most meteoric rise ever re- corded in the annals of United States military history, in the course of which Haig was leap-frogged over 280 senior U.S. Army generals and high-ranking officers. During Haig's "promotion," and as a result of it, 25 senior generals were forced to resign. As a reward for his treachery toward President Nixon, AND THE UNITED STATES, Haig was subsequently given the plum job of Commanding General of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization forces (NATO), al-though he was THE LEAST QUALIFIED COMMANDER EVER TO HOLD THAT POSITION. Here again he was leap-frogged over 400 senior generals from NATO countries and the United States. When the news of his appointment reached the Soviet Armed Forces High Command, Marshall Orgakov recalled his three top Warsaw Pact generals from Poland and East Germany, and there was much merrymaking, clinking of glasses and quaffing of champagne until well into the night. All through Haig's tenure as commander of NATO forces the professional elite cadre of the Soviet Armed Forces, men who have never been anything else but professional soldiers, held Haig in the utmost contempt and openly referred to him as the "office manager of NATO." They knew that Haig owed his appointment to the RIIA and not to the United States military. But before his military promotion took him out of Washing- ton, let it be known that Alexander Haig, in conjunction with Kissinger, all but destroyed the office of the President of the United States and its government. The chaos left by Kissinger and Haig in the wake of Watergate has never been chronicled to the best of my knowledge. On the insistence of the RIIA, Haig virtually took over the management of the Government of the United States after the April 1973 coup d'etat. Bringing 100 Round Table agents chosen from the Brookings Institution,

213

Institute Policy Studies and the Council on Foreign Rela-tions, Haig filled the top one hundred posts in Washington with men who, like himself, were beholden to a foreign power. In the ensuing debacle, the Nixon Administration was torn asunder and the United States along with it. Thrusting aside the pious platitudes and posturings of de- fending the Constitution, Senator Sam Ervin did more to change the United States than anything President Nixon was alleged to have done, and the United States has not yet recovered from the near-mortal wound of Watergate, a Committee of 300 sponsored operation conducted by the Royal Institute for International Affairs, the Round Table and "hands on" M16 officers based in the United States. The way President Nixon was first isolated, surrounded by traitors and then confused, followed to the letter the Tavistock method of gaining full control of a person according to the methodology laid down by Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin. I have already given details of Lewin's methodol-ogy elsewhere in this book, but in view of the text-book case of President Richard M.Nixon, I think it is worth repeating:

"One of the main techniques for breaking morale through a strategy of terror consists in exactly this tactic--keep the person hazy as to where he stands and just what he may expect. In addition, if frequent vacillations between severe disciplinary measures and promises of good treatment together with the spreading of contradictory news, make the cognitive structure of this situation utterly unclear, then the individual may cease even to know a particular plan would lead toward or away from his goal. Under these conditions even those individuals who have definite goals and are ready to take risks are paralyzed by severe inner conflict in regard to what to do."

Kissinger and Haig followed Tavistock training manuals to

214

the letter. The result was a distraught, confused, frightened and demoralized President Nixon, whose only course of action--he was told by Haig--was to resign. In 1983 I wrote two works, "The Tavistock Institute: Sinister and Deadly" and "The Tavistock Institute: Britain's Control of U.S. Policy," based upon Tavistock secret manuals which had fallen into my hands. Tavistock Institute's methods and actions are spelled out in these two works. So successfully were Tavistock methods applied to unseat President Nixon that the people of this nation fully believed the calumny of lies, distortions and set-piece contrived situations mounted by the conspirator as truth, when in fact Watergate was a diabolical lie from end to end. It is important to stress this because we have certainly not seen the last of Watergate-type operations. What were the alleged impeachable offenses committed by President Nixon, and the so-called "smoking gun" evidence which was supposed to back up the charges? First, the "smoking gun." This piece of FICTION was created by Kissinger and Haig around the June 23rd tape, which Haig coerced Nixon into surrendering to Leon Jaworski. Haig spent hours convincing President Nixon that this tape would sink him, because it proved "beyond any doubt" that Nixon was guilty of serious wrong doing and a co-conspirator in the Watergate break-in. President Nixon's first response was to tell Haig, "It's utter nonsense to make such a big deal of this," but Haig chipped away until Nixon became convinced that he could not make a successful defense before the Senate, based solely on this particular June 23rd tape! How had Haig accomplished his mission? Acting out a scenario prepared for him by his Round Table controllers, Haig had an unedited transcript of the "smoking gun" tape typed by his staff. In reality there was nothing in the tape that President Nixon could not have explained. Sensing this, Haig then circu-lated his unauthorized unedited transcript of the tape among Nixon's staunchest supporters in the House and Senate and the Republican Party high command. Peppered with "smoking gun"

215

and "devastating," and coming from Nixon's trusted aide, the transcript had the effect of a falcon hitting a flock of pigeons; Nixon's supporters panicked and ran for cover. Following up his sedition and insurrection, Haig summoned to his office Congressman Charles Wiggins, a staunch Nixon supporter who had agreed to lead the fight in the House to head off impeachment proceedings. In a bare-faced blatant lie, Wiggins was informed by Haig, "The fight is lost." After that Wiggins lost all interest in defending Nixon, believing that Nixon himself had agreed to give up. Haig then dealt with Senator Griffin, a leading supporter of the president in the Senate in the same way. AS A RESULT OF HAIG'S SEDITIOUS, TREASONOUS ACTIVITIES, SENATOR GRIFFIN IMMEDIATELY WROTE A LETTER TO PRESIDENT NIXON CALLING UPON HIM TO RESIGN. THREE MONTHS EARLIER, Round Table controlled In-stitute for Policy Studies, child of James Warburg, founder and a fellow, Marcus Raskin, delivered EXACTLY the same ultima-tum that President Nixon resign, using the British intelligence propaganda journal, The New York Times of May 25th to deliver the ultimatum. The Watergate tragedy was a step in the irre-versible transition to barbarism which is enveloping the United States, and which is leading us into the One World Government-New World Order. The United States is now at the same place that Italy found itself when Aldo Moro tried to rescue it from created instability. With what wrongdoing was Nixon charged? John Doar, whose brutish character was well-suited to his task of bringing so- called articles of impeachment against the president, was the author and finisher of one of the most far-reaching ILLEGAL domestic surveillance counterintelligence operations ever run in the United States. Heading the Interdepartmental Intelligence Unit (IDIU), Doar garnered information from every conceivable agency of the federal government, including the Internal Revenue Service.

216

The program was linked to the Institute for Policy Studies. One of the highlights of John Doar's career was to provide the CIA-- which is forbidden by law to engage in domestic surveil-lance, with 10,000-12,000 names of citizens he suspected as political dissidents, for further investigation. On July 18th, 1974, this great upholder of the law, with measured pomposity, delivered the "charges" against President Nixon, which episode was nationally televised. THERE WAS NOT A SINGLE PIECE OF EVIDENCE THAT NIXON HAD DONE ANYTHING IMPEACHABLE; indeed, Doar's pathetic litany of Nixon's alleged "crimes" were so trivial that it is a wonder the proceedings went beyond this point. Income tax fiddling, unauthorized bombing of Cambodia and a vague "abuse of power" charge that would never have stuck in a court of law was the best that Doar could do. The United States was as unstable as it would ever be when President Nixon resigned on August 8th, 1974. Nowhere more so than in our economic and fiscal policies. In 1983 the international bankers met in Williamsburg, Virginia to work out a strategy to prepare the United States for a total disintegration of its banking system. This planned event was to stampede the U.S. Senate into accepting control of our mon-etary and fiscal policies by the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Dennis Weatherstone of Morgan Guarantee on Wall Street stated that he was convinced this was the only way for the United States to save itself. The proposal was endorsed by the Ditchley Group which had its beginning in May of 1982 at Ditchley Park in London. On January lOth-11th, l983, this alien group met in Washington D.C., in violation of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act and the Clayton Act, and conspired to overthrow the sovereignty of the United States of America in its monetary and financial freedom. The United States Attorney General knew of the meeting and its purpose. Instead of charging members of the group with con-spiracy to commit a federal crime, he simply looked the other way.

217

Under the abovementioned acts, proof of a conspiracy is all that is needed for a felony conviction, and there was ample evidence that a conspiracy did indeed take place. But as the Ditchley Foundation had met at the request of the Royal Insti- tute for International Affairs and was hosted by the Round Table, no one in the Justice Department had the courage to take action as required by those who had sworn to uphold the laws of the United States. The Ditchley Plan to usurp control of the fiscal and mon- etary policies of the United States was the brainchild of Sir Harold Lever, a strong backer of Zionism and a close confidant of members of the British royal family and a member of the Committee of 300. Sir Harold Lever was a director of the giant UMILEVER conglomerate, an important Committee of 300 company. Lever's plan called for the IMF's influence to be broadened so that it could influence central banks of all nations, including the U.S. and guide them into the hands of a One World Government bank. This was considered a vital step in bringing about a situation where the IMF would become the supreme arbiter of world banking. The ultra-secret January meeting was preceded by an earlier meeting in October 1982, and was attended by represen-tatives of 36 of the world's top banks who met at the New York Vista Hotel. Security for the October 26th-27th seminar was as tight as anything ever seen in the Big Apple. This earlier Ditchley Group meeting also violated United States law. Addressing the meeting, Sir Harold Lever said it was essential that national sovereignty as an archaic hang-over must be ended before the year 2000. "The United States will soon have to realize that it will be no better than any Third World country when the IMF takes control," said Sir Harold. It was later reported to the delegates that plans to appoint the IMF as the controller of United States fiscal policies were being readied to bring before the United States Senate by the year 2000. Rimmer de Vries, speaking for Morgan Guarantee, said it

218

was high time that the United States became a member of the Bank of International Settlements. "There must be a reconsid-eration of U.S. hesitancy over the past 50 years," De Vries declared. Some British and German bankers, fearing possible violations of U.S. law, said that the Ditchley Group is nothing but a committee to iron out exchange rate problems. Felix Rohatyn also spoke of the great need to change U.S. banking laws so that the IMF could play a greater role in this country. Rohatyn headed Lazard Freres, a Club of Rome bank and part of the Eagle Star Group which we have already met. Round Tablers William Ogden and Werner Stang spoke enthusiastically in support of surrendering U.S. fiscal sover- eignty to the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements. Delegates representing the Alpha ranking Group, a P2 Freemasonry bank, said the United States must be forced to surrender to "the higher authority of a world bank," before any progress toward the New World Order could be made. On January 8th, 1983, before their big meeting on January lOth-11th, Hans Vogel, a leading Club of Rome member, was received at the White House. President Ronald Reagan had invited George Schultz, Caspar Weinberger, George Kennan and Lane Kirkland to be present at his meeting with Vogel, who explained to President Reagan what the aims and objectives of the Ditchley Group were. From that day, President Reagan did an about face and worked with the Committee of 300's various agencies to advance the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements as the authority on U.S do-mestic and foreign monetary policies. The invisible government of the Committee of 300 has put tremendous pressure on America to change its ways--for the worse. America is the last bastion of freedom and unless our freedoms are taken away from us, progress toward a One World Government will be considerably slowed. Such an undertaking as a One World Government is a massive one, requiring a great

219

deal of skill, organizing abilities, control of governments and their policies. The only organization that could possibly have undertaken this mammoth task with any hope of success is the Committee of 300, and we have seen just how far it has come toward total success. Above all, the battle is a spiritual one. Unfortunately, the Christian churches have become little more than social clubs run by the infinitely evil World Council of Churches (WCC), whose beginnings lie not in Moscow but in the City of London, as we see from the chart at the end of the book which gives the structure of the One World Government Church. This body was set up in the 1920's to serve as a vehicle for One World Gov-ernment policies, and stands as a monument to the long-range planning capabilities of the Committee of 300. Another corrupt body similar in structure and design to the WCC is the Union of Concerned Scientists, set up by the Trilateral Commission, and funded by the Carnegie Endowment Fund, the Ford Foundation and Aspen Institute. This is the group that has led the fight to prevent the United States from mounting an effective deterrent against Soviet Cosmospheres, space-based laser beam weapons which can destroy selected targets in the United States or elsewhere from outer space. The United States SDI program was designed to counter the threat posed by Soviet Cosmospheres, a threat which still exists in spite of the assurances that "communism is dead." Soviet spokesman Georgi Arbatov told a meeting of the Union of Concerned Scientists that it is important for them to oppose the SDI program, because if the SDI program became operational, "it will be a military catastrophe." Year after year the Union of Concerned Scientists has opposed every budget which included funding for the vital SDI program, until by the end of 1991, there is not even enough money to fund further research still required let alone place the system in orbit. The Union of Concerned Scientists is run by the Royal Institute for International Affairs and is heavily infiltrated with M16 British intelligence agents.

220

There is not one single aspect of life in America that is not watched over, steered in the "right" direction, manipulated, and controlled by the invisible government of the Committee of 300. There is not one elected official or political leader that is not subject to its rule. No one thus far has got away with defying our secret rulers, who do not hesitate to make "a horrible ex- ample" of anyone, including the President of the United States of America. From 1776 when Jeremy Bentham and William Petty, the Earl of Shelburne, fresh from the triumph of the French Revo-lution which they planned and ran, were drafted by the British Crown to bring their combined experience to bear against the colonists, to 1812 when the British sacked and burned Washing-ton, destroying secret documents that would have exposed the treason being worked against the young United States of America to the Watergating of President Nixon and assassination of President Kennedy, the hand of the Committee of 300 is clearly visible. This book is an attempt to open the eyes of the American people to this terrible truth: We are not an independent nation, nor can we ever be, as long as we are ruled by an invisible government, the Committee of 300.

PAST AND PRESENT INSTITUTIONS/ ORGANIZATIONS AND THOSE DIRECTLY UNDER INFLUENCE OF THE COMMITTEE OF 300

Academy for Contemporary Problems. Africa Fund. Agency of International Development. Albert Previn Foundation. Alliance Israelite Universalle. American Civil Liberties Union

221

American Council of Race Relations. American Defense Society. American Press Institute. American Protective League. Anti-Defamation League. Arab Bureau. Arab Higher Committee. ARCA Foundation. Armour Research Foundation. Arms Control and Foreign Policy Caucus. Arthur D. Little, Inc. Asian Research Institute. Aspen Institute. Association for Humanistic Psychology. Augmentation Research Center. Baron De Hirsh Fund. Battelle Memorial Institute. Berger National Foundation. Berlin Center for Future Research. Bilderbergers. Black Order. Boycott Japanese Goods Conference. British Newfoundland Corporation. British Royal Society. Brotherhood of Cooperative Commonwealth. Bureau of International Revolutionary Propaganda. Canadian Jewish Congress. Cathedral of St. John the Divine, New York. Center for Advanced Studies in the Behavioral Sciences. Center for Constitutional Rights. Center for Cuban Studies. Center for Democratic Institutions. Center for International Policy. Center for the Study of Responsive Law.

Christian Socialist League.

222

Cini Foundation. Club of Rome. Cominform. Committee for the Next Thirty Years. Committee of Fourteen. Committee on National Morale. Committee to Frame A World Constitution. Communist League. Congress of Industrial Organizations. Council on Foreign Relations. David Sassoon Company. De Beers Consolidated Mines. Democratic League of Brussels. East India Committee of 300. Economic and Social Control (ECOSOC). Environmental Fund. Environmetrics Inc. Esalen Institute. Fabian Society. Federation of American Zionists. Fellowship for a Christian Social Order. Fellowship of Reconciliation. Ford Foundation. Fordham University Institution Educational Research. Foundation for National Progress. Garland Fund. German Marshall Fund. Governing Body of the Israelite Religious Community. Gulf South Research Institute. Haganah. Harvard University. Hells Fire Club. Horace Mann League. Hudson Guild. Hudson Institute.

223

Hudson Bay Company. Imperial College University of London. Industrial Christian Fellowship. Institute for Brain Research. Institute for Pacific Relations. Institute for Policy Studies. Institute for Social Research. Institute for the Future. Institute for World Order. Institute on Drugs, Crime and Justice. Inter-Alpha. Inter-American Social Development Institute. International Institute for Strategic Studies. Interreligious Peace Colloquium. Irgun. Knights of Malta. League of Nations. Logistics Management Institute. London Board of Deputies of British Jews. London School of Economics. Mary Carter Paint Company. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mellon Institute. Metaphysical Society. Milner Group. Mocatto Metals. Mont Pelerin Society. NAACP. National Action Research on Military/lndustrial Complex. National Center for Productivity Institute. National Council of Churches. National Opinion Research Center. National Training Laboratories. New Democratic Coalition. New World Foundation.

224

New York Rand Institute. NORML. North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). Odd Fellows. Order of St. John of Jerusalem. Order of The Golden Dawn. OXFAM. Oxford Univac. Pacific Studies Center. Palisades Foundation. Peninsula and Orient Navigation Company. PERMINDEX. Princeton University. Rand Corporation. Rand School of Social Sciences. Research Triangle Institution. Rhodes Scholarship Committee. Rio Tinto Zinc Company. Riverside Church Disarmament Program. Round Table. Royal Institute for International Affairs. Russell Sage Foundation. San Francisco Foundation. Sharps Pixley Ward. Social Science Research Council. Socialist International. Socialist Party of the United States. Society for Promotion of Study of Religions. Society of Heaven (TRIADS). Soviet State Committee for Science and Technology. Stanford Research Institute. Stockholm International Peace Research Institute. Sun Yat Sen Society. Systems Development Corporation. Tavistock Institute of Human Relations.

225

Tempo Corporation. The High Twelve International. The Public Agenda Foundation. The Quality of Life Institute. Theosophist Society. Thule Society. Transatlantic Council. Trilateral Commission. U.S. Association of the Club of Rome. U.S. Institute for Peace. Union of Concerned Scientists. UNITAR. University of Pennsylvania Wharton School. Warburg, James P. and Family. Western Training Laboratories. Wilton Park. Women's Christian Temperance Union. Wong Hong Hon Company. Work in America Institute. World Council of Churches.

SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS AND INTEREST GROUPS

Arab Bureau. Aristotelian Society. Asian Research Institute. Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation. British American Canadian Corporation. Brotherhood of Eternal Love. Cambridge Apostles. Canadian Histadrut Campaign. Canadian Pacific Ltd. Caribbean-Central American Action Group. China Everbright Holdings Ltd. Chinese People's Institute of Foreign Affairs.

226

Council of South America. Endangered Peoples' Society. English Property Corporation Ltd. Hospice Inc. International Brotherhood of Teamsters. International Red Cross. Jerusalem Foundation, Canada. Kissinger Associates. Kowloon Chamber of Commerce. Organization of American States. Overseas Chinese Affairs Committee. Radio Corporation of America (RCA). Royal Police of Hong Kong. YMCA.

BANKS

American Express. Banca de la Svizzera d'Italia. Banca Andioino. Banca d'America d'Italia. Banca Nazionale del Lavoro. Banca Privata. Banco Ambrosiano. Banco Caribe. Banco Commercial Mexicana. Banco Consolidato. Banco d'Espana. Banco de Colombia. Banco de Commercio. Banco de Iberio-America. Banco de la Nacion. Banco del Estada. Banco Internacional. Banco Latino.

227

Banco Mercantile de Mexico. Banco Nacional de Cuba. Banco Nacional de Panama and 54 smaller Panamanian banks. Bangkok Commercial d'Italian. Bangkok Metropolitan Bank. Bank al Meshreq. Bank America. Bank for International Settlements. Bank Hapoalim. Bank Leu. Bank Leumi. Bank of Bangkok. Bank of Boston. Bank of Canada. Bank of Credit and Commerce International. Bank of East Asia. Bank of England. Bank of Escambia. Bank of Geneva. Bank of Ireland. Bank of London and Mexico. Bank of Montreal. Bank of Norfolk. Bank of Nova Scotia. Bank Ohio. Banque Bruxelles-Lambert. Banque Commerciale Arabes. Banque du Credit International. Banque e Paris et Pays-Bas. Banque Francais et Italienn por l'Amerique du Sud. Banque Louis Dreyfus e Paris. Banque Privee. Banques Sud Ameris. Barclays Bank.

228

Baring Brothers Bank. Barnett Banks. Baseler Handeslbank. Basel Committee on Bank Supervision. BCCI.* Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. Centrust Bank. Chartered Bank. Charterhouse Japhet Bank. Chase Manhattan Bank. Chemical Bank. Citibank. Citizens and Southern Bank of Atlanta. City National Bank of Miami. Claridon Bank. Cleveland National City Bank. Corporate Bank and Trust Company. Credit and Commerce American Holdings. Credit and Commerce Holdings, Netherlands Antilles. Credit Suisse. Crocker National Bank. de'Neuflize, Schlumberger, Mallet Bank. Dresdener Bank. Dusseldorf Global Bank. First American Bank of Georgia. First American Bank of New York. First American Bank of Pensacola. First American Bank of Virginia. First American Banking Corp. First Empire Bank. First Fidelity Bank. First National Bank of Boston. First National City Bank. Florida National Bank. Foreign Trade Bank.

229

Franklin National Bank. Hambros Bank. Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Independence Bank of Encino. Israeli Discount Bank. Litex Bank. Ljubljanska Bank. Lloyds Bank. Marine Midland Bank. Midland Bank. Morgan Bank. Morgan Et Cie. Morgan Grenfell Bank. Narodny Bank. National Bank of Cleveland. National Bank of Florida. National Westminister Bank. Orion Bank. Paravicini Bank Ltd. Republic National Bank. Royal Bank of Canada. Schroeder Bank. Seligman Bank. Shanghai Commercial Bank. Soong Bank. Standard and Chartered Bank. Standard Bank. Swiss Bank Corporation. Swiss Israel Trade bank. Trade Development Bank. Unibank. Union Bank of Israel. Union Bank of Switzerland. Vanying Bank. White Weld Bank.

230

World Bank. World Commerce Bank of Nassau. World Trade Bank. Wozchod Handelsbank.

Note: With the exception of the Basel Committee on Banking each of the above mentioned banks have been, and may still be involved in the drug, diamond, gold and weapons trade.

* BCCI. This bank has been indicted on several charges of being heavily involved in drug money laundering throughout the world. Its structure girds every operation of the Committee of 300. Of interest is its corporate structure. Middle East Interests, 35% of stock held by:

Ruling Family of Bahrain. Ruling Family of Sharjah. Ruling Family of Dhubai. Ruling Family of Saudi Arabia. Ruling Family of Iran. Group of Middle East Businessmen. BCCI Cayman Islands 41%. Bank of America 24%.

BCCI Cayman Islands and BCCI Luxembourg established Agency offices in Miami, Boca Raton, Tampa, New York, San Francisco and Los Angeles.

LEGAL ASSOCIATIONS AND LAWYERS American Bar Association. Clifford and Warnke. Coudert Brothers. Cravaith, Swain and Moore. Wilkie, Farr and Gallagher.

231

ACCOUNTANTS/AUDITORS

Price, Waterhouse.

TAVISTOCK INSTITUTIONS IN THE UNITED STATES

FLOW LABORATORIES Gets contracts from the National Institute of Health.

MERLE THOMAS CORPORATION Gets contracts from the U.S. Navy, analyzes data from satellites.

WALDEN RESEARCH Does work in the field of pollution control.

PLANNING RESEARCH CORPORATION, ARTHUR D. LITTLE, G.E. "TEMPO," OPERATIONS RESEARCH INC. Part of approximately 350 firms who conduct research and conduct surveys, make recommendations to government. They are part of what President Eisenhower called "a pos- sible danger to public policy that could itself become captive of a scientific-technological elite."

BROOKINGS INSTITUTION Dedicates its work to what it calls a "national agenda." Wrote President Hoover's program, President Roosevelt's "New Deal," the Kennedy Administration's "New Frontiers" program (deviation from it cost John F. Kennedy his life), and President Johnson's "Great Society." Brookings has been telling the United States Government how to conduct its affairs for the past 70 years and is still doing so on behalf of the Committee of 300.

232

HUDSON INSTITUTE Under the direction of Herman Khan, this institution has done more to shape the way Americans react to political and social events, think, vote and generally conduct themselves than perhaps any except the BIG FIVE. Hudson specializes in de-fense policy research and relations with the USSR. Most of its military work is classified as SECRET. (One idea during the Vietnam War was to build a moat around Saigon.) Some of its earlier papers were entitled "Stability and Tranquility Among Older Nations," and "Analytical Summary of U.S. National Security Policy Issues." Hudson prides itself on its diversity; it helped NASA with its space programs and helped to promote new youth fashions and ideas, youth rebellion and alienation for the Committee of 300, ostensibly funded by Coca Cola. Hudson may be quite properly classified as one of the Committee of 300's BRAIN-WASHING establishments. Some of its nuclear war scenarios make for very interesting reading and, if they can be obtained, I would recommend "The 6 Basic Thermonuclear Threats" and "Possible Outcomes of Thermonuclear War" and one of its more frightening papers entitled "Israeli-Arab Nuclear War." Hudson also does corporate advising for Committee of 300 companies, Rank, Xerox, General Electric, IBM and General Motors, to name but a few of them, but its really big client remains the U. S. Department of Defense which includes matters of civil defense, national security, military policy and arms control. To date it has not got into "wet NASA," that is to say, the National Oceanographic Agency.

NATIONAL TRAINING LABORATORIES NTL is also known as the International Institute for Applied Behavioral Sciences. This institute is definitely a brainwashing center based on Kurt Lewin principles which include so-called T- Groups (training groups), artificial stress training whereby participants suddenly find themselves immersed in defending

233

themselves against vicious accusations. NTL takes in the Na- tional Education Association, the largest teacher-group in the United States. While officially decrying "racism," it is interesting to note that NTL, working with NEA, produced a paper proposing education vouchers which would separate the hard-to-teach children from the brighter ones, and funding would be allocated according to the number of difficult children who would be separated from those who progressed at a normal rate. The proposal was not taken up.

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, WHARTON SCHOOL OF FINANCE & COMMERCE Founded by Eric Trist, one of the "brain trusts" of Tavistock, Wharton has become one of the more important Tavistock in-stitutions in the U.S. in so far as "Behavioral Research" is concerned. Wharton attracts clients such as the U.S. Department of Labor--which it teaches how to produce "cooked" statistics at the Wharton Econometric Forecasting Associates Incorpo-rated. This method is very much in demand as we come to the close of 1991 with millions more out of work than is reflected in USDL statistics. Wharton's ECONOMETRIC MODELING is used by every major Committee of 300 company in the United States, Western Europe and by the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations and the World Bank. Wharton has produced such note-worthy persons as George Schultz and Alan Greenspan.

INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH This is the institute set up by "brain trusters" from Tavistock Rensis Likert, Dorwin Cartwright and Ronald Lippert. Among its studies are "The Human Meaning of Social Change," "Youth in Transition" and "How Americans View Their Mental Health." Among the institute's clients are The Ford Foundation, U.S. Department of Defense, U.S. Postal Service and the U. S. Department of Justice.

234

INSTITUTE FOR THE FUTURE This is not a typical Tavistock institution in that it is funded by the Ford Foundation, yet it draws its long-range forecasting methodology from the mother of all think tanks. Institute for the Future projects what it believes to be changes that will be taking place in time frames of fifty years. The institute is supposed to be able to forecast socioeconomic trends and to blow the whistle on any departures from what it has laid down as normal. Institute for the Future believes it is possible and normal to intervene now and give decisions for the future. So-called "Delphi Panels" decide what is normal and what is not, and prepare position papers to "steer" government in the right direction to head off such groups as "people creating civil disorder." (This could be patriotic groups demanding abolition of graduated taxes, or demanding that their right to bear arms is not infringed.) The institute recommends actions such as liberalizing abor- tion laws, drug usage and that cars entering an urban area pay tolls, teaching birth control in public schools, requiring regi -tration of firearms, making the use of drugs a non-criminal offense, legalizing homosexuality, paying students for scholas- tic achievements, making zoning controls a preserve of the state, offering bonuses for family planning and last, but by no means least, a Pol Pot Cambodia-style proposal that new com- munities be established in rural areas. As will be observed, many of the Institute for the Future's goals have already been more than fully realized.

INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS) One of the "Big Three," IPS has shaped and reshaped United States policies, foreign and domestic, since it was founded by James P. Warburg and the Rothschild entities in the United States, bolstered by Bertrand Russell and the British Socialists through its networks in America which include the League for Industrial democracy in which Leonard Woodcock played a leading, if behind-the-scenes role. Local lead players in the League for

235

Industrial Democracy included "conservative" Jeane Kirkpatrick, Irwin Suall (of the ADL), Eugene Rostow (Arms Control nego- tiator), Lane Kirkland (Labor leader), and Albert Shanker. For record purposes only, IPS was incorporated in 1963 by Marcus Raskin and Richard Barnett, both highly-trained Tavistock Institute graduates. Most of the funding came from Rothschild associates in America like the James Warburg Fam-ily, the Stern Family Foundation and the Samuel Rubin Foun-dation. Samuel Rubin was a registered member of the Commu-nist Party who stole the Faberge name (Faberge was "Jeweler of the Imperial Russian Court") and made a fortune out of the Faberge name. The objectives of IPS came from an agenda laid down for it by the British Round Table, which agenda in turn came from Travistock Institute, one of the most notable being to create the "New Left" as a grass roots movement in the U.S. IPS was to engender strife and unrest and spread chaos like a wildfire out of control, proliferate the "ideals" of left wing nihilistic socialism, support unrestricted use of drugs of all types, and be the "big stick" with which to beat the United States political establishment. Barnett and Raskin controlled such diverse elements as the Black Panthers, Daniel Ellsberg, National Security Council staff member Halperin, The Weathermen Underground, the Venceramos and the campaign staff of candidate George McGovern. No scheme was too big for IPS and its controllers to take on and manage. Take the plot to "kidnap" Kissinger, which was in the hands of Eqbal Ahmed, a British M16 intelligence agent of Pakistani origin, laundered through "TROTS" (Trotskyite terrorists based in London). The "plot" was "discovered" by the FBI so that it could not go too far. Ahmed went on to become the director of one of IPS's most influential agencies, The Transnational Insti-tute which, chameleon-like, changed from its former name, Institute of Race Relations, when intelligence agents of BOSS (Bureau of State Security) in South Africa unmasked the fact

236

that it was tied directly to Rhodes Scholarship-Harry Oppen- heimer and Anglo-American-British mining interests in South Africa. BOSS also discredited the South Africa Foundation at the same time. Through its many powerful lobbying groups on Capitol Hill, IPS relentlessly used its "big stick" to beat Congress. IPS has a network of lobbyists, all supposedly operating independently but in actual fact acting cohesively, so that Congressmen are pummeled from all sides by seemingly different and varied lobbyists. In this way, IPS was, and is still, able to successfully sway individual Representatives and Senators to vote for "the trend, the way things are going." By using key point men on Capitol Hill, IPS was able to break into the very infrastructure of our legislative system and the way it works. To give only a single concrete example of what I am talking about: in 1975, an IPS point man persuaded representative John Conyers (D-Michigan) and forty-seven members of the House to request IPS to prepare a budget study that would oppose the budget being prepared by President Gerald Ford. Although not adopted, the request was reinstated in 1976, 1977, and 1978 gathering sponsors as it went. Then in 1978, fifty-six Congressmen signed their names to sponsor an IPS budget study. This was prepared by Marcus Raskin. Raskin's budget called for a fifty percent cut in the Defense Budget, a socialist housing program "that would com-pete with and steadily replace private housing and mortgage markets," a national health service, "radical changes in the educational system that would disrupt capitalist control over the distribution of knowledge," and several other radical ideas. The influence of IPS on Arms Control negotiations was a major factor in getting Nixon to sign the treasonous ABM Treaty in 1972, which left the United States virtually defense-less against ICBM attack for almost 10 years. IPS became, and remains to this day one of the most prestigious "think tanks" controlling foreign policy decisions, which we, the people, fool-

237

ishly believe are those of our law makers. By sponsoring militant activism at home and with links to revolutionaries abroad, by engineering such victories as "The Pentagon Papers," besieging the corporate structure, bridging the credibility gap between underground movements and ac-ceptable political activism, by penetrating religious organiza-tions and using them to sow discord in America, such as radical racial politics under the guise of religion, using the establish-ment media to spread IPS ideas, and then supporting them, IPS has lived up to the role which it was founded to play.

STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE Jesse Hobson, the first president of Stanford Research Insti- tute, in a 1952 speech made it clear what lines the institute was to follow. Stanford can be described as one of the "jewels" in Tavistock's Crown in its rule over the United States. Founded in 1946 immediately after the close of WW II, it was presided over by Charles A. Anderson, with emphasis on mind control re-search and "future sciences." Included under the Stanford um-brella was Charles F. Kettering Foundation which developed the "Changing Images of Man" upon which the Aquarian Con-spiracy rests. Some of Stanford's major clients and contracts were at first centered around the defense establishment but, as Stanford grew, so did the diversity of its services: Applications of Behavioral Sciences to Research Management. Office of Science and Technology. SRI Business Intelligence Program. U.S. Department of Defense Directorate of Defense Research and Engineering. U.S. Department of Defense Office of Aerospace Research. Among corporations seeking Stanford's services were Wells Fargo Bank, Bechtel Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Bank of America, McDonnell-Douglas Corporation, Blyth, Eastman

238

Dillon and TRW Company. One of Stanford's more secret projects was extensive work on chemical and bacteriological warfare (CAB) weapons. Stanford Research is plugged into at least 200 smaller "think tanks" doing research into every facet of life in America. This is known as ARPA networking and represents the emergence of probably the most far-reaching effort to control the environment of every individual in the country. At present Stanford's compu -ers are linked with 2500 "sister" research consoles which in- clude the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), Bell Telephone Laboratories, U.S. Army Intelligence, the Office of Naval Intel- ligence (ONI), RANI), MIT, Harvard and UCLA. Stanford plays a key role in that it is the "library," cataloging all ARPA documentation. "Other agencies"--and one can use one's imagination here, are allowed to search through SRI's "library" for key words, phrases, look through sources and update their own master files with those of Stanford Research Center. The Pentagon, for instance, uses SRI's "master files" extensively, and there is little doubt that other U.S. Government agencies do the same. Pentagon "command and control" problems are worked out by Stanford. While ostensibly these apply only to weapons and soldiers, there is absolutely no guarantee that the same research could not, and will not, be turned to civilian applications. Stanford is known to be willing to do anything for anyone, and it is my belief that if ever SRI were to be fully exposed, the hostility which would arise from revelations as to what it actually does would most probably force SRI to close.

MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, ALFRED P. SLOAN SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT This major institute is not generally recognized as being a part of Tavistock U.S.A. Most people look upon it as a purely American institution, but that is far from being the case. MIT- Alfred Sloan can be roughly divided into the following groups:

239

Contemporary Technology. Industrial Relations. Lewin Group Psychology. NASA-ERC Computer Research Laboratories. Office of Naval Research Group, Psychology. Systems Dynamics. Forrestor and Meadows wrote The Club of Rome's "Limits of Growth" zero growth study. Some of MIT's clients include the following: American Management Association. American Red Cross. Committee for Economic Development. GTE. Institute for Defense Analysis (IDA). NASA. National Academy of Sciences. National Council of Churches. Sylvania. TRW. U.S. Army. U.S. Department of State. U.S. Navy. U.S. Treasury. Volkswagen Company. So vast is the reach of IDA that it would take hundreds of pages to describe the activities in which it is engaged, and IDA is fully described in my book on the role played by Institutions and Foundations in committing treason against the United States of America, which will be published early in 1992.

RAND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION Without a doubt, RAND is THE think tank most beholden to Tavistock Institute and certainly the RIIA's most prestigious vehicle for control of United States policies at every level.

240

Specific RAND policies that became operative include our ICBM program, prime analyses for U.S. foreign policy making, instigator of space programs, U.S. nuclear policies, corporate analyses, hundreds of projects for the military, the Central lntel-ligence Agency (CIA) in relation to the use of mind altering drugs like peyote, LSD (the covert MK-Ultra operation which lasted for 20 years). Some of RAND's clients include the following: American Telephone and Telegraph Company (AT&T). Chase Manhattan Bank. International Business Machines (IBM). National Science Foundation. Republican Party. TRW. U.S. Air Force. U.S. Department of Energy. U.S. Department of Health. There are literally THOUSANDS of highly important com-panies, government institutions and organizations that make use of RAND's services, and to list them all would be an impossible task. Among RAND's "specialities" is a study group that pre-dicts the timing and the direction of a thermonuclear war, plus working out the many scenarios based upon its findings. RAND was once accused of being commissioned by the USSR to work out terms of surrender of the United States Government, an accusation that went all the way to the United States Senate, where it was taken up by Senator Symington and subsequently fell victim to articles of scorn poured out by the establishment press. BRAIN WASHING remains the primary function of RAND. To summarize, the major Tavistock institutions in the United States engaged in brainwashing at all levels, including govern- ment, the military, business, religious organizations and educa- tion are the following: Brookings Institution. Hudson Institute.

241

Institute for Policy Studies. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. National Training Laboratories. Rand Research and Development Corporation. Stanford Research Institute. Wharton School at University of Pennsylvania. It is estimated by sources of mine that the total number of people employed by these institutions is in the region of 50,000 with funding close to $lO billion dollars. Some major world-wide Committee of 300 institutions and organizations are as follows: Americans for a Safe Israel. Biblical Archaeology Review. Bilderbergers. British Petroleum. Canadian Institute of Foreign Relations. Christian Fundamentalism. Council on Foreign Relations, New York. Egyptian Exploration Society. Imperial Chemical Industries. International Institute for Strategic Studies. Order of Skull and Bones. Palestine Exploration Fund. Poor Knights of the Templars Royal Dutch Shell Company. Socialist International. South Africa Foundation. Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Temple Mount Foundation. The Atheist Club. The Fourth State of Consciousness Club. The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn. The Milner Group. The Nasi Princes. The Order of Magna Mater.

242

The Order of the Divine Disorder. The RIIA. The Round Table. Trilateral Commission. Universal Freemasonry. Universal Zionism. Vickers Armament Company. Warren Commission. Watergate Committee. Wilton Park. World Council of Churches.

PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE OF 300

Abergavemy, Marquis of. Acheson, Dean. Adeane, Lord Michael. Agnelli, Giovanni. Alba, Duke of. Aldington, Lord. Aleman, Miguel. Allihone, Professor T. E. Alsop Family Designate. Amory, Houghton. Anderson, Charles A. Anderson, Robert 0. Andreas, Dwayne. Asquith, Lord. Astor, John Jacob and successor, Waldorf. Aurangzeb, Descendants of. Austin, Paul. Baco, Sir Ranulph BalFour, Arthur.

243

Balogh, Lord. Bancroft, Baron Stormont. Baring. Barnato, B. Barran, Sir John. Baxendell, Sir Peter. Beatrice of Savoy, Princess. Beaverbrook, Lord. Beck, Robert. Beeley, Sir Harold. Beit, Alfred. Benn, Anthony Wedgewood. Bennet, John W. Benneton, Gilberto or alternate Carlo. Bertie, Andrew. Besant, Sir Walter. Bethal, Lord Nicholas. Bialkin, David. Biao, Keng. Bingham, William. Binny, J. F. Blunt, Wilfred. Bonacassi, Franco Orsini. Bottcher, Fritz. Bradshaw, Thornton. Brandt, Willy. Brewster, Kingman. Buchan, Alastair. Buffet, Warren. Bullitt, William C. Bulwer-Lytton, Edward. Bundy, McGeorge. Bundy, William. Bush, George. Cabot, John. Family Designate.

244

Caccia, Baron Harold Anthony. Cadman, Sir John. Califano, Joseph. Carrington, Lord. Carter, Edward. Catlin, Donat. Catto, Lord. Cavendish, Victor C. W. Duke of Devonshire. Chamberlain, Houston Stewart. Chang, V. F. Chechirin, Georgi or Family Designate. Churchill, Winston. Cicireni, V. or Family Designate. Cini, Count Vittorio. Clark, Howard. Cleveland, Amory. Cleveland, Harland. Clifford, Clark. Cobold, Lord. Coffin, the Rev William Sloane. Constanti, House of Orange. Cooper, John. Family Designate. Coudenhove-Kalergi, Count. Cowdray, Lord. Cox, Sir Percy. Cromer, Lord Evelyn Baring. Crowther, Sir Eric. Cumming, Sir Mansfield. Curtis, Lionel. d'Arcy, William K. D'Avignon, Count Etienne. Danner, Jean Duroc. Davis, John W. de Benneditti, Carlo. De Bruyne, Dirk.

245

De Gunzberg, Baron Alain. De Lamater, Major General Walter. De Menil, Jean. De Vries, Rimmer. de Zulueta, Sir Philip. de'Aremberg, Marquis Charles Louis. Delano. Family Designate. Dent, R. Deterding, Sir Henri. di Spadaforas, Count Guitierez, (House Douglas-Home, Sir Alec. Drake, Sir Eric. Duchene, Francois. DuPont. Edward, Duke of Kent. Eisenberg, Shaul. Elliott, Nicholas. Elliott, William Yandel. Elsworthy, Lord. Farmer, Victor. Forbes, John M. Foscaro, Pierre. France, Sir Arnold. Fraser, Sir Hugh. Frederik IX, King of Denmark Family Designate. Freres, Lazard. Frescobaldi, Lamberto. Fribourg, Michael. Gabor, Dennis. Gallatin, Albert. Family Designate. Gardner, Richard. Geddes, Sir Auckland. Geddes, Sir Reay. George, Lloyd. Giffen, James.

246

Gilmer, John D. Giustiniani, Justin. Gladstone, Lord. Gloucestor, The Duke of. Gordon, Walter Lockhart. Grace, Peter J. Greenhill, Lord Dennis Arthur. Greenhill, Sir Dennis. Grey, Sir Edward. Gyllenhammar, Pierres. Haakon, King of Norway. Haig, Sir Douglas. Hailsham, Lord. Haldane, Richard Burdone. Halifax, Lord. Hall, Sir Peter Vickers. Hambro, Sir Jocelyn. Hamilton, Cyril. Harriman, Averill. Hart, Sir Robert. Hartman, Arthur H. Healey, Dennis. Helsby, Lord. Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II. Her Majesty Queen Juliana. Her Royal Highness Princess Beatrix. Her Royal Highness Queen Margreta. Heseltine, Sir William. Hesse, Grand Duke descendants, Family Designate. Hoffman, Paul G. Holland, William. House of Braganza. House of Hohenzollern. House, Colonel Mandel. Howe, Sir Geoffrey.

247

Hughes, Thomas H. Hugo, Thieman. Hutchins, Robert M. Huxley, Aldous. Inchcape, Lord. Jamieson, Ken. Japhet, Ernst Israel. Jay, John. Family Designate. Keynes, John Maynard. Jodry, J. J. Joseph, Sir Keith. Katz, Milton. Kaufman, Asher. Keith, Sir Kenneth. Keswick, Sir William Johnston, or Keswick, H.N.L. Keswick, William Johnston. Kimberly, Lord. King, Dr. Alexander. Kirk, Grayson L. Kissinger, Henry. Kitchener, Lord Horatio. Kohnstamm, Max. Korsch, Karl. Lambert, Baron Pierre. Lawrence, G. Lazar. Lehrman, Lewis. Lever, Sir Harold. Lewin, Dr. Kurt. Lippmann, Walter. Livingstone, Robert R. Family Designate. Lockhart, Bruce. Lockhart, Gordon. Linowitz, S. Loudon, Sir John.

248

Luzzatto, Pieipaolo. Mackay, Lord, of Clasfern. Mackay-Tallack, Sir Hugh. Mackinder, Halford. MacMillan, Harold. Matheson, Jardine. Mazzini, Gueseppi. McClaughlin, W. E. McCloy, John J. McFadyean, Sir Andrew. McGhee, George. McMillan, Harold. Mellon, Andrew. Mellon, William Larimer or Family Designate. Meyer, Frank. Michener, Roland. Mikovan, Anastas. Milner, Lord Alfred. Mitterand, Francois. Monett, Jean. Montague, Samuel. Montefiore, Lord Sebag or Bishop Hugh. Morgan, John P. Mott, Stewart. Mountain, Sir Brian Edward. Mountain, Sir Dennis. Mountbatten, Lord Louis. Munthe, A., or family designate. Naisbitt, John. Neeman, Yuval. Newbigging, David. Nicols, Lord Nicholas of Bethal. Norman, Montague. O'Brien of Lotherby, Lord. Ogilvie, Angus.

249

Okita, Saburo. Oldfield, Sir Morris. Oppenheimer, Sir Earnest, and successor, Harry. Ormsby Gore, David (Lord Harlech). Orsini, Franco Bonacassi. Ortolani. Umberto. Ostiguy, J.P.W. Paley, William S. Pallavacini. Palme, Olaf. Palmerston. Palmstierna, Jacob. Pao, Y.K. Pease, Richard T. Peccei, Aurellio. Peek, Sir Edmund. Pellegreno, Michael, Cardinal. Perkins, Nelson. Pestel, Eduard. Peterson, Rudolph. Petterson, Peter G. Petty, John R. Philip, Prince, Duke of Edinburgh. Piercy, George. Pinchott, Gifford. Pratt, Charles. Price Waterhouse, Designate. Radziwall. Ranier, Prince. Raskob, John Jacob. Recanati. Rees, John Rawlings. Rees, John. Rennie, Sir John. Rettinger, Joseph.

250

Rhodes, Cecil John. Rockefeller, David. Role, Lord Eric of Ipsden. Rosenthal, Morton. Rostow, Eugene. Rothmere, Lord. Rothschild Elie de or Edmon de and/or Baron RothschiLd Runcie, Dr.Robert. Russell, Lord John. Russell, Sir Bertrand. Saint Gouers, Jean. Salisbury, Marquisse de Robert Gascoiugne Cecil. Shelburne, The Salisbury, Lord. Samuel, Sir Marcus. Sandberg, M. G. Sarnoff, Robert. Schmidheiny, Stephan or alternate brothers Thomas, Alexander. Schoenberg, Andrew. Schroeder. Schultz, George. Schwartzenburg, E. Shawcross, Sir Hartley. Sheridan, Walter. Shiloach, Rubin. Silitoe, Sir Percy. Simon, William. Sloan, Alfred P. Smuts, Jan. Spelman. Sproull, Robert. Stals, Dr. C. Stamp, Lord Family designate. Steel, David. Stiger, George.

251

Strathmore, Lord. Strong, Sir Kenneth. Strong, Maurice. Sutherland. Swathling, Lord. Swire, J. K. Tasse, G. Or Family Designate. Temple, Sir R. Thompson, William Boyce. Thompson, Lord. Thyssen-Bornamisza, Baron Hans Henrich. Trevelyn, Lord Humphrey. Turner, Sir Mark. Turner, Ted. Tyron, Lord. Urquidi, Victor. Van Den Broek, H. Vanderbilt. Vance, Cyrus. Verity, William C. Vesty, Lord Amuel. Vickers, Sir Geoffrey. Villiers, Gerald Hyde family alternate. Volpi, Count. von Finck, Baron August. von Hapsburg, Archduke Otto, House of Hapsburg-Lorraine. Von Thurn and Taxis, Max. Wallenberg, Peter or Family Designate. Wang, Kwan Cheng, Dr. Warburg, S. C. Ward Jackson, Lady Barbara. Warner, Rawleigh. Warnke, Paul. Warren, Earl. Watson, Thomas.

252

Webb, Sydney. Weill, David. Weill, Dr. Andrew. Weinberger, Sir Caspar. Weizman, Chaim. Wells, H. G. Wheetman, Pearson (Lord Cowdray). White, Sir Dick Goldsmith. Whitney, Straight. Wiseman, Sir William. Wittelsbach. Wolfson, Sir Isaac. Wood, Charles. Young, Owen.

CONSPIRATORS' HIERARCHY: THE COMMITTEE OF 300 BIBLIOGRAPHY, SUMMARIES AND NOTES

1980'S PROJECT, Vance, Cyrus and Yankelovich, Daniel.

1984, Orwell, George.

AFTER TWENTY YEARS: THE DECLINE OF NATO AND THE SEARCH FOR A NEW POLICY IN EUROPE, Raskin, Marcus and Barnett, Richard.

AIR WAR AND STRESS, Janus, Irving.

AN AMERICAN COMPANY; THE TRAGEDY OF UNITED FRUIT, Scammel, Henry and McCann, Thomas.

253

AN INTRODUCTlON TO THE PRINCIPLES AND MORALS OF LEGISLATION, Bentham, Jeremy. In this 1780 work Bentham claimed that "nature has placed mankind under the governance of two sovereign masters, pain and pleasure... They govern us in all we do." Bentham went on to justify the horrors of the Jacobin terrorists in the French Revolution.

ANNUAL REPORT OF BANK LEUMI, 1977.

AT THAT POINT IN TIME: THE INSIDE STORY OF THE SENATE WATERGATE COMMITTEE, Thompson, Fred. I was told where to find Thompson, who was the Minority Counsel on the Ervin Committee, by Bernard Barker, one of the Watergate Burglars. My meeting with Barker took place outside an A&P supermarket quite close to the Coral Gables Country Club in Coral Gables, Florida. Barker said Thompson was with his law partner who was on a short visit to his mother in Coral Gables, which was only about five minutes away from the A&P Super-market. I went there and met Thompson who expressed his disappointment over the way Ervin had imposed such severe restrictions on evidence he, Thompson, could admit.

BAKU AN EVENTFUL HISTORY, Henry, J. D.

BEASTS OF THE APOCALYPSE, O'Grady, Olivia Maria. This remarkable book gives details about a large number of historical figures, including William C. Bullitt, who conspired with Lloyd George to pull the rug out from under White Russian Generals Denekin and Rangle at a time when they had the Bolshevik Red Army on the very brink of defeat. It also gives a great deal of information about the utterly corrupt Petroleum Industry. Of particular interest is the information it provides on Sir Moses Montefiore, of the ancient Venetian Black Nobility Montefiores.

BRAVE NEW WORLD, Aldous Huxley.

254

BRITISH OPIUM POLICY IN CHINA, Owen, David Edward.

BRITISH OPIUM POLICY, F. S. Turner.

CECIL RHODES, Flint, John.

CECIL RHODES, THE ANATOMY OF AN EMPIRE, Marlow, John.

CONFERENCE ON TRANSATLANTIC IMBALANCE AN COLLABORATION, Rappaport, Dr. Anatol.

CONVERSATIONS WITH DZERZHINSKY, Reilly, Sydney. In British Intelligence documents not published.

CREATING A PARTICULAR BEHAVIORAL STRUCTURE, Cartwright, Dorwin.

CRYSTALIZING PUBLIC OPINION, Bernays, Edward.

DEMOCRATIC IDEALS AND REALITY, Mackinder, Halford.

ERVIN, SENATOR SAM. Apart from obstructing the introduc-tion of vital evidence in the Watergate hearings, Ervin, in my opinion, while holding himself out as a Constitutional authority, consistently betrayed this nation by opposing aid to church schools, citing the judicial opinions in the Everson case. Ervin, a Scottish Rite Freemason--which in my opinion is why he was given the Watergate Committee chair, was eventually honored receiving the prestigious Scottish Rite "Individual Right's Sup- port" award. In 1973, Ervin held a luncheon in the Senate Dining Room in honor of Sovereign Grand Commander Clausen.

EVERSON VS. BOARD OF EDUCATION, 33O U.S. I, 1947.

FRANKFURTER PAPERS, Box 99 and Box 125, "HUGO BLACK CORRESPONDENCE."

255

GNOSTICISM, MAMCHEANISM, CATHARISM, The New Columbia Encyclopedia.

GOALS OF MANLL, Lazlo, Ernin.

GOD'S BANKER, Cornwell, Rupert. This book gave some insight into P2 and the murder of Roberto Calvi--P2 Masonry.

HUMAN QUALITY, Peccei, A.

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS.

INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIOLOGY OF MUSIC, Adorno, Theo. Adorno was kicked out of Germany by Hitler because of his Cult of Dionysus music experiments. He was moved to England by the Oppenheimers where the British royal family gave him facilities at Gordonstoun School and their support. It was here that Adorno perfected "Beatlemusic Rock," "Punk Rock" "Heavy Metal Rock" and all of the decadent clamor that passes for music today. It is worthy of note that the name "The Beatles" was chosen to show a connection between modern rock, the Isis cult and the Scarab Beatle, a religious symbol of ancient Egypt.

INVASION FROM MARS, Cantril. In this work Cantril ana-lyzes the behavior patterns of people who fled in panic follow-ing the Orson Wells experiment in mass hysteria, using H.G Wells' "WAR OF THE WORLDS."

INVESTIGATION OF THE KENNEDY ASSASSINATION, THE UNCOMMISSIONED REPORT ON JIM GARRISON FINDINGS. Paris, Flammonde.

IPS REVISITED, Coleman, Dr. John.

ISIS UNVEILED, A MASTER KEY TO THE ANCIENT AND MODERN SCIENCE AND THEOLOGY, Blavatsky, Madame Helena.

256

JOHN JACOB ASTOR, BUSINESSMAN, Porter, Kenneth Wiggins.

JUSTICE BLACK'S PAPERS, Box 25, General Correspon-dence, Davies.

KING MAKERS, KING BREAKERS, THE STORY OF THE CECIL FAMILY, Coleman, Dr. John.

LIBERATION THEOLOGY. Information was drawn from work by Juan Luis Segundo, who in turn drew heavily upon the writings of Karl Marx. Segundo savagely attacked the Catholic Church instruction against Liberation Theology as found in "Instruction on Certain Aspects of the 'Theology of Libera-tion'" published August 6th, 1984.

LIES CLEARER THAN TRUTH, Barnett, Richard (Founder member of IPS).

McCalls Magazine, January 1983.

McGRAW HILL GROUP, ASSOCIATED PRESS. Portions of reports from 28 magazines owned by McGraw Hill, and AP stories.

MEMOIRS OF A BRITISH AGENT, Lockhart, Bruce. In this book we are told how the Bolshevik Revolution was controlled out of London. Lockhart was Lord Milner's representative who went to Russia to watch over Milner's investment in Lenin and Trotsky. Lockhart had access to Lenin and Trotsky at short notice even though Lenin frequently had a waiting room full of high-ranking officials and foreign delegates, some having been waiting to see him for as long as five days. Yet Lockhart never had to wait more than a few hours to see either man. Lockhart carried a letter signed by Trotsky informing all Bolshevik officials that Lockhart had special status and should be given the utmost cooperation at all times.

257

MIND GAMES, Murphy, Michael.

MISCELLANEOUS OLD RECORDS, India House Documents, London.

MK ULTRA LSD EXPERIMENT, CIA Files 1953-1957.

MR. WILLIAM CECIL AND QUEEN ELIZABETH, Read, Conyers.

MURDER, Anslinger, Henry. Anslinger was at one time the Number 1 agent in the Drug Enforcement Agency and his book is highly critical of the so-called war on drugs allegedly being waged by the U.S. Government.

MY FATHER, A REMEMBRANCE, Black, Hugo L., Jr.

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF CHURCHES, Josephson, Emman-uel in his book "ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST."

OIL IMPERIALISM, THE INTERNATIONAL STRUGGLE FOR PETROLEUM, Fischer, Louis.

PAPERS OF SIR GEORGE BIRDWOOD, India House Docu-ments, London.

PATTERNS IN EASDEA TITLE I READING ACHIEVEMENT TESTS, Stanford Research Institute.

POPULATION BOMB, Erlich, Paul.

PROFESSOR FREDERICK WELLS WILLIAMSON, India House Documents, London.

PUBLIC AGENDA FOUNDATION. Founded in 1975 by Cyrus Vance and Daniel Yankelovich.

PUBLIC OPINION, Lippmann, Walter.

258

REVOLUTION THROUGH TECHNOLOGY, Coudenhove Kalergi, Count.

ROCKEFELLER, INTERNATIONALIST. Josephson details how the Rockefellers used their wealth to penetrate the Chris-tian Church in America and how they later used their Number 1 agent, John Foster Dulles--who was related to them--to main-tain their grip on every aspect of church life in this country.

ROOM 3603, Hyde, Montgomery. The book gives some detail about M16 British Intelligence operations run by Sir William Stephenson out of the RCA Building in New York; but, as is usual with "cover stories," the REAL events have been omitted.

SPECIAL RELATIONSHIPS: AMERICA IN PEACE AND WAR, Wheeler-Bennet, Sir John.

STEPS TO THE ECOLOGY OF THE MIND, Bateson, Gre-gory. Bateson was one of the Tavistock new-science scientists in the top five at Tavistock and later did much to formulate and manage the 46-year war on America conducted by Tavistock.

STERLING DRUG. William C. Bullitt was once on its board of directors and was also on the board of I.G. Farben.

TECHNOTRONIC ERA, Brzezinski, Z.

TERRORISM IN THE UNITED STATES INCLUDING AT-TACKS ON U.S. INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES: FBI Files # 100-447935, #100-447735, and #100-446784.

THE CAIRO DOCUMENTS, Haikal, Mohammed. Haikal was the grand old man of Egyptian journalism, and he was present at the interview given to Chou En-lai by Nasser in which the Chinese leader vowed to "get even" with Britain and the U.S over their opium trade in China.

259

THE CHASM AHEAD, Peccei, A.

THE DlARIES OF SIR BRUCE LOCKHART, Lockhart, Bruce.

THE ENGINEERING OF CONSENT, Bernays. In this 1955 book, Bernays lays out the modus operandi of how to persuade targeted groups to change their minds on important issues that can and do alter the national direction of a country. The book also deals with the unleashing of psychiatric shock troops such as we see in lesbian and homosexual organizations, environ-mental groups, abortion rights groups and the like. "Psychiatric shock troops" was a concept developed by John Rawlings Reese, the founder of the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations.

THE FEDERAL BUDGET AND SOCIAL RECONSTRUC-TION, IPS Fellows Raskin and Barnett. A list of members of Congress who asked IPS to produce the alternative budget study and/or supported it is too long to include here but contained such prominent names as Tom Harkness, Henry Ruess, Patricia Schroeder, Les Aspin, Ted Weiss, Don Edwards, Barbara Mikulski, Mary Rose Oakar, Ronald Dellums and Peter Rodino.

THE HUXLEYS, Clark.

THE IMPERIAL DRUG TRADE, Rowntree.

THE JESUITS, Martin, Malachi.

THE LATER CECILS, Rose, Kenneth.

THE LEGACY OF MALTHUS, Chase, Allan.

THE MANAGEMENT OF SUSTAINABLE GROWTH, Cleveland, Harlan. Cleveland was commissioned by NATO to report on just how far the Club of Rome's Post Industrial

260

Society-Zero Growth blueprint to wreck the industrial base of the United States had succeeded. This shocking document should be read by every patriotic American who feels an urgent need for an explanation as to why the U.S. is in a deep economic depression at the end of 1991.

THE MEN WHO RULED INDIA, Woodruff, Philip.

THE OPEN CONSPIRACY, Wells, H. G. In this work, Wells describes how in the New World Order (which he calls the New Republic) "useless eaters," excess population, will be gotten rid of: "The men of the New Republic will not be squeamish either in facing or inflicting death.... They will have an ideal that will make killing worthwhile; like Abraham, they will have the faith to kill, and they will have no superstitions about death.... They will hold, I anticipate, that a certain portion of the population exists only on sufferance out of pity and patience, and, on the understanding that they do not propagate, and I do not foresee any reason to oppose that they will not hesitate to kill when that sufferance is abused.... All such killings will be done with an opiate.... If deterrent punishments are used at all in the code of the future, the deterrent shall be neither death, nor mutilation of the body...but good scientifically caused pain." The United States has a very large contingent of Wells converts who would not hesitate to follow the dictates of Wells, once the New World Order becomes a reality. Walter Lippmann was one of Wells' most ardent disciples.

THE POLITICS OF EXPERIENCE, Laing, R.D. Laing was the Staff Psychologist at Tavistock and, under Andrew Schofield, a member of the Governing Council.

THE POLITICS OF HEROIN IN SOUTH EAST ASIA, McCoy, Alfred W., Read, C.B and Adams, Leonard P.

THE PROBLEM OF CHINA, Russell, Bertrand.

261

THE PUGWASH CONFEREES, Bertrand Russell. In the early 1950's Russell led a movement urging a nuclear attack on Russia. When it was discovered, Stalin warned that he would not hesitate to retaliate in kind. This led to a quick "rethink" on he part of Russell, who almost overnight became a pacifist thus was born the "Ban the Bomb" Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (CND) out of which arose the Pugwash anti-nuclear scientists. In 1957 the first group met at the home of Cyrus Eaton in Nova Scotia, a long-time American Communist. The Pugwash Conferees dedicated themselves to anti-nuclear and environmental issues and were a thorn in the side of U.S. efforts to develop nuclear weapons.

THE ROUND TABLE MOVEMENT AND IMPERIAL UNION, Kendle, John.

THE STRUCTURE OF THE POPULAR MUSIC INDUSTRY; THE FILTERING PROCESS WHEREBY RECORDS ARE SELECTED FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION, Institute for So-cial Research. This work explains how "Hit Parades," "The Top Ten"--now expanded to the "Top Forty"--and other charades are constructed to deceive listeners and convince them what they hear is what "THEY" like!

THE WORKS OF JEREMY BENTHAM, Bowering, John. Bentham was the liberal of his day and the agent for Lord Shelburne, British Prime Minister at the end of the American War of Independence. Bentham believed that man was no more than a common animal, and Bentham's theories were later writ-ten up by his protege, David Hume. Writing about instinct in animals Hume said, "...which we are so apt to admire as extra-ordinary and inexplicable. But our wonder will perhaps cease or diminish when we consider that the experimental reasoning itself which we possess in common with beasts, and upon which the whole conduct of life depends, is nothing but a species of

262

instinct, or mechanical power that acts in us unknown to our- selves.... Though the instincts be different, yet still it is an instinct."

TIME PERSPECTIVE AND MORALE, Levin B.

TOWARD A HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY, Cantril.

TREND REPORT, Naisbitt, John.

U.S. CONGRESS, HOUSE COMMITTEE ON INTERNAL SECURITY, REPORTING ON THE INSTITUTE FOR POLICY STUDIES (IPS) AND THE PENTAGON PAPERS. In the spring of 1970, FBI operative William McDermott went to see Richard Best, who at that time was Rand's top security officer, to warn him of the possibility that Ellsberg had removed Vietnam study papers done by Rand and had copied them outside of Rand premises. Best took McDermott to see Dr. Harry Rowan who headed Rand and who was also one of Ellsberg's closest friends. Rowan told the FBI that a Defense Department inquiry was going on and on his assurance, the FBI apparently dropped its investigation of Ellsberg. In fact, no inquiry was in progress, nor did the DoD ever conduct one. Ellsberg retained his security clearance at Rand and blatantly went on removing and copying Vietnam War documents right up to the time of his exposure during the Pentagon Papers affair which rocked the Nixon Administration to its foundations.

UNDERSTANDING MAN'S SOCIAL BEHAVIOR, Cantril. Cantril was primarily responsible for establishing the Association for Humanistic Psychology based in San Francisco that taught Tavistock methods. It is in institutions of this type that we find the lines between pure science and social engineering become totally obliterated. The term "social engineering" covers every aspect of methods used by Tavistock to bring about massive

263

charges in group orientation toward social, economic, religious and political events and brainwashing of target groups who then believe that opinions expressed and viewpoints taken are their own. Selected individuals underwent the same Tavistockian treatment, resulting in major shifts in personality and behavior. The effect of this on the national scene was, and still is, devastat-ing and is one of the principal factors in bringing the United States into the twilight, decline and fall state-of-being in which the country finds itself at the close of 1991. I did a report on this national condition under the title: "Twilight, Decline and Fall of the United States of America" which was published in l987. The Association for Human Psychology was founded by Abraham Maselov in l957 as a Club of Rome project. Another Tavistock-Club of Rome Commissioned opinion-making research center was established by Risis Likhert and Ronald Lippert who called it The Center for Research in the Utilization of Scientific Knowledge. The facility was under the directorship of Club of Rome's Donald Michael. The center drew heavily on the Office of Public Opinion Research established at Princeton University in l940. It was from here that Cantril taught many of the techniques used by today's pollsters-opinion makers.

UNPUBLlSHED LETTERS, Kipling, Rudyard. Kipling was a Wells disciple and, like Wells, believed in Fascism, as a means of world control. Kipling adopted the Running Cross as his per- sonal emblem. The Running Cross was later adopted by Hitler and with slight modifications became known as the swastika.

UNPUBLISHED LETTERS, Wells, H. G. Gives interesting details of how Wells sold the rights to "WAR OF THE WORLDS" to RCA.

WHO OWNS MONTREAL, Aubin, Henry.

WHO'S WHO IN CANADA, several editions.

 

 

 

 

Interactive 9/11, JFK & Holocaust Spreadsheet

Google Custom Search Engine ... Link 9/11 Truth, JFK assassination, Holocaust hoax & ISIS ...... home

No main stream media sites including Wikipedia are searched on this custom search page .... only websites dedicated to exposing the truth about 9/11, JFK assassination and the Holocaust hoax. This may include 'gatekeeper' sites such as 911Truth.org, Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.org, Chomsky etc....by 'gatekeeper' we mean websites who never mention Israel, UK or Saudi Arabia as complicit in the 'inside job' attack. The roots of 9/11 go back to the Jewish Bolshevik revolution, Zionist/Nazi Germany (chronology below), the Holocaust hoax (treachery to spur emigration to Palestine) ... Google restricts results to 10 pages (100 items)

MS Excel Sort & Filter 2000 rows, 12 columns

Yes to 'no planes', Israel nuked the WTC, the Holocaust(timeline below) is a hoax, the Mossad / LBJ assassinated John Kennedy & ISIS=Hitler.

Interactive Spreadsheet - 9/11 Truth, JFK assassination, Holocaust revision & ISIS

 

 
  • Donald Trump, born 1946, American businessman, real estate mogul, reality television star, president of the US, announced candidacy June 2015, born and raised in New York City, received bachelors degree from Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, built Trump Organization, built office towers, hotels, casinos, golf courses, Miss USA pageant, TV show the Apprentice, sought Reform Party candidacy in 2000, received unprecedented and biased media coverage from CNN, Washington Post, New York Times and other... of 2016 election, was the greatest piling on of establishment MSM and still won the election... campaign ... the Wikipedia Trump page fails to mention anything about the Wikileaks emails of John Podesta that detail collusion between DNC and the main stream media such as CNN, Donna Brazille's giving Hillary Clinton debate questions, the illegal storage of classified emails on an illegal private server in the Clinton home in Chapaqua New York... special access program (SAP) State Dept classified emails on that server, emails stored on Huma Abedin's laptop that Anthony Weiner had access to, or that Weiner's activities exposed a pedophile ring that may have had connections to the Madeline Kahn case. Weiner was known to have sent sexting messages to 20-100 women and stored those messages on a laptop that contained US classified information. The emails also exposed facts about parties John Podesta hosted with members of the DNC, Hillary Clinton lost the election because of smart campaign tactics by Trump, but he would not have prevailed without the American people becoming well-versed in the deep and horrific corruption of the Clinton Crime Family, including Chelsea Clinton and the Clinton Foundation... it was revealed that ISIS was funded by Qatar and Saudi Arabia (...Israel)...but Clinton Foundation still accepted millions in donations from those countries ...
Interactive 9/11, JFK & Holocaust Spreadsheet

Google Custom Search Engine ... Link 9/11 Truth, JFK assassination, Holocaust hoax & ISIS ...... home

No main stream media sites including Wikipedia are searched on this custom search page .... only websites dedicated to exposing the truth about 9/11, JFK assassination and the Holocaust hoax. This may include 'gatekeeper' sites such as 911Truth.org, Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.org, Chomsky etc....by 'gatekeeper' we mean websites who never mention Israel, UK or Saudi Arabia as complicit in the 'inside job' attack. The roots of 9/11 go back to the Jewish Bolshevik revolution, Zionist/Nazi Germany (chronology below), the Holocaust hoax (treachery to spur emigration to Palestine) ... Google restricts results to 10 pages (100 items)

MS Excel Sort & Filter 2000 rows, 12 columns

Yes to 'no planes', Israel nuked the WTC, the Holocaust(timeline below) is a hoax, the Mossad / LBJ assassinated John Kennedy & ISIS=Hitler.

Interactive Spreadsheet - 9/11 Truth, JFK assassination, Holocaust revision & ISIS

 

 

free hit counter javascript

 

Google Analytics